Search Results

SMART FACTORY Expo is Japan's largest exhibition of technologies and products related to smart factories, such as IoT / M2M solutions, FA technologies, industrial robots, green energy solutions and factory equipment, etc. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/-smart-factory-expo/20th-22th-january-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST SMART FACTORY Expo https://www.sma-fac.jp/ SMART FACTORY Expo is Japan's largest exhibition of technologies and products related to smart factories, such as IoT / M2M solutions, FA technologies, industrial robots, green energy solutions and factory equipment, etc.

Since 1989, TTF has been providing an annual marketing platform and opportunity to network with the travel industry in 9 major cities, culminating in the grand finale: OTM, India's leading travel trade show based on the number of sellers, buyers and rented area. . https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/ttf/02nd-04th-october-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST TTF https://www.ttfotm.com Since 1989, TTF has been providing an annual marketing platform and opportunity to network with the travel industry in 9 major cities, culminating in the grand finale: OTM, India's leading travel trade show based on the number of sellers, buyers and rented area. .

The ASEAN Tourism Forum (ATF) is a cooperative regional effort to promote the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) as a tourism destination. This annual event involves all sectors of the tourism industry from the 10 ASEAN member states: Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. The ATF was established in 1981. Each year, the ATF organization rotates among member countries and 2021 marks the 40th anniversary of the event. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/asean-tourism-forum-2022/16-22-january-2022?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ASEAN TOURISM FORUM 2022 https://atf2022cambodia.com/ The ASEAN Tourism Forum (ATF) is a cooperative regional effort to promote the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) as a tourism destination. This annual event involves all sectors of the tourism industry from the 10 ASEAN member states: Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. The ATF was established in 1981. Each year, the ATF organization rotates among member countries and 2021 marks the 40th anniversary of the event.

As one of the top five tourism fairs in the world, EMITT annually attracts some 45,000 industry professionals and tourists seeking new and exciting travel opportunities from destinations and travel service companies around the world. The fair is a valuable business platform that brings new business and cooperation opportunities to the Turkish and global travel sectors. EMITT features country pavilions, vacation destinations, summer and winter tourism, outdoor tourist destinations, hotels and resorts, tour operators, travel agencies, and much more. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/emitt/10th-13th-february-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST EMITT https://www.emittistanbul.com As one of the top five tourism fairs in the world, EMITT annually attracts some 45,000 industry professionals and tourists seeking new and exciting travel opportunities from destinations and travel service companies around the world. The fair is a valuable business platform that brings new business and cooperation opportunities to the Turkish and global travel sectors. EMITT features country pavilions, vacation destinations, summer and winter tourism, outdoor tourist destinations, hotels and resorts, tour operators, travel agencies, and much more.

SourceDirect at ASD is the premier wholesale trade show for sourcing professionals around the world. SourceDirect is the premier destination for importers, distributors, wholesale manufacturers and product development companies worldwide. Buyers attending this trade show look to wholesale suppliers and contract manufacturers to get the products they need straight from the factory. SourceDirect is the best wholesale showcase for companies that produce Fashion Accessories, Housewares, Gifts & Toys, Apparel, Affordable Footwear, Seasonal & Holiday Merchandise, Souvenirs & Novelties, Electronic Accessories, Bed & Bath Linens, Products health and beauty and general merchandise of all kinds. See our entire product offering and sign up to attend today! https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/source-direct-asd/28th-february-3th-march-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Source Direct ASD https://www.sourcedirectshow.com/ SourceDirect at ASD is the premier wholesale trade show for sourcing professionals around the world. SourceDirect is the premier destination for importers, distributors, wholesale manufacturers and product development companies worldwide. Buyers attending this trade show look to wholesale suppliers and contract manufacturers to get the products they need straight from the factory. SourceDirect is the best wholesale showcase for companies that produce Fashion Accessories, Housewares, Gifts & Toys, Apparel, Affordable Footwear, Seasonal & Holiday Merchandise, Souvenirs & Novelties, Electronic Accessories, Bed & Bath Linens, Products health and beauty and general merchandise of all kinds. See our entire product offering and sign up to attend today!

GIFA Forum is primarily aimed at foundry suppliers and covers topics such as: process and product development digitization and information management resource efficiency and environmental sustainability manufacturing and automation technology This forum supports dialogue between suppliers, designers and foundries and achieves synergies for both research and industry. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/gifa-foundry-trade-fair/12th-16th-june-2023?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST GIFA Foundry Trade Fair https://www.gifa.com/ GIFA Forum is primarily aimed at foundry suppliers and covers topics such as: process and product development digitization and information management resource efficiency and environmental sustainability manufacturing and automation technology This forum supports dialogue between suppliers, designers and foundries and achieves synergies for both research and industry.

One of the most international and diverse jewelry and accessories sourcing events in the industry is the adoption of a new brand! SEASONS | Fall: The Fashion Jewelry & Accessories Fair is the place where suppliers present their latest collections and best sellers, make must-have contacts, gain insight and inspiration from the industry, and meet buyers from around the world. SEASONS | Fall - The Jewelry & Accessories Fair promises to be an enriching and exciting experience for professional shoppers seeking quality and variety. Don't miss out on this opportunity to see the latest Fall / Winter 2020 design trends, have meaningful conversations with industry experts, and forge new trade partnerships. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/asia-fja/09th-13th-november-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Asia FJA https://exhibitions.seasonsfja.com/ One of the most international and diverse jewelry and accessories sourcing events in the industry is the adoption of a new brand! SEASONS | Fall: The Fashion Jewelry & Accessories Fair is the place where suppliers present their latest collections and best sellers, make must-have contacts, gain insight and inspiration from the industry, and meet buyers from around the world. SEASONS | Fall - The Jewelry & Accessories Fair promises to be an enriching and exciting experience for professional shoppers seeking quality and variety. Don't miss out on this opportunity to see the latest Fall / Winter 2020 design trends, have meaningful conversations with industry experts, and forge new trade partnerships.

Nagaland Tourism Policy NAGALAND TOURISM POLICY Tourism in the State Nagaland's tourism resources are immense. Its history, culture and the mysticism associated with the customs and ways of its hill tribes has been the source of great curiosity to not only Indians but people all over the world. It is a land of charm, diverse in landscape and culture and offers opportunities for a whole range of tourism activities, which to date has not been fully tapped. Tourism, however, was a late starter in Nagaland as it was only in 1981, that the Department of Tourism came to its own when it was bifurcated from the department of Information and Public Relation. The last two decade or so has not witnessed much development and at present the number of tourists coming to Nagaland is negligible. The available figures show that during the last 5 years the number of domestic tourists has ranged from 13000-15000 per year, while foreign tourists has not even crossed the figure of 200-300 approximately, so far. No doubt, the state has its own constrains due to the general perceptions regarding security and law and order conditions. Though, marketing and promotional measures can partly prevail over this image, ultimately it is the visitor's experiences that matter and this is the area where the state need to put maximum attention for correction of its image. Some of the more acute constraints to the development of tourism in Nagaland are: i) Poor communication linkage with Nagaland and the region and also within the state. ii) Poor condition of tourism infrastructure. The roads are slow and inadequate, wayside amenities almost non-existent or where they exist, they lack in quality, cleanliness and hygiene and most places do not have decent affordable lodging of reasonable standard. iii) Tourism has not been given the priority it deserves in the thinking process of the government, as it has been accorded meager budget allocation coupled with thin distribution of this resource over too many schemes to satisfy the local demands. iv) Travel restrictions such as the RAP/PAP for foreign nationals and ILP for the domestic visitors has greatly limited the entry of tourists to the state. v) Lack of effective policies, lack of effective marketing, lack of private entrepreneurs etc. are the setbacks for the successful takeoff of tourism in the state. These are some of the main constraints that require to be taken cognizance of, in the policy formulation. As amply proved elsewhere, it is necessary to recognize the importance of tourism as an activity for socio-economic development for the state. A comprehensive 1 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy tourism policy highlighting the objectives of tourism development in the state needs to be promulgated by the government, and this policy enunciation precisely aims to point towards that direction. OBJECTIVES The prime objectives of the policy are: i) To provide a planned development of tourism based on promotion of domestic and international tourism. ii) Identification of tourist potential areas and development of these resources and strengthening of the existing and viable infrastructures on a selective and intensive basis for maximum benefit to the state economy. iii) To prepare and implement a master plan for integrated development and marketing of identified circuits. iv) To create and provide necessary infrastructural facilities such as power, water, roads, transportation, accommodation etc. for development of tourism in the state. v) To improve, diversify and expand the marketing of tourism products in the state. vi) To promote private entrepreneurship and gradually shift towards selective privatization of the govt. infrastructure by way of leasing out to private individuals/groups or firms and business houses etc. vii) Creation of tourism infrastructure so as to preserve the distinctive handicrafts, folk arts and culture of the state and thereby attract more tourists. viii) Promote conservation and enhancement of natural resources as regards to flora and fauna, natural beauty, forests and unique features of the state through regulated development. ix) Promotion of rural, ethnic, cultural, eco and adventure tourism. x) To create awareness about the potential of tourism and thereby, generates the growth of a tourist-friendly culture. xi) To reorganize the Department of tourism for a more effective functioning. xii) Development of human resources in tourism related activities. STRATEGY FOR DEVELOPMENT The strategy of achieving the above objectives is outlined below: i) Developing areas on a selective basis for integrated growth. ii) Improvement of tourism infrastructure and services. iii) Incentive package. iv) Marketing and overseas publicity of destinations to ensure optimum use of existing infrastructure. v) Enhancement of budget allocation in the state plan and linking of tourism activities schemes with other Departments 2 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy vi) Restructuring and strengthening of the Department. vii) Human Resource Development. Effective coordination between various government departments and agencies for developing tourism industry by: i) Constitution of a Nagaland Tourism Council to take appropriate policy decision on steps to boost the tourism sector. ii) Constitute a Coordination Committee for inter-departmental coordination. iii) Establishment of district level Coordination Committees to coordinate and regulate tourism activities at the district/village level. ACTION PLAN 1. DEVELOPING AREAS ON A SELECTIVE BASIS FOR INTEGRATED GROWTH. i) The budgetary support for development of infrastructure in tourism have been very negligible from the state fund and central assistance which is to be used only as supplementary resource, has become the main source of financing tourism development. This assistance too has been spread thinly over a large number of schemes/projects, that the desired level of development has not taken place in any area/region. Given this scenario, it will be the government's policy to ensure a most efficient use of the existing resources by avoiding the diffusion of resources thinly but to concentrate on focusing on identified circuits and destinations on a phase manner on priority basis. On completion of the project in hand, new circuits/destinations will be taken up. ii) The infrastructural development of tourism will be commensurate with the tourist destinations, identified for promotion and places where PAP relaxation has been accorded by Government of India The following circuits will be developed in a phase manner and in order of priority. 1. Dimapur - Kohima - Dimapur. 2. Dimapur - Kohima - Wokha - Mokokchung - Dimapur. 3. Mokokchung - Mon - T uensang. 4. Kohima - Phek - Zunheboto. The first priority concentration will be in the Dimapur and Kohima region. In the second phase, the tourism development in other circuits can be taken up. However, simultaneous with the major development of Dimapur and Kohima region, basic infrastructure for the other centres should be developed in phase, so that they are poised for take-off at short notice. These centres/destinations will be selected on the basis of accessibility and carrying capacity of the place, local inspirations/supports/places of natural, historical and cultural relevance. iii) Thrust areas will also be identified in the context of the indigenous development and tourists’ expectation in the area of ethnic/rural tourism, cultural tourism, adventure tourism and eco-tourism. Government will accord priority to the development of those places with potentials and where the local communities are prepared for active, involvement in developing the activity. iv) Tourism development activities are not confined to development of simple attractions only. It is closely linked with the overall development of the state and 3 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy hence requires coordinated approach in developing infrastructures such as: transportation, road, water supply, telecommunication, electricity, security etc. by all the concerned department/agencies. The state government will have to provide basic structures and other services to facilitate the development of tourism in the state. v) Development of tourism in ecologically fragile areas will be based on thorough understanding of local resources, social and economic factors and other characteristics. The planning and regulatory process will carefully go into various details that have a bearing on ecology and will specify methods for construction, incorporating the indigenous architectural style, encourage the use of eco-friendly local materials, and eco-techniques (solar energy, rain water collection and utilization, recycling of waste etc.), all of which will minimize the negative impact on environment. vi) The coordination committees constituted at the state level as well as the district levels will also administer to the effective implementation of this aspect of the policy at I (v) above. 2. IMPROVEMENT OF TOURIST INFRASTRUCTURE. I. Accommodation i) Hotels are an important vital segment of the tourism infrastructure. It will, therefore, be the endeavour of the state policy to have a list of Government approved/registered hotels/lodges under the State Tourist Trade Act, which would be expected to function within the laid down norms / guidelines of the government. These hotels/lodges will also be subjected to regular inspection by a committee, comprising of the department of tourism, food and sanitation, and the police / administration. These approved hotels will feature in all the publications of the department in the print as well as in the electronic media in India and abroad and will be eligible for all incentives announced by the Government from time to time. ii) Special Paying Guest scheme will also be introduced in some selected places/villages for providing affordable and hygienic accommodation for both domestic and foreign tourists and to take care of the seasonal flow of tourists. Selection of such places will be on need basis requirement and tourist potential area of the place. Appropriate regulatory guidelines will be brought out in this regard. iii) Some of the infrastructures set up by the department, 4 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy such as the tourist rest houses, way side amenities, tourist lodges, resorts etc. will also be leased out to interested local parties/organizations/village councils/VDBs/churches/ women's organizations/youth organizations etc., on payment of nominal rent to the department. But the management has to ensure certain minimum standard facilities and comfort to the visitors. iv) Participation of private and reputed entrepreneurs from outside the state will also be encouraged in the setting up of and management of quality and standard tourist infrastructures on a joint venture basis. v) All proposals for accommodation infrastructures to be built up, such as lodges/resorts/hotels etc. by private entrepreneurs will require the clearance of the tourism department, for strict adherence to the requirements specified at I (iv) above. II Tour Operators / Travel Agents. Travel Agents are tour operators and constitute an important sector of tourism industry and it will be the state policy to issue special permits to tour operators / travel agents who are registered with the Department of Tourism, Nagaland in the interest of promoting tourism within the state. These travel agents and tour operators will be granted all possible assistance from the state Government for accommodation, transportation, travel permits, liaisoning with the districts etc. and will be eligible for all incentives of the state government. III Introduction of the Nagaland Registration of Tourist Trade Act. There is a need to introduce the Tourist Trade Act and Rules in the state, to provide for regulation and promotion of tourism in the state by way of -registration of persons dealing with the tourists and matters therewith, and to ensure a coordinated and a regulated development of tourism in the state. IV Fairs and Festivals. i) Fairs and festivals not only reflect the rich cultural heritage of Nagaland, but could also become the biggest attraction for tourists. Places/villages which regularly observe such traditional festivals annually will be encouraged further and will be clearly shown as tourist destinations of Nagaland and the Government shall accord priority for the infrastructural development, improvement and marketing of such places. ii) It will be the endeavour of the Government to have a tie up with the NEZCC and the department of Art & Culture for making arrangement at important tourist destinations to organize cultural evenings all year round to further develop and promote distinctive cultural beauty of the area/region. iii) Closer tie-up and coordination with the state department of Art & Culture in all areas of cultural activities and linking up of all the state museums in the districts with the infrastructural development activities. V Transportation. i) In the absence of other means of transport in Nagaland (like rail, waterway, etc.,) a good network of road connectivity is the basic requirement coupled with adequate means of road transportation such as coaches, taxis and so on to facilitate comfortable movement of tourists to different destinations. For this, 5 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy the department will acquire some tourist coaches which are adequately equipped to meet the needs of tourists. ii) Government will, through NIDC. NEDFI etc., also introduce suitable scheme to encourage private tour operators/transporters to operate tourist taxis/coaches etc. within the state for hiring of such vehicles by the tourists. VI Setting up proper Felicitation Facilities at all entry Points. A visitor's first impression of a place is very much based on the facilities available in its airport, rail/bus station etc. It will be the state policy to provide transport services, information counters, telephone facilities etc. which will contribute in generating a tourist friendly atmosphere. VII Development of Inter State Circuits. Inter-state tourism circuits will be developed by linking the important places of other states across the borders of Nagaland with other circuits. In due course, networking with tourism promotion agencies in Government as well as private sector in the neighbouring states will be strengthened. 3 INCENTIVE. i) Under the State Industrial Policy of Nagaland 2000, Tourism has been accorded the status of "Priority Sector". Accordingly, Government orders will be issued making tourism activities eligible for all benefits to the industry. Only such units which comply with the prescribed norms of recognition and whose projects have been approved by the department would be eligible for these benefits, as contained in the State Industrial Policy of 2000, in area of central subsidy for small and medium scale sector, transport etc., and the state subsidy on power generation and power tariff, water supply, tax exemption etc. ii) Financial corporations like NMFC/NSFC/NEDFI/TECI etc., will be associated to finance profitable projects like hotels, restaurants, transport services, travel agents etc. All such projects, will however, be subjected to clearance from the department for location, viability and structure point of view. 4 MARKETING AND OVERSEAS PUBLICITY. Marketing of the tourism products of an area is essential in order to inform prospective tourists what the area has to offer, as well as to persuade them to visit it. Today, tourism industry is a highly competitive arena with many destinations competing against each other to attract the potential tourists. Thus, the state has to be prepared to meet this competition through an aggressive marketing strategy by: i) Production of publicity materials, such as brochures, tourist literatures, handouts, audio-visual materials/films, hosting of web sites etc. ii) Media advertising in specific journals, periodicals, hoarding, internet etc. iii) Participation in various tourism related conferences, fairs, marts held in the country and on a selective basis abroad. iv) Thrust on public relations during the first phase of tourism development by organizing FAM tours for travel writers and travel agents of other states and countries. 6 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy 5. NEED FOR CO-ORDINATION AND SYNERGY WITH OTHER AGENCIES AND RESTRUCTURING THE DEPARTMENT For developing a vibrant and a successful tourism industry, organisational structure need to be instituted, improved and augmented, as the tourism industry requires state and local level planning, provision of infrastructure, regulation, marketing and management of tourist infrastructure and attractions. The state policy will address these issues of organizational structure at three levels: i) Apex level ii) Departmental level iii) Attraction specific/local level Tourism plans should not be seen primarily as the responsibility of the Tourism Department alone. It is multi sectoral activity, involving the different segment of the Government, the policy makers, the legislators, the bureaucrats and the common people who come in touch with tourists in various ways. The state policy, therefore, would ensure the necessary linkages and synergy in the policies and programs of all concerned departmentJagencies, involved in infrastructure development. I. Apex Level a. Nagaland Tourism Council: to take policy decision on steps to boost the tourism sector and give their recommendation on tourism related problems, activities and development programs. The council will be headed by the Chief Minister and will meet at least once a year. Other members will be the Ministers of Tourism, Home, Industry, R&B, Art & Culture, Rural Development, PHED, Forest & Environment, the Chief Secretary and the Commissioner. The Commissioner/Secretary (Tourism) will be the member secretary. b. State Tourism Coordination Committee: under the chairmanship of Chief Secretary for inter-departmental coordination. Other members will be from department like PHE, Home & Tourism. In addition, the Chief Secretary/Additional CS may invite any other department as per requirement. The main function of this committee will be to coordinate inter sectoral inputs and monitor the implementation of tourism plans and policies and remove bottle necks. II. Departmental Level i) In order to achieve policy goals, the departmental organization also need to be strengthened, with the creation of a few new posts, particularly at the managerial and executive level. 7 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy ii) Tourist information offices of Nagaland will be established in Delhi and Guwahati in addition to the one in Kolkata. iii) District tourism office to be set up in all the districts of Nagaland for coordination at the district level. iv) A "Research Cell -cum- Registration Cell" will be constituted in the department of tourism. The cell will gather tourist related information and statistics to prepare a data bank and to give advice to the department from time to time as well as see to the registration of all activities under the Nagaland Registration of Tourist Trade Act. v) There will also be the implementing wing of all infrastructural activities of the Deptt., to be executed by the department. Additional technical hand will be available from the Public Works Department. III. Attraction Specific/local level Where as, Government structure is of a top down nature, it is also necessary to have "inputs from the local level in the districts as well as the villages so that the plans and programs of tourism reflect grassroots realities and private participation be encouraged. This can be achieved by: i) Constitution of District Coordination Committee at every district, to be chaired by the DC., of each district. Other members could include the members of the Town Committees, Village Councils/VDBs, concerned departments and organizations (private) involved in tourism activities. The tourist officer will be member secretary of the committee. The committee will regulate the operation and management of all tourist infrastructures and advice the government of developmental activities as per the capacity of p laces recommended. ii) Management of isolated attractions such as tourist rest houses, wayside amenities, waterfalls, picnic spots, etc., with minimum infrastructure would be in the hands of local organizations. These organizations would also take care of the cleanliness and litter management of these attractions. DC, of each district will coordinate the constitution of each committee in each of the identified tourist destinations as well as potential tourist spots. iii) All DC's will also ensure that some of the developmental activities of tourism will also be incorporated in the District Plan Fund and in the programs of RD, R&B, PHED, Power Department etc. 6. HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT. Tourism is a labour intensive activity and skilled manpower is an important requirement for sustained tourism development. It will, therefore, be the state policy to adequately lay emphasis on this vital aspect of tourism and manpower development. Training will be given due weightage to ensure efficient service and management of tourist facilities for maximum returns of investments made. This will be achieved by: i) Conducting various training programmes, seminars, and workshops for not only 8 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy the departmental staff, but also the public to meet the requirement of accommodation, catering, tourist guides, hotel management, eco-tourism, trekking management, etc. ii) Training will be held within and outside the state in collaboration with various institutes of Tourism and Travel Management of India, set up by the Ministry of Tourism all over the country. iii) Training will also be conducted in the state training institutes like ATI and SIRD, for awareness generation of the potentials of tourism, by inviting resource persons from the Indian Institute of Tourism & Travel Management (IITTMs) and the Government of India tourist offices. 7. ENHANCEMENT OF BUDGETARY ALLOCATION. I.State Plan Fund. Financing of the tourism department's development activities are primarily from two sources - State and Central. The total plan size of Nagaland has grown from Rs. 600 lakhs in the eight five years plan to Rs. 1402 lakhs in the ninth five years plan (1997 - 2002). The utilization of this, so far, is about Rs. 920.62 lakhs only and the bulk of which goes on salary component. The fund availability to the Tourism Department under the CSS was approximately Rs. 400 lakhs for the last two years. The funding was targeted towards development of wayside amenities, resorts, tourist attractions and upgradation of existing infrastructures. The revenue earnings of the Department during the last two years were Rs. 26.78 lakhs only. From the above figures, it is obvious, that, the fund availability to the department is most inadequate for the development of tourism in the state. Enhancement in the State Plan Fund is essential to meet the funding needs of the tourism development in the state. II NEC and CSS Fund. Efforts will be made to supplement funding for infrastructure from NEC and also from the Centrally Sponsored Scheme. 9 | P a g e https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/nagaland-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Nagaland Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Nagaland Tourism Policy NAGALAND TOURISM POLICY Tourism in the State Nagaland's tourism resources are immense. Its history, culture and the mysticism associated with the customs and ways of its hill tribes has been the source of great curiosity to not only Indians but people all over the world. It is a land of charm, diverse in landscape and culture and offers opportunities for a whole range of tourism activities, which to date has not been fully tapped. Tourism, however, was a late starter in Nagaland as it was only in 1981, that the Department of Tourism came to its own when it was bifurcated from the department of Information and Public Relation. The last two decade or so has not witnessed much development and at present the number of tourists coming to Nagaland is negligible. The available figures show that during the last 5 years the number of domestic tourists has ranged from 13000-15000 per year, while foreign tourists has not even crossed the figure of 200-300 approximately, so far. No doubt, the state has its own constrains due to the general perceptions regarding security and law and order conditions. Though, marketing and promotional measures can partly prevail over this image, ultimately it is the visitor's experiences that matter and this is the area where the state need to put maximum attention for correction of its image. Some of the more acute constraints to the development of tourism in Nagaland are: i) Poor communication linkage with Nagaland and the region and also within the state. ii) Poor condition of tourism infrastructure. The roads are slow and inadequate, wayside amenities almost non-existent or where they exist, they lack in quality, cleanliness and hygiene and most places do not have decent affordable lodging of reasonable standard. iii) Tourism has not been given the priority it deserves in the thinking process of the government, as it has been accorded meager budget allocation coupled with thin distribution of this resource over too many schemes to satisfy the local demands. iv) Travel restrictions such as the RAP/PAP for foreign nationals and ILP for the domestic visitors has greatly limited the entry of tourists to the state. v) Lack of effective policies, lack of effective marketing, lack of private entrepreneurs etc. are the setbacks for the successful takeoff of tourism in the state. These are some of the main constraints that require to be taken cognizance of, in the policy formulation. As amply proved elsewhere, it is necessary to recognize the importance of tourism as an activity for socio-economic development for the state. A comprehensive 1 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy tourism policy highlighting the objectives of tourism development in the state needs to be promulgated by the government, and this policy enunciation precisely aims to point towards that direction. OBJECTIVES The prime objectives of the policy are: i) To provide a planned development of tourism based on promotion of domestic and international tourism. ii) Identification of tourist potential areas and development of these resources and strengthening of the existing and viable infrastructures on a selective and intensive basis for maximum benefit to the state economy. iii) To prepare and implement a master plan for integrated development and marketing of identified circuits. iv) To create and provide necessary infrastructural facilities such as power, water, roads, transportation, accommodation etc. for development of tourism in the state. v) To improve, diversify and expand the marketing of tourism products in the state. vi) To promote private entrepreneurship and gradually shift towards selective privatization of the govt. infrastructure by way of leasing out to private individuals/groups or firms and business houses etc. vii) Creation of tourism infrastructure so as to preserve the distinctive handicrafts, folk arts and culture of the state and thereby attract more tourists. viii) Promote conservation and enhancement of natural resources as regards to flora and fauna, natural beauty, forests and unique features of the state through regulated development. ix) Promotion of rural, ethnic, cultural, eco and adventure tourism. x) To create awareness about the potential of tourism and thereby, generates the growth of a tourist-friendly culture. xi) To reorganize the Department of tourism for a more effective functioning. xii) Development of human resources in tourism related activities. STRATEGY FOR DEVELOPMENT The strategy of achieving the above objectives is outlined below: i) Developing areas on a selective basis for integrated growth. ii) Improvement of tourism infrastructure and services. iii) Incentive package. iv) Marketing and overseas publicity of destinations to ensure optimum use of existing infrastructure. v) Enhancement of budget allocation in the state plan and linking of tourism activities schemes with other Departments 2 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy vi) Restructuring and strengthening of the Department. vii) Human Resource Development. Effective coordination between various government departments and agencies for developing tourism industry by: i) Constitution of a Nagaland Tourism Council to take appropriate policy decision on steps to boost the tourism sector. ii) Constitute a Coordination Committee for inter-departmental coordination. iii) Establishment of district level Coordination Committees to coordinate and regulate tourism activities at the district/village level. ACTION PLAN 1. DEVELOPING AREAS ON A SELECTIVE BASIS FOR INTEGRATED GROWTH. i) The budgetary support for development of infrastructure in tourism have been very negligible from the state fund and central assistance which is to be used only as supplementary resource, has become the main source of financing tourism development. This assistance too has been spread thinly over a large number of schemes/projects, that the desired level of development has not taken place in any area/region. Given this scenario, it will be the government's policy to ensure a most efficient use of the existing resources by avoiding the diffusion of resources thinly but to concentrate on focusing on identified circuits and destinations on a phase manner on priority basis. On completion of the project in hand, new circuits/destinations will be taken up. ii) The infrastructural development of tourism will be commensurate with the tourist destinations, identified for promotion and places where PAP relaxation has been accorded by Government of India The following circuits will be developed in a phase manner and in order of priority. 1. Dimapur - Kohima - Dimapur. 2. Dimapur - Kohima - Wokha - Mokokchung - Dimapur. 3. Mokokchung - Mon - T uensang. 4. Kohima - Phek - Zunheboto. The first priority concentration will be in the Dimapur and Kohima region. In the second phase, the tourism development in other circuits can be taken up. However, simultaneous with the major development of Dimapur and Kohima region, basic infrastructure for the other centres should be developed in phase, so that they are poised for take-off at short notice. These centres/destinations will be selected on the basis of accessibility and carrying capacity of the place, local inspirations/supports/places of natural, historical and cultural relevance. iii) Thrust areas will also be identified in the context of the indigenous development and tourists’ expectation in the area of ethnic/rural tourism, cultural tourism, adventure tourism and eco-tourism. Government will accord priority to the development of those places with potentials and where the local communities are prepared for active, involvement in developing the activity. iv) Tourism development activities are not confined to development of simple attractions only. It is closely linked with the overall development of the state and 3 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy hence requires coordinated approach in developing infrastructures such as: transportation, road, water supply, telecommunication, electricity, security etc. by all the concerned department/agencies. The state government will have to provide basic structures and other services to facilitate the development of tourism in the state. v) Development of tourism in ecologically fragile areas will be based on thorough understanding of local resources, social and economic factors and other characteristics. The planning and regulatory process will carefully go into various details that have a bearing on ecology and will specify methods for construction, incorporating the indigenous architectural style, encourage the use of eco-friendly local materials, and eco-techniques (solar energy, rain water collection and utilization, recycling of waste etc.), all of which will minimize the negative impact on environment. vi) The coordination committees constituted at the state level as well as the district levels will also administer to the effective implementation of this aspect of the policy at I (v) above. 2. IMPROVEMENT OF TOURIST INFRASTRUCTURE. I. Accommodation i) Hotels are an important vital segment of the tourism infrastructure. It will, therefore, be the endeavour of the state policy to have a list of Government approved/registered hotels/lodges under the State Tourist Trade Act, which would be expected to function within the laid down norms / guidelines of the government. These hotels/lodges will also be subjected to regular inspection by a committee, comprising of the department of tourism, food and sanitation, and the police / administration. These approved hotels will feature in all the publications of the department in the print as well as in the electronic media in India and abroad and will be eligible for all incentives announced by the Government from time to time. ii) Special Paying Guest scheme will also be introduced in some selected places/villages for providing affordable and hygienic accommodation for both domestic and foreign tourists and to take care of the seasonal flow of tourists. Selection of such places will be on need basis requirement and tourist potential area of the place. Appropriate regulatory guidelines will be brought out in this regard. iii) Some of the infrastructures set up by the department, 4 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy such as the tourist rest houses, way side amenities, tourist lodges, resorts etc. will also be leased out to interested local parties/organizations/village councils/VDBs/churches/ women's organizations/youth organizations etc., on payment of nominal rent to the department. But the management has to ensure certain minimum standard facilities and comfort to the visitors. iv) Participation of private and reputed entrepreneurs from outside the state will also be encouraged in the setting up of and management of quality and standard tourist infrastructures on a joint venture basis. v) All proposals for accommodation infrastructures to be built up, such as lodges/resorts/hotels etc. by private entrepreneurs will require the clearance of the tourism department, for strict adherence to the requirements specified at I (iv) above. II Tour Operators / Travel Agents. Travel Agents are tour operators and constitute an important sector of tourism industry and it will be the state policy to issue special permits to tour operators / travel agents who are registered with the Department of Tourism, Nagaland in the interest of promoting tourism within the state. These travel agents and tour operators will be granted all possible assistance from the state Government for accommodation, transportation, travel permits, liaisoning with the districts etc. and will be eligible for all incentives of the state government. III Introduction of the Nagaland Registration of Tourist Trade Act. There is a need to introduce the Tourist Trade Act and Rules in the state, to provide for regulation and promotion of tourism in the state by way of -registration of persons dealing with the tourists and matters therewith, and to ensure a coordinated and a regulated development of tourism in the state. IV Fairs and Festivals. i) Fairs and festivals not only reflect the rich cultural heritage of Nagaland, but could also become the biggest attraction for tourists. Places/villages which regularly observe such traditional festivals annually will be encouraged further and will be clearly shown as tourist destinations of Nagaland and the Government shall accord priority for the infrastructural development, improvement and marketing of such places. ii) It will be the endeavour of the Government to have a tie up with the NEZCC and the department of Art & Culture for making arrangement at important tourist destinations to organize cultural evenings all year round to further develop and promote distinctive cultural beauty of the area/region. iii) Closer tie-up and coordination with the state department of Art & Culture in all areas of cultural activities and linking up of all the state museums in the districts with the infrastructural development activities. V Transportation. i) In the absence of other means of transport in Nagaland (like rail, waterway, etc.,) a good network of road connectivity is the basic requirement coupled with adequate means of road transportation such as coaches, taxis and so on to facilitate comfortable movement of tourists to different destinations. For this, 5 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy the department will acquire some tourist coaches which are adequately equipped to meet the needs of tourists. ii) Government will, through NIDC. NEDFI etc., also introduce suitable scheme to encourage private tour operators/transporters to operate tourist taxis/coaches etc. within the state for hiring of such vehicles by the tourists. VI Setting up proper Felicitation Facilities at all entry Points. A visitor's first impression of a place is very much based on the facilities available in its airport, rail/bus station etc. It will be the state policy to provide transport services, information counters, telephone facilities etc. which will contribute in generating a tourist friendly atmosphere. VII Development of Inter State Circuits. Inter-state tourism circuits will be developed by linking the important places of other states across the borders of Nagaland with other circuits. In due course, networking with tourism promotion agencies in Government as well as private sector in the neighbouring states will be strengthened. 3 INCENTIVE. i) Under the State Industrial Policy of Nagaland 2000, Tourism has been accorded the status of "Priority Sector". Accordingly, Government orders will be issued making tourism activities eligible for all benefits to the industry. Only such units which comply with the prescribed norms of recognition and whose projects have been approved by the department would be eligible for these benefits, as contained in the State Industrial Policy of 2000, in area of central subsidy for small and medium scale sector, transport etc., and the state subsidy on power generation and power tariff, water supply, tax exemption etc. ii) Financial corporations like NMFC/NSFC/NEDFI/TECI etc., will be associated to finance profitable projects like hotels, restaurants, transport services, travel agents etc. All such projects, will however, be subjected to clearance from the department for location, viability and structure point of view. 4 MARKETING AND OVERSEAS PUBLICITY. Marketing of the tourism products of an area is essential in order to inform prospective tourists what the area has to offer, as well as to persuade them to visit it. Today, tourism industry is a highly competitive arena with many destinations competing against each other to attract the potential tourists. Thus, the state has to be prepared to meet this competition through an aggressive marketing strategy by: i) Production of publicity materials, such as brochures, tourist literatures, handouts, audio-visual materials/films, hosting of web sites etc. ii) Media advertising in specific journals, periodicals, hoarding, internet etc. iii) Participation in various tourism related conferences, fairs, marts held in the country and on a selective basis abroad. iv) Thrust on public relations during the first phase of tourism development by organizing FAM tours for travel writers and travel agents of other states and countries. 6 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy 5. NEED FOR CO-ORDINATION AND SYNERGY WITH OTHER AGENCIES AND RESTRUCTURING THE DEPARTMENT For developing a vibrant and a successful tourism industry, organisational structure need to be instituted, improved and augmented, as the tourism industry requires state and local level planning, provision of infrastructure, regulation, marketing and management of tourist infrastructure and attractions. The state policy will address these issues of organizational structure at three levels: i) Apex level ii) Departmental level iii) Attraction specific/local level Tourism plans should not be seen primarily as the responsibility of the Tourism Department alone. It is multi sectoral activity, involving the different segment of the Government, the policy makers, the legislators, the bureaucrats and the common people who come in touch with tourists in various ways. The state policy, therefore, would ensure the necessary linkages and synergy in the policies and programs of all concerned departmentJagencies, involved in infrastructure development. I. Apex Level a. Nagaland Tourism Council: to take policy decision on steps to boost the tourism sector and give their recommendation on tourism related problems, activities and development programs. The council will be headed by the Chief Minister and will meet at least once a year. Other members will be the Ministers of Tourism, Home, Industry, R&B, Art & Culture, Rural Development, PHED, Forest & Environment, the Chief Secretary and the Commissioner. The Commissioner/Secretary (Tourism) will be the member secretary. b. State Tourism Coordination Committee: under the chairmanship of Chief Secretary for inter-departmental coordination. Other members will be from department like PHE, Home & Tourism. In addition, the Chief Secretary/Additional CS may invite any other department as per requirement. The main function of this committee will be to coordinate inter sectoral inputs and monitor the implementation of tourism plans and policies and remove bottle necks. II. Departmental Level i) In order to achieve policy goals, the departmental organization also need to be strengthened, with the creation of a few new posts, particularly at the managerial and executive level. 7 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy ii) Tourist information offices of Nagaland will be established in Delhi and Guwahati in addition to the one in Kolkata. iii) District tourism office to be set up in all the districts of Nagaland for coordination at the district level. iv) A "Research Cell -cum- Registration Cell" will be constituted in the department of tourism. The cell will gather tourist related information and statistics to prepare a data bank and to give advice to the department from time to time as well as see to the registration of all activities under the Nagaland Registration of Tourist Trade Act. v) There will also be the implementing wing of all infrastructural activities of the Deptt., to be executed by the department. Additional technical hand will be available from the Public Works Department. III. Attraction Specific/local level Where as, Government structure is of a top down nature, it is also necessary to have "inputs from the local level in the districts as well as the villages so that the plans and programs of tourism reflect grassroots realities and private participation be encouraged. This can be achieved by: i) Constitution of District Coordination Committee at every district, to be chaired by the DC., of each district. Other members could include the members of the Town Committees, Village Councils/VDBs, concerned departments and organizations (private) involved in tourism activities. The tourist officer will be member secretary of the committee. The committee will regulate the operation and management of all tourist infrastructures and advice the government of developmental activities as per the capacity of p laces recommended. ii) Management of isolated attractions such as tourist rest houses, wayside amenities, waterfalls, picnic spots, etc., with minimum infrastructure would be in the hands of local organizations. These organizations would also take care of the cleanliness and litter management of these attractions. DC, of each district will coordinate the constitution of each committee in each of the identified tourist destinations as well as potential tourist spots. iii) All DC's will also ensure that some of the developmental activities of tourism will also be incorporated in the District Plan Fund and in the programs of RD, R&B, PHED, Power Department etc. 6. HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT. Tourism is a labour intensive activity and skilled manpower is an important requirement for sustained tourism development. It will, therefore, be the state policy to adequately lay emphasis on this vital aspect of tourism and manpower development. Training will be given due weightage to ensure efficient service and management of tourist facilities for maximum returns of investments made. This will be achieved by: i) Conducting various training programmes, seminars, and workshops for not only 8 | P a g e Nagaland Tourism Policy the departmental staff, but also the public to meet the requirement of accommodation, catering, tourist guides, hotel management, eco-tourism, trekking management, etc. ii) Training will be held within and outside the state in collaboration with various institutes of Tourism and Travel Management of India, set up by the Ministry of Tourism all over the country. iii) Training will also be conducted in the state training institutes like ATI and SIRD, for awareness generation of the potentials of tourism, by inviting resource persons from the Indian Institute of Tourism & Travel Management (IITTMs) and the Government of India tourist offices. 7. ENHANCEMENT OF BUDGETARY ALLOCATION. I.State Plan Fund. Financing of the tourism department's development activities are primarily from two sources - State and Central. The total plan size of Nagaland has grown from Rs. 600 lakhs in the eight five years plan to Rs. 1402 lakhs in the ninth five years plan (1997 - 2002). The utilization of this, so far, is about Rs. 920.62 lakhs only and the bulk of which goes on salary component. The fund availability to the Tourism Department under the CSS was approximately Rs. 400 lakhs for the last two years. The funding was targeted towards development of wayside amenities, resorts, tourist attractions and upgradation of existing infrastructures. The revenue earnings of the Department during the last two years were Rs. 26.78 lakhs only. From the above figures, it is obvious, that, the fund availability to the department is most inadequate for the development of tourism in the state. Enhancement in the State Plan Fund is essential to meet the funding needs of the tourism development in the state. II NEC and CSS Fund. Efforts will be made to supplement funding for infrastructure from NEC and also from the Centrally Sponsored Scheme. 9 | P a g e

The Tourism Policy of Meghalaya A simple plan with simple tools results in a masterpiece GOVERNMENT OF MEGHALAYA TOURISM DEPARMENT No.Tourism.74/2009/85, Dated Shillong, the 1st February, 2011 The Draft Tourism Policy which was issued by the Government of Meghalaya on 30.11.2010 through its website has received several views and comments from the general public. Such views and suggestions have been examined and relevant suggestions have been incorporated. The Governor of Meghalaya is, therefore, pleased to finalise and announce Meghalaya Tourism Policy, 2011 below, which will take effect from the date of publication. -Sd- S.M.Pathaw Under Secretary to the Govt. of Meghalaya Tourism Department MEGHALAYA TOURISM POLICY – 2011 1. Introduction Tourism in India is a growing industry, and as per World Tourism Organisation predictions, India will be a leader in using tourism as an employment generator. The State of Meghalaya must be placed in a strategic position to take advantage of this growth. Tourism being a multi sectoral activity has the capacity to stimulate different sectors of the economy. It is evident from highly developed states and countries that tourism opens up immense opportunities for economic development, poverty alleviation and income generation. Being labour intensive, it opens avenues for a host of employment opportunities. Tourism can also make a positive impact on conserving the environment, cultural enrichment, development of rural areas and empowerment of women. Meghalaya the “Abode of the Clouds” with its picturesque landscape of rolling hills, meandering rivers, cascading waterfalls, lush forests, diverse flora and fauna and unique culture and tradition has great potential for development of tourism. During the last few years, Meghalaya has evolved as a fast growing destination for both domestic and international tourists. The first Tourism Policy was framed in the year 2001 which was published vide Government Notification No.Tourism.136/96/264 dated 15th February 2001. With the evolving role of the tourism sector as a major engine of economic growth, it was felt necessary to revamp the existing tourism policy and come up with a new policy within which the Government helps to create the basic infrastructure for tourism development, while the private sector helps to provide quality products and offer active support services. Keeping in mind the requirement to provide economic opportunities to the local communities as also the need to preserve the eco-system and the ethnic identity of the people, the tourism policy has been designed to sustain the rich cultural heritage and biodiversity of the state. 2. Vision To position Meghalaya as a preferred tourist destination by taking advantage of its rich cultural heritage and natural beauty. 3. Guiding Principles Realising Tourism’s potential as a key promoter for economic growth of the state, the Government of Meghalaya envisages the following key principles to bring about responsible growth in this sector. The key principles are: a) Government will create basic infrastructure for tourism development and also act as a facilitator for private investment in this sector. b) Private sector will provide the quality products and offer active support services. c) Encouragement and assistance will be provided to promote entrepreneurship within the local communities in the field of tourism. Importance will also be given to tourism projects which are based on community participation. d) Tourism development will be undertaken in a manner so as to ensure sustainability and conservation of the state’s environment and natural resources. Development of tourism activities around natural resources will be done in conjunction with the relevant Government Departments and in concurrence with any laws relating to protection and conservation. Sustainable development of tourism will also help generate employment for the local people without impacting on environment and local culture. e) To encourage hotel operators to ‘go green’ by strictly adhering to minimum standards with regards to environmental performance and health standards. This will include use of renewable energy sources, overall reduction in energy and water consumption, measures to harvest rainwater, measures to reduce waste and provision of non-smoking areas etc. f) Tourism development will aim to take full advantage of the opportunities presented by strategic regional policies and development agencies such as the NEIIPP (North East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy 2007), the State Industrial Policy, the Forest and Wildlife protection Policies, NEC (North East Council) and Ministry of DONER. It will also participate in Central Government initiatives/funding with regard to tourism. g) Meghalaya will build on its existing strengths to develop tourism by promoting a clean, healthy and safe environment along with friendly and efficient services. h) Meghalaya Tourism will aim to develop a unique brand focusing on selected niches and products in order to attract visitors to the state while differentiating itself, where necessary, from its neighbours. i) Construction works relating to tourism projects may be designed in such a way that the structure will merge with the surroundings and the natural environment of the area so as to present a good ambience, taking into consideration the need for durability and sustainability of the structure in a particular environment. 4. General Objectives After due consideration of the above key principles, the broad objectives for the development of tourism in the State are as follows: a) To establish a holistic growth of the industry with the cooperation of the private sector/community and other stakeholders. b) To develop an effective marketing strategy linked with regional and national initiatives through a collaborative mechanism to project a positive identity for Meghalaya in the national and international tourism markets as a unique and preferred destination. c) To strengthen the quality and attractiveness of tourism experience in Meghalaya including improvements to be brought about in the conservation of the environment. d) To identify and promote new opportunities for the future development of tourism in Meghalaya on a sustainable basis. e) To strengthen the cultural aspects of the tourism product in Meghalaya and to actively promote local participation, including community-based tourism. f) To develop a tourism plan in concurrence with the objectives of the policy. g) To ensure greater emphasis on capacity building/training to local youth and tourism stakeholders in the State. h) To ensure acceptable service levels, training and human resource development will be provided on an ongoing basis. i) To take full advantage of the various institutes in the state like the Indian Institute of Management, Institute of Hotel Management, Martin Luther Christian University, Food Craft Institute (Tura), to develop courses and implement training in various categories of service providers. j) To make the tourism industry in Meghalaya a leader in responsible environmental practices. k) To establish a set of best practices in the tourism sector. 5. Strategies a) To survey all potential areas of tourist attraction in the entire state in order to prepare a master plan for integrated tourism development. The focus will be on development of destinations and circuit development not only within the state but with major circuits of the neighbouring states particularly Assam. b) To create and improve infrastructure along with better management of mega tourism projects. Availability of quality infrastructure is a vital component for the development of tourism. The aim of the Department is to facilitate building world class tourism infrastructure and efficient transportation facilities. c) A well-designed plan for capacity building and manpower training will help make tourism development successful. The aim of the HRD plan will be to create an efficient and professional manpower base in the tourism sector. d) Joint venture in cases where unique products involving special proprietary information or brand image are needed to be introduced to a location. e) To include tourism as an industry so that stake holders can take advantage of the various incentives under the Industrial Policy (NEIIPP). Including tourism as an industry will increase capital flow into this sector by inviting investors and this in turn will increase the employment generating capacity of the sector. f) To identify and promote new opportunities and products for the future development of tourism in Meghalaya. The major tourism products in Meghalaya are festivals, wildlife, culture and lifestyle of the people. The State also has potential to offer new products, the thrust areas should be rural/village tourism, MICE tourism, Eco tourism, Wellness tourism, Adventure tourism, Pilgrimage tourism etc. Emphasis is on eco-tourism, nature tourism and rural tourism through community initiatives and partnerships and encouraging small and micro enterprises and promotion of self employment schemes. g) To develop an effective marketing strategy so as to project a positive image for Meghalaya in the international and national market as a unique and preferred destination to visit. The marketing plan will be developed after a thorough investigation of the tourism products in Meghalaya and the markets that Meghalaya is targeting. The plan will include promotion of festivals and tribal sports, promotion of local handicrafts and cuisine, familiarisation tours for tour operators from outside the state for better knowledge of the places of tourist interest in Meghalaya. h) Up-gradation of visitor facilities in all tourist destinations, improve information and signages. i) To strengthen the quality and attractiveness of the tourism experience in Meghalaya, convergence with other Government Departments is needed in the areas of security, air and road connectivity, health and hygiene and conservation of environment. This will include- • Launching of a state wide campaign to keep Meghalaya clean and beautiful. All stakeholders will have to contribute to this effort. • To educate and assist local communities to take up afforestation programs. • Support for programmes and information aiming to limit health and safety risks in the state including the elimination of malaria, control the spread of HIV/AIDS and improvement of road safety. • Efforts shall be made for improvement in air connectivity to the state as well as good road connectivity to all the tourist destinations within the State by actively pursuing with the concerned departments. • Protection and promotion of caves in collaboration professional and experts in the field and the local community. with j) The Department will set up an Advisory Board which will provide direction towards development of tourism industry in the State and take the responsibility of bringing in or facilitating synergy and co-ordination with other inter-related departments. k) Tourism infrastructure shall be designed in such a way that the construction will merge with the surroundings and the natural environment of the area so as to present a good ambience, taking into consideration the need for durability and sustainability of the structure in a particular environment 6. Tourism Security In order to avoid any form of harassment to tourists visiting the state, the Department of Tourism, Govt. of Meghalaya in collaboration with the local authorities will sensitise the people to treat tourists with due courtesy and decorum and also to guide and provide requisite assistance in case of any emergency encountered by them. Any complaint lodged by the tourists shall be attended to promptly so that they are not harassed. A specialised wing in the form of Tourist Police may also be created if necessary for effective security to tourists. Preventive measures, including the involvement of local communities and spreading awareness about the benefits of tourism, will be actively promoted. 7. Product Development Meghalaya will constantly aim to improve the tourism products it offers as well as build new products and services to target the different categories of tourists. An improved investment climate is a factor that will facilitate the development of the tourism product in Meghalaya. The investment climate can be improved by developing a plan for the State which will include: • identifying areas with investment potential, • identify investors that fit with the development philosophy of the state, • prohibiting certain types of activities which are environmentally unsafe. Potential areas for the future development of tourism products in Meghalaya include: • Adventure/Sports Tourism – Meghalaya has immense potential for adventure related activities including adventure sports like rock climbing, paragliding, zip lining, mountain cycling, canoeing, water skiing, etc. Some of the popular adventure activities being promoted in the state are hard and soft treks, rock climbing, boat race and indigenous sports of the Khasis, Jaintias and Garos. Caving at present is the most vibrant and visible tourism activity in the state, followed by nature walks and treks on the numerous living root bridges. While promoting adventure sports, it is important to ensure maintenance of international standards of safety, quality and service by strictly following guidelines issued by the Ministry of Tourism. The Govt. will assist educated unemployed youths through scholarships for training in adventure sports to open up a source of livelihood for them. MTDC will support and promote water sports and angling. The Corporation in collaboration with Sports & Youth Affairs shall hold annual water sport events. • Wildlife/Eco-Tourism- With a large area of the state covered under forest, Meghalaya has diverse wildlife. Apart from the well known Balpakram National Park in South Garo Hills, there are the Nokrek Biosphere Reserve (West Garo Hills), the Siju Wildlife Sanctuary (South Garo Hills) and the Nongkhyllem Wildlife Sanctuary in Ri Bhoi District. Tourism facilities are to be developed around the Balpakram National Park and in other National Parks and Sanctuaries with individual speciality which shall be integrated as a tourism product. Tourism Department to co-ordinate with the Forest Department for further development and improvement of the existing infrastructure for the convenience of tourists. Preservation and conservation of Sacred Groves to be given priority. • Cultural Tourism (Fairs and Festivals) - Meghalaya resonates with fairs and festivals which are celebrated throughout the year. The four major festivals of the three tribes of Meghalaya are the Wangala Dance (Garo), Shad Suk Mynsiem and Nongkrem Dance Festival (Khasi), and the Behdeinkhlam Festival(Jaintia). Music is an integral part of the people of Meghalaya and it accompanies every festival and ceremony. These festivals also provide a glimpse of Meghalaya’s lively collection of woven, decorative, dyed and colourful silk and cotton, their elaborate jewellery etc. More thrust to be given on publicity to make festivals a major attraction for tourists. There is a need to make them more attractive targeting tourist on well defined themes and spread over all seasons. The time and dates will be fixed and organised in a professional manner and will be given wide publicity. The calendar of events will be prepared ahead of time with the concurrence of the organisers keeping in mind its effectiveness and purpose. • Meetings, Incentives, Conventions & Exhibition Tourism (MICE) - Meghalaya being one of the preferred destinations of the North East, and with tourist arrival increasing substantially every year, the demand for facilities for MICE has also increased .The Department will take steps for setting up modern convention facilities at strategic locations. • Wellness, Health & Herbal Tourism – Spa holidays are becoming popular these days. Meghalaya has immense potential in this segment and can be a leading player in health and wellness tourism where professionally devised programmes can be initiated and delivered like yoga centres, ayurvedic treatments, rejuvenating treatments etc. • Bestowed with an abundant variety of medicinal plants, the state could promote Health & Herbal Tourism. The indigenous people with their inherent knowledge for herbal medicines and massages that provides holistic healing and rejuvenation will be encouraged and promoted. Areas and locations having valuable medicinal plants will be identified for the purpose of conducting educational herbal trails. Existing herbal medicinal centres will be encouraged in a regulated manner which shall form part of an important component of wellness tourism. • Unique Lodging Products – A variety of accommodation depicting traditional style and decor of the major tribes – the Khasi, Jaintia, and Garo to be constructed by the government or on PPP mode which will have a unique selling proposition. • Local Souvenir Tourism – Shopping is recognised as an integral part of tourism experience and a valued contributor to employment, income and revenue. Local markets held at various sites selling indigenous items will be included as an itinerary in the tourism conducted tours. The existing indigenous crafts produced by the local people such as pottery, basketry, handloom and weaving etc. will be promoted and developed. • Golf Tourism - Meghalaya has one of the oldest 18-hole golf courses in the country. The Shillong Golf Course together with very favourable climatic conditions has the potential of attracting ardent golfers from corporate houses within the country and from neighbouring countries. With improved air connectivity, this would attract high-end tourists to the state. • Pilgrimage Tourism – Meghalaya has potential for pilgrimage tourism in Garo Hills and Jaintia Hills which are already visited by many pilgrims seasonally. Promotion of pilgrimage tourism will be undertaken with basic amenities in these locations to attract more pilgrims. These amenities will be managed efficiently in coordination with the local authority. Special festivals will be given wide publicity to attract national and international tourists throughout the year. • Legend Tourism - Legend tourism is a unique venture to create an innovative Tourism product based on legends and folklores. Meghalaya is very rich in age old traditions, beliefs, and customs which still exist in various forms. There are a variety of tourist destinations from caves to monoliths, waterfalls to rock formations, each with its own set of legends. The bonding that exists between the land and people makes it all the more significant to package this most picturesque state with its interesting legends. These legends will be inscribed on stone tablets at the respective destinations or documented and printed in the form of booklets. • Heritage Tourism – Heritage Tourism is the oldest form of travel. In Meghalaya, particularly Shillong there are a number of important buildings, monuments, churches, etc., associated with well known personalities and events from the past. The Department will take steps to promote places, monuments, etc. connected with famous personalities to promote Meghalaya as a destination for Heritage Tourism. • Music Tourism – People of Meghalaya are known for their love of music. The Shillong Chamber Choir has put Shillong on the music map. Musical talent needs to be nurtured and recognised so that parents can encourage their children to take up music full time. The Department of Arts & Culture will be tapped to promote music festival in Meghalaya. • Strawberry Tourism – Strawberry in Meghalaya is an economic success history. Strawberry cultivation is enthusiastically taken up by many farmers especially in Ri-Bhoi District. Strawberry Tourism can be promoted where farm houses could be encouraged to take in guests who could enjoy the experience of strawberry harvesting. With the involvement of the Horticulture Department a Strawberry Festival shall be organised as an annual event. • Premium Tourist Destinations - This is a new area of tourism product providing clean, fresh, peaceful, unpolluted and invigorating atmosphere, such resorts to be developed for high end tourists. Constructions will be developed in accordance with the landscape local architecture and 90% green component. Traditional local material will be utilised. • Package Tours - With the objective of boosting tourist traffic, attractive package tours will be developed with the help of MTDC, private sector and travel operators. The packages shall be designed keeping in mind the varied interests and budget of the tourists which will be updated from time to time. • Cuisine Tourism - Tourism Department will organise traditional food festivals which will include ethnic food where local cuisines of the Khasi, Jaintia and Garo will be promoted. • Film Tourism - Promote Meghalaya as a film destination. Besides gaining wide publicity for the state, the local community also benefits economically from the crew during their stay. • Weekend/Day Tourism - There are many locations for weekend retreats/day trips in and around the capital viz Umiam, Cherrapunjee, Mawsynram, Nartiang, Jakrem, Mawlynnong, Ialong, etc which are popular amongst tourists. State Government will further develop these spots as well as promote new destinations preferably with involvement of the private sector on a PPP mode. 8. Village/Rural Tourism-Home Stay Village/Rural Tourism has emerged as a new concept in the tourism industry. In this context, Meghalaya is fast evolving as a responsible and sustainable tourism product with an important social objective through people’s participation. Rural tourism can be effectively implemented to boost tourism in the state. Rural tourism will ensure the dispersal of tourists from the city to villages enabling them to familiarise themselves with the unique culture and heritage prevalent so that they are rejuvenated and culturally enriched. The prime objective is to harness the vast untapped rural tourism prospective of the state so that their multiplier benefit filters out directly to the rural communities. Similar programmes taken up by NGOs and other agencies will also be streamlined by bringing them under one umbrella for convergence in the development and promotion of the product. 9. Community Participation in Tourism The land tenure system prevalent in the State is tilted towards the community with the Government having very little or no land at all. As a result the community plays a very important role in development and promotion of community based tourism. With community providing the land, the role of the government is building capacities so as to enable the local people to run tourism related projects. 10. Meghalaya Tourism Development Corporation(MTDC) Meghalaya Tourism Development Corporation has been set up for developing and promotion of Tourism in Meghalaya. The Corporation shall make efforts to increase its revenue to enable to carry out promotional activities. MTDC will organise package tours not only to Cherrapunjee but to other tourist destinations, organise training for guides, etc. The Government shall initiate implementation of online reservation of MTDC units. This will serve as an opportunity for tourist to book accommodation online for real time confirmation. The Government will continue to assist the Corporation subject to availability of fund. 11. Promotion and Investment through Public Private Partnership (PPP) Mode The Department of Tourism, Government of Meghalaya has initiated development of tourism projects following the Public Private Partnership (PPP) mode. The enormous tourism potential together with a peaceful and secure atmosphere is an ideal environment for investment in the state. The Department will facilitate the development of tourism infrastructure projects on a PPP mode. 12. Capacity Building and Training • The quality of the tourism product will be improved at all levels from management to staff services. For this purpose, appropriate trainings will be conducted under the Hunar Se Rozgar Scheme of the Govt. of India, assistance from NEC etc. in collaboration with IHM, Shillong and FCI, Tura. Improvement in service will give tourists a feel good experience inviting them to be regular visitors. • At present the Institute of Hotel Management (IHM) in Shillong offers a three year BSc degree programme in Hotel Management, Applied Nutrition, and Catering Technology. The BSc degree should be upgraded to a post graduate course to be funded by Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India. Additional Food Craft Institutes will be set up in selected districts of the state depending on the requirement. • Scholarships would be provided to eligible youth preferably educated unemployed for undertaking specialised courses in the hospitality sector. Specific amount of fund will be allocated by the Department for this purpose. • Undertaking training needs to assess the gap between the knowledge, skills and attitudes of the service providers in the tourism sector and to determine the number and types of workers that require knowledge and skill development to meet the sector’s objectives. • On this basis, proposals will be drawn up for addressing the identified training needs of the tourism sector, including in-service training for existing employees, basic training for new entrants and courses for government officials, police officers, tour guides, taxi drivers etc. The private sector will be expected to register their employees for training. • Working in co-ordination with the Hotel and Tourism Association/ Stakeholders to introduce and monitor appropriate standards and classification systems for the tourism sector. • Reviewing the licensing and other regulations that have impact on the tourism industry and making recommendations for improvement. • Provide training and establish standards for transport operators, tour operators, guides, entrepreneurs for food and beverage and hospitality services. • Service Providers in adventure tourism, wellness tourism, etc. should have appropriate training from recognised institutes. 13. Solid Waste Management Waste is an issue of increasing importance in the hospitality industry. Government will encourage hotels, resorts etc. to preserve the environment by implementing effective solid waste management through waste minimization, reuse, recycling etc. The Department will promote awareness programmes aimed at educating and sensitizing the staff, visitors and guests about the importance of proper management of waste and introducing the system of segregating waste into different categories at hotel rooms by guests themselves. The Department will initiate a set of guidelines on waste management for guidance of all stake holders. 14. Improvement of connectivity through development of Heliports The Department of Tourism will submit proposals to Government of India for the development of heliports at tourist destinations which are not well connected by roads, etc. 15. Safe, Honourable and Responsible Tourism This involves people’s participation in issues that affect their lives and property, making contribution to the conservation of the environment, preservation of cultural heritage, consideration of the needs of physically challenged people, mutual respect between the locals and tourists, respect for the rights and safety of tourists and freedom from exploitation of both tourists and locals. 16. Incentives & Concessions to local entrepreneurs The Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion in the Ministry of Commerce and Industry has approved a package of fiscal incentives and other concessions for the North East Region viz. the North East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy 2007. Under this Policy, incentives for Service Sector has been covered for Hotels(not below 2-Star Category) Adventure and Leisure Sports including Ropeways, Vocational Training Institutes such as Institutes for Hotel Management, Catering and Food Crafts. Other incentives are 100% income tax exemption, capital investment subsidy, interest subsidy and comprehensive insurance. The Department of Tourism will provide incentives to entrepreneurs for new projects in the Tourism sector for infrastructure development. The incentives will be subsidy limiting the amount to 30% of the project cost for approved projects within the amount of Rs 1.00 Crores to 1.50 Crores. Tourism Department will provide assistance for purchase of multi utility vehicles to approved resort owners/hotel owners/tour operators limiting the amount to 25% which will be the deposit amount to financial institutions providing loans for purchase of vehicles for tourism purposes. The Tourism Department will provide incentives to registered house owners who are willing to provide Hospitality in the form of Bed ‘n’ Breakfast in all the prominent tourist destinations. Such owners shall initially be trained and should be willing to provide the basic amenities identified by the Department. 17. Awards & Appreciations Awards will be instituted for categories like best maintained tourist spot, best innovative tourism project, best eco-tourism product, best hotel, best transport operator, best tour operator, best travel agency, best restaurant promoting local cuisine etc. as an incentive for good performance. 18. Creating a Brand Meghalaya - Cherrapunjee A brand image of Meghalaya on the lines of ‘Incredible India’ will be created by identifying a suitable tagline, catchy slogans, signature tunes etc. with innovative and market focused ad-campaigns. Proactive promotional measures will be undertaken for creating the image of the state as a safe and enjoyable destination duly supported by good infrastructure and facilities at the destination. The Department will take steps to develop a brand image for Cherrapunjee. Brand Meghalaya should portray the state’s unique selling points in order to maximize the returns. 19. Other Initiatives To ensure accurate data of tourist arrivals relating to nationality, length of stay and purpose of visit, the Tourism Department, which is at present collecting data from hotels within the city, will also include the guest houses and tourist information centres from all district offices in the state. Coordination with local tourism NGOs and SHGs with the Directorate of Tourism to be initiated at different tourist locations for provision of guides, setting up of garbage bins, public facilities for the convenience of tourists. Necessary signages, warnings and cautions will be set at all key locations and points. 20. Land Bank Land is the most vital requisite for setting of tourism units. A land bank for tourism development is to be created by acquiring land at various places. 21. Publicity Marketing of tourism products will continue through advertisements in travel magazines, leading publications, electronic media, publications of pamphlets and brochures, participation in international and national fairs and festivals, road shows, posting of information in the website and through state tourism offices (Tourist Information Centre), assistance to major festivals and organising tourism festivals within the state. 22. Implementation of the Meghalaya Tourism Policy 2011 The Tourism Department, Govt. of Meghalaya will be the nodal department for implementation of the Tourism Policy. 23. Commencement of the Policy The Meghalaya Tourism Policy 2011 will commence on the date of publication.https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/meghalaya-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Meghalaya Tourism Policy Tourism Policy The Tourism Policy of Meghalaya A simple plan with simple tools results in a masterpiece GOVERNMENT OF MEGHALAYA TOURISM DEPARMENT No.Tourism.74/2009/85, Dated Shillong, the 1st February, 2011 The Draft Tourism Policy which was issued by the Government of Meghalaya on 30.11.2010 through its website has received several views and comments from the general public. Such views and suggestions have been examined and relevant suggestions have been incorporated. The Governor of Meghalaya is, therefore, pleased to finalise and announce Meghalaya Tourism Policy, 2011 below, which will take effect from the date of publication. -Sd- S.M.Pathaw Under Secretary to the Govt. of Meghalaya Tourism Department MEGHALAYA TOURISM POLICY – 2011 1. Introduction Tourism in India is a growing industry, and as per World Tourism Organisation predictions, India will be a leader in using tourism as an employment generator. The State of Meghalaya must be placed in a strategic position to take advantage of this growth. Tourism being a multi sectoral activity has the capacity to stimulate different sectors of the economy. It is evident from highly developed states and countries that tourism opens up immense opportunities for economic development, poverty alleviation and income generation. Being labour intensive, it opens avenues for a host of employment opportunities. Tourism can also make a positive impact on conserving the environment, cultural enrichment, development of rural areas and empowerment of women. Meghalaya the “Abode of the Clouds” with its picturesque landscape of rolling hills, meandering rivers, cascading waterfalls, lush forests, diverse flora and fauna and unique culture and tradition has great potential for development of tourism. During the last few years, Meghalaya has evolved as a fast growing destination for both domestic and international tourists. The first Tourism Policy was framed in the year 2001 which was published vide Government Notification No.Tourism.136/96/264 dated 15th February 2001. With the evolving role of the tourism sector as a major engine of economic growth, it was felt necessary to revamp the existing tourism policy and come up with a new policy within which the Government helps to create the basic infrastructure for tourism development, while the private sector helps to provide quality products and offer active support services. Keeping in mind the requirement to provide economic opportunities to the local communities as also the need to preserve the eco-system and the ethnic identity of the people, the tourism policy has been designed to sustain the rich cultural heritage and biodiversity of the state. 2. Vision To position Meghalaya as a preferred tourist destination by taking advantage of its rich cultural heritage and natural beauty. 3. Guiding Principles Realising Tourism’s potential as a key promoter for economic growth of the state, the Government of Meghalaya envisages the following key principles to bring about responsible growth in this sector. The key principles are: a) Government will create basic infrastructure for tourism development and also act as a facilitator for private investment in this sector. b) Private sector will provide the quality products and offer active support services. c) Encouragement and assistance will be provided to promote entrepreneurship within the local communities in the field of tourism. Importance will also be given to tourism projects which are based on community participation. d) Tourism development will be undertaken in a manner so as to ensure sustainability and conservation of the state’s environment and natural resources. Development of tourism activities around natural resources will be done in conjunction with the relevant Government Departments and in concurrence with any laws relating to protection and conservation. Sustainable development of tourism will also help generate employment for the local people without impacting on environment and local culture. e) To encourage hotel operators to ‘go green’ by strictly adhering to minimum standards with regards to environmental performance and health standards. This will include use of renewable energy sources, overall reduction in energy and water consumption, measures to harvest rainwater, measures to reduce waste and provision of non-smoking areas etc. f) Tourism development will aim to take full advantage of the opportunities presented by strategic regional policies and development agencies such as the NEIIPP (North East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy 2007), the State Industrial Policy, the Forest and Wildlife protection Policies, NEC (North East Council) and Ministry of DONER. It will also participate in Central Government initiatives/funding with regard to tourism. g) Meghalaya will build on its existing strengths to develop tourism by promoting a clean, healthy and safe environment along with friendly and efficient services. h) Meghalaya Tourism will aim to develop a unique brand focusing on selected niches and products in order to attract visitors to the state while differentiating itself, where necessary, from its neighbours. i) Construction works relating to tourism projects may be designed in such a way that the structure will merge with the surroundings and the natural environment of the area so as to present a good ambience, taking into consideration the need for durability and sustainability of the structure in a particular environment. 4. General Objectives After due consideration of the above key principles, the broad objectives for the development of tourism in the State are as follows: a) To establish a holistic growth of the industry with the cooperation of the private sector/community and other stakeholders. b) To develop an effective marketing strategy linked with regional and national initiatives through a collaborative mechanism to project a positive identity for Meghalaya in the national and international tourism markets as a unique and preferred destination. c) To strengthen the quality and attractiveness of tourism experience in Meghalaya including improvements to be brought about in the conservation of the environment. d) To identify and promote new opportunities for the future development of tourism in Meghalaya on a sustainable basis. e) To strengthen the cultural aspects of the tourism product in Meghalaya and to actively promote local participation, including community-based tourism. f) To develop a tourism plan in concurrence with the objectives of the policy. g) To ensure greater emphasis on capacity building/training to local youth and tourism stakeholders in the State. h) To ensure acceptable service levels, training and human resource development will be provided on an ongoing basis. i) To take full advantage of the various institutes in the state like the Indian Institute of Management, Institute of Hotel Management, Martin Luther Christian University, Food Craft Institute (Tura), to develop courses and implement training in various categories of service providers. j) To make the tourism industry in Meghalaya a leader in responsible environmental practices. k) To establish a set of best practices in the tourism sector. 5. Strategies a) To survey all potential areas of tourist attraction in the entire state in order to prepare a master plan for integrated tourism development. The focus will be on development of destinations and circuit development not only within the state but with major circuits of the neighbouring states particularly Assam. b) To create and improve infrastructure along with better management of mega tourism projects. Availability of quality infrastructure is a vital component for the development of tourism. The aim of the Department is to facilitate building world class tourism infrastructure and efficient transportation facilities. c) A well-designed plan for capacity building and manpower training will help make tourism development successful. The aim of the HRD plan will be to create an efficient and professional manpower base in the tourism sector. d) Joint venture in cases where unique products involving special proprietary information or brand image are needed to be introduced to a location. e) To include tourism as an industry so that stake holders can take advantage of the various incentives under the Industrial Policy (NEIIPP). Including tourism as an industry will increase capital flow into this sector by inviting investors and this in turn will increase the employment generating capacity of the sector. f) To identify and promote new opportunities and products for the future development of tourism in Meghalaya. The major tourism products in Meghalaya are festivals, wildlife, culture and lifestyle of the people. The State also has potential to offer new products, the thrust areas should be rural/village tourism, MICE tourism, Eco tourism, Wellness tourism, Adventure tourism, Pilgrimage tourism etc. Emphasis is on eco-tourism, nature tourism and rural tourism through community initiatives and partnerships and encouraging small and micro enterprises and promotion of self employment schemes. g) To develop an effective marketing strategy so as to project a positive image for Meghalaya in the international and national market as a unique and preferred destination to visit. The marketing plan will be developed after a thorough investigation of the tourism products in Meghalaya and the markets that Meghalaya is targeting. The plan will include promotion of festivals and tribal sports, promotion of local handicrafts and cuisine, familiarisation tours for tour operators from outside the state for better knowledge of the places of tourist interest in Meghalaya. h) Up-gradation of visitor facilities in all tourist destinations, improve information and signages. i) To strengthen the quality and attractiveness of the tourism experience in Meghalaya, convergence with other Government Departments is needed in the areas of security, air and road connectivity, health and hygiene and conservation of environment. This will include- • Launching of a state wide campaign to keep Meghalaya clean and beautiful. All stakeholders will have to contribute to this effort. • To educate and assist local communities to take up afforestation programs. • Support for programmes and information aiming to limit health and safety risks in the state including the elimination of malaria, control the spread of HIV/AIDS and improvement of road safety. • Efforts shall be made for improvement in air connectivity to the state as well as good road connectivity to all the tourist destinations within the State by actively pursuing with the concerned departments. • Protection and promotion of caves in collaboration professional and experts in the field and the local community. with j) The Department will set up an Advisory Board which will provide direction towards development of tourism industry in the State and take the responsibility of bringing in or facilitating synergy and co-ordination with other inter-related departments. k) Tourism infrastructure shall be designed in such a way that the construction will merge with the surroundings and the natural environment of the area so as to present a good ambience, taking into consideration the need for durability and sustainability of the structure in a particular environment 6. Tourism Security In order to avoid any form of harassment to tourists visiting the state, the Department of Tourism, Govt. of Meghalaya in collaboration with the local authorities will sensitise the people to treat tourists with due courtesy and decorum and also to guide and provide requisite assistance in case of any emergency encountered by them. Any complaint lodged by the tourists shall be attended to promptly so that they are not harassed. A specialised wing in the form of Tourist Police may also be created if necessary for effective security to tourists. Preventive measures, including the involvement of local communities and spreading awareness about the benefits of tourism, will be actively promoted. 7. Product Development Meghalaya will constantly aim to improve the tourism products it offers as well as build new products and services to target the different categories of tourists. An improved investment climate is a factor that will facilitate the development of the tourism product in Meghalaya. The investment climate can be improved by developing a plan for the State which will include: • identifying areas with investment potential, • identify investors that fit with the development philosophy of the state, • prohibiting certain types of activities which are environmentally unsafe. Potential areas for the future development of tourism products in Meghalaya include: • Adventure/Sports Tourism – Meghalaya has immense potential for adventure related activities including adventure sports like rock climbing, paragliding, zip lining, mountain cycling, canoeing, water skiing, etc. Some of the popular adventure activities being promoted in the state are hard and soft treks, rock climbing, boat race and indigenous sports of the Khasis, Jaintias and Garos. Caving at present is the most vibrant and visible tourism activity in the state, followed by nature walks and treks on the numerous living root bridges. While promoting adventure sports, it is important to ensure maintenance of international standards of safety, quality and service by strictly following guidelines issued by the Ministry of Tourism. The Govt. will assist educated unemployed youths through scholarships for training in adventure sports to open up a source of livelihood for them. MTDC will support and promote water sports and angling. The Corporation in collaboration with Sports & Youth Affairs shall hold annual water sport events. • Wildlife/Eco-Tourism- With a large area of the state covered under forest, Meghalaya has diverse wildlife. Apart from the well known Balpakram National Park in South Garo Hills, there are the Nokrek Biosphere Reserve (West Garo Hills), the Siju Wildlife Sanctuary (South Garo Hills) and the Nongkhyllem Wildlife Sanctuary in Ri Bhoi District. Tourism facilities are to be developed around the Balpakram National Park and in other National Parks and Sanctuaries with individual speciality which shall be integrated as a tourism product. Tourism Department to co-ordinate with the Forest Department for further development and improvement of the existing infrastructure for the convenience of tourists. Preservation and conservation of Sacred Groves to be given priority. • Cultural Tourism (Fairs and Festivals) - Meghalaya resonates with fairs and festivals which are celebrated throughout the year. The four major festivals of the three tribes of Meghalaya are the Wangala Dance (Garo), Shad Suk Mynsiem and Nongkrem Dance Festival (Khasi), and the Behdeinkhlam Festival(Jaintia). Music is an integral part of the people of Meghalaya and it accompanies every festival and ceremony. These festivals also provide a glimpse of Meghalaya’s lively collection of woven, decorative, dyed and colourful silk and cotton, their elaborate jewellery etc. More thrust to be given on publicity to make festivals a major attraction for tourists. There is a need to make them more attractive targeting tourist on well defined themes and spread over all seasons. The time and dates will be fixed and organised in a professional manner and will be given wide publicity. The calendar of events will be prepared ahead of time with the concurrence of the organisers keeping in mind its effectiveness and purpose. • Meetings, Incentives, Conventions & Exhibition Tourism (MICE) - Meghalaya being one of the preferred destinations of the North East, and with tourist arrival increasing substantially every year, the demand for facilities for MICE has also increased .The Department will take steps for setting up modern convention facilities at strategic locations. • Wellness, Health & Herbal Tourism – Spa holidays are becoming popular these days. Meghalaya has immense potential in this segment and can be a leading player in health and wellness tourism where professionally devised programmes can be initiated and delivered like yoga centres, ayurvedic treatments, rejuvenating treatments etc. • Bestowed with an abundant variety of medicinal plants, the state could promote Health & Herbal Tourism. The indigenous people with their inherent knowledge for herbal medicines and massages that provides holistic healing and rejuvenation will be encouraged and promoted. Areas and locations having valuable medicinal plants will be identified for the purpose of conducting educational herbal trails. Existing herbal medicinal centres will be encouraged in a regulated manner which shall form part of an important component of wellness tourism. • Unique Lodging Products – A variety of accommodation depicting traditional style and decor of the major tribes – the Khasi, Jaintia, and Garo to be constructed by the government or on PPP mode which will have a unique selling proposition. • Local Souvenir Tourism – Shopping is recognised as an integral part of tourism experience and a valued contributor to employment, income and revenue. Local markets held at various sites selling indigenous items will be included as an itinerary in the tourism conducted tours. The existing indigenous crafts produced by the local people such as pottery, basketry, handloom and weaving etc. will be promoted and developed. • Golf Tourism - Meghalaya has one of the oldest 18-hole golf courses in the country. The Shillong Golf Course together with very favourable climatic conditions has the potential of attracting ardent golfers from corporate houses within the country and from neighbouring countries. With improved air connectivity, this would attract high-end tourists to the state. • Pilgrimage Tourism – Meghalaya has potential for pilgrimage tourism in Garo Hills and Jaintia Hills which are already visited by many pilgrims seasonally. Promotion of pilgrimage tourism will be undertaken with basic amenities in these locations to attract more pilgrims. These amenities will be managed efficiently in coordination with the local authority. Special festivals will be given wide publicity to attract national and international tourists throughout the year. • Legend Tourism - Legend tourism is a unique venture to create an innovative Tourism product based on legends and folklores. Meghalaya is very rich in age old traditions, beliefs, and customs which still exist in various forms. There are a variety of tourist destinations from caves to monoliths, waterfalls to rock formations, each with its own set of legends. The bonding that exists between the land and people makes it all the more significant to package this most picturesque state with its interesting legends. These legends will be inscribed on stone tablets at the respective destinations or documented and printed in the form of booklets. • Heritage Tourism – Heritage Tourism is the oldest form of travel. In Meghalaya, particularly Shillong there are a number of important buildings, monuments, churches, etc., associated with well known personalities and events from the past. The Department will take steps to promote places, monuments, etc. connected with famous personalities to promote Meghalaya as a destination for Heritage Tourism. • Music Tourism – People of Meghalaya are known for their love of music. The Shillong Chamber Choir has put Shillong on the music map. Musical talent needs to be nurtured and recognised so that parents can encourage their children to take up music full time. The Department of Arts & Culture will be tapped to promote music festival in Meghalaya. • Strawberry Tourism – Strawberry in Meghalaya is an economic success history. Strawberry cultivation is enthusiastically taken up by many farmers especially in Ri-Bhoi District. Strawberry Tourism can be promoted where farm houses could be encouraged to take in guests who could enjoy the experience of strawberry harvesting. With the involvement of the Horticulture Department a Strawberry Festival shall be organised as an annual event. • Premium Tourist Destinations - This is a new area of tourism product providing clean, fresh, peaceful, unpolluted and invigorating atmosphere, such resorts to be developed for high end tourists. Constructions will be developed in accordance with the landscape local architecture and 90% green component. Traditional local material will be utilised. • Package Tours - With the objective of boosting tourist traffic, attractive package tours will be developed with the help of MTDC, private sector and travel operators. The packages shall be designed keeping in mind the varied interests and budget of the tourists which will be updated from time to time. • Cuisine Tourism - Tourism Department will organise traditional food festivals which will include ethnic food where local cuisines of the Khasi, Jaintia and Garo will be promoted. • Film Tourism - Promote Meghalaya as a film destination. Besides gaining wide publicity for the state, the local community also benefits economically from the crew during their stay. • Weekend/Day Tourism - There are many locations for weekend retreats/day trips in and around the capital viz Umiam, Cherrapunjee, Mawsynram, Nartiang, Jakrem, Mawlynnong, Ialong, etc which are popular amongst tourists. State Government will further develop these spots as well as promote new destinations preferably with involvement of the private sector on a PPP mode. 8. Village/Rural Tourism-Home Stay Village/Rural Tourism has emerged as a new concept in the tourism industry. In this context, Meghalaya is fast evolving as a responsible and sustainable tourism product with an important social objective through people’s participation. Rural tourism can be effectively implemented to boost tourism in the state. Rural tourism will ensure the dispersal of tourists from the city to villages enabling them to familiarise themselves with the unique culture and heritage prevalent so that they are rejuvenated and culturally enriched. The prime objective is to harness the vast untapped rural tourism prospective of the state so that their multiplier benefit filters out directly to the rural communities. Similar programmes taken up by NGOs and other agencies will also be streamlined by bringing them under one umbrella for convergence in the development and promotion of the product. 9. Community Participation in Tourism The land tenure system prevalent in the State is tilted towards the community with the Government having very little or no land at all. As a result the community plays a very important role in development and promotion of community based tourism. With community providing the land, the role of the government is building capacities so as to enable the local people to run tourism related projects. 10. Meghalaya Tourism Development Corporation(MTDC) Meghalaya Tourism Development Corporation has been set up for developing and promotion of Tourism in Meghalaya. The Corporation shall make efforts to increase its revenue to enable to carry out promotional activities. MTDC will organise package tours not only to Cherrapunjee but to other tourist destinations, organise training for guides, etc. The Government shall initiate implementation of online reservation of MTDC units. This will serve as an opportunity for tourist to book accommodation online for real time confirmation. The Government will continue to assist the Corporation subject to availability of fund. 11. Promotion and Investment through Public Private Partnership (PPP) Mode The Department of Tourism, Government of Meghalaya has initiated development of tourism projects following the Public Private Partnership (PPP) mode. The enormous tourism potential together with a peaceful and secure atmosphere is an ideal environment for investment in the state. The Department will facilitate the development of tourism infrastructure projects on a PPP mode. 12. Capacity Building and Training • The quality of the tourism product will be improved at all levels from management to staff services. For this purpose, appropriate trainings will be conducted under the Hunar Se Rozgar Scheme of the Govt. of India, assistance from NEC etc. in collaboration with IHM, Shillong and FCI, Tura. Improvement in service will give tourists a feel good experience inviting them to be regular visitors. • At present the Institute of Hotel Management (IHM) in Shillong offers a three year BSc degree programme in Hotel Management, Applied Nutrition, and Catering Technology. The BSc degree should be upgraded to a post graduate course to be funded by Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India. Additional Food Craft Institutes will be set up in selected districts of the state depending on the requirement. • Scholarships would be provided to eligible youth preferably educated unemployed for undertaking specialised courses in the hospitality sector. Specific amount of fund will be allocated by the Department for this purpose. • Undertaking training needs to assess the gap between the knowledge, skills and attitudes of the service providers in the tourism sector and to determine the number and types of workers that require knowledge and skill development to meet the sector’s objectives. • On this basis, proposals will be drawn up for addressing the identified training needs of the tourism sector, including in-service training for existing employees, basic training for new entrants and courses for government officials, police officers, tour guides, taxi drivers etc. The private sector will be expected to register their employees for training. • Working in co-ordination with the Hotel and Tourism Association/ Stakeholders to introduce and monitor appropriate standards and classification systems for the tourism sector. • Reviewing the licensing and other regulations that have impact on the tourism industry and making recommendations for improvement. • Provide training and establish standards for transport operators, tour operators, guides, entrepreneurs for food and beverage and hospitality services. • Service Providers in adventure tourism, wellness tourism, etc. should have appropriate training from recognised institutes. 13. Solid Waste Management Waste is an issue of increasing importance in the hospitality industry. Government will encourage hotels, resorts etc. to preserve the environment by implementing effective solid waste management through waste minimization, reuse, recycling etc. The Department will promote awareness programmes aimed at educating and sensitizing the staff, visitors and guests about the importance of proper management of waste and introducing the system of segregating waste into different categories at hotel rooms by guests themselves. The Department will initiate a set of guidelines on waste management for guidance of all stake holders. 14. Improvement of connectivity through development of Heliports The Department of Tourism will submit proposals to Government of India for the development of heliports at tourist destinations which are not well connected by roads, etc. 15. Safe, Honourable and Responsible Tourism This involves people’s participation in issues that affect their lives and property, making contribution to the conservation of the environment, preservation of cultural heritage, consideration of the needs of physically challenged people, mutual respect between the locals and tourists, respect for the rights and safety of tourists and freedom from exploitation of both tourists and locals. 16. Incentives & Concessions to local entrepreneurs The Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion in the Ministry of Commerce and Industry has approved a package of fiscal incentives and other concessions for the North East Region viz. the North East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy 2007. Under this Policy, incentives for Service Sector has been covered for Hotels(not below 2-Star Category) Adventure and Leisure Sports including Ropeways, Vocational Training Institutes such as Institutes for Hotel Management, Catering and Food Crafts. Other incentives are 100% income tax exemption, capital investment subsidy, interest subsidy and comprehensive insurance. The Department of Tourism will provide incentives to entrepreneurs for new projects in the Tourism sector for infrastructure development. The incentives will be subsidy limiting the amount to 30% of the project cost for approved projects within the amount of Rs 1.00 Crores to 1.50 Crores. Tourism Department will provide assistance for purchase of multi utility vehicles to approved resort owners/hotel owners/tour operators limiting the amount to 25% which will be the deposit amount to financial institutions providing loans for purchase of vehicles for tourism purposes. The Tourism Department will provide incentives to registered house owners who are willing to provide Hospitality in the form of Bed ‘n’ Breakfast in all the prominent tourist destinations. Such owners shall initially be trained and should be willing to provide the basic amenities identified by the Department. 17. Awards & Appreciations Awards will be instituted for categories like best maintained tourist spot, best innovative tourism project, best eco-tourism product, best hotel, best transport operator, best tour operator, best travel agency, best restaurant promoting local cuisine etc. as an incentive for good performance. 18. Creating a Brand Meghalaya - Cherrapunjee A brand image of Meghalaya on the lines of ‘Incredible India’ will be created by identifying a suitable tagline, catchy slogans, signature tunes etc. with innovative and market focused ad-campaigns. Proactive promotional measures will be undertaken for creating the image of the state as a safe and enjoyable destination duly supported by good infrastructure and facilities at the destination. The Department will take steps to develop a brand image for Cherrapunjee. Brand Meghalaya should portray the state’s unique selling points in order to maximize the returns. 19. Other Initiatives To ensure accurate data of tourist arrivals relating to nationality, length of stay and purpose of visit, the Tourism Department, which is at present collecting data from hotels within the city, will also include the guest houses and tourist information centres from all district offices in the state. Coordination with local tourism NGOs and SHGs with the Directorate of Tourism to be initiated at different tourist locations for provision of guides, setting up of garbage bins, public facilities for the convenience of tourists. Necessary signages, warnings and cautions will be set at all key locations and points. 20. Land Bank Land is the most vital requisite for setting of tourism units. A land bank for tourism development is to be created by acquiring land at various places. 21. Publicity Marketing of tourism products will continue through advertisements in travel magazines, leading publications, electronic media, publications of pamphlets and brochures, participation in international and national fairs and festivals, road shows, posting of information in the website and through state tourism offices (Tourist Information Centre), assistance to major festivals and organising tourism festivals within the state. 22. Implementation of the Meghalaya Tourism Policy 2011 The Tourism Department, Govt. of Meghalaya will be the nodal department for implementation of the Tourism Policy. 23. Commencement of the Policy The Meghalaya Tourism Policy 2011 will commence on the date of publication.

Sri Lanka's premier international packaging, processing, printing and plastic exhibition, Lankapak 2020, will be held on October 8, 9 and 10, 2020 at BMICH, Colombo for the 22nd spectacular time. This event was started by the Sri Lanka Packaging Institute in 1981 with the aim of making it easier for the printing and packaging industry to showcase its valuable products and services to various other industries that require its services on a large scale. This event will be a meeting point for all industry professionals to educate potential buyers on modern printing and packaging techniques required for sustainability and adding value to all types of products entering the market. Lankapak 2020 is organized by the Sri Lanka Institute of Packaging together with CDC Events together with the support of government organizations and the private sector. The Expo will comprise more than 150 booths displaying thousands of brands to meet all types of packaging requirements under one roof. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/lankapak/08th-10th-october-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST LANKAPAK https://www.lankapak.com/ Sri Lanka's premier international packaging, processing, printing and plastic exhibition, Lankapak 2020, will be held on October 8, 9 and 10, 2020 at BMICH, Colombo for the 22nd spectacular time. This event was started by the Sri Lanka Packaging Institute in 1981 with the aim of making it easier for the printing and packaging industry to showcase its valuable products and services to various other industries that require its services on a large scale. This event will be a meeting point for all industry professionals to educate potential buyers on modern printing and packaging techniques required for sustainability and adding value to all types of products entering the market. Lankapak 2020 is organized by the Sri Lanka Institute of Packaging together with CDC Events together with the support of government organizations and the private sector. The Expo will comprise more than 150 booths displaying thousands of brands to meet all types of packaging requirements under one roof.

INHORGENTA MUNICH offers a unique combination of individuality, inspiration and innovation. Our new slogan uses three magic words to highlight how we are shaping the future for the sake of your success. Together with our exhibitors, visitors and experts, we are developing future-proof solutions to meet the challenges of today and tomorrow. In this way we strengthen your position in the market and give you a greater advantage over the competition, profitably and in the long term. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/inhorgenta/19th-22th-february-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Inhorgenta https://www.inhorgenta.com/ INHORGENTA MUNICH offers a unique combination of individuality, inspiration and innovation. Our new slogan uses three magic words to highlight how we are shaping the future for the sake of your success. Together with our exhibitors, visitors and experts, we are developing future-proof solutions to meet the challenges of today and tomorrow. In this way we strengthen your position in the market and give you a greater advantage over the competition, profitably and in the long term.

BioJapan has played an important role in facilitating interaction between Japanese and global companies / organizations and in stimulating new business opportunities for almost two decades. Top business development, licensing and partnership management professionals, R&D staff and executives from biotech companies from around the world will gather in Yokohama in October 2020 for the 22nd iteration of BioJapan. More than 1,300 organizations from around 34 countries are expected to participate in the event, to carry out the 12,000 business meetings planned over the course of the three days. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/bio-japan-exhibition/14th-16th-october-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST BIO Japan Exhibition htt://www.ics-expo.jp BioJapan has played an important role in facilitating interaction between Japanese and global companies / organizations and in stimulating new business opportunities for almost two decades. Top business development, licensing and partnership management professionals, R&D staff and executives from biotech companies from around the world will gather in Yokohama in October 2020 for the 22nd iteration of BioJapan. More than 1,300 organizations from around 34 countries are expected to participate in the event, to carry out the 12,000 business meetings planned over the course of the three days.

ILDEX Vietnam is organized by VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific Co., Ltd., a joint venture between Jaarbeurs from the Netherlands and the TCC Convention and Exhibition Center from Thailand. VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific develops, with industry partners and exhibition organizers from around the world, runs and internationalizes trade shows and conferences from animal production and processing to technology, from agriculture to innovations and from pets to industries medical and laboratory. VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific successfully applies its concepts and knowledge in all industries and in all Asian countries. Through its international network and global reach, VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific builds markets in Asia, for the world. ILDEX Vietnam, the international exhibition for livestock, dairy, meat processing and aquaculture, has become the leading trade fair in the Asia region with large attendance and abundant business opportunities. Livestock experts and leading exhibitors have stated that it is the best international market and trading platform for the Vietnamese market. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/ildex-vietnam/09th-11th-december-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ILDEX Vietnam https://www.ildex-vietnam.com/ ILDEX Vietnam is organized by VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific Co., Ltd., a joint venture between Jaarbeurs from the Netherlands and the TCC Convention and Exhibition Center from Thailand. VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific develops, with industry partners and exhibition organizers from around the world, runs and internationalizes trade shows and conferences from animal production and processing to technology, from agriculture to innovations and from pets to industries medical and laboratory. VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific successfully applies its concepts and knowledge in all industries and in all Asian countries. Through its international network and global reach, VNU Exhibitions Asia Pacific builds markets in Asia, for the world. ILDEX Vietnam, the international exhibition for livestock, dairy, meat processing and aquaculture, has become the leading trade fair in the Asia region with large attendance and abundant business opportunities. Livestock experts and leading exhibitors have stated that it is the best international market and trading platform for the Vietnamese market.

AGRAMA is the most important Swiss fair in the field of agricultural and forestry technology. Organized since 1977 by the Swiss Association of Agricultural Machinery (ASMA), AGRAMA takes place every 2 years at the BERNEXPO site in Bern. The AGRAMA from November 26 to 30, 2020 will unfortunately have to be postponed due to the uncertainty surrounding Covid-19. The new date of the event will be announced shortly. The main information platform on support for investment decision making, AGRAMA is the essential meeting place for those passionate about agricultural and forestry techniques. With an exhibition area of about 60,000 m2 and the presence of more than 50,000 visitors, it is a 5-day meeting place for a public consisting mainly of decision makers, specialists and other users from the agricultural and forestry sector. . https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/agrama-bern/02nd-06th-december-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST AGRAMA BERN https://agrama.ch AGRAMA is the most important Swiss fair in the field of agricultural and forestry technology. Organized since 1977 by the Swiss Association of Agricultural Machinery (ASMA), AGRAMA takes place every 2 years at the BERNEXPO site in Bern. The AGRAMA from November 26 to 30, 2020 will unfortunately have to be postponed due to the uncertainty surrounding Covid-19. The new date of the event will be announced shortly. The main information platform on support for investment decision making, AGRAMA is the essential meeting place for those passionate about agricultural and forestry techniques. With an exhibition area of about 60,000 m2 and the presence of more than 50,000 visitors, it is a 5-day meeting place for a public consisting mainly of decision makers, specialists and other users from the agricultural and forestry sector. .

Government of Bihar Department of Tourism =================================== BIHAR TOURISM POLICY- 2009 ========================================= Resolution SUBJECT:- BIHAR TOURISM POLICY- 2009 FOR ACCELERATED TOURISM GROWTH OF THE STATE. Tourism has grown into one of the world‟s largest industries with a growth rate in excess of 5 percent per annum over the past twenty years. Globally, tourism accounts for 11 percent of the global GDP and 8 percent of the world trade employment. There is growing recognition worldwide of the essential role tourism can play in reducing poverty, employment generation, environmental regeneration and promoting sustainable development. In India, tourism and travel sector generate employment to 9.3 million people with optimism of raising this to 12.9 million jobs to the people by 2010. This will mean that the tourism industry would provide job to one person out of 15 people by 2010 in the country. Every rupee spent by a tourist in the state changes hands thirteen times. Every hotel room generates direct employment to three persons and indirect employment opportunities to eight persons. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN BIHAR – CURRENT SITUATION AND PROSPECTS Bihar is famous for religious and cultural heritage sites. Bihar draws its name from the word „vihara‟ or monastery, and was the early home of Buddhism. Steeped in history and religion, Bihar is the birthplace of the great Emperor Ashoka and Lord Mahavir. All major religions of India have left their mark here and this has made Bihar a great religious melting pot. It is that great land where once Buddha attained enlightenment at Bodh Gaya under the sacred Bodhi tree. Bodh Gaya is now a World Heritage Site and is attracting the Buddhist tourists from across the world. Pawapuri being the Nirwan Sthal of Bhagwan Mahavira attracts people following the Jain religion. Patna Sahib- birth place of Guru Govind Singh, Xth Guru of Sikhs attracts tourists. It also has the Ashoka‟s installed pillar with Lion capital that has braved more than two millennia raising its head in all its splendors. Historical importance of Bihar has been established again with the discovery of „biggest ever Buddha stupa‟ at Kesariya by the Archeological Survey of India. The states‟ wealth of religious and historical monuments has, in one way or another, defined tourism in the state. However, the tourism sector‟s contribution to the state‟s development priorities and strategies has so far been relatively limited. A review of the sector‟s competitive strengths and weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (SWOT Analysis) indicates that it has considerable growth potential. Bihar‟s great competitive strength from tourism point of view is its ancient and yet living civilization that gave rise to two of world‟s great religions namely Buddhism and Jainism. Bihar was the nerve centre of religious activities of Hindu, Buddhist, Jain, Sikh and Islam. Endowed with a rich cultural and religious heritage, Bihar was a seat of power of the vast and powerful Magadh Empire, whose might had checked further onslaught of Alexander the Great. This is a land of ancient universities of Nalanda and Vikramshila, the seat of higher learning, which spread knowledge far and wide through its students coming from different countries of the world. The remnants of these two ancient universities, the antiques and artefacts are already attracting tourists. Bihar has in fact been attracting domestic and foreign tourists from the ancient times. The Travelogues of the Chinese travelers Huen Tsang and Fa-Hien describe historical splendor of Bihar, which offers much to tourists irrespective of their age and class. Bihar‟s contact with other civilizations is reflected in the rich cultural diversity of its people, traditions, customs, religious practices and festivals, architecture and art and craft. A trip to the state offers revelations in history, architecture, yoga, eco-tourism, fairs and festivals, art and crafts besides a unique cuisine. The main competitive constraints faced by the tourism sector in Bihar have been the poor quality of the environments surrounding many of state‟s main tourist sites, the security scenario in the state that affects the perception of Bihar as a safe and secure destination, the quality of facilities and services at tourist attraction places, the quantity and quality of transportation service and related infrastructure, limited availability of tourist information in-source markets and at destination, insufficient marketing of Bihar in its domestic and international markets, limited and poor facilities and services especially in rural areas and limited financing of attractive projects by the private sector. The key competitive opportunities before Bihar are: 1) develop its strength as a major religious destination attracting tourists of diverse religious beliefs; 2) promote the Buddhist circuit to attract Buddhists from a number of countries; 3) leverage its rich cultural history to increase its share of the huge international travel market; 4) harness the huge potential of promoting rural tourism revolving around its rich tradition of art, craft and handloom and 5) leverage its strength in yoga to develop well-being centres to attract a sizeable number of international and domestic tourists. The main internal threats to the development of the tourism sector have been the inability to fully resolve the constraints identified above. These are security, safety, absence of trained manpower, inadequate connectivity, accommodation and other basic infrastructure like roads, electricity etc., and failure to market the tourist destinations in the state. External threats are not addressing the competition from other states like Rajasthan, Kerala and Uttar Pradesh. The Tourism Policy 2009 proposes to concentrate on addressing the identified threats and harnessing the opportunities by adopting and implementing appropriate plans to handle the threats and overcome our weaknesses with the objective of increasing the tourist inflow into the state significantly. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES Key Objectives • Position tourism as state priority • Focus on domestic tourism as a major driver of tourism growth. • Promote Bihar for cultural, religious and „wellness‟ tourism • Improve the efficiency of the industry, for enhanced social and economic benefit, and consequential increased economic benefits, including increased employment generation. • Ensure the participation of all the stake holders in society, including the travel trade and tourism industry. • Create world class infrastructure • Plan and implement a professionally managed integrated communications strategy to be called the „Tourism Awareness and Promotion Campaign‟ • Provide quality services to all domestic & international consumers and stake holders. • Improving connectivity of important tourist sites. Strategy for Development 1) Establishment of Tourist Security Force: • The State Government shall recruit security personnel to provide security services to the tourists to instill in them a sense of security while visiting to any particular tourist spot and also to offer a helping hand to co-operate with them. For this purpose, competent and skilled force shall be identified or through outsourcing qualified and smart security personnel from private sector will be posted at different important identified tourist spots. 2) Preparing and Implementing Master Plans for Integrated Development and Marketing of Identified Circuits: • The tourism projects implemented under Central assistance and the State plans have not been able to create an impact in terms of creation of international standard tourism infrastructure. A Master Plan with a time frame of 10 years giving year-wise phasing of investment both by the government and the private sector would be developed and implemented. Such a plan would clearly state the short term and long term plans, targets and ground realities. • Efforts will be made to dovetail external assistance, central assistance and state plan resources with private investments to attain the set goals as under the Master Plan. 3) Upgrading and Augmenting of Accommodation, Catering and Recreational Facilities: • The hotel accommodation in Bihar is grossly inadequate and there is need to not only increase the number of average beds per thousand by building budget hotels, but also build star category hotels at all the important tourist destinations to provide quality services to the high end international and national tourists. „Land Banks‟ will be developed to offer land identified for construction of star hotels to private sector at market price/lease/joint venture within the identified circuits. • Way side facility is an important part of tourism. In this vein, comfortable rest houses fitted with basic amenities on highways‟ flanks, alongside the fuel filling stations (petrol pumps), would be created with public and private investments. • The state government would also encourage establishment of Heritage Hotels in Bihar by identifying heritage buildings and mansions to convert them to Heritage Hotels in order to provide quality accommodation to tourists. • The state government will explore and develop the possibilities for launching Paying Guest Scheme by identifying and registering the houses, house owners and families interested in this stream of tourism development. • Light and Sound shows, Laser shows, Multi-media museums etc. would be developed in partnership with private sector for entertaining tourists at important tourist sites including the historical sites. • The state government would encourage private sector to set up world class Amusement Parks, Golf Courses, Casinos, Floating restaurants etc. to attract more tourists. 4) Augmenting Connectivity and Transport Facilities by: • Connecting tourist spots with world class roads. • Introducing more specialized vehicles • Introducing special Tourist Trains with a preset itinerary • Introducing Air Taxi service and helicopter services in identified circuits with Hub-Airport concept 5) Improving and Expanding Tourism Products to meet new market requirements: • Improve infrastructure in identified circuits like Buddhist, Jain and Sikh circuits by converging all resources and expertise for development of these circuits as international standard destinations. • Develop and promote new circuits like Ramayan, Sufi and Gandhi circuits. • Bihar has a unique cultural heritage. It has a vast array of protected monuments and one world heritage site. There are several other sites like the ruins of Nalanda, the oldest University in the world, that have the potential of being a world heritage site. Scope of cultural tourism shall be expanded by conservation, preservation and integrated development of the area around historical monuments. • Promote and develop Rural Tourism around art and crafts of Bihar to spread the socio- economic benefits of tourism to rural areas. Select villages engaged in Madhubani painting, Patharkatti, Handloom and Tussar weaving in districts of Madhubani, Gaya, Nalanda and Bhagalpur shall be taken up for development of tourism facilities to promote rural tourism. With a view to promote handloom and handicrafts of Bihar, „Shilp Grams‟ (Craft villages) and handicrafts market shall be established near the tourist place. • Promote „Wellness Tourism‟ based on yoga and aqua therapy using sulphur water from hot water springs in Rajgir and Munger. Bihar is home to an internationally known Yoga University and has several sulphur water springs having therapeutic quality. This can be Bihar‟s most unique tourism product offering holistic healing and rejuvenation of the individual from every dimension- physical, mental and spiritual. Knowledge of „yoga‟ is something which they can take back with them and practice in their daily lives to distress and keep physically fit. • Promote Eco-Tourism by integrating Wildlife Sanctuaries and Valmiki National Park into tourism product. The state would endeavour to develop tourist facilities near its Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Park and develop special packages to attract tourists to these sites. • Promote Ganga as a unique tourism product by introducing cruise along the river connecting historical sites near its banks. Riverfront development will be undertaken at identified places like Patna, Bhagalpur to promote tourism. Aqua Tourism shall also be promoted by developing water sports like river rafting, para sailing etc. 5) Establishing and Strengthening Institutions for the Development of Human Resources • Set up Hotel Management Institutes, Food Craft Institutes and Travel and Trade Institutes to create a pool of trained manpower in the hospitality and travel and trade sector. • Training of Guides, especially foreign language speaking guides shall be undertaken to fulfill the need for well informed guides speaking different languages at all tourist sites. • Short term training would be organized for all the stakeholders in tourism like Immigration officers, Customs officers, Police officers, Taxi drivers etc. under the „Capacity Building Programme‟ of Government of India. 6) Effective Marketing of Destinations both in the Domestic and International Market • Shift its current traditional marketing to one that is more aggressive and competitive • Differentiate itself from competing destinations, including developing a unique market position, image and brand • Establish an effective and on-going market representation presence with the travel trade in each source market • Participate in important national and international tourism fairs to showcase tourist destinations in Bihar • Organize familiarization trips for leading national and international tour operators and media persons to give hem first hand information about tourist sites in Bihar • Strengthen Tourist Information Centres of the state by equipping them with modern information and communication technology (ICT) - computer, fax, internet, email etc. This would help in providing information to the tourists regarding tourist places, hotel bookings, transport facilities etc. • Establish an Internet portal in various languages to service the information, product description, and product sales requirements of the target market segments in each source market. 7) Focus on Domestic Tourism and Regional Tourism/Cooperation: While developing tourism to attract foreign tourists the importance of promoting domestic and regional tourism has also to be kept in mind. Domestic tourism market is mostly local or regional and efforts shall be made to attract the domestic tourists, especially religious tourists, to Bihar by facilitating their arrivals, augmenting accommodation facilities and developing tour packages. Also, packages in coordination with Tourism Development Corporations of the neighbouring states shall be promoted to tap the unlimited potential of tourism within the region. 8) Promotion of Arts, Crafts, Festivals and Cuisine of the State • Bihar has unique events, fairs and festivals like Sonepur fair, Chath festival, Saurat Sabha, Rajgir festival and Boudh festival that need to be promoted as tourism products. These unique events would be integrated with tourism and special tourist packages shall be developed and promoted to attract more international and domestic tourists during these events. A „Calendar of Events‟ shall be drawn up every year and promoted in all the source countries and states. • The unique cuisine of the state like Khaja, Lai, Belgrami, Tilkut, Litti-chokha, Sattu and Makhana preparations will be promoted by holding „Food Festivals‟ and ensuring their sale at tourism fairs and through restaurants. ROLE OF STATE GOVERNMENT: 1) The role of the state government will that be of a catalyst, facilitator, promoter and provider of infrastructure. 2) An administrative body „Tourism Promotion and Development Council‟ shall be established in coordination with all the agencies endeavoring to develop and promote tourism. Its main objective will be to work out strategies for the comprehensive development of tourism while establishing synchronization and harmony with all the stakeholders of the tourism industry as well as to make regular analysis about the state of tourism and issue necessary directives thereafter. The Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation shall work as an executing agency to this council. 3) The State Government will continue its efforts for infrastructure development in the tourism sector. Important components for infrastructural development are-- Arranging accommodation for increased number of tourists, building of highways on tourist circuits, international level airports with total aviation back up facilities, local transport, rail routes linking tourist spots with full amenities and facilities, the vital telecommunication link, continuous quality electricity supply, water supply and other essential amenities like Banking and Medical facilities. 4) The state will create conditions for attracting private sector investment in the tourism sector. For this, it will provide fiscal incentives, assist in providing suitable sites by creating „land bank‟ and remove bottlenecks especially those concerned with infrastructure development by according speedy clearances through Single Window Clearance System. 5) The state government will set up or assist in setting up training institutions for ensuring quality services in the tourism sector. Guidelines for selection and training of Guides at two levels, State and Local, shall be drawn up. The Department of Tourism shall provide license to the guides selected and trained in accordance with these guidelines. 6) Create special Tourism Security Force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality. 7) Standardizing quality of tourism product and services by drawing up guidelines for hotels and travel agents/tour operators. 8) Tourism entails multi-sectoral activities with participation of several stakeholders. An administrative mechanism will be evolved to coordinate the agencies participating in the tourism development endeavor. 9) The state government shall endeavour to create awareness about the positive role of tourism in economic growth and generation of employment by organizing seminars, quiz competitions, drawing competitions, exhibitions and display of films on tourism. Efforts would be made to include „tourism‟ in school curricula. Educational tourism at school and college levels would be promoted by developing special tour packages for the students. 10) The state government along with Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation shall take the lead in marketing and promoting the tourist destinations and tourism products in Bihar with the help of a Marketing Plan. ROLE OF BIHAR STATE TOURISM DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION: Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation (BSTDC), monitored by its parent Tourism Department, would act as the nodal executing agency of the state government. Its primary objective shall be to set up infrastructural facilities like hotels in untapped areas of tourist interest. Once these areas are developed, the BSTDC would seek to privatize the facilities and move to provide similar facilities in other underdeveloped areas of tourist interest. The BSTDC shall make rapport with the Tourism Promotion and Development Council and shall work as an executing agency for the overall growth of tourism in the state. The BSTDC shall also redefine its role to be the administrative agency in addition to the State Tourism Department for facilitating private sector investment and formation of Joint Venture Companies for setting up world class infrastructure. The BSTDC would continue to play an important role in providing transportation facilities to tourists, especially in sectors where private services are either non existent or insufficient. The BSTDC would also expand the facility of „pre-paid taxis‟ to all important airports and stations of the state. For this the Corporation would adopt the twin strategy of increasing its fleet and entering into partnerships with private operators. The BSTDC shall continue its efforts to operate tour packages covering prominent centres of tourist interest in the state. The BSTDC would seek to promote regional tourism by developing packages in partnership with Tourism Corporations/Boards of neighbouring states. The facility of online bookings for package tours and travels shall be augmented to allow bookings through use of credit cards. SPECIAL INCENTIVES Tourism as Industry: “Tourism Industry” encompasses entire activities pertaining to the tourism industry viz. tourism attraction/ convention centers promoting tourism, art gallery, amusement park, aerial ropeway, establishment of tourist village, light and sound, sports facilities to attract tourism, recreational clubs, swimming pool, residences, hotels of all categories, motels, way-side facitlities, resorts, yoga centers, transportation facilities (air, land and water transportation), establishment, construction, development and operation of all basic infrastructures of hotel-catering-tourism and travel management institutes. The following incentives will be available for private entrepreneurs as well as the BSTDC: • Full (100%) exemption in Stamp Duty and Registration Fee in lease / sale / transfer of land for setting up a tourism project. This facility will be granted only once. • New Projects shall be exempt from Luxury Tax for seven years from the commencement of commercial operations. • Full (100%) exemption in Electricity Duty for seven years. • Full (100%) exemption in Conversion Charge. • Reimbursement of the cost incurred in the project report preparation by the tourism units at the rate of 50% subject to a maximum of Rs. 75,000/- provided the project report is prepared by any of the firms recognized by the Industry Department. The reimbursement will be made to the unit after coming into operation. • The Tourism Units located in Bihar Industrial Area Development Authority / Export Promotion Industrial Park / Food Park / Agri Export Zone would be eligible for the following incentive / subsidy on land/shed. These facilities / concession to the tourism units will be made available only after coming into operation: S. N. Tourism Unit Grant 1. Small / Tiny units Financial Limit. 50% of 7.50 lakh (maximum) 2. All large / medium / mega units Financial Unit 25% of 15.00 lakh (maximum) • If an entrepreneur obtains Technical Know-how from any recognized National Research Centre / laboratory or institution to establish or to expand his industry, he will be reimbursed 30% (maximum Rs. 15.00 lakh) of the fee paid to the institution / organization for the technical know-how. This facility will be provided to the unit after coming into operation. • 50% (Fifty percent) of the amount spent on plant and machinery in the establishment of Captive Power Generation/Diesel Generating Set will be granted to the unit. No upper limit for this amount has been fixed. This facility will be made available after the unit comes into operation. • New tourism units will be granted relief from payment of electricity duty under the Bihar Electricity Duty Act, 1948 for the generation and for own consumption of electricity from D.G. Set and Captive Power Units. • The new Units will avail 80% reimbursement against the admitted VAT amount deposited in the account of the Government, for a period of ten years. The maximum Subsidy amount is payable 300% of the capital invested. • Zero VAT means the production of items, which do not attract VAT. Such units which produce items attracting zero Vat and Pay income tax would be eligible for incentive upto a maximum utilization of 70% of the installed capacity (maximum limit). • SC/ST/Women/Handicapped entrepreneurs will avail 5% additional grant /exemption / subsidy over the limit fixed under the policy. • Up to a turnover limit of Rs. 30 lakh per annum, S.C. / S.T. / Women/ Handicapped category entrepreneurs who run small and tiny industries will avail 100% subsidy of the deposited amount in the account of Government in the form of VAT for a period of ten years. • Working units at present and new units will avail exemption from AMG / MMG from the date of declaration of the New Industrial Policy. This facility will be granted for five years. • Only 1% CST will be payable on the items produced by the registered small and medium units in Bihar. • Existing units which are undergoing Expansion / Diversification / Modernization will be eligible for incentives, on their incremental facilities. • 75% of cost incurred in obtaining certificate of I.S.O. standard (or equivalent) from reputed national/international level organizations, would be reimbursed by the State Government. Land: • Constitution of Land Bank for private investment. • Government land will be offered with the approval of State Investment Promotion Bureau (SIPB) as equity participation on behalf of the government at current market value for setting up Joint Ventures. Entertainment Tax: • Entertainment Centres will be exempt from Entertainment Tax for seven years from the commencement of commerecial operations. Order:- It is ordered that a copy of the resolution should be sent for publication in the special edition of the Bihar Gazette, Reputed Journals and Newspapers and be circulated among all the Departments / Departmental heads and Subordinates officials of the Government. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna Memo no. 1482 Patna, Dated: 24.07.2009 Copy with enclosure forwarded to the Superintendent, Government Press, Gulzarbagh, Patna for its publication in the special edition of Bihar Gazette. You are requested to make available 500 copies of the published gazette to the Department. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna Memo no. 1482 Patna, Dated: 24.07.2009 Copy with enclosure forwarded to the Chief Secretary, Bihar / Development Commissioner, Bihar/ Industrial Development Commissioner, Bihar, Patna/ Principal Secretary, Finance Department, Bihar, Patna/ Principal Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat Department, Bihar, Patna/ All Departments / Departmental Heads / Commissioner, Commercial Taxes, Department of Commercial Taxes / Managing Director, Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation, Patna/ Bihar Industrial Development Authority / Chairman, Bihar State Electricity Board, Patna / All Divisional Commissioners / All District Magistrates / All Deputy Development Commissioners / Director, Technical Development / Director, Industry / Resident Commissioner, Bihar Bhawan, New Delhi / Secretary, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, Transport Bhawan, 1- Parliament Street, New Delhi / Officer In-charge, all tourist information centers, Govt. of Bihar for information and needful action. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/bihar-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Bihar Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Government of Bihar Department of Tourism =================================== BIHAR TOURISM POLICY- 2009 ========================================= Resolution SUBJECT:- BIHAR TOURISM POLICY- 2009 FOR ACCELERATED TOURISM GROWTH OF THE STATE. Tourism has grown into one of the world‟s largest industries with a growth rate in excess of 5 percent per annum over the past twenty years. Globally, tourism accounts for 11 percent of the global GDP and 8 percent of the world trade employment. There is growing recognition worldwide of the essential role tourism can play in reducing poverty, employment generation, environmental regeneration and promoting sustainable development. In India, tourism and travel sector generate employment to 9.3 million people with optimism of raising this to 12.9 million jobs to the people by 2010. This will mean that the tourism industry would provide job to one person out of 15 people by 2010 in the country. Every rupee spent by a tourist in the state changes hands thirteen times. Every hotel room generates direct employment to three persons and indirect employment opportunities to eight persons. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN BIHAR – CURRENT SITUATION AND PROSPECTS Bihar is famous for religious and cultural heritage sites. Bihar draws its name from the word „vihara‟ or monastery, and was the early home of Buddhism. Steeped in history and religion, Bihar is the birthplace of the great Emperor Ashoka and Lord Mahavir. All major religions of India have left their mark here and this has made Bihar a great religious melting pot. It is that great land where once Buddha attained enlightenment at Bodh Gaya under the sacred Bodhi tree. Bodh Gaya is now a World Heritage Site and is attracting the Buddhist tourists from across the world. Pawapuri being the Nirwan Sthal of Bhagwan Mahavira attracts people following the Jain religion. Patna Sahib- birth place of Guru Govind Singh, Xth Guru of Sikhs attracts tourists. It also has the Ashoka‟s installed pillar with Lion capital that has braved more than two millennia raising its head in all its splendors. Historical importance of Bihar has been established again with the discovery of „biggest ever Buddha stupa‟ at Kesariya by the Archeological Survey of India. The states‟ wealth of religious and historical monuments has, in one way or another, defined tourism in the state. However, the tourism sector‟s contribution to the state‟s development priorities and strategies has so far been relatively limited. A review of the sector‟s competitive strengths and weaknesses, opportunities, and threats (SWOT Analysis) indicates that it has considerable growth potential. Bihar‟s great competitive strength from tourism point of view is its ancient and yet living civilization that gave rise to two of world‟s great religions namely Buddhism and Jainism. Bihar was the nerve centre of religious activities of Hindu, Buddhist, Jain, Sikh and Islam. Endowed with a rich cultural and religious heritage, Bihar was a seat of power of the vast and powerful Magadh Empire, whose might had checked further onslaught of Alexander the Great. This is a land of ancient universities of Nalanda and Vikramshila, the seat of higher learning, which spread knowledge far and wide through its students coming from different countries of the world. The remnants of these two ancient universities, the antiques and artefacts are already attracting tourists. Bihar has in fact been attracting domestic and foreign tourists from the ancient times. The Travelogues of the Chinese travelers Huen Tsang and Fa-Hien describe historical splendor of Bihar, which offers much to tourists irrespective of their age and class. Bihar‟s contact with other civilizations is reflected in the rich cultural diversity of its people, traditions, customs, religious practices and festivals, architecture and art and craft. A trip to the state offers revelations in history, architecture, yoga, eco-tourism, fairs and festivals, art and crafts besides a unique cuisine. The main competitive constraints faced by the tourism sector in Bihar have been the poor quality of the environments surrounding many of state‟s main tourist sites, the security scenario in the state that affects the perception of Bihar as a safe and secure destination, the quality of facilities and services at tourist attraction places, the quantity and quality of transportation service and related infrastructure, limited availability of tourist information in-source markets and at destination, insufficient marketing of Bihar in its domestic and international markets, limited and poor facilities and services especially in rural areas and limited financing of attractive projects by the private sector. The key competitive opportunities before Bihar are: 1) develop its strength as a major religious destination attracting tourists of diverse religious beliefs; 2) promote the Buddhist circuit to attract Buddhists from a number of countries; 3) leverage its rich cultural history to increase its share of the huge international travel market; 4) harness the huge potential of promoting rural tourism revolving around its rich tradition of art, craft and handloom and 5) leverage its strength in yoga to develop well-being centres to attract a sizeable number of international and domestic tourists. The main internal threats to the development of the tourism sector have been the inability to fully resolve the constraints identified above. These are security, safety, absence of trained manpower, inadequate connectivity, accommodation and other basic infrastructure like roads, electricity etc., and failure to market the tourist destinations in the state. External threats are not addressing the competition from other states like Rajasthan, Kerala and Uttar Pradesh. The Tourism Policy 2009 proposes to concentrate on addressing the identified threats and harnessing the opportunities by adopting and implementing appropriate plans to handle the threats and overcome our weaknesses with the objective of increasing the tourist inflow into the state significantly. TOURISM DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVES AND STRATEGIES Key Objectives • Position tourism as state priority • Focus on domestic tourism as a major driver of tourism growth. • Promote Bihar for cultural, religious and „wellness‟ tourism • Improve the efficiency of the industry, for enhanced social and economic benefit, and consequential increased economic benefits, including increased employment generation. • Ensure the participation of all the stake holders in society, including the travel trade and tourism industry. • Create world class infrastructure • Plan and implement a professionally managed integrated communications strategy to be called the „Tourism Awareness and Promotion Campaign‟ • Provide quality services to all domestic & international consumers and stake holders. • Improving connectivity of important tourist sites. Strategy for Development 1) Establishment of Tourist Security Force: • The State Government shall recruit security personnel to provide security services to the tourists to instill in them a sense of security while visiting to any particular tourist spot and also to offer a helping hand to co-operate with them. For this purpose, competent and skilled force shall be identified or through outsourcing qualified and smart security personnel from private sector will be posted at different important identified tourist spots. 2) Preparing and Implementing Master Plans for Integrated Development and Marketing of Identified Circuits: • The tourism projects implemented under Central assistance and the State plans have not been able to create an impact in terms of creation of international standard tourism infrastructure. A Master Plan with a time frame of 10 years giving year-wise phasing of investment both by the government and the private sector would be developed and implemented. Such a plan would clearly state the short term and long term plans, targets and ground realities. • Efforts will be made to dovetail external assistance, central assistance and state plan resources with private investments to attain the set goals as under the Master Plan. 3) Upgrading and Augmenting of Accommodation, Catering and Recreational Facilities: • The hotel accommodation in Bihar is grossly inadequate and there is need to not only increase the number of average beds per thousand by building budget hotels, but also build star category hotels at all the important tourist destinations to provide quality services to the high end international and national tourists. „Land Banks‟ will be developed to offer land identified for construction of star hotels to private sector at market price/lease/joint venture within the identified circuits. • Way side facility is an important part of tourism. In this vein, comfortable rest houses fitted with basic amenities on highways‟ flanks, alongside the fuel filling stations (petrol pumps), would be created with public and private investments. • The state government would also encourage establishment of Heritage Hotels in Bihar by identifying heritage buildings and mansions to convert them to Heritage Hotels in order to provide quality accommodation to tourists. • The state government will explore and develop the possibilities for launching Paying Guest Scheme by identifying and registering the houses, house owners and families interested in this stream of tourism development. • Light and Sound shows, Laser shows, Multi-media museums etc. would be developed in partnership with private sector for entertaining tourists at important tourist sites including the historical sites. • The state government would encourage private sector to set up world class Amusement Parks, Golf Courses, Casinos, Floating restaurants etc. to attract more tourists. 4) Augmenting Connectivity and Transport Facilities by: • Connecting tourist spots with world class roads. • Introducing more specialized vehicles • Introducing special Tourist Trains with a preset itinerary • Introducing Air Taxi service and helicopter services in identified circuits with Hub-Airport concept 5) Improving and Expanding Tourism Products to meet new market requirements: • Improve infrastructure in identified circuits like Buddhist, Jain and Sikh circuits by converging all resources and expertise for development of these circuits as international standard destinations. • Develop and promote new circuits like Ramayan, Sufi and Gandhi circuits. • Bihar has a unique cultural heritage. It has a vast array of protected monuments and one world heritage site. There are several other sites like the ruins of Nalanda, the oldest University in the world, that have the potential of being a world heritage site. Scope of cultural tourism shall be expanded by conservation, preservation and integrated development of the area around historical monuments. • Promote and develop Rural Tourism around art and crafts of Bihar to spread the socio- economic benefits of tourism to rural areas. Select villages engaged in Madhubani painting, Patharkatti, Handloom and Tussar weaving in districts of Madhubani, Gaya, Nalanda and Bhagalpur shall be taken up for development of tourism facilities to promote rural tourism. With a view to promote handloom and handicrafts of Bihar, „Shilp Grams‟ (Craft villages) and handicrafts market shall be established near the tourist place. • Promote „Wellness Tourism‟ based on yoga and aqua therapy using sulphur water from hot water springs in Rajgir and Munger. Bihar is home to an internationally known Yoga University and has several sulphur water springs having therapeutic quality. This can be Bihar‟s most unique tourism product offering holistic healing and rejuvenation of the individual from every dimension- physical, mental and spiritual. Knowledge of „yoga‟ is something which they can take back with them and practice in their daily lives to distress and keep physically fit. • Promote Eco-Tourism by integrating Wildlife Sanctuaries and Valmiki National Park into tourism product. The state would endeavour to develop tourist facilities near its Wildlife Sanctuaries and National Park and develop special packages to attract tourists to these sites. • Promote Ganga as a unique tourism product by introducing cruise along the river connecting historical sites near its banks. Riverfront development will be undertaken at identified places like Patna, Bhagalpur to promote tourism. Aqua Tourism shall also be promoted by developing water sports like river rafting, para sailing etc. 5) Establishing and Strengthening Institutions for the Development of Human Resources • Set up Hotel Management Institutes, Food Craft Institutes and Travel and Trade Institutes to create a pool of trained manpower in the hospitality and travel and trade sector. • Training of Guides, especially foreign language speaking guides shall be undertaken to fulfill the need for well informed guides speaking different languages at all tourist sites. • Short term training would be organized for all the stakeholders in tourism like Immigration officers, Customs officers, Police officers, Taxi drivers etc. under the „Capacity Building Programme‟ of Government of India. 6) Effective Marketing of Destinations both in the Domestic and International Market • Shift its current traditional marketing to one that is more aggressive and competitive • Differentiate itself from competing destinations, including developing a unique market position, image and brand • Establish an effective and on-going market representation presence with the travel trade in each source market • Participate in important national and international tourism fairs to showcase tourist destinations in Bihar • Organize familiarization trips for leading national and international tour operators and media persons to give hem first hand information about tourist sites in Bihar • Strengthen Tourist Information Centres of the state by equipping them with modern information and communication technology (ICT) - computer, fax, internet, email etc. This would help in providing information to the tourists regarding tourist places, hotel bookings, transport facilities etc. • Establish an Internet portal in various languages to service the information, product description, and product sales requirements of the target market segments in each source market. 7) Focus on Domestic Tourism and Regional Tourism/Cooperation: While developing tourism to attract foreign tourists the importance of promoting domestic and regional tourism has also to be kept in mind. Domestic tourism market is mostly local or regional and efforts shall be made to attract the domestic tourists, especially religious tourists, to Bihar by facilitating their arrivals, augmenting accommodation facilities and developing tour packages. Also, packages in coordination with Tourism Development Corporations of the neighbouring states shall be promoted to tap the unlimited potential of tourism within the region. 8) Promotion of Arts, Crafts, Festivals and Cuisine of the State • Bihar has unique events, fairs and festivals like Sonepur fair, Chath festival, Saurat Sabha, Rajgir festival and Boudh festival that need to be promoted as tourism products. These unique events would be integrated with tourism and special tourist packages shall be developed and promoted to attract more international and domestic tourists during these events. A „Calendar of Events‟ shall be drawn up every year and promoted in all the source countries and states. • The unique cuisine of the state like Khaja, Lai, Belgrami, Tilkut, Litti-chokha, Sattu and Makhana preparations will be promoted by holding „Food Festivals‟ and ensuring their sale at tourism fairs and through restaurants. ROLE OF STATE GOVERNMENT: 1) The role of the state government will that be of a catalyst, facilitator, promoter and provider of infrastructure. 2) An administrative body „Tourism Promotion and Development Council‟ shall be established in coordination with all the agencies endeavoring to develop and promote tourism. Its main objective will be to work out strategies for the comprehensive development of tourism while establishing synchronization and harmony with all the stakeholders of the tourism industry as well as to make regular analysis about the state of tourism and issue necessary directives thereafter. The Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation shall work as an executing agency to this council. 3) The State Government will continue its efforts for infrastructure development in the tourism sector. Important components for infrastructural development are-- Arranging accommodation for increased number of tourists, building of highways on tourist circuits, international level airports with total aviation back up facilities, local transport, rail routes linking tourist spots with full amenities and facilities, the vital telecommunication link, continuous quality electricity supply, water supply and other essential amenities like Banking and Medical facilities. 4) The state will create conditions for attracting private sector investment in the tourism sector. For this, it will provide fiscal incentives, assist in providing suitable sites by creating „land bank‟ and remove bottlenecks especially those concerned with infrastructure development by according speedy clearances through Single Window Clearance System. 5) The state government will set up or assist in setting up training institutions for ensuring quality services in the tourism sector. Guidelines for selection and training of Guides at two levels, State and Local, shall be drawn up. The Department of Tourism shall provide license to the guides selected and trained in accordance with these guidelines. 6) Create special Tourism Security Force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality. 7) Standardizing quality of tourism product and services by drawing up guidelines for hotels and travel agents/tour operators. 8) Tourism entails multi-sectoral activities with participation of several stakeholders. An administrative mechanism will be evolved to coordinate the agencies participating in the tourism development endeavor. 9) The state government shall endeavour to create awareness about the positive role of tourism in economic growth and generation of employment by organizing seminars, quiz competitions, drawing competitions, exhibitions and display of films on tourism. Efforts would be made to include „tourism‟ in school curricula. Educational tourism at school and college levels would be promoted by developing special tour packages for the students. 10) The state government along with Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation shall take the lead in marketing and promoting the tourist destinations and tourism products in Bihar with the help of a Marketing Plan. ROLE OF BIHAR STATE TOURISM DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION: Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation (BSTDC), monitored by its parent Tourism Department, would act as the nodal executing agency of the state government. Its primary objective shall be to set up infrastructural facilities like hotels in untapped areas of tourist interest. Once these areas are developed, the BSTDC would seek to privatize the facilities and move to provide similar facilities in other underdeveloped areas of tourist interest. The BSTDC shall make rapport with the Tourism Promotion and Development Council and shall work as an executing agency for the overall growth of tourism in the state. The BSTDC shall also redefine its role to be the administrative agency in addition to the State Tourism Department for facilitating private sector investment and formation of Joint Venture Companies for setting up world class infrastructure. The BSTDC would continue to play an important role in providing transportation facilities to tourists, especially in sectors where private services are either non existent or insufficient. The BSTDC would also expand the facility of „pre-paid taxis‟ to all important airports and stations of the state. For this the Corporation would adopt the twin strategy of increasing its fleet and entering into partnerships with private operators. The BSTDC shall continue its efforts to operate tour packages covering prominent centres of tourist interest in the state. The BSTDC would seek to promote regional tourism by developing packages in partnership with Tourism Corporations/Boards of neighbouring states. The facility of online bookings for package tours and travels shall be augmented to allow bookings through use of credit cards. SPECIAL INCENTIVES Tourism as Industry: “Tourism Industry” encompasses entire activities pertaining to the tourism industry viz. tourism attraction/ convention centers promoting tourism, art gallery, amusement park, aerial ropeway, establishment of tourist village, light and sound, sports facilities to attract tourism, recreational clubs, swimming pool, residences, hotels of all categories, motels, way-side facitlities, resorts, yoga centers, transportation facilities (air, land and water transportation), establishment, construction, development and operation of all basic infrastructures of hotel-catering-tourism and travel management institutes. The following incentives will be available for private entrepreneurs as well as the BSTDC: • Full (100%) exemption in Stamp Duty and Registration Fee in lease / sale / transfer of land for setting up a tourism project. This facility will be granted only once. • New Projects shall be exempt from Luxury Tax for seven years from the commencement of commercial operations. • Full (100%) exemption in Electricity Duty for seven years. • Full (100%) exemption in Conversion Charge. • Reimbursement of the cost incurred in the project report preparation by the tourism units at the rate of 50% subject to a maximum of Rs. 75,000/- provided the project report is prepared by any of the firms recognized by the Industry Department. The reimbursement will be made to the unit after coming into operation. • The Tourism Units located in Bihar Industrial Area Development Authority / Export Promotion Industrial Park / Food Park / Agri Export Zone would be eligible for the following incentive / subsidy on land/shed. These facilities / concession to the tourism units will be made available only after coming into operation: S. N. Tourism Unit Grant 1. Small / Tiny units Financial Limit. 50% of 7.50 lakh (maximum) 2. All large / medium / mega units Financial Unit 25% of 15.00 lakh (maximum) • If an entrepreneur obtains Technical Know-how from any recognized National Research Centre / laboratory or institution to establish or to expand his industry, he will be reimbursed 30% (maximum Rs. 15.00 lakh) of the fee paid to the institution / organization for the technical know-how. This facility will be provided to the unit after coming into operation. • 50% (Fifty percent) of the amount spent on plant and machinery in the establishment of Captive Power Generation/Diesel Generating Set will be granted to the unit. No upper limit for this amount has been fixed. This facility will be made available after the unit comes into operation. • New tourism units will be granted relief from payment of electricity duty under the Bihar Electricity Duty Act, 1948 for the generation and for own consumption of electricity from D.G. Set and Captive Power Units. • The new Units will avail 80% reimbursement against the admitted VAT amount deposited in the account of the Government, for a period of ten years. The maximum Subsidy amount is payable 300% of the capital invested. • Zero VAT means the production of items, which do not attract VAT. Such units which produce items attracting zero Vat and Pay income tax would be eligible for incentive upto a maximum utilization of 70% of the installed capacity (maximum limit). • SC/ST/Women/Handicapped entrepreneurs will avail 5% additional grant /exemption / subsidy over the limit fixed under the policy. • Up to a turnover limit of Rs. 30 lakh per annum, S.C. / S.T. / Women/ Handicapped category entrepreneurs who run small and tiny industries will avail 100% subsidy of the deposited amount in the account of Government in the form of VAT for a period of ten years. • Working units at present and new units will avail exemption from AMG / MMG from the date of declaration of the New Industrial Policy. This facility will be granted for five years. • Only 1% CST will be payable on the items produced by the registered small and medium units in Bihar. • Existing units which are undergoing Expansion / Diversification / Modernization will be eligible for incentives, on their incremental facilities. • 75% of cost incurred in obtaining certificate of I.S.O. standard (or equivalent) from reputed national/international level organizations, would be reimbursed by the State Government. Land: • Constitution of Land Bank for private investment. • Government land will be offered with the approval of State Investment Promotion Bureau (SIPB) as equity participation on behalf of the government at current market value for setting up Joint Ventures. Entertainment Tax: • Entertainment Centres will be exempt from Entertainment Tax for seven years from the commencement of commerecial operations. Order:- It is ordered that a copy of the resolution should be sent for publication in the special edition of the Bihar Gazette, Reputed Journals and Newspapers and be circulated among all the Departments / Departmental heads and Subordinates officials of the Government. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna Memo no. 1482 Patna, Dated: 24.07.2009 Copy with enclosure forwarded to the Superintendent, Government Press, Gulzarbagh, Patna for its publication in the special edition of Bihar Gazette. You are requested to make available 500 copies of the published gazette to the Department. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna Memo no. 1482 Patna, Dated: 24.07.2009 Copy with enclosure forwarded to the Chief Secretary, Bihar / Development Commissioner, Bihar/ Industrial Development Commissioner, Bihar, Patna/ Principal Secretary, Finance Department, Bihar, Patna/ Principal Secretary, Cabinet Secretariat Department, Bihar, Patna/ All Departments / Departmental Heads / Commissioner, Commercial Taxes, Department of Commercial Taxes / Managing Director, Bihar State Tourism Development Corporation, Patna/ Bihar Industrial Development Authority / Chairman, Bihar State Electricity Board, Patna / All Divisional Commissioners / All District Magistrates / All Deputy Development Commissioners / Director, Technical Development / Director, Industry / Resident Commissioner, Bihar Bhawan, New Delhi / Secretary, Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, Transport Bhawan, 1- Parliament Street, New Delhi / Officer In-charge, all tourist information centers, Govt. of Bihar for information and needful action. By the order of the Governor of Bihar Sd/- (Vivek Kumar Singh) Secretary to Government, Department of Tourism, Bihar, Patna

METAV, the leading exhibition for metal working technologies in Germany's largest conurbation, will be held for the 21st time at its traditional location in Düsseldorf. What began here in 1980 has evolved over the past 40 years to become an indispensable part of technology trends that have affected virtually every aspect of production technology within 300 kilometers of the exhibition location. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/metav/23th-26th-march-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST METAV https://www.metav.com/ METAV, the leading exhibition for metal working technologies in Germany's largest conurbation, will be held for the 21st time at its traditional location in Düsseldorf. What began here in 1980 has evolved over the past 40 years to become an indispensable part of technology trends that have affected virtually every aspect of production technology within 300 kilometers of the exhibition location.

https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/cmts-toronto/04th-07th-october-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST CMTS Toronto

Korea Packaging Science and Technology Society, Korea Packaging Organization, Korea Food Industry Promotion Agency, Korea Compliance Laboratories, Jeonju University https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/korea-pack/27th-30th-july-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Korea Pack https://www.koreapack.org Korea Packaging Science and Technology Society, Korea Packaging Organization, Korea Food Industry Promotion Agency, Korea Compliance Laboratories, Jeonju University

After ten fantastic years at the NEC, the UK's largest cycling show returns to London in April 2021. The show will take place in conjunction with the London eBike Festival to provide visitors with a unique cycling experience combining exhibition in indoor, evening theater shows and outdoor festivals. The grounds around the venue will be used for demo tracks where you can test drive the latest bikes up and down slopes, off and on the road with your choice of pedal or electric assist. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/cycle-show/16th-18th-april-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Cycle Show https://www.cycleshow.co.uk After ten fantastic years at the NEC, the UK's largest cycling show returns to London in April 2021. The show will take place in conjunction with the London eBike Festival to provide visitors with a unique cycling experience combining exhibition in indoor, evening theater shows and outdoor festivals. The grounds around the venue will be used for demo tracks where you can test drive the latest bikes up and down slopes, off and on the road with your choice of pedal or electric assist.

FESPA Global Print Expo 2021: where color comes to life. Global Print Expo is the largest international specialized printing exhibition in Europe. The event will be open from March 9 to 12, 2021 at the RAI Exhibition Center in Amsterdam. Hundreds of exhibitors will showcase their latest innovations and product launches for the digital and screen printing sectors for graphics, signage, decoration, packaging, industrial applications and textiles. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/global-print-expo/09th-12th-march-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Global Print Expo https://www.fespa.com/ FESPA Global Print Expo 2021: where color comes to life. Global Print Expo is the largest international specialized printing exhibition in Europe. The event will be open from March 9 to 12, 2021 at the RAI Exhibition Center in Amsterdam. Hundreds of exhibitors will showcase their latest innovations and product launches for the digital and screen printing sectors for graphics, signage, decoration, packaging, industrial applications and textiles.

Horti ASIA: the 7th international fair for horticultural and floricultural production and processing technology. This is the region's largest trade expo for smart horticulture in Asia showcasing the latest horticultural production innovation to meet the challenges of major growers in the next decade, mainly due to growing labor shortages, plus competition and therefore the requirement to reduce production costs. . https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/horti-asia/14th-16th-october-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST HORTI ASIA https://www.horti-asia.com/ Horti ASIA: the 7th international fair for horticultural and floricultural production and processing technology. This is the region's largest trade expo for smart horticulture in Asia showcasing the latest horticultural production innovation to meet the challenges of major growers in the next decade, mainly due to growing labor shortages, plus competition and therefore the requirement to reduce production costs. .

For the past twenty-eight years, MEGA SHOW Series has established its reputation as the premier showcase and sourcing center for Made in Asia products in Hong Kong each October. The 2020 edition will once again present a strong line of over 3,500 exhibitors displaying new products and ranges in over 4,500 stands. Eight clearly defined merchandise fairs, located in dedicated halls or exhibition areas, allow buyers to easily locate their target merchandise sectors and spend more time on the fairs of interest. The MEGA SHOW series on October 20-23, 2020 will feature FIVE product shows, and the MEGA SHOW series on October 27-29, 2020 will feature a further THREE product shows. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/mega-show/20th-23th-october-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Mega Show https://www.mega-show.com/ For the past twenty-eight years, MEGA SHOW Series has established its reputation as the premier showcase and sourcing center for Made in Asia products in Hong Kong each October. The 2020 edition will once again present a strong line of over 3,500 exhibitors displaying new products and ranges in over 4,500 stands. Eight clearly defined merchandise fairs, located in dedicated halls or exhibition areas, allow buyers to easily locate their target merchandise sectors and spend more time on the fairs of interest. The MEGA SHOW series on October 20-23, 2020 will feature FIVE product shows, and the MEGA SHOW series on October 27-29, 2020 will feature a further THREE product shows.

New technologies, innovative ideas and ambitious business ventures will star in the 85th of the Fair, which will be held from September 5 to 13, 2020 at the International Exhibition Center. The Country of Honor of the event will be Germany, which is feverishly preparing for its participation, emphasizing the confidence of Europe's largest economy in the September Report. With the stakes increasing year after year, both at the exhibitor and visitor level, TIF will remain faithful to the timeless role of the exhibition as a growth engine for the region. It will give one more year the stigma of development of the country, with an eye on the future. After all, among the companies it will host, there will be dozens of startups, with clever new business ideas. The "present" of the chamber world of the country will be dynamic, through the participation of the Central Union of Chambers of Greece. In addition to its nature of B2C, B2B and B2G (Business to Government) exposure, the 85 TIF will emphasize actions related to the circular economy, and will have the bright element and culture and entertainment. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/thessaloniki-int%E2%80%99l-fair/05th-13th-september-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Thessaloniki Int’l Fair https://www.thessalonikifair.gr/ New technologies, innovative ideas and ambitious business ventures will star in the 85th of the Fair, which will be held from September 5 to 13, 2020 at the International Exhibition Center. The Country of Honor of the event will be Germany, which is feverishly preparing for its participation, emphasizing the confidence of Europe's largest economy in the September Report. With the stakes increasing year after year, both at the exhibitor and visitor level, TIF will remain faithful to the timeless role of the exhibition as a growth engine for the region. It will give one more year the stigma of development of the country, with an eye on the future. After all, among the companies it will host, there will be dozens of startups, with clever new business ideas. The "present" of the chamber world of the country will be dynamic, through the participation of the Central Union of Chambers of Greece. In addition to its nature of B2C, B2B and B2G (Business to Government) exposure, the 85 TIF will emphasize actions related to the circular economy, and will have the bright element and culture and entertainment.

HANNOVER MESSE is the most important international platform and hot spot for industrial transformation, with excellent innovations or unusual products. Here you will find all the data that clarifies one thing even more: participation is an absolute "must"! https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/hannover-messe/12th-16th-april-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Hannover Messe https://www.hannovermesse.de HANNOVER MESSE is the most important international platform and hot spot for industrial transformation, with excellent innovations or unusual products. Here you will find all the data that clarifies one thing even more: participation is an absolute "must"!

The leading international travel fair in Maldives. TTM Maldives will see more than 3000 pre-scheduled meetings between exhibitors and trade visitors. Contracts worth more than a billion dollars will be discussed. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/travel-trade-maldives/25th-26th-november?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Travel Trade Maldives https://www.traveltrademaldives.com The leading international travel fair in Maldives. TTM Maldives will see more than 3000 pre-scheduled meetings between exhibitors and trade visitors. Contracts worth more than a billion dollars will be discussed.

Consumer Goods & Daily Use, Fashionable & Popular Products, Health & Medicine, Electricity & Security, Consumer Electronics & Entertainment, Vehicle & Accessories, Manufacturing & Processing Machinery, Construction & Decoration, Industrial Equipment & Energy, Jiangsu Region Hall, Guangdong Region Hall https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/china-international-export-fair-2021/15th---24th-march%2C-2021-utc%2B8%3A00?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST China International Export Fair 2021 https://expo.made-in-china.com/register/China-International-Export-Fair-2021 Consumer Goods & Daily Use, Fashionable & Popular Products, Health & Medicine, Electricity & Security, Consumer Electronics & Entertainment, Vehicle & Accessories, Manufacturing & Processing Machinery, Construction & Decoration, Industrial Equipment & Energy, Jiangsu Region Hall, Guangdong Region Hall

NIGERIA PHARMA MANUFACTURES EXPO - Explore the untapped potential of the West and Central African pharmaceutical markets As its name suggests, NIGERIA PHARMA MANUFACTURES EXPO is an exhibition focused on pharmaceutical processing machinery, packaging machinery, packaging materials and consumables, API, bulk drugs, additives, excipients, laboratory reagents, glassware and equipment, analytical, R&D equipment and biotechnological instruments, environment. Control of Eqpts & Services, Utilities Products & Services. Nigeria's pharmaceutical manufacturing sector contributes to nation-building with total investments in excess of 300 billion naira, which pays taxes and other fees and employs more than 600,000 people. June 2008 in Abuja which raised awareness and showcased the resources, contributions and innovative pharmaceuticals - Proudly Made in Nigeria to our citizens, policy makers and the international community through Nigeria Pharma Manufactures Expo. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/npme/2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST NPME https://www.nigeriapharmaexpo.com/ NIGERIA PHARMA MANUFACTURES EXPO - Explore the untapped potential of the West and Central African pharmaceutical markets As its name suggests, NIGERIA PHARMA MANUFACTURES EXPO is an exhibition focused on pharmaceutical processing machinery, packaging machinery, packaging materials and consumables, API, bulk drugs, additives, excipients, laboratory reagents, glassware and equipment, analytical, R&D equipment and biotechnological instruments, environment. Control of Eqpts & Services, Utilities Products & Services. Nigeria's pharmaceutical manufacturing sector contributes to nation-building with total investments in excess of 300 billion naira, which pays taxes and other fees and employs more than 600,000 people. June 2008 in Abuja which raised awareness and showcased the resources, contributions and innovative pharmaceuticals - Proudly Made in Nigeria to our citizens, policy makers and the international community through Nigeria Pharma Manufactures Expo.

The last ILDEX Vietnam was held in 2018, ILDEX Vietnam has been postponed numerous times due to the COVID-19 pandemic. However, now that the situation is improving to almost the post-COVID period, the demand from the Asian Pacific livestock market remains high, or even higher. So it is time for us to restart our business activities. This year marks the eighth edition of the trade exhibition for the livestock and aquaculture industries in the Vietnam market, neighboring countries, and also the Asia region. ILDEX Vietnam is structured to be an international trade exhibition covering many sectors, including pigs, poultry, dairy, eggs, farm management, and meat processing. In addition, top domestic and international companies will be presenting their products to top buyers and industry professionals in Vietnam. Moreover, for over 20+ years, the organizer has promoted the Vietnamese market as a destination for international investors. According to the records of ILDEX Vietnam 2018, the exhibition attracted 1,924 international participants from 40 countries during the 3 days of the exhibition, with more than 100 successful meeting requests. But then, ILDEX Vietnam 2022 will be held from 3-5 August 2022 at the Saigon Exhibition and Convention Center, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. We are confident that the exhibition will serve the region’s livestock and aquaculture industries’ strong market thanks to the professional organizer, VNU Asia Pacific, along with the reliable local partner, Minh Vi Exhibition & Advertisement Services Co., Ltd – VEAS, supported by VIV worldwide, as well as industry partners, associations, and media partners internationally and locally. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/ildex-vietnam-2022/3-5--august-2022?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ILDEX Vietnam 2022 http://www.ildex-vietnam.com The last ILDEX Vietnam was held in 2018, ILDEX Vietnam has been postponed numerous times due to the COVID-19 pandemic. However, now that the situation is improving to almost the post-COVID period, the demand from the Asian Pacific livestock market remains high, or even higher. So it is time for us to restart our business activities. This year marks the eighth edition of the trade exhibition for the livestock and aquaculture industries in the Vietnam market, neighboring countries, and also the Asia region. ILDEX Vietnam is structured to be an international trade exhibition covering many sectors, including pigs, poultry, dairy, eggs, farm management, and meat processing. In addition, top domestic and international companies will be presenting their products to top buyers and industry professionals in Vietnam. Moreover, for over 20+ years, the organizer has promoted the Vietnamese market as a destination for international investors. According to the records of ILDEX Vietnam 2018, the exhibition attracted 1,924 international participants from 40 countries during the 3 days of the exhibition, with more than 100 successful meeting requests. But then, ILDEX Vietnam 2022 will be held from 3-5 August 2022 at the Saigon Exhibition and Convention Center, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. We are confident that the exhibition will serve the region’s livestock and aquaculture industries’ strong market thanks to the professional organizer, VNU Asia Pacific, along with the reliable local partner, Minh Vi Exhibition & Advertisement Services Co., Ltd – VEAS, supported by VIV worldwide, as well as industry partners, associations, and media partners internationally and locally.

MYANBUILD 2020, the platform no. Myanmar's # 1 for Building & Construction Industry will be held at Myanmar Expo Hall, Yangon, for another successful expo on December 10-12, 2020. Presenting a wide range of the latest technology in categories including materials construction, construction. machinery and heavy equipment, it is estimated that the Expo will be attended by more than 8,000 professional visitors. This is the single platform for companies, both local and international, to meet with key industry decision makers. Expand your business with MYANBUILD 2020. For more information, please contact Ms. Ei at ei@ambtarsus.com. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/myanbuild/10th-12th-december-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Myanbuild https://www.myanbuild.net/ MYANBUILD 2020, the platform no. Myanmar's # 1 for Building & Construction Industry will be held at Myanmar Expo Hall, Yangon, for another successful expo on December 10-12, 2020. Presenting a wide range of the latest technology in categories including materials construction, construction. machinery and heavy equipment, it is estimated that the Expo will be attended by more than 8,000 professional visitors. This is the single platform for companies, both local and international, to meet with key industry decision makers. Expand your business with MYANBUILD 2020. For more information, please contact Ms. Ei at ei@ambtarsus.com .

https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/imtm/9th-10th-february-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST IMTM https://www.imtm-telaviv.com

In its 17th edition, the 2020 World Food Fair will bring together more than 220 exhibitors. Get ready to enjoy a fusion of local and global flavors and a HUGE variety of products. Think groceries, healthy organic foods, ready-to-cook foods, innovative food ingredients, sauces, sandwiches, delicious yummy dishes, and many more. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/world-food-fair/24th-27th-september-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST World Food Fair https://singaporefoodshows.com.sg In its 17th edition, the 2020 World Food Fair will bring together more than 220 exhibitors. Get ready to enjoy a fusion of local and global flavors and a HUGE variety of products. Think groceries, healthy organic foods, ready-to-cook foods, innovative food ingredients, sauces, sandwiches, delicious yummy dishes, and many more.

Strong momentum for the industry: high propensity to invest between approx. 225,000 trade visitors from 165 countries The circular economy is the "hottest ticket" for the global plastics and rubber industries https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/k-fair-exhibition/19th-26th-october-2022?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST K Fair Exhibition https://www.k-online.com/ Strong momentum for the industry: high propensity to invest between approx. 225,000 trade visitors from 165 countries The circular economy is the "hottest ticket" for the global plastics and rubber industries

International Conference on Sustainable Tourism Tourism is an economic sector in India that has the potential to grow at a high rate and ensure the development of infrastructure in destinations. It has the ability to capitalize on the country's success in the service sector and offer sustainable growth models. Sustainable tourism development will include advancement of some of the niche tourism products or development of additional niche products, such as adventure, medicine, wellness, golf, polo, cruises, meetings, incentives, conferences and exhibitions (MICE), travel pilgrimage / spiritual, film tourism and eco / wildlife / caravan tourism. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/icst-2021/20th-21-st-august-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ICST 2021 https://www.icstglobal.com International Conference on Sustainable Tourism Tourism is an economic sector in India that has the potential to grow at a high rate and ensure the development of infrastructure in destinations. It has the ability to capitalize on the country's success in the service sector and offer sustainable growth models. Sustainable tourism development will include advancement of some of the niche tourism products or development of additional niche products, such as adventure, medicine, wellness, golf, polo, cruises, meetings, incentives, conferences and exhibitions (MICE), travel pilgrimage / spiritual, film tourism and eco / wildlife / caravan tourism.

The ITB Berlin Convention is the leading think tank in the travel industry and has established itself as the industry's premier knowledge platform. Top-notch presentations on global trends and innovation make the convention a pioneering event for the entire tourism industry. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/itb-berlin/10th-14th-march-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ITB Berlin https://www.itb-berlin.com The ITB Berlin Convention is the leading think tank in the travel industry and has established itself as the industry's premier knowledge platform. Top-notch presentations on global trends and innovation make the convention a pioneering event for the entire tourism industry.

Anuga, the world's largest food and beverage trade fair, breaks new ground for the development of the entire industry. It is the industry's most important meeting point, as the 2019 figures impressively demonstrate once again: with 7,972 exhibitors and around 169,653 visitors, Anuga Cologne is clearly the number one food fair! Don't miss the opportunity to be part of the leading food fair in Cologne in the year 2021. From October 9-13, 2021, Anuga invites exhibitors and trade visitors from all over the world to discover 10 trade shows and 11 trending topics , as well as numerous events and conferences. This program combined with the largest number of participating exhibitors makes Anuga the most prominent trade show in the food and beverage industry. Learn more about Anuga to try it: https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/anuga-fair/09th-13th-october-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Anuga Fair https://www.anuga.com/ Anuga, the world's largest food and beverage trade fair, breaks new ground for the development of the entire industry. It is the industry's most important meeting point, as the 2019 figures impressively demonstrate once again: with 7,972 exhibitors and around 169,653 visitors, Anuga Cologne is clearly the number one food fair! Don't miss the opportunity to be part of the leading food fair in Cologne in the year 2021. From October 9-13, 2021, Anuga invites exhibitors and trade visitors from all over the world to discover 10 trade shows and 11 trending topics , as well as numerous events and conferences. This program combined with the largest number of participating exhibitors makes Anuga the most prominent trade show in the food and beverage industry. Learn more about Anuga to try it:

AGRI INTEX wishes to introduce contemporary agriculture, horticulture, dairy farming and food processing technologies along with their best practices. This can inevitably help countless farmers and platform owners. CODISSIA is fully geared up to host the 20th edition of India’s Prime Agricultural Trade Fair AGRI INTEX 2021 from July 11th to 14th 2021 at the CODISSIA Trade Fair Complex, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/agri-intex-2021/11th-14th-july-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST AGRI INTEX 2021 https://www.agriintex.codissia.com AGRI INTEX wishes to introduce contemporary agriculture, horticulture, dairy farming and food processing technologies along with their best practices. This can inevitably help countless farmers and platform owners. CODISSIA is fully geared up to host the 20th edition of India’s Prime Agricultural Trade Fair AGRI INTEX 2021 from July 11th to 14th 2021 at the CODISSIA Trade Fair Complex, Coimbatore, Tamilnadu, India.

SUNRISE STATE OF ANDHRA PRADESH TOURISM POLICY 2015-2020 SUNRISE STATE ANDHRA PRADESH I invite you to Sunrise Andhra Pradesh, the treasure-trove of opportunities. My government is fully committed to making Andhra Pradesh as one of the top three states in India by 2020. Our ideas are big and our vision is global. Join us in growth and prosperity. - Nara Chandrababu Naidu Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh Table of Contents Contents 1. Preamble 4 Sunrise Andhra Pradesh 4 Tourism potential in Andhra Pradesh 4 Mission-based approach to developing tourism 5 2. Tourism investment policy approach 6 Policy vision 6 Policy objectives 6 Policy targets 7 Policy validity 7 Policy Instruments 7 Tourism Investment strategy 8 Uniform Tourism Zone across the State 8 3. Tourism Infrastructure projects 9 Eligible Tourism Infrastructure projects 9 Private sector investments in Tourism Infrastructure projects : Fiscal Incentives 10 Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance 10 Land Conversion Charges 11 Registration and Stamp duty 12 VAT/CST/SGST 12 Luxury Tax 12 Entertainment Tax 13 Energy Tariffs 13 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes 13 PPP investments in Tourism Infrastructure Projects : Fiscal Incentives 13 Land Conversion Charges 13 Allotment of Land for PPP projects 13 Registration and Stamp duty 14 VAT/CST/SGST 14 Luxury Tax 14 Entertainment Tax 15 Energy Tariffs 15 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes ......... 15 Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development 15 Government projects under Tourism Infrastructure : Fiscal Incentives 15 Mega Tourism Infrastructure projects 15 Additional incentives for Tourism Infrastructure projects 16 Performance based incentives 16 Marketing incentives 16 Special conditions for Tourism Infrastructure projects 16 4. Tourism Services 17 Eligible Tourism Services 17 Incentives for setup and operations of Tourism Services 18 Investment subsidy 19 Marketing support for Tourism Services 20 Special conditions for Tourism Services 20 5. Institutional arrangements 21 Enabling a conducive environment for tourism investments 21 State Tourism Promotion Board (STPB) 21 State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) 21 Empowered Committee (EC) 22 Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT) 22 6. Marketing and Promotion of Andhra Pradesh for Tourism 23 7. Skill Development and Capacity Building in Tourism sector 24 Promote Andhra Pradesh as tourism education hub 24 Promote capacity building programs across entire tourism eco-system 25 Safety & Security of Tourists 25 8. Annexure 26 Abbreviations 27 Definitions 27 1PREAMBLE Sunrise Andhra Pradesh Andhra Pradesh is the State of Opportunities. The State now targets to be among the top 3 states in India by 2022 and a developed state by 2029. With the second longest coastline of 974 kilometers in the country, a rich historical and cultural heritage, ancient and spiritual temples, serene valleys and hills; the new state of Andhra Pradesh with 13 districts holds vast tourist potential, hitherto. Andhra Pradesh is strategically located on the south-eastern coast of India and is a natural gateway to East & South-East Asia. The state has a population of 4.93 crore (Census - 2011), accounting for 4% of country’s population. The State provides an amalgamation of factors conducive to high growth and accelerated development, such as strong infrastructure, highly talented technical manpower, enterprising population and dynamic leadership. These offer immense opportunities for ushering in growth, development and resurgence of the State- the ‘Sunrise State’. Tourism potential in Andhra Pradesh Tourism in India has grown by leaps and bounds over the years, with each region of India contributing something to its splendor and exuberance. The ‘Incredible India’ campaign which showcases the best that India has to offer to tourists, now commands worldwide attention. Andhra Pradesh has the distinction of being a leading tourism destination in India and is presently, the third most visited State in terms of domestic tourism. In 2013, 152.1 million domestic tourists visited Andhra Pradesh, which was about 13.3% of the total domestic tourism market. The State is a microcosm within itself – offering unmatched tourism potential to investors and tourists. It offers multitude of theme-based options to explore across its length and breadth. As part of its Tourism Mission strategy, the State offers nine major Tourism themes: 1) Beach & Water-based 2) Eco-tourism 3) Buddhist 4) Religious 5) Heritage 6) Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE)& Infrastructure development 7) Recreation/Adventure 8) Spiritual/Wellness 9) Medical These nine major themes are further categorized into 42 sub-themes. 04 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Service Sector Mission Urban Development Mission Primary Sector Mission Realization of SwarnAndhra Vision 2029 Social Empowerment Mission Industry Sector Mission Infrastructure Mission Knowledge and Skill Development Mission Mission-based approach to developing tourism Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) has envisaged a Mission- based approach to firmly set Andhra Pradesh on the path of sustainable development and growth. Seven missions have been identified to provide support in managing externalities and enhance inter-departmental synergy for improving outcomes and reducing delays. The Service Sector Mission would focus on enhancing job opportunities and providing further fillip to sectors such as tourism, construction, hospitality, financial services, education, IT and other allied activities. The Tourism sub-mission will work under the ambit of the Service Sector Mission. The Tourism sub-mission will primarily focus on two key aspects: a) Theme-based development: It will focus on developing tourism projects under themes of beach & water-based, eco-tourism, Buddhist, religious, heritage, MICE & infrastructure development, recreation/adventure, spiritual/wellness and medical. b) Destination-based development through Hub & Spoke model: It will focus on developing tourism circuits on a hub & spoke model. The emphasis will be on developing five important tourism hubs (Visakhapatnam, Vijayawada, Tirupati, Rajahmundry- Kakinada and Srisailam-Nagarjuna Sagar) by 2020, and all other district headquarters as tourism hubs by 2029. Through this policy, GoAP endeavors to make the state more conducive and attractive for potential investors and provide an impetus to the tourism sector. GoAP firmly believes that this sector can be a major growth engine for economic development, employment generation and eradication of poverty by promoting investments in the tourism sector. 2TOURISM INVESTMENT POLICY APPROACH Andhra Pradesh is on the threshold of evolving as the most preferred tourist destination in the country. The State offers myriad experiences to tourists, and multifarious opportunities to investors. The proactive Tourism Policy, coupled with abundant and world-class tourism opportunities available in the State, shall place the State on the tourism map of the world. The intrinsic potential of developing Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services in Andhra Pradesh, when leveraged effectively and creatively, would make the State highly competitive and possibly, unmatched across other domestic and international destinations. GoAP aims to create an enabling environment to encourage private investments. The State will provide potential private investors with excellent support infrastructure and access to a host of scenic locations, virgin beaches, backwaters, pristine forest areas and divine destinations for developing world-class Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services. To develop Andhra Pradesh as one of the most preferred tourist destinations through sustained investments, robust Tourism Infrastructure Projects & Services, and provide world-class diverse tourist experience. Tourism shall be a major engine of economic growth in Andhra Pradesh, enabling socio- economic development of the state through enhanced revenues, employment generation and significantly contributing to the GDP of the state. The objectives of this policy are: a) To position Andhra Pradesh as a globally recognized tourism destination b) To become the most preferred choice for tourism investments in the country c) To enable tourism sector to become a significant employment generator d) To deliver world-class experiences by offering unique and diverse Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services e) To nurture and sustain the rich culture, heritage and environment of the State 06 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Policy Targets In line with the objectives, the following targets have been set: a) To be the most preferred State in India for domestic tourist arrivals, and among top 12 states for international tourist arrivals b) To facilitate investments in the tourism sector to the tune of Rs 10,000 crore and contribute 7% to the State GDP by 2020 c) To facilitate creation of 5 lakh additional jobs in the tourism sector Policy Validity a) The Policy will be valid from date of notification to March 31, 2020. b) The Tourism Policy 2015-20 will supersede any GO/Circular issued earlier, which are in contravention to the provisions of this policy. Policy Instruments Various policy instruments have been detailed in this policy document to facilitate achievement of the policy targets: } Enabling a conducive environment for setting up and operating tourism infrastructure projects and services } Incentives to encourage and promote private investments } Industry status for Tourism Infrastructure projects for specified purposes } Comprehensive skill development and capacity building in the tourism sector } Marketing & branding of the sunrise state as a globally recognized tourist destination and facilitating investments through a dedicated Investment Promotion team Tyda, Araku Kolleru Lake, West Godavari GoAP envisages that a majority of new projects in the Tourism sector will be driven by private sector investment. A relatively smaller proportion of projects will be through Public-Private Partnerships (PPP) and direct government investment. a) Private Sector Projects: To ensure that Tourism Infrastructure projects & services, facilities and standards are among the best in the world, the Government aims to primarily attract private sector investments in tourism sector, including purchase/lease of land to undertake Tourism Infrastructure projects or Tourism Services b) PPP Projects: PPPs can be established across all the major themes and sub-themes identified under the Tourism Mission strategy. This may include developing/ operating/ maintaining Tourism Infrastructure Projects or offering Tourism Services on behalf of, or in partnership with, the State Government. c) Government Projects: GoAP, through a designated government agency, will undertake select tourism projects where government investment is required to drive tourist activities. To achieve the target investment of Rs 10,000 crore by 2020, the Tourism Department will develop a Shelf of Projects outlining the investment opportunities in the State. However, this list is indicative and not exhaustive. A Land Bank for Tourism Projects will also be created and maintained to ensure timely grounding of Tourism Infrastructure projects. Tourist destinations are spread across the State. However, while the attractions are wide spread, tourist inflow is not. In order to balance tourist inflows and encourage maximum investment in the State, the Tourism Policy emphasizes minimum restrictions and maximum incentives to all investors. Accordingly, incentives in this Policy are proposed to be applied uniformly across the State, irrespective of the location of the Tourism Infrastructure Project or Tourism Service. 3TOURISM INFRA- STRUCTURE PROJECTS In line with the vision of the Tourism Policy, GoAP is committed to providing maximum incentives and concessions to encourage private investments for setting up and operating Tourism Infrastructure Projects in Andhra Pradesh as detailed below. Eligible Tourism Infrastructure projects a) The State Government has identified the following Tourism Infrastructure Projects based on the priorities and alignment with the state’s aspirations: i. Hotels (Three-Star or above category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) ii. Resorts, including beach resorts, jungle resorts, hill resorts etc. (Three-Star or above category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) iii. Heritage Hotels (Heritage Basic, Heritage Classic, Heritage Grand as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) iv. Amusement Parks v. MICE Centers vi. Golf Courses vii. Botanical Gardens viii. Urban/Rural Haats ix. Tourism & Hospitality Training Institutes x. Wayside Amenities xi. Spiritual/Wellness Centers xii. Museums b) To be eligible for incentives, the project needs to be a new Tourism Infrastructure Project and compliant with the definitions and minimum requirements as prescribed in Section 8.2. c) Tourism Department will periodically review the list of eligible Tourism Infrastructure Projects and propose inclusions / deletions / modifications, wherever necessary. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Penukonda Fort, Anantpur Private sector investments in Tourism Infrastructure projects: Fiscal Incentives Complementary / Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance a) Tourism Department will work with other concerned departments to ascertain, and link up, provision of major connecting infrastructure required to be established for the specific Tourism Infrastructure Project b) In addition, Tourism Department will provide incentives from the tourism budget for ‘Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance’ to support investors in providing last-mile connectivity for establishing comprehensive Tourism Infrastructure Projects in the State. c) The incentive will be targeted to provide support to investors in the form of establishing or, where already available, strengthening complementary / linkage infrastructure as per the specific requirement of the Tourism Infrastructure Project, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost. d) Complementary / linkage infrastructure could be in the form of: i. Road access a. From an existing road up to the project site b. Where a road is not available, the Government will provide all necessary revenue record information for the investor to acquire Right of Way. ii. Power connectivity a. From an existing transmission/distribution line till the project site b. Switching station and transformer at the project site can be covered iii. Water and Sewerage connection a. Connection charges, road cutting charges, plumber costs b. Connectivity to Sewage Pumping Station / Sewage Treatment Plant 10 iv. Transport infrastructure a. Facilitate cab services from nearest airport / railway station / bus station for tourist activity b. Bus stand at closest feasible point on the APSRTC route v. Communication network a. Facilitate access to network connectivity for mobile, internet connectivity vi. Health services a. Facilitate access to ambulance services vii. Security services a. Project Site to be covered for safety & security under the jurisdiction of the nearest police station b. Mobile police patrolling in the vicinity of the project site, as deemed feasible by the local police station e) The responsibility for applying and procuring all required approvals for establishing / strengthening complementary / linkage infrastructure will rest with the private investor. The Tourism Department will render necessary assistance as and when required f) The total cost of the Tourism Infrastructure Project will be as per the Appraisal Report prepared by a Scheduled Commercial Bank and duly certified by a registered Chartered Accountant (CA). The incentives towards Complementary / Linkage infrastructure will be applicable as per the provisions below: Total Project Cost <Rs 50 crores Total Project Cost from Rs 50-100 crores Total Project Cost from Rs 100 - 200 crores Up to a maximum of 5% of To t a l Pr o j e c t C o s t , excluding the cost of land, or Rs 2 crore, whichever is less, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost Up to a maximum of 7.5% of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land, or Rs 5 crores, whichever is less, but not exceeding the total complementary/ linkage infrastructure cost Up to a maximum of15% of To t a l Pr o j e c t C o s t , excluding the cost of land, or Rs10 crores, whichever is less, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost g) In case of Mega Projects with significant tourist impact, GoAP may provide for higher fund allocation for provision of Complementary / Linkage infrastructure on case-to- case basis, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost. a) Private investors will follow due approval process for conversion of land for Tourism Infrastructure Projects as required by the Revenue Department or Urban Development Authority b) If conversion of land is permitted by the relevant government authority, GoAP will waive the Non-Agriculture Land Assessment (NALA) tax or Land Use Conversion charge, as applicable. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Araku, Visakhapatnam Papikondalu, East Godavari Registration and Stamp duty a) Incentives have been provisioned towards reimbursement of Registration and Stamp duty charges for the first time only and will be applicable for one of the following: a. Land bought for Tourism Infrastructure projects or b. Land taken on lease for Tourism Infrastructure projects or c. Development Agreement charges for land taken on development agreement for Tourism Infrastructure projects b) GoAP will provide 100% reimbursement on Registration and Stamp duty for all Tourism Infrastructure Projects c) Additionally, if a private investor has registered land within the last two (2) years, and chooses to develop a Tourism Infrastructure Project on such land, GoAP will reimburse 100% of the registration and stamp duty charges towards such investors d) Reimbursement towards Registration and Stamp Duty charges will be subject to certification by the Registration Department and by the Commissionerate of Tourism after commencement of operations VAT/CST/SGST a) VAT will be charged at 5% for all new Tourism Infrastructure Projects from date of commencement of operations. GoAP will make necessary amendments to the relevant clause(s) in the Andhra Pradesh Value Added Tax Act 2005. The proposed VAT rate shall also be applicable for existing three star and above category hotels in the state. b) The Tourism Unit is entitled to only collect VAT/CST/SGST at the rate prescribed and pay the same to the Government. c) Incentive for VAT will be reviewed when GST is introduced. Luxury Tax a) GoAP will provide 100% exemption of Luxury Tax for all new Tourism Infrastructure Projects meeting the minimum requirements in Section 8.2 for a period of 3 years from date of commercial operations. During this period of exemption, Tourism Unit shall not collect any Luxury Tax. 12 b) After 3-years of commencing commercial operations of the Tourist Unit, Luxury tax shall be applicable as per existing laws c) Incentive for Luxury Tax will be reviewed when GST is introduced. a) GoAP will provide 100% exemption of Entertainment Tax for first 3 years from date of commercial operations. During this period of exemption, Tourism Unit shall not collect any Entertainment Tax. b) Incentive for Entertainment Tax will be reviewed when GST is introduced. a) All Tourism Infrastructure projects (new as well as existing) which avail High Tension (HT) connection, will be charged as per the rates provided in the “H.T. Category-III: Airports, Railway Station and Bus Stations” in the Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (APERC) Tariffs. b) The tariff shall be applicable after the Energy Department issues necessary orders, following due process. 3.2.8 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes a) To encourage and accelerate rapid world-class tourism infrastructure development, GoAP shall accord industry status to new Tourism Infrastructure Projects, compliant with the definitions in Section 8.2, during the policy period for the following purposes: i. GoAP will work with Government of India for facilitating inclusion of Tourism Infrastructure projects to be eligible for availing loans at par with Industries ii. Special incentives like ‘accelerated depreciation’ which Government of India may provide to new industries in Andhra Pradesh as ‘special status’ will be made available for new Tourism Infrastructure projects a) The incentives towards Land Conversion Charges will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.2 a) A dedicated land bank shall be created by the Tourism Department and regularly updated for undertaking Tourism Projects on PPP basis. b) The policy of land allotment on long lease for eligible Tourism Infrastructure Projects will be continued. The lease tenure can be maximum up to 33 years at the first instance, unless specified otherwise for Mega Tourism Projects. Where the developer has complied with all the terms and conditions of the lease or license during the tenure, they shall be eligible for an automatic extension. The terms of the next lease will be determined by the policy prevailing at that point of time. However, the “Right of First Refusal” will be given to the existing developers/operators as defined in the RFPs & Agreements. 13 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Orvakal, Kurnool Orvakal, Kurnool c) Competitive and transparent bidding will be adopted in projects initiated by GoAP. Notice inviting participation will be adequately publicized and the bid process shall be specified in the advertisement. d) GoAP Guidelines for Public Private Partnerships will be applicable for Tourism Infrastructure projects. e) For setting up of Tourism Infrastructure projects that are proposed on government land, lease rent of 2% of 'Basic Market Value' of the land from the Date of Possession, as per the valuation of the concerned sub-registrar office, will be charged to the developers with a 5% annual increase. f) The investor will also be required to provide other securities and performance guarantees as specified in the specific tender document, besides making an up front onetime payment covering all project development costs. g) Normally, the bidding parameter will be Additional Development Premium (ADP), which shall be a percentage of annual gross revenue of the Tourism Infrastructure Project or minimum annual assured amount, whichever is higher. h) As per the Project Feasibility Report and specific project details, the percentage of annual gross revenue may be fixed, and the minimum annual assured amount may be used as the bidding parameter or the minimum annual assured amount may be fixed and the percentage of annual gross revenue may be used as the bidding parameter. i) GoAP may also opt for models like Joint Venture, Special Purpose Vehicle, Equity, Annuity etc. for select Mega Tourism Infrastructure Projects. j) In cases where a private sector investor submits an unsolicited or suo-motu proposal; not initiated by the Government, the “Swiss Challenge Approach” shall be followed, as enunciated in GoAP “Guidelines for Public Private Partnerships” and as per provisions of APIDE Act. 3.3.3 Registration and Stamp duty a) The incentive towards Registration and Stamp duty charges will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.3 a) The incentive towards VAT//CST/SGST will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.4 a) The incentive towards Luxury Tax will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.5 14 Maredumilli, East Godavari a) The incentives towards Entertainment Tax will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.6 a) Incentives towards specified purposes will be as per the provisions in Section 3.2.7 3.3.8 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes a) Incentives towards specified purposes will be as per the provisions in Section 3.2.8 a) While preparing the Project Feasibility report of the PPP project, where the Tourism Department feels that the provision of Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development will help faster project implementation, Tourism Department will work with other concerned departments for establishment of required major Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure, as per the provisions in Section 3.2.1, and provide last-mile connectivity subject to the maximum limits prescribed in Section 3.2.1. These will be appropriately included in the bid document for the specific PPP project. In cases where select Tourism Infrastructure Projects are undertaken by GoAP, through a designated government agency, the incentives and support to be provided would be based on internal government decisions on a case-to-case basis. a) All projects with investment above Rs. 200 crores, irrespective of the location in the State, will be treated as Mega tourism projects. Additional incentives and concessions on a case-to-case basis may be granted with approval of the STPB/STPC or the SEDB as the case may be. b) For Mega Tourism projects implemented on PPP mode, formation of Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV) may be explored 15 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Puligundu,Chittoor Mypadu Beach, Nellore Additional incentives for Tourism Infrastructure projects Performance based incentives a) GoAP will institutionalize Tourism awards for rewarding best performing Tourism Infrastructure Projects in the State based on various parameters. Guidelines for the same will be published separately. Marketing incentives a) Government of Andhra Pradesh will facilitate a central booking engine through the Andhra Pradesh tourism website b) Support will be provided by the State Government for leading tourism units under Tourism Infrastructure Projects to participate in Tourism events in India and abroad. Guidelines for the same will be published separately. c) GoAP will advertise Tourism Infrastructure Projects in brochures and other print material of Andhra Pradesh Tourism. Special conditions for Tourism Infrastructure projects a) Incentives provisioned in this Policy shall not be applicable for any existing Tourism Infrastructure project that is being expanded, modified or upgraded. b) For incentives proposed in this policy to be applicable for a new Tourism Infrastructure project, commercial operations must start before March 31, 2020. c) While extending incentives, subsidies and concessions, it shall be a general condition that the total financial commitment from GoAP, including incentives mentioned in 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 for private sector investments and 3.3.1, 3.3.3 and 3.3.9 for PPP projects, shall not exceed 20% of the Total Project Cost of the Tourism Infrastructure Project, excluding the cost of land. This condition will also be applicable for Mega Tourism Infrastructure Projects. 16 TOURISM SERVICE Andhra Pradesh provides an incredible amount of opportunities for offering world-class tourism services across a wide range of themes, and GoAP is keen to usher investments from quality tourism service operators. Eligible Tourism Services a) The State Government has identified the following Tourism Services based on the priorities and alignment with the State's aspirations: i. Beachside shacks ii. Water sports (sailing, windsurfing, jet skiing, scuba diving, river rafting, kayaking, snorkeling, paddling, etc.) iii. Water ride/sailing facilities (sail boats, houseboats, glass bottom boats, amphibious, hovercraft, seaplanes, etc.) iv. Sea/ River/Canal Cruises v. Adventure services (Parasailing, paragliding, camping/trekking/hiking services, cycling trails, nature trails etc.) vi. Ropeways vii. Heli-tourism viii. Farm Tourism Services ix. Rural Tourism Services x. Heritage walks xi. Caravan tourism xii. Inbound travel & tour operators xiii. Cab services / car hire services catering to tourists xiv. Food courts/stalls at tourist destinations xv. Rest rooms at tourist destinations xvi. Cloak rooms at tourist destinations Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Simhachalam Temple, Visakhapatnam xvii. Parking facilities at tourist destinations xviii. Souvenir shops at tourist destinations xix. Light & sound/laser shows at tourist destinations xx. Audio-video guide services at tourist destinations b) The Government encourages beachside services such as tonga rides, animal rides, children play area, beach volleyball, etc. However, these services will not be eligible for incentives. c) The list of Tourism Services is only indicative and not exhaustive. Tourism Department will periodically review the list of Tourism Services and shall propose inclusions/ deletions/ modifications as per the market demand and suggestions of the Industry. d) GoAP will bring out special policies/guidelines with clear procedures for registration, classification, certification and operation of Tourism Services in the State. e) Tourism Services need to be compliant with the definitions and minimum requirements as prescribed in Section 8.2. Incentives for setup and operations of Tourism Services Various provisions for incentives and concessions to encourage private investments for setting up and operating Tourism Services in Andhra Pradesh are made as detailed below. 18 Investment subsidy a) GoAP will provide Investment Subsidy to investors for setting up and operating the following Tourism Services in Andhra Pradesh. Tourism Service Total Project Cost <Rs.1crore Total Project Cost from Rs.1-10 crore Total Project Cost from Rs.10-20 crore } Water sports } Water ride / sailing facilities } Sea / River cruises } Ropeways } Heli-tourism } Caravan tourism } Audio-video guide services at tourist destinations 15% of value of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land 15% of value of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land, or Rs.1.25 crore, whichever is less 15% of value of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land, or Rs. 2 crore, whichever is less b) The Total Project Cost will be evaluated by a Government registered Valuer. The Tourism Service will need to be approved by the relevant Regulatory Authority for the particular Tourism Service, and will only then be eligible for receiving Investment subsidy c) Investment subsidy will be reimbursed in slabs of i. 20% (at time of commissioning for commercial operations) ii. 30% (end of first year of commercial operations) iii. 50% (end of second year of commercial operations) Borra Caves, Visakhapatnam Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Gooty Fort, Anantpur Akkanna, Madanna Caves, Vijayawada d) GoAP will support building of Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure which becomes essential for the provision of the Tourism Service by way of construction of Jetties (facilitating water ride/sailing facilities; sea/river cruises); parking spaces (caravan services); helipads (heli-tourism), etc. based on the demand from the market and proposals received from investors. This support will be up to 20% of the cost of building of Complementary/Linkage infrastructure or Rs.25 lakhs, whichever is less. e) GoAP may provide any other support on case-by-case basis after due examination for investments greater than Rs.20 crores in Tourism Services. However, the support will not exceed 20% of the total project cost, excluding the cost of land. Marketing support for Tourism Services a) GoAP will provide support for Tourism Services at tourist destinations through marketing of services as part of the State’s tourism megabrand campaigns and facilitate tie-ups with outbound tour operators in other states / countries. Special conditions for Tourism Services a) Incentives provisioned in this Policy shall not be applicable for any existing Tourism Service that is being expanded, modified or upgraded. b) For incentives proposed in this policy to be applicable for a new Tourism Service, commercial operations must start before March 31, 2020 c) While extending incentives, subsidies and concessions, it shall be a general condition that the total financial commitment from GoAP, including incentives mentioned in 4.2.1 (a) and 4.2.1 (d) shall not exceed 20% of the Total Project Cost of the Tourism Service, excluding the cost of land, if any. 20 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Enabling a conducive environment for tourism investments a) In addition to the incentives proposed, GoAP is committed to facilitate a conducive environment for setup and operations of Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Tourism Services, and will accord highest priority to improving ‘ease of doing business’. b) Timely clearances and responsive post-investment facilitation services have been identified as the cornerstone for improving business environment and boosting investor confidence. c) Institutional arrangements are put in place to secure accelerated development of tourism in state and to address all inter-departmental issues while monitoring and securing the development of tourism in the state. State Tourism Promotion Board (STPB) a) STPB will be the apex level decision making body in the State for approving projects, incentives, policies and monitoring project implementation in the tourism sector b) STPB will be chaired by the Honorable CM of Andhra Pradesh and the respective ministers are the Board Members. The Board equals a Cabinet Sub-committee with the power to amend/ update relevant government policies and with an overarching responsibility of developing the Tourism sector in Andhra Pradesh. c) STPB will periodically monitor and review implementation of the tourism policy. It will also be empowered to take policy decisions on uni-sector or multi-sector issues. The decisions of the STPB will be converted to Government Orders. State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) a) The State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) is the evaluation & execution committee under the STPB to structure tourism projects in the state. b) State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) will be responsible for the following: i. Provide guidance for development of Tourism in the state ii. To address multi departmental issues for expeditious resolutions iii. To periodically monitor the implementation of Tourism Infrastructure projects and Tourism Services and extension of incentives and concessions iv. To holistically integrate Tourism sector with the other sectors of Government in order to strengthen infrastructure while bridging the gaps in basic infrastructure such as connectivity, energy requirements, etc. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Dolphin nose, Visakhapatnam v. To resolve any issues related to pending clearances on account of non-resolution of inter-departmental issues c) The State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) will be set up with the following composition: i. Chief Secretary to Government, CHAIRMAN ii. Secretary to Government, Tourism Department iii. Secretary to Government, Finance Department iv. Secretary to Government, Planning Department v. Secretary to Government, Irrigation Department vi. Secretary to Government, Energy Department vii. Secretary to Government, Revenue Department (Commercial Taxes & Excise) viii. Secretary to Government, Revenue (Land & Registration) Department ix. Managing Director, APTDC x. Commissioner, Tourism, MEMBER SECRETARY & CONVENOR xi. Any other relevant officer can be invited to participate in the STPC with the permission of the CHAIRMAN d) In view of formation of the proposed “State Economic Development Board (SEDB)”, the SEDB will replace the STPB as the apex level decision making body in the state. In such case, the STPB & STPC will be subsumed under the SEDB. Empowered Committee (EC) a) For faster implementation of PPP projects it is proposed that the Empowered Committee (a Cabinet sub-committee) shall continue. However the role of EC may be strengthened to resolve implementation issues to avoid delay in PPP project implementation Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT) a) The Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT) shall be strengthened to function as a Tourism “Investment Facilitation Cell” and “Single Desk Bureau” b) The Investment Facilitation Cell shall be responsible for inviting & processing tourism investment proposals received in the state. The Cell shall attend road shows, solicit investment, carry out initial due-diligence on investment proposal received 22 ANDHRA PRADESH FOR TOURISM a) There is a need to position Andhra Pradesh as a preferred tourist destination across the globe through effective marketing and promotion to align with the influx of investments for Tourism Infrastructure project and Tourism Services in the state. b) GoAP will undertake the following initiatives to build a strong brand to attract local, domestic and international tourists: i. Develop Mega Brand campaigns to attract tourists and major tourism investments in the State through a focused marketing & promotion strategy via conventional and digital/social media channels ii. Prioritize top 5 countries/ states where aggressive marketing is required to attract maximum investors and tourist arrivals. iii. Develop ‘APEX’ – Andhra Pradesh Expert program for inbound tour & travel operators to identify, train, license and develop tour & travel operators to be well- versed with Andhra Pradesh tourism and act as focal points for attracting tourist arrivals in the state. iv. Organize familiarization tours of national and international tour operators, travel writers and photographers in Andhra Pradesh v. Facilitate participation of tourism investors/entrepreneurs investing in Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Tourism Services in Andhra Pradesh at renowned national / international events / exhibitions to promote the State and Tourism unit(s). 23 SKILL DEVELOPMENT & CAPACITY BUILDING IN TOURISM SECTOR Skills and service are key tenets that will drive superior tourist experience in Andhra Pradesh. Meeting the demand for skilled workforce becomes essential to keep pace with the sustainable growth of tourism sector. The Government of India, through the Ministry of Tourism, has taken a number of initiatives towards skill development under Scheme of Capacity Building for service providers and Scheme of Assistance to institutes providing tourism related skills like Institutes of Hotel Management and Indian Institutes of Tourism and Travel Management. GoAP will undertake the following initiatives to cater to the demand for skilled manpower in the tourism sector, and raise awareness of tourism and importance of good customer service in local communities. The endeavor of GoAP is to cultivate a pool of trained world- class manpower for the Tourism Industry. Promote Andhra Pradesh as tourism education hub a) All new education institutes, focused on Hospitality Education, and/or set up in collaboration with foreign institutions/ experts, will be classified as Tourism Infrastructure Projects and will be eligible for incentives in line with other eligible Tourism Infrastructure Projects as proposed in Section 3 b) Andhra Pradesh State Skill Development Corporation (APSSDC) will develop strategy and undertake initiatives to promote skill development in the hospitality and tourism sector c) GoAP aims to establish a Tourism University with international technical collaboration. This is projected to give a fillip to Sunrise Andhra Pradesh and position it as a Tourism education hub in India. d) To improve the quality of education and promote Andhra Pradesh as a Tourism education hub, the existing institutions will be strengthened and new institutions will be promoted through the proposed Tourism University. 24 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Promote capacity building programs across entire tourism eco-system Concerted efforts are required for augmenting existing training infrastructure through provision of additional training institutes and enhancing the capacity and infrastructure of the existing institutes. As part of this Policy, the State Government will promote the following: a) Vocational training institutes for skilling people in the hospitality sector for roles such as tour guides, tour operators, travel agents, drivers, chefs, tourism service operators, tourism security agencies, etc. b) Training institutes empanelled by National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) or the Andhra Pradesh State Skill Development Corporation (APSSDC) c) Existing players in hospitality industry will be encouraged to conduct relevant courses in hospitality/tourism in the state d) Dedicated in-house training centers for skilling people in the hospitality sector Safety & Security of Tourists a) Special tourist police/ stations will be deployed at all major Tourist destinations with special emphasis on safety of women tourists. Presence of women security police will ensure focused safety of women tourists. b) At all major destinations, GoAP will establish Tourist Safety & Guidance centers to ensure a pleasant trip for tourists. A 24 * 7 tourist contact center will ensure full time support to the tourists. c) Special sensitization campaigns will be implemented for women & children tourists, and tourists in general in Andhra Pradesh, and such campaigns will be publicized on global and national platforms. Kondapalli Fort, Vijayawada ADP Additional Development Premium APERC Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission APIDE Andhra Pradesh Infrastructure Development Enabling Act APSSDC Andhra Pradesh State Skill Development Corporation APTDC Andhra Pradesh Tourism Development Corporation CA Chartered Accountant CoT Commissionerate of Tourism CRZ Coastal Zone Regulation CST Central Sales Tax EC Empowered Committee GDP Gross Domestic Product GoAP Government of Andhra Pradesh GST Goods and Service Tax HT High Tension MICE Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions NALA Non-Agricultural Land Assessment NSDC National Skill Development Corporation PPP Public Private Partnership RFP Request for Proposal Rs. Indian Rupee SEDB State Economic Development Board SGST State Goods and Service Tax SPV Special Purpose Vehicle STPB State Tourism Promotion Board STPC State Tourism Promotion Committee VAT Value Added Tax Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 ‘Tourism Undertaking’ means a legal entity under relevant law engaged or to be engaged in one or more tourism projects. 2. NEW TOURISM UNIT A ‘New Tourism Unit’ means a new Tourism Infrastructure Project or Tourism Service set up for the first time by a Tourism Undertaking which satisfies the conditions indicated, and have commenced their commercial operations within the Policy Period; i.e, date of commercial operations falls between date of notification of this Policy and March 31, 2020. The term ‘Total Project Cost’ for Tourism Infrastructure Projects, which meet the criteria in Clause 6 below shall include: i. Land/area in effective possession and as required for the project ii. Building i.e. any built-up area used for the eligible unit including administrative buildings, residential quarters and accommodation for all such facilities, as required for the running of the unit iii. Plant and machinery i.e. tools and equipment including water sports equipment, tents, other equipment as are necessarily required and exclusively used for sustaining the working of the eligible unit but will not include vehicles, furniture and fixtures, cutlery, crockery and utensils iv. Cost of development of fencing, construction of roads, landscaping and other infrastructure facilities etc. which the eligible unit has to incur under the project v. Vehicles used for specific tourist activities vi. Installation charges vii. Technical know-how including cost of drawing and know-how fees Kolleru Lake, West Godavari Draksharamam, West Godavari The term ‘Total Project Costs’ for Tourism Services, which meet the criteria in Clause 7 below, shall include: i. Land/area in effective possession and as required for the project ii. Plant, machinery and movable / immovable equipment, i.e. tools and equipment including water sports equipment, tents, other equipment as are necessarily required and exclusively used for sustaining the working of the Tourism Service iii. Cost of development of fencing, landscaping, infrastructure facilities (example, jetties, helipads etc.) which the eligible unit has to incur under the project iv. Movable and immovable equipment, including transport vehicles specifically required for offering the Tourism Service 4. INELIGIBLE INVESTMENT The following investment shall not be covered under Total Project Costs and will be ineligible for incentives viz. i. Working Capital ii. Goodwill iii. Second-hand plant and machinery purchased or shifted iv. Interest capitalized v. Consumables stores, inventories for maintenance or repairs vi. Any investments in any asset which has a life span of less than five years vii. Know-how fees or cost of drawing payable to a sister concern of eligible unit 5. DATE OF COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS Date of Commercial Operations of a Tourism Unit is the date on which the Tourism Unit is open to tourists on a commercial basis, after due testing, trial running and commissioning under relevant Government rules 28 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 6. TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS: S. No. 1. 2. 3. Tourism Infrastructure Project Hotels (Three- Star or higher category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) Resorts Heritage Hotels Definition Hotels generally cater for both business and leisure customers, so they need to have a range of products to suit each type. The facilities provided may range from a basic bed and storage for clothing, to luxury features like spa. Larger hotels may provide additional guest facilities such as a swimming pool, business center, childcare, conference facilities and social function services. Resorts are hotels that are built specifically as a destination in itself to create a captive trade, The defining characteristic of a resort hotel is that it exists purely to serve another attraction. It is located in an area associated with recreation and leisure, such as beach side, forest area, hillside, etc. It normally offers facilities for sports and recreational activities. Hotels that are located in places that capitalize on its connection with heritage. The façade, architectural features and general construction should have the distinctive qualities and ambience in keeping with the traditional way of life of the area. Minimum requirements } Star Rating - 3 Star or above; as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India } Located near and around beach, hills, forest, water body, etc. } Star Rating – 3 Star or above; as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India } Desirable that the resort offers at least one facility connected with the location that helps to attract tourists } Minimum category – Heritage Basic as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India. The guidelines prescribe that minimum 50% of the floor area was built before 1950 } Must be located on heritage property Orvakal, Kurnool Dindi Resorts, Rajahmundry 29 S. No. Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 4. Amusement Parks Amusement parks are commercially operated enterprises that offers rides, games, and other forms of entertainment. They are generally equipped with stalls for games and refreshments, entertainment shows, recreational devices such as a Ferris wheel, roller coaster, etc. This will also include Theme Parks specifically oriented towards tourism in which landscaping, buildings, and attractions are based on one or more specific themes, such as jungle wildlife, fairy tales, cartoon characters, mythology, etc. Examples of Amusement Parks which are eligible: Disneyland, Universal Studios, Imagica etc. } Built over minimum land area - 10 acres } Includes entertainment facilities such as, rides, games etc. } Food stalls/court } Standalone commercial multiplexes will not be treated as Amusement Parks, and as such will and not be eligible for incentives 5. MICE Centers MICE Centers are designed to hold conventions and exhibitions, where individuals and groups gather to promote and share common business interests. Such centers generally contain at least one large convention hall, mini convention halls, exhibition halls, hotel and parking facilities. The exhibition halls can also be suitable for major trade shows and product exhibitions to promote their products during conventions. } Minimum seating capacity of 2,000 pax, with built- up area of minimum 20,000 sft of convention area } Three (3) Star or above category hotel (as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India) } Exhibition Center with facility for set up of temporary / permanent stalls } Other additional optional facilities may include: - Shopping mall, with or without multiplex - Food court / Restaurants 6. Golf Courses It is a large open area of land landscaped for playing of golf. These courses also have clubs, small resorts or eating joints associated with them. } Built over minimum land area of 75 acres } Minimum 9-holes course } Club House with minimum built up area of 5,000 sqft Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Chandragiri Fort, Tirupati S. No. Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 10. Wayside amenities Wayside amenities are established to facilitate a hassle free trip for tourists. They are built at tourist destinations or along the state / national highway for the use of tourists. Some of the facilities that are provided at Wayside Amenities include: } Clean drinking water access } Built over minimum 1 acre land with built up area of minimum 2,000 sqft } Minimum facilities to be offered - ISO-certified toilets with separate toilets for gents, ladies, differently-abled - Food court - Communication facilities - Shop with basic products for tourists - Car parking facilities for minimum twenty 4- wheeler vehicles } Desirable to be setup close to petrol / diesel filling station } Toilets } Restaurants / Food courts } ATM facilities } Cloak room } Shops } Communication services 11. Spiritual / wellness Centers Spiritual / Wellness centers aim to revive energy, provide a platform for personal introspection, promote positive health, treat diseases by providing different services such as spa, yoga, meditation, skin care treatment etc. Examples of eligible Spiritual / Wellness centers – Ananda Spa, Jindal farms etc. } For spiritual centers, - Auditorium or well- covered open area with seating capacity of minimum 500 people - Accommodation facilities for minimum 100 people } For wellness centers, - Certified/licensed medicinal facilities with at least 20 well- trained staff - Well-trained yoga teachers with relevant certifications - Minimum 25 rooms, of quality equivalent to three star or above categories of hotels 12. Museum Institutions that showcases collection of public or private artifacts and other objects of scientific, artistic, cultural, or historical importance and makes them available for public viewing through exhibits that may be permanent or temporary. } Built up area of at least 10,000 sq ft. 7. TOURISM SERVICES Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Tourism Service Beachside Shacks Water sports (sailing/wind surfing, scuba diving, water skiing, river rafting, kayaking) Water Ride / Sailing facilities Sea / River Cruises Definition Beach shacks are temporary structures made of haystack / tent material that are built on or next to a beach with facilities for basic food, sun lounges, shade umbrellas etc. Beach shacks must conform with Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) guidelines Water sports include water related adventure / leisure activities such as sailing, wind surfing, scuba diving, water skiing, river rafting, kayaking, snorkeling, paddling, etc. Water transport facilities are used for the movement of tourists to visit local places and enjoy local scenery through modes such as sail boats, house boats, glass bottom boats, amphibious, hovercraft, seaplanes etc. Sea/River cruises are trips taken for pleasure along a sea or river. It is a short duration trip that generally spanning a few hours or a few days. Minimum requirements } Should be not more than 500 meters away from GoAP/APTDC approved tourist beaches } Should have space of sit- down service for minimum 10 pax, serving food with approved standards of hygiene and quality } Should not be more than one storey or 200 sq. meters in built up area } Separate Guidelines will be issued by Government of Andhra Pradesh } Should be at a tourist destination and not be used for regular ferrying of passengers } Operators must be registered with local regulatory authorities } Capacity to host a minimum of 25 passengers (river cruise) and 50 passengers (sea cruise) } Facilities for on-board dining, accommodation and entertainment Shilathoranam, Tirupati Undavalli Caves, Krishna Dist. 33 S. No . Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 5. Adventure Services Adventure services involve exploration or travel with perceived (and possibly actual) risk, and potentially requiring specialized skills and physical activity. These may include activities such as parasailing, paragliding, camping / trekking / hiking services, cycling trails, nature trails and rock climbing. } A company operating these activities must be registered with Adventure Tour Operators Association of India or Ministry of Tourism } Guidelines issued by Ministry of Tourism for recognition of approved Adventure Tour Operator should be adhered to 6. Ropeways A transport system for people, used especially in tourist destinations in mountainous areas, in which carriers are suspended from moving cables powered by a motor. } Design of the Aerial Ropeway shall be in accordance with the guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian Standards, MoEF (GoI) and any other guidelines issued by Central / State Government } Structure and the overall system should be built considering the climate factors in the particular region } Ropes/Cables should be of highest quality 7. Heli-Tourism Heli-Tourism provides travelers/tourists to explore, see and visit places via helicopter. It provides easier access to places of attraction and otherwise fairly inaccessible areas and helps maximize visitors' time to visit other places. It also provides a route for extreme sports, and it provides opportunities to visitors to explore remote areas that have the potential to become new tourism destinations. } Licensed operators by the Ministry of Civil Aviation } Approved standard quality helicopter meeting all regulatory norms } Pilots must have Commercial Helicopter Pilot License (CHPL) S. No. 8. 9. 10. Tourism Infrastructure Project Farm tourism Rural Tourism Services Heritage Walks Definition Farm tourism is a form of niche tourism that involves any farm-based operation or activity that brings visitors to a farm. There are wide range of activities such as learning about fruits and vegetables, poultry, animal rides, or shopping in farm gift shops. Rural tourism is a form of niche tourism that promotes pre-identified villages to preserve and promote rural lifestyle, local arts/ culture / handicrafts / handlooms to tourists Heritage walks are way to explore the history of a city/town/village. Professional guides take the tourists on a tour through different historical / heritage monuments across the location. Minimum requirements } Traditional accommodation (farmstays, camps etc.), local cuisine, local farming methods, etc. } Guided walks and farm trails } Farm activities } Applicable for services promoting rural lifestyle, local arts / culture/ handicrafts / handlooms offered at pre-identified villages under Heritage Tourism category } Home stay in traditional accommodation } Shop / Museum promoting local arts / handicrafts / handlooms etc. } Serving hygienic local cuisine to tourists } Guided tours of village for tourists } Licensed tour guides Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Kondapalli Fort, Krishna Dist. Puligundu, Chittoor 35 S. Tourism Definition Minimum requirements No. Infrastructure Project 11. Caravan Tourism Caravans promote family oriented tours by providing basic facilities for stay and travel, including bedrooms and kitchen and can be used to reach places at tourist circuits/ destinations where adequate hotel accommodations may not be available. This would include vehicles viz. Recreational Vehicle(RV), Campervans, Motor Homes etc. } Minimum features of Caravan as prescribed under Ministry of Tourism guidelines on Caravan Tourism } Caravan Park - Presence of sufficient caravan parks in the identified locations - Caravan parks shall have all necessary trading licences/ NOCs from concerned authorities, including fire NOC - Standardization of electricity, water and sewage connections to ensure total compatibility with Caravan specifications in India 12. Inbound Tour Operators / Travel Agents Inbound Tour Operators are operators who make arrangements for transport, accommodation, sight-seeing, entertainment and other tourism related services in Andhra Pradesh for foreign and/or domestic tourists } Recognition granted by Ministry of Tourism as approved Inbound Tour Operator and valid during policy period } All Ministry of Tourism guidelines for Recognition/ Renewal or Extension as an approved Inbound Tour Operator are to be adhered to Focus of Inbound Tour Operator should be to attract tourists to Andhra Pradesh 13. Cab services / Car hire services focusing on tourism Provision of car transport services to tourists, travel agents and other service providers for transfers, sight- seeing and journeys to tourist destinations. } Recognition granted by Ministry of Tourism as approved Domestic Tour Operator, and valid during policy period } All Ministry of Tourism guidelines for Recognition/ Renewal or Extension as an approved Tourist Transport Operator are to be adhered to S. No. 14. Tourism Infrastructure Project Food courts / Restaurants at tourist destinations Definition Food courts are generally an indoor plaza or common area within a tourist facility that is contiguous with the counters of multiple food vendors and provides a common area for self-serve dining. Standalone restaurants at tourist destinations will also be included in this category Minimum requirements } Minimum office space in Andhra Pradesh (in line with minimum requirements as per above mentioned guidelines) } Operation of minimum of 6 tourist cars with proper tourist permits issued by the Road Transport Authority or the concerned authorized agency for commercial tourist vehicles } Drivers should have working knowledge of English, Hindi & Telugu. } Located at tourist destination } Food court - Minimum 3 different vendors at food court serving different types of cuisine - At least one well- recognized food chain serving food and beverages, with a minimum presence in 10 other locations in India - At least one vendor serving local Andhra cuisine - Common dining area } Restaurant - All mandatory licenses required to setting up and operating a restaurant including Food Business Operator license, Food Safety License, Eating House License, Health / Trade License Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Gandikota Lake, Kadapa Gandikota Fort, Kadapa 37 S. No. Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 15. Rest rooms at tourist destinations Rest rooms are rooms or small buildings containing one or more toilets. They are generally small constructions built near tourist places, famous parks, crowded landmarks, major public attractions. Rest rooms may have different services such as baby changing station, shower facilities, bathing facilities etc. } Located at tourist destination } Rest rooms must be certified by proper authorities following international standards } Use of ISO certified equipment } Provisions for separate rest rooms for male, female and differently-abled } Appropriate measures for ensuring proper hygiene, water and sanitation arrangements 16. Cloak rooms at tourist destinations Cloak rooms at tourist destinations where passengers / tourists can keep their luggage for a specific amount of time. This service is generally useful for day travelers, pilgrims and tourists visiting tourist destinations. } These can be 24-hour manned facilities or can have fixed timings based on tourist inflow } Proper arrangement of racks } Provision for charging nominal fee for the items 17. Parking facilities at tourist destinations Parking facilities at tourist destinations including services such as Park and ride, Valet Parking } Minimum capacity for parking of 100 cars 18. Souvenir Shops at Tourist Destinations Souvenirs attain immense value when people visit different places of their liking. These shops enable tourists to buy traditional handicrafts, handlooms and regional items. } Above 50% of the products must be sourced from local manufacturers, and artisans S. No. 19. 20. Tourism Infrastructure Project Light & Sound / Laser Shows at tourist destinations Audio / Video guide services at tourist destinations Definition These shows are hosted at places of historic importance and help the tourists familiarize with the rich heritage of the place. Audio / Video guide services are available at tourist destinations to transmit cultural and historical commentary of the tourist destination. The devices may be made available for rent to tourists during the tour. Minimum requirements } Proper seating arrangements for minimum 50 tourists } System for controlling lighting and sound } Adequate power arrangements } Provides information and history of the tourist destination guided by number markings. } Can have GPS-guided audio/video navigation of the destination as an optional value-addition } Content validated by local authority / Tourism Department } Audio available in multiple international and Indian languages as per specific tourist destination. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Bhavani Island, Vijayawada 39 Dhyana Buddha, Amaravati Baruva Beach, Srikakulam Belum Caves, Kurnool Konaseema, Rajahmundry Horsley Hills, chittoor Kanakdurga Temple, Vijayawada Gandikota, Kadapa Puligundu, Chittoor Government of Andhra Pradesh Principal Secretary to Government (Tourism) Government of Andhra Pradesh AP Secretariat, South-H Block, 1st Floor Hyderabad - 500022, India Phone: +91-40-23459939 Email: prlsecy_trsm@ap.gov.in Commissioner Department of Tourism Government of Andhra Pradesh Tank Bund Road, Hyderabad - 500063, India Phone: +91-40-23452492, Fax: +91-40-23450310 Email: commr_trsm@ap.gov.in Managing Director Andhra Pradesh Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. 3-5-891, Tourism House, Himayatnagar Hyderabad - 500029, India Phone: +91-40-23262151 Fax: +91-40-23261801 Email: md@aptdc.gov.in Toll free: 1800-42-545454 www.aptourism.gov.in www.aptdc.gov.in Follow us on GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/andhra-pradesh-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy Tourism Policy SUNRISE STATE OF ANDHRA PRADESH TOURISM POLICY 2015-2020 SUNRISE STATE ANDHRA PRADESH I invite you to Sunrise Andhra Pradesh, the treasure-trove of opportunities. My government is fully committed to making Andhra Pradesh as one of the top three states in India by 2020. Our ideas are big and our vision is global. Join us in growth and prosperity. - Nara Chandrababu Naidu Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh Table of Contents Contents 1. Preamble 4 Sunrise Andhra Pradesh 4 Tourism potential in Andhra Pradesh 4 Mission-based approach to developing tourism 5 2. Tourism investment policy approach 6 Policy vision 6 Policy objectives 6 Policy targets 7 Policy validity 7 Policy Instruments 7 Tourism Investment strategy 8 Uniform Tourism Zone across the State 8 3. Tourism Infrastructure projects 9 Eligible Tourism Infrastructure projects 9 Private sector investments in Tourism Infrastructure projects : Fiscal Incentives 10 Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance 10 Land Conversion Charges 11 Registration and Stamp duty 12 VAT/CST/SGST 12 Luxury Tax 12 Entertainment Tax 13 Energy Tariffs 13 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes 13 PPP investments in Tourism Infrastructure Projects : Fiscal Incentives 13 Land Conversion Charges 13 Allotment of Land for PPP projects 13 Registration and Stamp duty 14 VAT/CST/SGST 14 Luxury Tax 14 Entertainment Tax 15 Energy Tariffs 15 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes ......... 15 Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development 15 Government projects under Tourism Infrastructure : Fiscal Incentives 15 Mega Tourism Infrastructure projects 15 Additional incentives for Tourism Infrastructure projects 16 Performance based incentives 16 Marketing incentives 16 Special conditions for Tourism Infrastructure projects 16 4. Tourism Services 17 Eligible Tourism Services 17 Incentives for setup and operations of Tourism Services 18 Investment subsidy 19 Marketing support for Tourism Services 20 Special conditions for Tourism Services 20 5. Institutional arrangements 21 Enabling a conducive environment for tourism investments 21 State Tourism Promotion Board (STPB) 21 State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) 21 Empowered Committee (EC) 22 Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT) 22 6. Marketing and Promotion of Andhra Pradesh for Tourism 23 7. Skill Development and Capacity Building in Tourism sector 24 Promote Andhra Pradesh as tourism education hub 24 Promote capacity building programs across entire tourism eco-system 25 Safety & Security of Tourists 25 8. Annexure 26 Abbreviations 27 Definitions 27 1PREAMBLE Sunrise Andhra Pradesh Andhra Pradesh is the State of Opportunities. The State now targets to be among the top 3 states in India by 2022 and a developed state by 2029. With the second longest coastline of 974 kilometers in the country, a rich historical and cultural heritage, ancient and spiritual temples, serene valleys and hills; the new state of Andhra Pradesh with 13 districts holds vast tourist potential, hitherto. Andhra Pradesh is strategically located on the south-eastern coast of India and is a natural gateway to East & South-East Asia. The state has a population of 4.93 crore (Census - 2011), accounting for 4% of country’s population. The State provides an amalgamation of factors conducive to high growth and accelerated development, such as strong infrastructure, highly talented technical manpower, enterprising population and dynamic leadership. These offer immense opportunities for ushering in growth, development and resurgence of the State- the ‘Sunrise State’. Tourism potential in Andhra Pradesh Tourism in India has grown by leaps and bounds over the years, with each region of India contributing something to its splendor and exuberance. The ‘Incredible India’ campaign which showcases the best that India has to offer to tourists, now commands worldwide attention. Andhra Pradesh has the distinction of being a leading tourism destination in India and is presently, the third most visited State in terms of domestic tourism. In 2013, 152.1 million domestic tourists visited Andhra Pradesh, which was about 13.3% of the total domestic tourism market. The State is a microcosm within itself – offering unmatched tourism potential to investors and tourists. It offers multitude of theme-based options to explore across its length and breadth. As part of its Tourism Mission strategy, the State offers nine major Tourism themes: 1) Beach & Water-based 2) Eco-tourism 3) Buddhist 4) Religious 5) Heritage 6) Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions (MICE)& Infrastructure development 7) Recreation/Adventure 8) Spiritual/Wellness 9) Medical These nine major themes are further categorized into 42 sub-themes. 04 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Service Sector Mission Urban Development Mission Primary Sector Mission Realization of SwarnAndhra Vision 2029 Social Empowerment Mission Industry Sector Mission Infrastructure Mission Knowledge and Skill Development Mission Mission-based approach to developing tourism Government of Andhra Pradesh (GoAP) has envisaged a Mission- based approach to firmly set Andhra Pradesh on the path of sustainable development and growth. Seven missions have been identified to provide support in managing externalities and enhance inter-departmental synergy for improving outcomes and reducing delays. The Service Sector Mission would focus on enhancing job opportunities and providing further fillip to sectors such as tourism, construction, hospitality, financial services, education, IT and other allied activities. The Tourism sub-mission will work under the ambit of the Service Sector Mission. The Tourism sub-mission will primarily focus on two key aspects: a) Theme-based development: It will focus on developing tourism projects under themes of beach & water-based, eco-tourism, Buddhist, religious, heritage, MICE & infrastructure development, recreation/adventure, spiritual/wellness and medical. b) Destination-based development through Hub & Spoke model: It will focus on developing tourism circuits on a hub & spoke model. The emphasis will be on developing five important tourism hubs (Visakhapatnam, Vijayawada, Tirupati, Rajahmundry- Kakinada and Srisailam-Nagarjuna Sagar) by 2020, and all other district headquarters as tourism hubs by 2029. Through this policy, GoAP endeavors to make the state more conducive and attractive for potential investors and provide an impetus to the tourism sector. GoAP firmly believes that this sector can be a major growth engine for economic development, employment generation and eradication of poverty by promoting investments in the tourism sector. 2TOURISM INVESTMENT POLICY APPROACH Andhra Pradesh is on the threshold of evolving as the most preferred tourist destination in the country. The State offers myriad experiences to tourists, and multifarious opportunities to investors. The proactive Tourism Policy, coupled with abundant and world-class tourism opportunities available in the State, shall place the State on the tourism map of the world. The intrinsic potential of developing Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services in Andhra Pradesh, when leveraged effectively and creatively, would make the State highly competitive and possibly, unmatched across other domestic and international destinations. GoAP aims to create an enabling environment to encourage private investments. The State will provide potential private investors with excellent support infrastructure and access to a host of scenic locations, virgin beaches, backwaters, pristine forest areas and divine destinations for developing world-class Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services. To develop Andhra Pradesh as one of the most preferred tourist destinations through sustained investments, robust Tourism Infrastructure Projects & Services, and provide world-class diverse tourist experience. Tourism shall be a major engine of economic growth in Andhra Pradesh, enabling socio- economic development of the state through enhanced revenues, employment generation and significantly contributing to the GDP of the state. The objectives of this policy are: a) To position Andhra Pradesh as a globally recognized tourism destination b) To become the most preferred choice for tourism investments in the country c) To enable tourism sector to become a significant employment generator d) To deliver world-class experiences by offering unique and diverse Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Services e) To nurture and sustain the rich culture, heritage and environment of the State 06 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Policy Targets In line with the objectives, the following targets have been set: a) To be the most preferred State in India for domestic tourist arrivals, and among top 12 states for international tourist arrivals b) To facilitate investments in the tourism sector to the tune of Rs 10,000 crore and contribute 7% to the State GDP by 2020 c) To facilitate creation of 5 lakh additional jobs in the tourism sector Policy Validity a) The Policy will be valid from date of notification to March 31, 2020. b) The Tourism Policy 2015-20 will supersede any GO/Circular issued earlier, which are in contravention to the provisions of this policy. Policy Instruments Various policy instruments have been detailed in this policy document to facilitate achievement of the policy targets: } Enabling a conducive environment for setting up and operating tourism infrastructure projects and services } Incentives to encourage and promote private investments } Industry status for Tourism Infrastructure projects for specified purposes } Comprehensive skill development and capacity building in the tourism sector } Marketing & branding of the sunrise state as a globally recognized tourist destination and facilitating investments through a dedicated Investment Promotion team Tyda, Araku Kolleru Lake, West Godavari GoAP envisages that a majority of new projects in the Tourism sector will be driven by private sector investment. A relatively smaller proportion of projects will be through Public-Private Partnerships (PPP) and direct government investment. a) Private Sector Projects: To ensure that Tourism Infrastructure projects & services, facilities and standards are among the best in the world, the Government aims to primarily attract private sector investments in tourism sector, including purchase/lease of land to undertake Tourism Infrastructure projects or Tourism Services b) PPP Projects: PPPs can be established across all the major themes and sub-themes identified under the Tourism Mission strategy. This may include developing/ operating/ maintaining Tourism Infrastructure Projects or offering Tourism Services on behalf of, or in partnership with, the State Government. c) Government Projects: GoAP, through a designated government agency, will undertake select tourism projects where government investment is required to drive tourist activities. To achieve the target investment of Rs 10,000 crore by 2020, the Tourism Department will develop a Shelf of Projects outlining the investment opportunities in the State. However, this list is indicative and not exhaustive. A Land Bank for Tourism Projects will also be created and maintained to ensure timely grounding of Tourism Infrastructure projects. Tourist destinations are spread across the State. However, while the attractions are wide spread, tourist inflow is not. In order to balance tourist inflows and encourage maximum investment in the State, the Tourism Policy emphasizes minimum restrictions and maximum incentives to all investors. Accordingly, incentives in this Policy are proposed to be applied uniformly across the State, irrespective of the location of the Tourism Infrastructure Project or Tourism Service. 3TOURISM INFRA- STRUCTURE PROJECTS In line with the vision of the Tourism Policy, GoAP is committed to providing maximum incentives and concessions to encourage private investments for setting up and operating Tourism Infrastructure Projects in Andhra Pradesh as detailed below. Eligible Tourism Infrastructure projects a) The State Government has identified the following Tourism Infrastructure Projects based on the priorities and alignment with the state’s aspirations: i. Hotels (Three-Star or above category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) ii. Resorts, including beach resorts, jungle resorts, hill resorts etc. (Three-Star or above category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) iii. Heritage Hotels (Heritage Basic, Heritage Classic, Heritage Grand as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) iv. Amusement Parks v. MICE Centers vi. Golf Courses vii. Botanical Gardens viii. Urban/Rural Haats ix. Tourism & Hospitality Training Institutes x. Wayside Amenities xi. Spiritual/Wellness Centers xii. Museums b) To be eligible for incentives, the project needs to be a new Tourism Infrastructure Project and compliant with the definitions and minimum requirements as prescribed in Section 8.2. c) Tourism Department will periodically review the list of eligible Tourism Infrastructure Projects and propose inclusions / deletions / modifications, wherever necessary. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Penukonda Fort, Anantpur Private sector investments in Tourism Infrastructure projects: Fiscal Incentives Complementary / Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance a) Tourism Department will work with other concerned departments to ascertain, and link up, provision of major connecting infrastructure required to be established for the specific Tourism Infrastructure Project b) In addition, Tourism Department will provide incentives from the tourism budget for ‘Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development Assistance’ to support investors in providing last-mile connectivity for establishing comprehensive Tourism Infrastructure Projects in the State. c) The incentive will be targeted to provide support to investors in the form of establishing or, where already available, strengthening complementary / linkage infrastructure as per the specific requirement of the Tourism Infrastructure Project, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost. d) Complementary / linkage infrastructure could be in the form of: i. Road access a. From an existing road up to the project site b. Where a road is not available, the Government will provide all necessary revenue record information for the investor to acquire Right of Way. ii. Power connectivity a. From an existing transmission/distribution line till the project site b. Switching station and transformer at the project site can be covered iii. Water and Sewerage connection a. Connection charges, road cutting charges, plumber costs b. Connectivity to Sewage Pumping Station / Sewage Treatment Plant 10 iv. Transport infrastructure a. Facilitate cab services from nearest airport / railway station / bus station for tourist activity b. Bus stand at closest feasible point on the APSRTC route v. Communication network a. Facilitate access to network connectivity for mobile, internet connectivity vi. Health services a. Facilitate access to ambulance services vii. Security services a. Project Site to be covered for safety & security under the jurisdiction of the nearest police station b. Mobile police patrolling in the vicinity of the project site, as deemed feasible by the local police station e) The responsibility for applying and procuring all required approvals for establishing / strengthening complementary / linkage infrastructure will rest with the private investor. The Tourism Department will render necessary assistance as and when required f) The total cost of the Tourism Infrastructure Project will be as per the Appraisal Report prepared by a Scheduled Commercial Bank and duly certified by a registered Chartered Accountant (CA). The incentives towards Complementary / Linkage infrastructure will be applicable as per the provisions below: Total Project Cost <Rs 50 crores Total Project Cost from Rs 50-100 crores Total Project Cost from Rs 100 - 200 crores Up to a maximum of 5% of To t a l Pr o j e c t C o s t , excluding the cost of land, or Rs 2 crore, whichever is less, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost Up to a maximum of 7.5% of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land, or Rs 5 crores, whichever is less, but not exceeding the total complementary/ linkage infrastructure cost Up to a maximum of15% of To t a l Pr o j e c t C o s t , excluding the cost of land, or Rs10 crores, whichever is less, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost g) In case of Mega Projects with significant tourist impact, GoAP may provide for higher fund allocation for provision of Complementary / Linkage infrastructure on case-to- case basis, but not exceeding the total complementary / linkage infrastructure cost. a) Private investors will follow due approval process for conversion of land for Tourism Infrastructure Projects as required by the Revenue Department or Urban Development Authority b) If conversion of land is permitted by the relevant government authority, GoAP will waive the Non-Agriculture Land Assessment (NALA) tax or Land Use Conversion charge, as applicable. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Araku, Visakhapatnam Papikondalu, East Godavari Registration and Stamp duty a) Incentives have been provisioned towards reimbursement of Registration and Stamp duty charges for the first time only and will be applicable for one of the following: a. Land bought for Tourism Infrastructure projects or b. Land taken on lease for Tourism Infrastructure projects or c. Development Agreement charges for land taken on development agreement for Tourism Infrastructure projects b) GoAP will provide 100% reimbursement on Registration and Stamp duty for all Tourism Infrastructure Projects c) Additionally, if a private investor has registered land within the last two (2) years, and chooses to develop a Tourism Infrastructure Project on such land, GoAP will reimburse 100% of the registration and stamp duty charges towards such investors d) Reimbursement towards Registration and Stamp Duty charges will be subject to certification by the Registration Department and by the Commissionerate of Tourism after commencement of operations VAT/CST/SGST a) VAT will be charged at 5% for all new Tourism Infrastructure Projects from date of commencement of operations. GoAP will make necessary amendments to the relevant clause(s) in the Andhra Pradesh Value Added Tax Act 2005. The proposed VAT rate shall also be applicable for existing three star and above category hotels in the state. b) The Tourism Unit is entitled to only collect VAT/CST/SGST at the rate prescribed and pay the same to the Government. c) Incentive for VAT will be reviewed when GST is introduced. Luxury Tax a) GoAP will provide 100% exemption of Luxury Tax for all new Tourism Infrastructure Projects meeting the minimum requirements in Section 8.2 for a period of 3 years from date of commercial operations. During this period of exemption, Tourism Unit shall not collect any Luxury Tax. 12 b) After 3-years of commencing commercial operations of the Tourist Unit, Luxury tax shall be applicable as per existing laws c) Incentive for Luxury Tax will be reviewed when GST is introduced. a) GoAP will provide 100% exemption of Entertainment Tax for first 3 years from date of commercial operations. During this period of exemption, Tourism Unit shall not collect any Entertainment Tax. b) Incentive for Entertainment Tax will be reviewed when GST is introduced. a) All Tourism Infrastructure projects (new as well as existing) which avail High Tension (HT) connection, will be charged as per the rates provided in the “H.T. Category-III: Airports, Railway Station and Bus Stations” in the Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (APERC) Tariffs. b) The tariff shall be applicable after the Energy Department issues necessary orders, following due process. 3.2.8 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes a) To encourage and accelerate rapid world-class tourism infrastructure development, GoAP shall accord industry status to new Tourism Infrastructure Projects, compliant with the definitions in Section 8.2, during the policy period for the following purposes: i. GoAP will work with Government of India for facilitating inclusion of Tourism Infrastructure projects to be eligible for availing loans at par with Industries ii. Special incentives like ‘accelerated depreciation’ which Government of India may provide to new industries in Andhra Pradesh as ‘special status’ will be made available for new Tourism Infrastructure projects a) The incentives towards Land Conversion Charges will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.2 a) A dedicated land bank shall be created by the Tourism Department and regularly updated for undertaking Tourism Projects on PPP basis. b) The policy of land allotment on long lease for eligible Tourism Infrastructure Projects will be continued. The lease tenure can be maximum up to 33 years at the first instance, unless specified otherwise for Mega Tourism Projects. Where the developer has complied with all the terms and conditions of the lease or license during the tenure, they shall be eligible for an automatic extension. The terms of the next lease will be determined by the policy prevailing at that point of time. However, the “Right of First Refusal” will be given to the existing developers/operators as defined in the RFPs & Agreements. 13 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Orvakal, Kurnool Orvakal, Kurnool c) Competitive and transparent bidding will be adopted in projects initiated by GoAP. Notice inviting participation will be adequately publicized and the bid process shall be specified in the advertisement. d) GoAP Guidelines for Public Private Partnerships will be applicable for Tourism Infrastructure projects. e) For setting up of Tourism Infrastructure projects that are proposed on government land, lease rent of 2% of 'Basic Market Value' of the land from the Date of Possession, as per the valuation of the concerned sub-registrar office, will be charged to the developers with a 5% annual increase. f) The investor will also be required to provide other securities and performance guarantees as specified in the specific tender document, besides making an up front onetime payment covering all project development costs. g) Normally, the bidding parameter will be Additional Development Premium (ADP), which shall be a percentage of annual gross revenue of the Tourism Infrastructure Project or minimum annual assured amount, whichever is higher. h) As per the Project Feasibility Report and specific project details, the percentage of annual gross revenue may be fixed, and the minimum annual assured amount may be used as the bidding parameter or the minimum annual assured amount may be fixed and the percentage of annual gross revenue may be used as the bidding parameter. i) GoAP may also opt for models like Joint Venture, Special Purpose Vehicle, Equity, Annuity etc. for select Mega Tourism Infrastructure Projects. j) In cases where a private sector investor submits an unsolicited or suo-motu proposal; not initiated by the Government, the “Swiss Challenge Approach” shall be followed, as enunciated in GoAP “Guidelines for Public Private Partnerships” and as per provisions of APIDE Act. 3.3.3 Registration and Stamp duty a) The incentive towards Registration and Stamp duty charges will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.3 a) The incentive towards VAT//CST/SGST will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.4 a) The incentive towards Luxury Tax will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.5 14 Maredumilli, East Godavari a) The incentives towards Entertainment Tax will be applicable as per the provisions in Section 3.2.6 a) Incentives towards specified purposes will be as per the provisions in Section 3.2.7 3.3.8 Tourism Infrastructure projects accorded ‘Industry’ status for specified purposes a) Incentives towards specified purposes will be as per the provisions in Section 3.2.8 a) While preparing the Project Feasibility report of the PPP project, where the Tourism Department feels that the provision of Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure Development will help faster project implementation, Tourism Department will work with other concerned departments for establishment of required major Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure, as per the provisions in Section 3.2.1, and provide last-mile connectivity subject to the maximum limits prescribed in Section 3.2.1. These will be appropriately included in the bid document for the specific PPP project. In cases where select Tourism Infrastructure Projects are undertaken by GoAP, through a designated government agency, the incentives and support to be provided would be based on internal government decisions on a case-to-case basis. a) All projects with investment above Rs. 200 crores, irrespective of the location in the State, will be treated as Mega tourism projects. Additional incentives and concessions on a case-to-case basis may be granted with approval of the STPB/STPC or the SEDB as the case may be. b) For Mega Tourism projects implemented on PPP mode, formation of Special Purpose Vehicles (SPV) may be explored 15 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Puligundu,Chittoor Mypadu Beach, Nellore Additional incentives for Tourism Infrastructure projects Performance based incentives a) GoAP will institutionalize Tourism awards for rewarding best performing Tourism Infrastructure Projects in the State based on various parameters. Guidelines for the same will be published separately. Marketing incentives a) Government of Andhra Pradesh will facilitate a central booking engine through the Andhra Pradesh tourism website b) Support will be provided by the State Government for leading tourism units under Tourism Infrastructure Projects to participate in Tourism events in India and abroad. Guidelines for the same will be published separately. c) GoAP will advertise Tourism Infrastructure Projects in brochures and other print material of Andhra Pradesh Tourism. Special conditions for Tourism Infrastructure projects a) Incentives provisioned in this Policy shall not be applicable for any existing Tourism Infrastructure project that is being expanded, modified or upgraded. b) For incentives proposed in this policy to be applicable for a new Tourism Infrastructure project, commercial operations must start before March 31, 2020. c) While extending incentives, subsidies and concessions, it shall be a general condition that the total financial commitment from GoAP, including incentives mentioned in 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 for private sector investments and 3.3.1, 3.3.3 and 3.3.9 for PPP projects, shall not exceed 20% of the Total Project Cost of the Tourism Infrastructure Project, excluding the cost of land. This condition will also be applicable for Mega Tourism Infrastructure Projects. 16 TOURISM SERVICE Andhra Pradesh provides an incredible amount of opportunities for offering world-class tourism services across a wide range of themes, and GoAP is keen to usher investments from quality tourism service operators. Eligible Tourism Services a) The State Government has identified the following Tourism Services based on the priorities and alignment with the State's aspirations: i. Beachside shacks ii. Water sports (sailing, windsurfing, jet skiing, scuba diving, river rafting, kayaking, snorkeling, paddling, etc.) iii. Water ride/sailing facilities (sail boats, houseboats, glass bottom boats, amphibious, hovercraft, seaplanes, etc.) iv. Sea/ River/Canal Cruises v. Adventure services (Parasailing, paragliding, camping/trekking/hiking services, cycling trails, nature trails etc.) vi. Ropeways vii. Heli-tourism viii. Farm Tourism Services ix. Rural Tourism Services x. Heritage walks xi. Caravan tourism xii. Inbound travel & tour operators xiii. Cab services / car hire services catering to tourists xiv. Food courts/stalls at tourist destinations xv. Rest rooms at tourist destinations xvi. Cloak rooms at tourist destinations Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Simhachalam Temple, Visakhapatnam xvii. Parking facilities at tourist destinations xviii. Souvenir shops at tourist destinations xix. Light & sound/laser shows at tourist destinations xx. Audio-video guide services at tourist destinations b) The Government encourages beachside services such as tonga rides, animal rides, children play area, beach volleyball, etc. However, these services will not be eligible for incentives. c) The list of Tourism Services is only indicative and not exhaustive. Tourism Department will periodically review the list of Tourism Services and shall propose inclusions/ deletions/ modifications as per the market demand and suggestions of the Industry. d) GoAP will bring out special policies/guidelines with clear procedures for registration, classification, certification and operation of Tourism Services in the State. e) Tourism Services need to be compliant with the definitions and minimum requirements as prescribed in Section 8.2. Incentives for setup and operations of Tourism Services Various provisions for incentives and concessions to encourage private investments for setting up and operating Tourism Services in Andhra Pradesh are made as detailed below. 18 Investment subsidy a) GoAP will provide Investment Subsidy to investors for setting up and operating the following Tourism Services in Andhra Pradesh. Tourism Service Total Project Cost <Rs.1crore Total Project Cost from Rs.1-10 crore Total Project Cost from Rs.10-20 crore } Water sports } Water ride / sailing facilities } Sea / River cruises } Ropeways } Heli-tourism } Caravan tourism } Audio-video guide services at tourist destinations 15% of value of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land 15% of value of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land, or Rs.1.25 crore, whichever is less 15% of value of Total Project Cost, excluding the cost of land, or Rs. 2 crore, whichever is less b) The Total Project Cost will be evaluated by a Government registered Valuer. The Tourism Service will need to be approved by the relevant Regulatory Authority for the particular Tourism Service, and will only then be eligible for receiving Investment subsidy c) Investment subsidy will be reimbursed in slabs of i. 20% (at time of commissioning for commercial operations) ii. 30% (end of first year of commercial operations) iii. 50% (end of second year of commercial operations) Borra Caves, Visakhapatnam Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Gooty Fort, Anantpur Akkanna, Madanna Caves, Vijayawada d) GoAP will support building of Complementary/Linkage Infrastructure which becomes essential for the provision of the Tourism Service by way of construction of Jetties (facilitating water ride/sailing facilities; sea/river cruises); parking spaces (caravan services); helipads (heli-tourism), etc. based on the demand from the market and proposals received from investors. This support will be up to 20% of the cost of building of Complementary/Linkage infrastructure or Rs.25 lakhs, whichever is less. e) GoAP may provide any other support on case-by-case basis after due examination for investments greater than Rs.20 crores in Tourism Services. However, the support will not exceed 20% of the total project cost, excluding the cost of land. Marketing support for Tourism Services a) GoAP will provide support for Tourism Services at tourist destinations through marketing of services as part of the State’s tourism megabrand campaigns and facilitate tie-ups with outbound tour operators in other states / countries. Special conditions for Tourism Services a) Incentives provisioned in this Policy shall not be applicable for any existing Tourism Service that is being expanded, modified or upgraded. b) For incentives proposed in this policy to be applicable for a new Tourism Service, commercial operations must start before March 31, 2020 c) While extending incentives, subsidies and concessions, it shall be a general condition that the total financial commitment from GoAP, including incentives mentioned in 4.2.1 (a) and 4.2.1 (d) shall not exceed 20% of the Total Project Cost of the Tourism Service, excluding the cost of land, if any. 20 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS Enabling a conducive environment for tourism investments a) In addition to the incentives proposed, GoAP is committed to facilitate a conducive environment for setup and operations of Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Tourism Services, and will accord highest priority to improving ‘ease of doing business’. b) Timely clearances and responsive post-investment facilitation services have been identified as the cornerstone for improving business environment and boosting investor confidence. c) Institutional arrangements are put in place to secure accelerated development of tourism in state and to address all inter-departmental issues while monitoring and securing the development of tourism in the state. State Tourism Promotion Board (STPB) a) STPB will be the apex level decision making body in the State for approving projects, incentives, policies and monitoring project implementation in the tourism sector b) STPB will be chaired by the Honorable CM of Andhra Pradesh and the respective ministers are the Board Members. The Board equals a Cabinet Sub-committee with the power to amend/ update relevant government policies and with an overarching responsibility of developing the Tourism sector in Andhra Pradesh. c) STPB will periodically monitor and review implementation of the tourism policy. It will also be empowered to take policy decisions on uni-sector or multi-sector issues. The decisions of the STPB will be converted to Government Orders. State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) a) The State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) is the evaluation & execution committee under the STPB to structure tourism projects in the state. b) State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) will be responsible for the following: i. Provide guidance for development of Tourism in the state ii. To address multi departmental issues for expeditious resolutions iii. To periodically monitor the implementation of Tourism Infrastructure projects and Tourism Services and extension of incentives and concessions iv. To holistically integrate Tourism sector with the other sectors of Government in order to strengthen infrastructure while bridging the gaps in basic infrastructure such as connectivity, energy requirements, etc. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Dolphin nose, Visakhapatnam v. To resolve any issues related to pending clearances on account of non-resolution of inter-departmental issues c) The State Tourism Promotion Committee (STPC) will be set up with the following composition: i. Chief Secretary to Government, CHAIRMAN ii. Secretary to Government, Tourism Department iii. Secretary to Government, Finance Department iv. Secretary to Government, Planning Department v. Secretary to Government, Irrigation Department vi. Secretary to Government, Energy Department vii. Secretary to Government, Revenue Department (Commercial Taxes & Excise) viii. Secretary to Government, Revenue (Land & Registration) Department ix. Managing Director, APTDC x. Commissioner, Tourism, MEMBER SECRETARY & CONVENOR xi. Any other relevant officer can be invited to participate in the STPC with the permission of the CHAIRMAN d) In view of formation of the proposed “State Economic Development Board (SEDB)”, the SEDB will replace the STPB as the apex level decision making body in the state. In such case, the STPB & STPC will be subsumed under the SEDB. Empowered Committee (EC) a) For faster implementation of PPP projects it is proposed that the Empowered Committee (a Cabinet sub-committee) shall continue. However the role of EC may be strengthened to resolve implementation issues to avoid delay in PPP project implementation Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT) a) The Commissionerate of Tourism (CoT) shall be strengthened to function as a Tourism “Investment Facilitation Cell” and “Single Desk Bureau” b) The Investment Facilitation Cell shall be responsible for inviting & processing tourism investment proposals received in the state. The Cell shall attend road shows, solicit investment, carry out initial due-diligence on investment proposal received 22 ANDHRA PRADESH FOR TOURISM a) There is a need to position Andhra Pradesh as a preferred tourist destination across the globe through effective marketing and promotion to align with the influx of investments for Tourism Infrastructure project and Tourism Services in the state. b) GoAP will undertake the following initiatives to build a strong brand to attract local, domestic and international tourists: i. Develop Mega Brand campaigns to attract tourists and major tourism investments in the State through a focused marketing & promotion strategy via conventional and digital/social media channels ii. Prioritize top 5 countries/ states where aggressive marketing is required to attract maximum investors and tourist arrivals. iii. Develop ‘APEX’ – Andhra Pradesh Expert program for inbound tour & travel operators to identify, train, license and develop tour & travel operators to be well- versed with Andhra Pradesh tourism and act as focal points for attracting tourist arrivals in the state. iv. Organize familiarization tours of national and international tour operators, travel writers and photographers in Andhra Pradesh v. Facilitate participation of tourism investors/entrepreneurs investing in Tourism Infrastructure Projects and Tourism Services in Andhra Pradesh at renowned national / international events / exhibitions to promote the State and Tourism unit(s). 23 SKILL DEVELOPMENT & CAPACITY BUILDING IN TOURISM SECTOR Skills and service are key tenets that will drive superior tourist experience in Andhra Pradesh. Meeting the demand for skilled workforce becomes essential to keep pace with the sustainable growth of tourism sector. The Government of India, through the Ministry of Tourism, has taken a number of initiatives towards skill development under Scheme of Capacity Building for service providers and Scheme of Assistance to institutes providing tourism related skills like Institutes of Hotel Management and Indian Institutes of Tourism and Travel Management. GoAP will undertake the following initiatives to cater to the demand for skilled manpower in the tourism sector, and raise awareness of tourism and importance of good customer service in local communities. The endeavor of GoAP is to cultivate a pool of trained world- class manpower for the Tourism Industry. Promote Andhra Pradesh as tourism education hub a) All new education institutes, focused on Hospitality Education, and/or set up in collaboration with foreign institutions/ experts, will be classified as Tourism Infrastructure Projects and will be eligible for incentives in line with other eligible Tourism Infrastructure Projects as proposed in Section 3 b) Andhra Pradesh State Skill Development Corporation (APSSDC) will develop strategy and undertake initiatives to promote skill development in the hospitality and tourism sector c) GoAP aims to establish a Tourism University with international technical collaboration. This is projected to give a fillip to Sunrise Andhra Pradesh and position it as a Tourism education hub in India. d) To improve the quality of education and promote Andhra Pradesh as a Tourism education hub, the existing institutions will be strengthened and new institutions will be promoted through the proposed Tourism University. 24 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Promote capacity building programs across entire tourism eco-system Concerted efforts are required for augmenting existing training infrastructure through provision of additional training institutes and enhancing the capacity and infrastructure of the existing institutes. As part of this Policy, the State Government will promote the following: a) Vocational training institutes for skilling people in the hospitality sector for roles such as tour guides, tour operators, travel agents, drivers, chefs, tourism service operators, tourism security agencies, etc. b) Training institutes empanelled by National Skill Development Corporation (NSDC) or the Andhra Pradesh State Skill Development Corporation (APSSDC) c) Existing players in hospitality industry will be encouraged to conduct relevant courses in hospitality/tourism in the state d) Dedicated in-house training centers for skilling people in the hospitality sector Safety & Security of Tourists a) Special tourist police/ stations will be deployed at all major Tourist destinations with special emphasis on safety of women tourists. Presence of women security police will ensure focused safety of women tourists. b) At all major destinations, GoAP will establish Tourist Safety & Guidance centers to ensure a pleasant trip for tourists. A 24 * 7 tourist contact center will ensure full time support to the tourists. c) Special sensitization campaigns will be implemented for women & children tourists, and tourists in general in Andhra Pradesh, and such campaigns will be publicized on global and national platforms. Kondapalli Fort, Vijayawada ADP Additional Development Premium APERC Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission APIDE Andhra Pradesh Infrastructure Development Enabling Act APSSDC Andhra Pradesh State Skill Development Corporation APTDC Andhra Pradesh Tourism Development Corporation CA Chartered Accountant CoT Commissionerate of Tourism CRZ Coastal Zone Regulation CST Central Sales Tax EC Empowered Committee GDP Gross Domestic Product GoAP Government of Andhra Pradesh GST Goods and Service Tax HT High Tension MICE Meetings, Incentives, Conferences, and Exhibitions NALA Non-Agricultural Land Assessment NSDC National Skill Development Corporation PPP Public Private Partnership RFP Request for Proposal Rs. Indian Rupee SEDB State Economic Development Board SGST State Goods and Service Tax SPV Special Purpose Vehicle STPB State Tourism Promotion Board STPC State Tourism Promotion Committee VAT Value Added Tax Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 ‘Tourism Undertaking’ means a legal entity under relevant law engaged or to be engaged in one or more tourism projects. 2. NEW TOURISM UNIT A ‘New Tourism Unit’ means a new Tourism Infrastructure Project or Tourism Service set up for the first time by a Tourism Undertaking which satisfies the conditions indicated, and have commenced their commercial operations within the Policy Period; i.e, date of commercial operations falls between date of notification of this Policy and March 31, 2020. The term ‘Total Project Cost’ for Tourism Infrastructure Projects, which meet the criteria in Clause 6 below shall include: i. Land/area in effective possession and as required for the project ii. Building i.e. any built-up area used for the eligible unit including administrative buildings, residential quarters and accommodation for all such facilities, as required for the running of the unit iii. Plant and machinery i.e. tools and equipment including water sports equipment, tents, other equipment as are necessarily required and exclusively used for sustaining the working of the eligible unit but will not include vehicles, furniture and fixtures, cutlery, crockery and utensils iv. Cost of development of fencing, construction of roads, landscaping and other infrastructure facilities etc. which the eligible unit has to incur under the project v. Vehicles used for specific tourist activities vi. Installation charges vii. Technical know-how including cost of drawing and know-how fees Kolleru Lake, West Godavari Draksharamam, West Godavari The term ‘Total Project Costs’ for Tourism Services, which meet the criteria in Clause 7 below, shall include: i. Land/area in effective possession and as required for the project ii. Plant, machinery and movable / immovable equipment, i.e. tools and equipment including water sports equipment, tents, other equipment as are necessarily required and exclusively used for sustaining the working of the Tourism Service iii. Cost of development of fencing, landscaping, infrastructure facilities (example, jetties, helipads etc.) which the eligible unit has to incur under the project iv. Movable and immovable equipment, including transport vehicles specifically required for offering the Tourism Service 4. INELIGIBLE INVESTMENT The following investment shall not be covered under Total Project Costs and will be ineligible for incentives viz. i. Working Capital ii. Goodwill iii. Second-hand plant and machinery purchased or shifted iv. Interest capitalized v. Consumables stores, inventories for maintenance or repairs vi. Any investments in any asset which has a life span of less than five years vii. Know-how fees or cost of drawing payable to a sister concern of eligible unit 5. DATE OF COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS Date of Commercial Operations of a Tourism Unit is the date on which the Tourism Unit is open to tourists on a commercial basis, after due testing, trial running and commissioning under relevant Government rules 28 Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 6. TOURISM INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS: S. No. 1. 2. 3. Tourism Infrastructure Project Hotels (Three- Star or higher category hotels as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Government of India) Resorts Heritage Hotels Definition Hotels generally cater for both business and leisure customers, so they need to have a range of products to suit each type. The facilities provided may range from a basic bed and storage for clothing, to luxury features like spa. Larger hotels may provide additional guest facilities such as a swimming pool, business center, childcare, conference facilities and social function services. Resorts are hotels that are built specifically as a destination in itself to create a captive trade, The defining characteristic of a resort hotel is that it exists purely to serve another attraction. It is located in an area associated with recreation and leisure, such as beach side, forest area, hillside, etc. It normally offers facilities for sports and recreational activities. Hotels that are located in places that capitalize on its connection with heritage. The façade, architectural features and general construction should have the distinctive qualities and ambience in keeping with the traditional way of life of the area. Minimum requirements } Star Rating - 3 Star or above; as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India } Located near and around beach, hills, forest, water body, etc. } Star Rating – 3 Star or above; as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India } Desirable that the resort offers at least one facility connected with the location that helps to attract tourists } Minimum category – Heritage Basic as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India. The guidelines prescribe that minimum 50% of the floor area was built before 1950 } Must be located on heritage property Orvakal, Kurnool Dindi Resorts, Rajahmundry 29 S. No. Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 4. Amusement Parks Amusement parks are commercially operated enterprises that offers rides, games, and other forms of entertainment. They are generally equipped with stalls for games and refreshments, entertainment shows, recreational devices such as a Ferris wheel, roller coaster, etc. This will also include Theme Parks specifically oriented towards tourism in which landscaping, buildings, and attractions are based on one or more specific themes, such as jungle wildlife, fairy tales, cartoon characters, mythology, etc. Examples of Amusement Parks which are eligible: Disneyland, Universal Studios, Imagica etc. } Built over minimum land area - 10 acres } Includes entertainment facilities such as, rides, games etc. } Food stalls/court } Standalone commercial multiplexes will not be treated as Amusement Parks, and as such will and not be eligible for incentives 5. MICE Centers MICE Centers are designed to hold conventions and exhibitions, where individuals and groups gather to promote and share common business interests. Such centers generally contain at least one large convention hall, mini convention halls, exhibition halls, hotel and parking facilities. The exhibition halls can also be suitable for major trade shows and product exhibitions to promote their products during conventions. } Minimum seating capacity of 2,000 pax, with built- up area of minimum 20,000 sft of convention area } Three (3) Star or above category hotel (as per guidelines of Ministry of Tourism, Govt. of India) } Exhibition Center with facility for set up of temporary / permanent stalls } Other additional optional facilities may include: - Shopping mall, with or without multiplex - Food court / Restaurants 6. Golf Courses It is a large open area of land landscaped for playing of golf. These courses also have clubs, small resorts or eating joints associated with them. } Built over minimum land area of 75 acres } Minimum 9-holes course } Club House with minimum built up area of 5,000 sqft Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Chandragiri Fort, Tirupati S. No. Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 10. Wayside amenities Wayside amenities are established to facilitate a hassle free trip for tourists. They are built at tourist destinations or along the state / national highway for the use of tourists. Some of the facilities that are provided at Wayside Amenities include: } Clean drinking water access } Built over minimum 1 acre land with built up area of minimum 2,000 sqft } Minimum facilities to be offered - ISO-certified toilets with separate toilets for gents, ladies, differently-abled - Food court - Communication facilities - Shop with basic products for tourists - Car parking facilities for minimum twenty 4- wheeler vehicles } Desirable to be setup close to petrol / diesel filling station } Toilets } Restaurants / Food courts } ATM facilities } Cloak room } Shops } Communication services 11. Spiritual / wellness Centers Spiritual / Wellness centers aim to revive energy, provide a platform for personal introspection, promote positive health, treat diseases by providing different services such as spa, yoga, meditation, skin care treatment etc. Examples of eligible Spiritual / Wellness centers – Ananda Spa, Jindal farms etc. } For spiritual centers, - Auditorium or well- covered open area with seating capacity of minimum 500 people - Accommodation facilities for minimum 100 people } For wellness centers, - Certified/licensed medicinal facilities with at least 20 well- trained staff - Well-trained yoga teachers with relevant certifications - Minimum 25 rooms, of quality equivalent to three star or above categories of hotels 12. Museum Institutions that showcases collection of public or private artifacts and other objects of scientific, artistic, cultural, or historical importance and makes them available for public viewing through exhibits that may be permanent or temporary. } Built up area of at least 10,000 sq ft. 7. TOURISM SERVICES Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 S. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Tourism Service Beachside Shacks Water sports (sailing/wind surfing, scuba diving, water skiing, river rafting, kayaking) Water Ride / Sailing facilities Sea / River Cruises Definition Beach shacks are temporary structures made of haystack / tent material that are built on or next to a beach with facilities for basic food, sun lounges, shade umbrellas etc. Beach shacks must conform with Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) guidelines Water sports include water related adventure / leisure activities such as sailing, wind surfing, scuba diving, water skiing, river rafting, kayaking, snorkeling, paddling, etc. Water transport facilities are used for the movement of tourists to visit local places and enjoy local scenery through modes such as sail boats, house boats, glass bottom boats, amphibious, hovercraft, seaplanes etc. Sea/River cruises are trips taken for pleasure along a sea or river. It is a short duration trip that generally spanning a few hours or a few days. Minimum requirements } Should be not more than 500 meters away from GoAP/APTDC approved tourist beaches } Should have space of sit- down service for minimum 10 pax, serving food with approved standards of hygiene and quality } Should not be more than one storey or 200 sq. meters in built up area } Separate Guidelines will be issued by Government of Andhra Pradesh } Should be at a tourist destination and not be used for regular ferrying of passengers } Operators must be registered with local regulatory authorities } Capacity to host a minimum of 25 passengers (river cruise) and 50 passengers (sea cruise) } Facilities for on-board dining, accommodation and entertainment Shilathoranam, Tirupati Undavalli Caves, Krishna Dist. 33 S. No . Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 5. Adventure Services Adventure services involve exploration or travel with perceived (and possibly actual) risk, and potentially requiring specialized skills and physical activity. These may include activities such as parasailing, paragliding, camping / trekking / hiking services, cycling trails, nature trails and rock climbing. } A company operating these activities must be registered with Adventure Tour Operators Association of India or Ministry of Tourism } Guidelines issued by Ministry of Tourism for recognition of approved Adventure Tour Operator should be adhered to 6. Ropeways A transport system for people, used especially in tourist destinations in mountainous areas, in which carriers are suspended from moving cables powered by a motor. } Design of the Aerial Ropeway shall be in accordance with the guidelines issued by Bureau of Indian Standards, MoEF (GoI) and any other guidelines issued by Central / State Government } Structure and the overall system should be built considering the climate factors in the particular region } Ropes/Cables should be of highest quality 7. Heli-Tourism Heli-Tourism provides travelers/tourists to explore, see and visit places via helicopter. It provides easier access to places of attraction and otherwise fairly inaccessible areas and helps maximize visitors' time to visit other places. It also provides a route for extreme sports, and it provides opportunities to visitors to explore remote areas that have the potential to become new tourism destinations. } Licensed operators by the Ministry of Civil Aviation } Approved standard quality helicopter meeting all regulatory norms } Pilots must have Commercial Helicopter Pilot License (CHPL) S. No. 8. 9. 10. Tourism Infrastructure Project Farm tourism Rural Tourism Services Heritage Walks Definition Farm tourism is a form of niche tourism that involves any farm-based operation or activity that brings visitors to a farm. There are wide range of activities such as learning about fruits and vegetables, poultry, animal rides, or shopping in farm gift shops. Rural tourism is a form of niche tourism that promotes pre-identified villages to preserve and promote rural lifestyle, local arts/ culture / handicrafts / handlooms to tourists Heritage walks are way to explore the history of a city/town/village. Professional guides take the tourists on a tour through different historical / heritage monuments across the location. Minimum requirements } Traditional accommodation (farmstays, camps etc.), local cuisine, local farming methods, etc. } Guided walks and farm trails } Farm activities } Applicable for services promoting rural lifestyle, local arts / culture/ handicrafts / handlooms offered at pre-identified villages under Heritage Tourism category } Home stay in traditional accommodation } Shop / Museum promoting local arts / handicrafts / handlooms etc. } Serving hygienic local cuisine to tourists } Guided tours of village for tourists } Licensed tour guides Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Kondapalli Fort, Krishna Dist. Puligundu, Chittoor 35 S. Tourism Definition Minimum requirements No. Infrastructure Project 11. Caravan Tourism Caravans promote family oriented tours by providing basic facilities for stay and travel, including bedrooms and kitchen and can be used to reach places at tourist circuits/ destinations where adequate hotel accommodations may not be available. This would include vehicles viz. Recreational Vehicle(RV), Campervans, Motor Homes etc. } Minimum features of Caravan as prescribed under Ministry of Tourism guidelines on Caravan Tourism } Caravan Park - Presence of sufficient caravan parks in the identified locations - Caravan parks shall have all necessary trading licences/ NOCs from concerned authorities, including fire NOC - Standardization of electricity, water and sewage connections to ensure total compatibility with Caravan specifications in India 12. Inbound Tour Operators / Travel Agents Inbound Tour Operators are operators who make arrangements for transport, accommodation, sight-seeing, entertainment and other tourism related services in Andhra Pradesh for foreign and/or domestic tourists } Recognition granted by Ministry of Tourism as approved Inbound Tour Operator and valid during policy period } All Ministry of Tourism guidelines for Recognition/ Renewal or Extension as an approved Inbound Tour Operator are to be adhered to Focus of Inbound Tour Operator should be to attract tourists to Andhra Pradesh 13. Cab services / Car hire services focusing on tourism Provision of car transport services to tourists, travel agents and other service providers for transfers, sight- seeing and journeys to tourist destinations. } Recognition granted by Ministry of Tourism as approved Domestic Tour Operator, and valid during policy period } All Ministry of Tourism guidelines for Recognition/ Renewal or Extension as an approved Tourist Transport Operator are to be adhered to S. No. 14. Tourism Infrastructure Project Food courts / Restaurants at tourist destinations Definition Food courts are generally an indoor plaza or common area within a tourist facility that is contiguous with the counters of multiple food vendors and provides a common area for self-serve dining. Standalone restaurants at tourist destinations will also be included in this category Minimum requirements } Minimum office space in Andhra Pradesh (in line with minimum requirements as per above mentioned guidelines) } Operation of minimum of 6 tourist cars with proper tourist permits issued by the Road Transport Authority or the concerned authorized agency for commercial tourist vehicles } Drivers should have working knowledge of English, Hindi & Telugu. } Located at tourist destination } Food court - Minimum 3 different vendors at food court serving different types of cuisine - At least one well- recognized food chain serving food and beverages, with a minimum presence in 10 other locations in India - At least one vendor serving local Andhra cuisine - Common dining area } Restaurant - All mandatory licenses required to setting up and operating a restaurant including Food Business Operator license, Food Safety License, Eating House License, Health / Trade License Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Gandikota Lake, Kadapa Gandikota Fort, Kadapa 37 S. No. Tourism Infrastructure Project Definition Minimum requirements 15. Rest rooms at tourist destinations Rest rooms are rooms or small buildings containing one or more toilets. They are generally small constructions built near tourist places, famous parks, crowded landmarks, major public attractions. Rest rooms may have different services such as baby changing station, shower facilities, bathing facilities etc. } Located at tourist destination } Rest rooms must be certified by proper authorities following international standards } Use of ISO certified equipment } Provisions for separate rest rooms for male, female and differently-abled } Appropriate measures for ensuring proper hygiene, water and sanitation arrangements 16. Cloak rooms at tourist destinations Cloak rooms at tourist destinations where passengers / tourists can keep their luggage for a specific amount of time. This service is generally useful for day travelers, pilgrims and tourists visiting tourist destinations. } These can be 24-hour manned facilities or can have fixed timings based on tourist inflow } Proper arrangement of racks } Provision for charging nominal fee for the items 17. Parking facilities at tourist destinations Parking facilities at tourist destinations including services such as Park and ride, Valet Parking } Minimum capacity for parking of 100 cars 18. Souvenir Shops at Tourist Destinations Souvenirs attain immense value when people visit different places of their liking. These shops enable tourists to buy traditional handicrafts, handlooms and regional items. } Above 50% of the products must be sourced from local manufacturers, and artisans S. No. 19. 20. Tourism Infrastructure Project Light & Sound / Laser Shows at tourist destinations Audio / Video guide services at tourist destinations Definition These shows are hosted at places of historic importance and help the tourists familiarize with the rich heritage of the place. Audio / Video guide services are available at tourist destinations to transmit cultural and historical commentary of the tourist destination. The devices may be made available for rent to tourists during the tour. Minimum requirements } Proper seating arrangements for minimum 50 tourists } System for controlling lighting and sound } Adequate power arrangements } Provides information and history of the tourist destination guided by number markings. } Can have GPS-guided audio/video navigation of the destination as an optional value-addition } Content validated by local authority / Tourism Department } Audio available in multiple international and Indian languages as per specific tourist destination. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Policy 2015-2020 Bhavani Island, Vijayawada 39 Dhyana Buddha, Amaravati Baruva Beach, Srikakulam Belum Caves, Kurnool Konaseema, Rajahmundry Horsley Hills, chittoor Kanakdurga Temple, Vijayawada Gandikota, Kadapa Puligundu, Chittoor Government of Andhra Pradesh Principal Secretary to Government (Tourism) Government of Andhra Pradesh AP Secretariat, South-H Block, 1st Floor Hyderabad - 500022, India Phone: +91-40-23459939 Email: prlsecy_trsm@ap.gov.in Commissioner Department of Tourism Government of Andhra Pradesh Tank Bund Road, Hyderabad - 500063, India Phone: +91-40-23452492, Fax: +91-40-23450310 Email: commr_trsm@ap.gov.in Managing Director Andhra Pradesh Tourism Development Corporation Ltd. 3-5-891, Tourism House, Himayatnagar Hyderabad - 500029, India Phone: +91-40-23262151 Fax: +91-40-23261801 Email: md@aptdc.gov.in Toll free: 1800-42-545454 www.aptourism.gov.in www.aptdc.gov.in Follow us on GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

Sl. No. Particular 1. Introduction 2. Mission Statement & Principle 3. Aims & Objectives 4. Current Scenario and Swot Analyses 5. Thrust Areas : Niche Tourism Products 6. Action Plan 7. Strategy for implementation of action plan & Promotion of thrust areas 8. Manipur Tourism Brochure   1 INTRODUCTION Tourism emerged as the largest global industry of the 20th century and is projected to grow even faster in the 21stcentury. Manipur has immense possibilities of growth in the tourism sector with vast cultural and religious heritage, varied natural attractions, but a comparatively small role in the national tourism scene. Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 which envisages new initiatives towards making tourism the catalyst in employment generation, environmental re-generation, development of remote areas and development of women and other disadvantaged groups in the State, besides promoting social integration is, therefore, vital to the State's economy. According to the UN World Tourism Organization, contribution of tourism to economic activities worldwide is estimated at about 5%.Tourism takes the cake for creation of 6-7% job opportunities, both direct and indirect worldwide. While in 1950, the top destinations absorbed 88% of international arrivals, it was 55% in 2010, reflecting the emergence of new destinations, many of them in developing countries. UNWTO points out that developing country stand to benefit from sustainable tourism and should act to make this a reality. According to the Planning Commission, the earnings from Travel & Tourism (T&T) have made it one of the largest industries in the world and the fastest growing sector of global trade accounting for 10.4% of global GDP, 12.2% of global exports, 8.3% of global employment, and 9.5% of global capital investment. The receipts generated have grown twice as fast, far outstripping the growth rate of the world economy. India is fast emerging as an important tourism destination in the world. The 'Incredible India"campaign, which showcases the best that India has to offer to the tourists, has now attracted worldwide attention. Foreign tourist arrivals in India increased from 2.37 million in 1997 to 20.73 million in 2012. The Foreign Exchange Earnings (FEE) from tourism by these arrivals grew at an even stronger rate reaching around USD 1774 million in 2012. The year 2012 witnessed a growth of 19.9% in domestic tourist visits over the year 2011, which is higher than the growth of 13.8% in the year 2011 over 2010. During, 2012, the visits by the foreign tourists registered a growth of 6.3% over 2011. By 2017, tourism industry is expected to contribute USD 3121 billion in absolute terms but in percentage terms it is likely to decrease to 3.4% as estimated by the Planning Commission. Manipur with its inherent tourism potential, rich cultural heritage and vibrant pool of youth, with excellent grip over English language is an ideal place for promotion of Tourism as its main industry and sector to generate employment substantially. Our young boys and girls are working in every nook and comer of India in hospitality industry, owing to their good mannerism, friendly attitude, pleasant approach to the clients and fluent English. With such rich talent, which is bound to multiply manifold, after establishment of upcoming Institute of Hotel Management, Catering Technology & Applied Nutrition at Imphal, planned development of Tourism Infrastructure and aggressive marketing of Manipur Tourism would lead to create an employment potential to the tune of 10-15%, as against 6-7% globally. Increased employment opportunities are bound to facilitate improvement in Law & Order and perceptible decrease in insurgency. Tourism Industry per se would create employment opportunities at every tier be it a Luggage handler, Porter, Waiter/Waitress, Front Desk Official, Managers, Accountants, etc. The tourism industry has its own multiplier effect and thus could become the largest employment generator in the State. Other than the tourism industry itself, the global spread of tourism has produced significant economic and employment benefits in many related and interlinked sectors too, from construction to agriculture or telecommunications. This multiplier effects of tourism need to be tapped maximally to enrich the State's economy and bring prosperity to the people. Manipur, with her comfortable climate, mystique cultural heritage and sublime natural beauty, located strategically in a hitherto considered disadvantageous geographical area, has huge potential for the growth of tourism. Manipur tourism was given an industry status in January 1987. Since then the benefits of developing tourism in Manipur has been broadly discussed, argued and acted upon. Research reports on developing Manipur Tourism identify the tourism potential of Manipur, the need to develop it for present and for long term future gains. The State Government has been making efforts in developing Manipur Tourism by developing Infrastructures, Hotels & Restaurants, Human Resource, and through active Marketing, Publicity, Promotion Programmes, Market Research, etc. Manipur and its tourism policy become all the more important in view of India's Look East Policy, the Trans-Asian Highways and the Railways. The Government is keen to take advantage of these developments and therefore, seeks to create a unique brand to market Manipur Tourism as the 'Gateway to South-East Asia'in conformity with its modern outlook, relevance, competitiveness, strategic location and commercial aspects. It is felt that once the appropriate infrastructure and services are suitably placed, Manipur is destined to become a popular tourist hotspot in South-East Asia akin to its South-East Asian neighbours. Relaxation and exclusion of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime since January, 2011 has started attracting foreign tourists to the State. Ministry of Home Affairs has conveyed its, in principle, approval for establishment of VISA on Arrival (VoA) facility at Moreh and at Imphal International Airport. Once VoA facilities are operational, many Myanmarese would travel to Manipur, especially for availing medical facilities. Furthermore, Manipur, where some of the final battles of the World War-II were fought, can receive a big impetus in the tourism sector attracting many foreign tourists, especially from Japan and the Commonwealth countries whose relatives, ancestors and countrymen lost their lives in the battlefield here. Efforts of the State Government to promote tourism as an important industry would have to be synergized with our efforts to improve the law and order situation in the State as well as propagate the message to the people, both within India and abroad, that Manipur, despite internal conflicts and insurgency, is a safe place for the tourists. Unless we propagate this message to the intending tourists, the apprehensions in their mind about safety would not be addressed effectively which in turn create negative publicity and be detrimental to our efforts in promoting Manipur Tourism. Therefore, the State has to take proactive steps in finding a permanent solution to the insurgency and social instability to bring about peace and convey to the outside world that Manipur is a safe and pleasant place to visit. Improvement in law and order would not only lead to increased tourist arrivals but also attract investors from outside the State. The 'Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014' consists of consolidated report on the recent developments in tourism and highlights the current scenario of the State. It attempts to position tourism as the major engine of economic growth, to harness the immense tourism potential and position 'Manipur' as a preferred tourist destination at global level, by proposing both short term as well as long term measures. The ‘Policy' strives to develop tourism in Manipur taking into consideration the guidelines of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. It also attempts to address the issues related to tourist's interest as well as satisfactory customer/guest services which will serve as a tool to attract more tourists. The ‘Policy' also focuses on community participation and involvement of private entrepreneurs for comprehensive development of tourism industry in the State. The Mission of the ‘Policy' is to promote sustainable tourism as a means of economic growth, social integration and to promote the image of Manipur as a State with a glorious past, a vibrant present and a bright future. Policies to achieve this will be evolved around six broad areas such as Welcome, Information, Facilitation, Safety, Cooperation and Infrastructure Development. Conservation of heritage, natural environment and development and promotion of tourism products would also be given importance. 2 MISSION STATEMENT & PRINCIPLES The mission of Manipur Tourism Policy, 2013 is to provide proper direction that will drive the tourism industry in Manipur and to let the dynamics of the industry take over thereafter. The 'Policy' seeks to harness the tourism potential of Manipur and to attract tourists and investments with the development of hotels & restaurants, resorts, transport, communication, heritage sites, handloom & handicrafts, home-stays & village stays among other ancillary trades/activities. These developments will ultimately help in creating jobs, earning revenue and thus contributing to the economy of the State which in turn would enhance the income level of the people. The State intends to create a robust and vibrant tourism industry through planned, innovative and systematic approach producing an efficient tourism multiplier largely governed by diversity of tourism products, lengthening the period & comfort of stay, and creating various spending avenues. The overall efforts shall be market based taking into account the preferences of the tourists and service providers. Our vision is to create a unique brand for the State to develop and market critical infrastructure in a sustainable and integrated manner to make Manipur a favourite national and international tourist destination with a view to provide an unique experience to the visiting tourists besides ensuring that the quality of life and economic benefits are trickled down to the needy sections and bringing overall prosperity to the people in the State. The policy rest upon the following basic principles: 2.1. In a small remote land-locked State like Manipur where there is less scope of industrial development, but with a rich cultural heritage and sublime natural beauty, tourism promises to emerge as the main avenue for creating employment opportunities, income generation and alleviating poverty. Accordingly, the 'Policy' proposes to facilitate incentives/subsidy for development and promotion of tourism industry in the State. 2.2. The tourism industry promises to provide significant direct and indirect employment. The employment creation potential for investments made in tourism sector promises to be higher than in manufacturing and agricultural sectors. Tourism development would also help significantly in the development of cottage industries and handloom & handicrafts, and thereby promote overall area development and development of weaker sections of the society. 2.3. Considering India's Look East Policy, many tourists would be passing through the State when the Trans-Asian Highway No. 1 is fully developed. Operation of railway line would also bring in large stream of tourists. The immediate challenge shall be on devising ways to cater to their needs and comfort, and persuading them to stay a little longer and explore the rich cultural heritage and scenic beauty of the State. 2.4. Establishment of inter-departmental and inter-agency linkages is crucial to the development of tourism. Public Works, Public Health Engineering, Municipal Administration Housing & Urban Development (MAHUD), Rural Development, Power, Health, Home, Forest and Arts & Culture Departments are important departments which need to play a critical role. Close association shall also be established with NGOs, Clubs, Security Forces, Civil Aviation Authorities and others. 2.5. The North-Eastern States of India are seen as a contiguous region without borders from a tourist's point of view. Therefore, effective co-ordination and cooperation with the neighbouring States shall be pursued for joint development of tourism in the region and shared tourist circuits with a view to facilitate easy, hassle free movement of tourists. 2.6. The Tourism Policy must benefit people. The multiplier effects of the industry need to trickle down and help in creating employment opportunities for the youths, preserving cultural heritage, empowerment of women, encouraging local artisans, development of backward regions, enhancing income and alleviation of poverty. 2.7. Tourism is overwhelmingly an industry of private sector/service providers and hence their critical role shall be duly acknowledged. The ‘Policy' seeks to sensitize all stakeholders on the shared vision which is very essential for a highly efficient, responsive and sustainable tourism industry. Tourism in Manipur shall be government led, private-sector driven and community welfare oriented. 2.8. Prioritization of projects both for destinations and infrastructure is necessary so that scarce resources are put to best use. 2.9. The immediate priority would be on creating world class accommodation& infrastructure, identification, improvement and up-gradation of destinations and other tourism assets and making these operational under Public-Private Partnership. 2.10. Promotion, publicity and marketing are the core of tourism development and need to be undertaken in conformity with tourist profiles and product characteristics. 2.11. The necessity of developing sustainable and responsible tourism to ensure preservation and protection of tourist destinations would be the backbone of the ‘Policy'. It will not only secure long term gains but also help mitigate the adverse impacts of tourism development. 2.12. The safety and security of the tourists shall be paramount on the Government's agenda. Considering the unique law & order situation prevailing in Manipur, promotion of tourism would be carefully undertaken. Even the trouble torn State like Jammu & Kashmir attracts a large number of tourists due to its unique tourist destinations and the facilities provided to the tourists and therefore, Manipur should not shy away from promotion of tourism under the veil of law and order considerations. State Government, in consultation with Government of India, would make positive interventions to improve law & order, create secure & safe atmosphere and work towards a permanent solution to decades old insurgency problem with a view to make Manipur a safe place for the visitors in a time bound manner. Once peace and harmony is stabilized, Manipur with its intrinsic tourism potential is likely to become a preferred destination for the tourists, both domestic as well as foreign. Tourism development in the State would itself create enough job opportunities and avenues for recreation, which in turn would dilute the insurgency substantially and help the State in bringing peace and stabilization in a time bound manner. 2.13. Whenever opportunity arises, Manipur Tourism should play a pivotal and dynamic role to make its presence felt at the international level. 2.14. Tourism in Manipur should be able to provide a unique opportunity for physical invigoration, mental rejuvenation, cultural enrichment and spiritual elevation for a memorable experience for the visiting tourists. The economic benefits of the industry should be able to filter down to the backward sections of the society and bring all round development of the State. 2.15. Sustained efforts would be made to comprehensively improve Welcome, Information, Hospitality, Accommodation, Transportation, Safety, Leisure, Hygiene and Environment, etc. 2.16. Implementation of policy statements and declarations made at various North-Eastern Council meetings organized by the Ministry for Development of North Eastern Region, Government of India for accelerated development of the North-Eastern Region. 2.17. To promote State tourism, local products and cuisines will be effectively marketed and publicized. 2.18. The promoters of tourism industry, hotels and travel agents will be encouraged to evolve and strictly follow Act, Rules and Guidelines prescribed and enforced by the Central Government and State Government. 2.19. Comprehensive programme for capacity development and hospitality promotion shall be organized from time to time in consultation with all stakeholders. 2.20. Manipur is ideally suited for adventure tourism. It would be the endeavour of the Tourism Department and PWD to develop seamless connectivity and encourage adventure Tourism. 3 AIMS & OBJECTIVES The broad objectives of tourism development are: i. Foster understanding between people. ii. Create employment opportunities. iii. Bringing socio-economic benefits to the people of Manipur. iv. Strive towards balanced and sustainable development; and v. Preserve, enrich and promote State's cultural and natural heritage. One of the major objectives is the preservation of natural resources and environment to achieve sustainable development. Given the low cost of employment creation in the tourism sector and the low level of exploitation of Manipur's tourism potential, the new tourism policy seeks to expand and facilitate domestic as well as foreign tourists in a manner that is sustainable by ensuring cultural preservation and minimizing any possible degradation of environment. The Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 also aims at making the stay of tourists in the State, a memorable and pleasant one with reliable services at predictable costs, so that they are encouraged to undertake repeated visits to Manipur State, as friends. This would be in tune with Manipur's traditional philosophy of giving the highest honour to a guest. 3.1 Tourism A Multi-Dimensional Activity a. The Government will aim to achieve necessary linkages and synergies in the policies and programs of all concerned Departments/Agencies by establishing effective co-ordination mechanisms. The focus of the policy, therefore, will also be to develop tourism as a common endeavor of all the agencies vitally concerned with it. b. It will be the policy of the Government to encourage people's participation in tourism development including Panchayati Raj Institutions, Local Bodies, Co-operatives, Non-Governmental Organisations and Enterprising Local Youth to create public awareness and to achieve a wider spread of tourist facilities. However, focused attention will be given for the integrated development of identified destinations with well-directed public participation. c. Public and Private Sector Partnership: A constructive and mutually beneficial partnership between the public and the private sectors through all feasible means may be developed so that the Government and Private enterprises can join hands to maximize tourism development and for the sustained growth of tourism. It is, therefore, the policy of the Government to encourage emergence of such a partnership. The framework as indicated in 'Policy' will facilitate enhanced private participation in the tourism development activities. This will be achieved by creating a Tourism Development Society consisting of senior officials of the Government and tourism experts and professionals from the private sector. d. Role of the Government: Tourism is a multi-sectoral activity and the industry is affected by many other sectors of the economy. The State has to, therefore, ensure inter¬governmental linkages and co-ordination. It also has to play a pivotal role in tourism management and promotion. The specific role of the Government will be to: i. Provide basic infrastructure facilities including local planning and zoning arrangements. ii. Plan tourism development as a part of the overall area development strategy. iii. Create core infrastructure in the initial stages of development to demonstrate the potential of the area. iv. Provide the required support facilities and incentives to both domestic and foreign investors to encourage private investment in the tourism sector. v. Rationalize taxation and land policies in the tourism sector. vi. Introduce regulatory measures to ensure social, cultural and environmental sustainability as well as safety and security of tourists. vii. Ensure that the type and scale of tourism development is compatible with the environment and socio-cultural milieu of the area. viii. Ensure that the local community is fully involved and the benefits of tourism accrue to them. ix. Facilitate availability of trained manpower particularly from amongst the local population jointly with the industry. x. Undertake research, prepare master plans, and facilitate formulation of marketing strategies. xi. Organize overseas promotion and marketing jointly with the industry. xii. Initiate specific measures to ensure safety and security of tourists and efficient facilitation services. xiii. Facilitate the growth of a dynamic tourism sector. xiv. Ensure that prevailing Acts & Rules, Guidelines on forest & environment and their protection and conservation are taken care of. xv. Ensure adequate availability of power for all tourism projects in the State e. Role of Private Sector: Tourism has emerged as the largest export industry globally and all over the globe private sector has played the lead role in this growth. The private sector has to consider investment in tourism from a long term perspective and create the required facilities including accommodation, time share, restaurants, entertainment facilities, shopping complexes, etc. in areas identified for tourism development. Non-core activities in airport, major stations and inter-state bus terminus such as cleanliness and maintenance, luggage transportation, vehicles parking facilities, etc. should be opened-up to private operators to increase efficiency and profitability. The specific role of the Private Sector will be to: i. Build and manage the required tourist facilities in all places of tourist interest. ii. Assume collective responsibility for laying down industry standards, ethics and fair practices. iii. Ensure preservation and protection of tourist attractions and give lead in green practices. iv. Sponsor maintenance of monuments, museums & parks and provision of public conveniences & facilities. v. Involve the local community in tourism projects and ensure that the benefits of tourism accrue to them in right measure. vi. Undertake industry training and man-power development to achieve excellence in quality of services. vii. Participate in the preparation of investment guidelines and marketing strategies and also assist in database creation and research. viii. Facilitate safety and security of tourists. ix. Endeavour to promote tourism on a sustained and long term perspective. x. Collaborate with Government in the promotion and marketing of destinations. f. Role of Voluntary efforts: Voluntary agencies and volunteers have to contribute their expertise and understanding of local ethos to supplement the efforts of other sectors to provide the human touch to tourism and foster local initiatives. All such efforts shall be encouraged. g. Role of PRIs: Tourism assets could be effectively operated by the community organizations with the right training, incentive system and ownership sharing norms. The need to involve village level institutions is all the more relevant given the current state of law and order in the State and the huge investments made towards providing tourist infrastructure in deep interior locations across the State where urban entrepreneurs may not be keen to operate. Further, land ownership is also a critical issue in the State, especially in those areas where there are practices of community ownership of land. It is necessary to address the issue of ownership of tourism assets already created on community lands as well as those assets that may be in the pipeline. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund and Resources for Development It would be the policy of the Government to facilitate larger flow of funds to tourism infrastructure and to create a Tourism Development Fund to bridge critical infrastructural gaps. Since, State Plan funding would be involved in the initial stage, Planning Department would be consulted for mapping out funding pattern. Priority would be given for development of tourist infrastructure in selected areas of tourist importance and for those products which are considered to be in demand in the existing and future markets so that limited resources are put to the best use. 3.3 Foreign Investments, Incentives and Rationalization of Taxes In view of large investment requirements in the tourism sector and the need for maintaining high quality standards in services, hotels and tourism related industries will continue to be in the priority list of industries for foreign investment. In order to off-set the specific constraints of tourism industry and to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible, particularly in less developed areas, appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the Government to rationalize taxes, to put a cap of 20% on all taxes taken together on the accommodation and hospitality units, to allocate suitable land for tourism purposes at reasonable prices, harmonize movement of tourist transport across State borders, etc. Tourism Department will work out the annual fund requirement for this purpose. Since, incentives/subsidy should be outcome based and not investment based, it should be performance-linked and transparent parameters for this purpose would be devised. The exemption of taxes will be subject to prior concurrence of Finance Department. The exemptions should be unit specific and period of exemption would also be as per the actual requirement of the unit in question. The selection of private partner will be through fair and competitive bidding process and concurrence of Finance Department will be obtained on case to case basis. The Selection of Licensee be made by fair and transparent procedure and rate of royalties to be received by the Government will be decided in consultation with Finance Department. 3.4 Adoption of New Technologies a. Efforts will be made to adopt the technological advances in the tourism sector to provide better facilities to tourists and to market the tourism product, to the benefit of all concerned. b. Information Technology shall be given the pride of place in the efforts to promote Manipur tourism. Every endeavour in this regard would increasingly rely on optimising the use of e- commerce/m-commerce, use of internet for dissemination of tourism related information, increasing use of portals as gateway to accessibility to tourism information, development of Handy Audio Reach Kit (HARK) Tourist Guidance System at important monuments/heritage sites, networking of States, setting of tourist information kiosks, encouragement to information technology and eco-friendly practices by the private industries and above all keeping in sync with the global technologies for promoting and facilitating tourism. c. The State Government will set up a modern Tourist Interpretation Centre to cater to various needs of travelers, foreign as well as domestic and to offer facilities for air and train reservation, money changing counters and information about all tourist centres in the State. The Centre will be equipped with e-connectivity and networking facility. The economic and social benefits of tourism and its importance as an instrument of economic growth have to be fully recognized by all sections of the society. It would, therefore, be the endeavour of the State Government to bridge the information gap through proper statistical documentation of the impact of tourism and its wide publicity to create awareness so that the economic and social significance of tourism is well recognized and tourism is given due attention and priority. 3.5 Safety and Security The safety and security of tourists are of primary importance both from the point of view of tourism development and the State pride. It will be, therefore, given high priority in the strategy for tourism development. The State Government would enact suitable legislation on travel trade/ tourist police for protection and security of tourists and for providing institutional mechanism to deal with complaints received from tourists and the industry so as to create a better security perception amongst actual and potential visitors. 3.6 Facilitation Services Tourists have to pass through several Government agencies so as to meet the requirements under various laws. These include obtaining visas, undergoing immigration checks, obtaining permits to visit certain areas, payment of fees for certain facilities, etc. The endeavour of the Government would be to improve efficiency in providing such facilitation services and make travel to and within State a pleasant experience. Introduction of issue of Visa on arrival at least for 15 days at the airport, computerisation of the system of issue of Visa, streamlining of luggage handling system at airports, improving tourist facilitation services at the airports by adopting technological solutions are some of the important facilitation services proposed in this regard. 3.7 Tourism Economic Zone, Tourist Circuits, Special Tourism Area and Areas of Special Interests a. Tourism Economic Zones will be created with private participation based on the intrinsic attractions, potential for development and availability of resources in these zones. Air, road and rail connectivity to these areas will be established to facilitate direct and easy access to these zones from international and domestic destinations. Adequate backward and forward linkages will also be established to ensure flow of benefits to the local community. The development of such zones will be guided by well-conceived Master Plans and executed by specific Tourism Development Society which will be created by the Government involving senior officers from the Department of Tourism, and other relevant Departments, professionals from tourism industry and representatives of Industry & Trade Associations. b. Manipur with vast cultural and religious heritage and varied natural attractions has immense potential for growth in the tourism sector. Travel circuits and destinations would be developed through joint efforts of the Central Government, the State Government and the Private Sector. Loktak Lake and its vicinity would be declared as Special Tourism Area for integrated development. Steps will be taken to work towards the integrated development of all the tourist circuits with the involvement of all the infrastructure departments and the private sector. c. Creation of Tourism Zones in forest land will be as per the provisions of Forest Conservation Act, 1980. 3.8 Sustainable Development and Perspective Plans The principle of sustainable development stipulates that the level of development does not exceed the carrying capacity of the area. It will be Governments' policy to ensure adherence to such limits through appropriate planning instruments, guidelines and enabling regulations and their enforcement. Efforts will be made to diversify the tourism products in such a way that it supplements the main stream of cultural tourism. Comprehensive perspective plans for developing sustainable tourism by assessing the existing tourism scenario with respect to availability of natural resources, heritage and other socio-cultural assets, quantitative/demographic factors like population, employment, occupation, income levels etc., services and infrastructure will be developed by initiating immediate action in this direction. Carrying capacity at critical tourist destinations would be enhanced in a planned manner to provide major boost to the tourism industry in the State. 3.9 Conservation and Development Tourism development needs to be properly guided and regulated to avoid adverse impact on the natural environment and cultural heritage which constitute the tourist attraction. A judicious balance needs to be maintained between conservation and development. Government will continue its policy of trying to maintain balance through planning restrictions and by educating the people in appreciating their rich heritage and by eliciting their co-operation in preserving and protecting it. 3.10 Promotion and Marketing Promotion and marketing is an important component of tourism development and needs to be undertaken along with product development in conformity with consumer profiles and product characteristics. The policy of the Government, therefore, will be to develop and implement cost effective marketing strategies based on market research and segment analysis in each of the tourist generating country. Sustained efforts would be made for identifying possible markets, both domestic as well as overseas, after carefully studying the connectivity with the key cities. 3.11 International Co-operation Tourism is a global industry requiring inputs from various international agencies and collaborations with other countries. The policy of the Government, therefore, will be to foster positive win-win partnership with all the international agencies and other countries. With the declaration of Imphal Airport as an 'International Airport', the immediate focus should be to quickly upgrade it and introduce International Flights viz., Imphal^Mandalay ^ Yangon ^ Bangkok etc. 3.12 Professional Excellence Tourism being a service industry, it is necessary to enhance its service efficiency. The new policy will strive towards excellence by introducing professionalism through training and re-training of human resources and providing memorable visitor experience to both domestic as well as international tourists. 4 CURRENT SCENARIO & SWOT ANALYSES 4.1 Current scenario Manipur is blessed with the majestic Loktak Lake, the strategic location of Moreh town, the uniqueness of the floating Keibul-Lamjao National Park & the Sangai Deer, the beauty of the & Dzukou Lilies, along with the naturally formed limestone caves, pristine green hills and valleys, meandering rivers, cascading rapids, exotic flora & fauna complimented by a rich arts & culture, folklore, myths & legends, indigenous games and artistic handloom & handicrafts. These make Manipur a little paradise on earth and an enticing destination for a tourist to explore. The Asian Development Bank has identified the region as a ‘Key Area' due to its ‘unrealized potential as an eco-tourism product'. The mystery of the Indian Classical Dance form Raas-Leela with their intricate costume design, the wonder of the Pung-Cholom (Drum Dance), the vibrant tribal dances, the local handloom and handicrafts are some of the precious treasures any tourist will find appealing. The exotic cuisines, the unique tribal cultures and the soothing native music can be an enchanting discovery for various tourists visiting the State. The birthplace of modern Polo, the indigenous games of Yubi Lakpi, Kang Sanaba, Arambai, Thang-Ta and Mukna will prove to be a thrilling experience for any enthusiastic tourist. Weaving is a time-honoured occupation in the land and has been fine-tuned to an art form with its intricate designs. Despite enormous potential of Tourism in Manipur, its development in the bygone years remained trivial due to various reasons. The erstwhile PAP regime for entry of foreigners while entering the State; the remote geographical location of the State with resultant accessibility and connectivity issue; poor availability of resources leading to poor economy; lack of infrastructures, facilities & amenities to cater to various types of tourists; lack of subject specific professionals & experts, lack of training & tourism awareness, lack of co-ordination between departments, etc. are the major hindrances for harnessing State's immense tourism potential. The problem is further compounded by frequent bands, road blockades, strikes, protests, etc. resulting to social unrests. Manipur has been afflicted by insurgency which often deters tourists. However, the situation in Manipur has substantially improved recently which is an encouraging sign. With the increase in number of air flights reaching Imphal, the capital city of the State, introduction of night landing facilities since 2011, on-going extension of railways line to Imphal from Jiribam, exclusion of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime since January, 2011, improved law & order situation, establishment of a 3-star category hotel in 2009, on-going development of other 4-star category hotels, proposed Institute of Institute of Hospitality Management (IHM) and other tourism project developments have all resulted in steady rise in number of tourist arrivals and has helped in propagating Manipur tourism in the country and the world. With planned and professional harnessing of tourism potential, Manipur is likely to become a preferred tourist destination which in turn would help in increasing both domestic tourists arrivals as well as generating the much needed employment, socio-economic benefit, revenue and other ancillary benefits to the State. The State Government in the recent years has given due priority and importance to the development of adequate tourism Infrastructure & Services for the development of tourism in the State. Some of the important steps taken by the State are: • Destination Development. • Development of Tourist Circuits. • Adventure Tourism Development. • Identification & celebration of Fairs & Festivals. • Marketing, Publicity & Promotion activities. • Culture, Arts & Crafts, Handloom promotion. • Human Resource Development. • Participation in National and International events. • Tourism Master Plan. > Destination Development Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Improvement of the surrounding of INA Complex at Moirang. ii. Tourist Home at Sendra. iii. Tourist destination at Imphal under Integrated Destination Development Scheme. iv. Development of Eco-tourism Park at Imphal. v. Construction of Arts & Crafts Centre at Maibam-Lokpa Ching, Bishnupur District. vi. Integrated development of Tourist Destination in Bishnupur. vii. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Jiribam. viii. Up-gradation of Integrated Tourist Destination at Sendra, Moirang in Bishnupur. ix. Tourist destination development at Ishingthingbi Lake. x. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Sipuikon Village, Tipaimukh Sub-division, Churachandpur. xi. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Tupul, Senapati. xii. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Longmai (Noney), Tamenglong. xiii. Mega Project - INA Memorial Complex at Moirang. xiv. Eco-Tourism Complex at Thangal, Senapati (Mayangkhang). xv. Tourist Destination development at Khongjom War Memorial Complex. xvi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Ningthem Pukhri, Imphal-Eco-Tourism Complex, Imphal East District xvii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Manipur Adventure and allied Sports Institute (MAASI) Complex, Keirao, Imphal East. xviii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Mughal Garden at Waroiching, Leimaram, Bishnupur District. xix. Integrated Tourist Destination at Kakching Garden, Thoubal District, Manipur. xx. Integrated Tourist Destination at Kotsophai, Chakpikarong, Chandel District, Manipur. xxi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Chingkhei Ching, Imphal East District, Manipur. xxii. Integrated Tourist Destination of Eco-Tourism Complex at Mata Mualtam Hyde out Park, Churachandpur District, Manipur. xxiii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Shiroy Hills at adjoining areas, Ukhrul District > Tourist Destinations Projects prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Integrated Tourist Destination at Sadu Chiru Waterfalls. ii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Andro. iii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Loukoipat. iv. Integrated Tourist Destination at MaibamLokpaching and adjoining areas. v. Integrated Tourist Destination at Singda Dam and adjoining areas. vi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Irong Water Body & adjoining hills at Manitripukhri, Imphal. > Development of Tourist Circuit Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Thoubal-Pallel-Tengnoupal-Moreh. ii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Bishnupur-Churachanpur. iii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Luwangsangbam-Sekmai-Kanglatombi-Hengbung- Senapati-Maramkhullen-Mao. iv. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Mahadev-Lambui-Finch Corner-Hundung-Jessami. v. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Leirenpat-Pruksoubi-LeisangHiden in Imphal East. vi. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Tuima. vii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Singda Dam. viii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal Hotel-Shilheipung-Selloy. ix. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Tamei. x. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Chingphou Macha, Cingphou Achouba & Khoriphaba. xi. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Chullouphai-Ngaloimol-Sangaikot. xii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Marjing Polo Complex and Heingang (Marjing Pony Sanctuary). xiii. Integrated Tourist Circuit Linking Barak waterfalls, Tharon Cave Zeilad lake Bunning Meadow in Tamenglong District. xiv. Integrated Tourist Circuit at Millennium Garden, Rose Garden, Kombirei Garden, Thangmeib and Sinam, Sekmai and Kanglatongbi Imphal District, Manipur. xv. Integrated Tourist Circuit at Karang, Chaoba Ching and Thanga, Bishnupur District. > Development of Tourist Circuit Projects prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Development of Integrated Tourist Circuit around Hiyanthang Temple, Heibokching and adjoining areas. ii. World War-II Tourist Circuit including establishment of World War-II Museum at Imphal. > Mega Tourist Circuit Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Development of Integrated Mega Tourist Circuit for Marjing Polo-Keina- Khebaching (Khongjom) in Manipur. ii. Development of Tourist Resort at Sendra Hillock, Water Sports Complex at Takmu and other Tourism Facilities in Adjoining Area, Bishnupur District, Manipur > Mega Tourist Circuit Project prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Integrated Mega Tourist Circuit for providing of Infrastructure in and around Imphal City, Manipur > Adventure Tourism Development i. Infrastructure development of Adventure Tourism Complex at Lamdan. ii. Hosting of Equestrian Championship at Imphal (Polo and Sagol Kangjei). iii. Water Sports. iv. Youth Adventure Tourism. v. Purchasing of adventure sports equipments. > Identification & celebration of Fairs and Festivals i. Sangai Festival. ii. Kut Festival. iii. Mera Houchongba. iv. Lui-Ngai-Ni. v. Pineapple Festival. vi. Orange Festival. vii. Lemon Festival. viii. Loktak Day. ix. Lily Week. > Marketing, Publicity & Promotion activities i. Pictorial Book on Manipur. ii. Development of Photo CD-ROM on Tourist interest in Manipur. iii. Design & Development of Interactive Website of Manipur Tourism. iv. Brochures, Calendar, Posters and other relevant material. v. Promotion of Manipur Tourism through 'Incredible India' campaign. > Culture, Arts & Crafts, Handloom Promotion i. Promotion of Cultural Festivals at various location of the State. ii. Participation in Arts & Crafts Exhibitions and Melas. iii. Promotion of Handloom products. > Human Resource Development i. Establishment of Institute of Hotel Management (IHM). ii. Tourists Reception-cum-Information Centres. iii. Development of Human Resources, Training and Capacity Building Programmes. iv. Network of travel agents, tour operators and other services providers. > Participation in National and International events i. South Asia Travel and Tourism Exchange (SATTE), 2013 at New Delhi. ii. North-East International Tourism Mart, 2013 at Guwahati and at Tawang. iii. International Tourism Mart, London. iv. International Tourism Bourse, Berlin. v. Travel and Tourism Fair, Kolkata, Ahmedabad & Mumbai. > Large Revenue Generating Scheme (LRGS) i. Integrated Cable-Car and Lakeside Tourism Development at Loktak Lake, Manipur' > Tourism Master Plan Preparation of Tourism Master Plan by the State Government on the lines of Integrated Tourism Master Plan for North-East prepared by NEC/DoNER& Ministry of Tourism through the Tata Consultancy Services. 4.2. SWOT Analysis Assessment of Manipur's product offerings show that in spite of the richness in terms of eco/nature, religious, cultural and adventure offerings, tourism has not picked up in Manipur. A major reason for this is the lack of a proper environment for tourism to prosper in the State. This environment has many attributes like: • Security for the tourist to visit places freely. • Proper infrastructures in terms of availability of transport, suitable accommodation, ATM facilities and information centres. • Readiness of the product to attract new tourists and increase repeat VISITORS. Manipur scores low in terms of security and infrastructure but has the potential to show a turnaround if proper efforts are put in this regard. Manipur has a lot to offer in terms of historical places and monuments like Kangla, which is the ancient capital of the State. This holds a lot more importance and is one of the most important archeological sites. It is famous for its fortress, sacred places like ‘Nungjeng Pukhri', which is a sacred pond believed to be the abode of lord Pakhangba, ‘Shri Shri Govindaji Temple' and many others. Its culture is equally rich. Manipur dance is one of the classical dance forms of India, a depiction of ‘Raas Leela', which is the celebration and yearning of the 'gopies' (milkmaids of Brindavan) for Lord Krishna. There are cultural festivals in Manipur, which mark celebrations throughout the year. The most important among these is 'Yaoshang' - a festival of Manipuri Hindus and is marked with celebrations and Manipur folk dance called 'Thabal Chongba' in which boys and girls hold hands together and sing and dance. Another great advantage for Manipur is its variety in terms of landscape and water bodies. There are good trekking routes across the State for adventure lovers, and at the same time beautiful lakes like Loktak Lake, which provides a serene environment for the nature lovers. There are opportunities and hot spots to develop many forms of adventure sports like rafting, para-gliding and angling. A. STRENGTHS • Variety in terms of tourism offerings. The State has destinations that can cater to religious, adventure, eco/leisure tourism segments of the market. • Offers a cultural treat through the Manipuri dance forms and an adventure treat through avenues for sports. • Unique Loktak Lake.  WEAKNESSES • Security and internal conflicts - both in terms of perception and reality. • Lack of Visa-on-Arrival facility to Myanmar's citizens at Moreh-Tamu border. • Limited tourism infrastructure facilities, particularly in terms of quality, experience and site services. • Many projects are delayed in implementation, causing development lags. • Lack of good road infrastructure leading to poor connectivity with the Tourist spots/destinations. C. OPPORTUNITIES • Presence of border town like Moreh and the international boundary with Myanmar has been looked as an opportunity to develop border markets. • Linkages to the circuits within the region with major highway development connecting destinations across States and South-East Asian Countries. • Fostering coordination with other States on developing tourism. • Opening up of Railway line upto Imphal. • Declaration of Imphal Airport as an ‘International Airport'. D. THREATS • Instability and perception of lack of security in the region with potential to affect tourism movement. • The continuous fear of unstable environment can make the tourism investment climate unattractive. • Over use and commercialization of sensitive eco-zones may lead to depletion of resources and dilution of attraction. 5 THRUST AREAS: NICHE TOURISM PRODUCTS Niche tourism products related to the special interests of tourist target markets shall be improved, developed and promoted to position Manipur as an unique and competitive destination for tourists both domestic and international. 5.1 NATURE/ECO-TOURISM i. Nature tourism is the travel through and enjoyment of the natural world, its seasonal cycles and events, carried out in a manner that promotes the protection of natural and human communities. Community leaders, public officials, agencies, and others who are interested in sustainable nature tourism will find tools to get started and links to other helpful information. A sustainable nature tourism industry is directly related to the type, amount and quality of natural capital in community. ii. Manipur has a rich flora and fauna with a comfortable climate which can provide a variety to nature/eco-tourism. ^ iii. Formulation of eco-tourism policy and a joint task force, which may include the adoption of regime for regulation of tourism activities in and around Keibul Lamjao National Park and Loktak Lake, in consultation with the Department of Forest, Department of Ecology & Environment and Loktak Development Authority, to focus on conservation and enhancing the eco-tourism experience. This shall also essentially include Dzukou Valley, Hills, Tamenglong, Koubru Hills, Baruni Hills, Jiri-Makru Wildlife Sanctuary, Zeilad Wildlife Sanctuary and Bunning Wildlife Sanctuary in Tamenglong District, Kailam Wildlife Sanctuary in Churachandpur District, Yangoupokpi Lokchao Wildlife Sanctuary in Chandel District, National Park in Ukhrul District, Manipur Zoological Garden, Khongampat Orchid Preservation Centre etc. iv. The Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), the world's only floating park and the natural habitat of the Sangai (Brow-Antlered) deer, shall be promoted as an integral part of Manipur's tourism product. Priority shall be given to the preparation of the site and visitor management plans and further enhancement of the quality of tourist facilities available at KLNP. v. Sadu Chiru Waterfall in the foothills of Bishnupur District is the new tourist hot spot of Manipur and needs to be developed as a preferred eco-tourism destination. vi. Nature tourism centred on villages, coupled with ‘Homestay Concept', shall be promoted as an important tourism product of Manipur to spread tourism and its socio-economic benefits to rural areas. vii. The objectives of promoting Nature Eco-Tourism shall be realized by: a. Conservation of biological diversity through ecosystem protection. b. Promotion of sustainable use of biodiversity, by providing jobs to local populations. c. Sharing of socio-economic benefits with local communities and indigenous peoples by having their informed consent and participation in the management of eco-tourism enterprises. d. Tourism to preserve and protect natural resources, with minimal impact on the environment through regulation of visitors as per the carrying capacity and Acts, Rules and guidelines in force. e. Minimization of tourism's own environmental impact. f. Affordability of eco-tourism facilities. g. Local culture, flora and fauna to be the main attractions. 5.2 CULTURE TOURISM i. Manipur is uniquely rich in its culture and heritage of the people. The Government shall endeavour to develop, enrich and promote various forms of the cultural heritage which shall essentially include: a. Various Exotic Dances of the State viz., Raas Leela, Khamba-Thoibi Dance, Pung Cholom, Maibi Dance, Nupi Pala, Nupa Pala, Lai Haraoba Dance, and various tribal dances like the Kabui Dances, Kuki Thadou Dance forms, Bamboo Dance, Naga Dances and other adapted dances. b. Indigenous Sports like Sagol Kangjei (Polo), Thang-Ta, Sarit Sarak, Yubi Lakpi, Hiyang Tanaba, Mukna, Kang Sanaba, Arambai, etc. c. Indigenous Festivals and Fairs namely Yaoshang (Holi) and Thabal Chongba, Kang (RathYatra), Ningol Chakouba, Cheiraoba, Heikru-Hitongba, Gang-Ngai, Kut, Lui-Ngai- Ni, Chumpha, Orange Festival, Pineapple Festival, etc. d. Indigenous Music includes Khullong Eshei, Pena Eshei, Khubak Eshei, Nat, etc. e. Indigenous Cuisines f. Fine Arts, Handloom and Handicrafts. g. Manipur Sangai Festival held annually from 21st to 30th November. ii. Integrated development of areas around cultural and heritage sites. 5.3 MEDICAL TOURISM Patients prefer to travel for treatment for various reasons viz., inaccessibility to good medical facilities and hospitals, long waiting time to undergo a surgery/treatment, leisure, vacation or convenient element during travel, etc. and diasporas seeking treatment back in their native land. The healthcare system of a land should essentially fulfill criteria like better nursing facilities, faster personalized services, cutting edge technology and lower cost of treatment to cater to the visiting patient-tourists. Manipur today has the requisite medical expertise, equipments and professionals to fulfill these criteria. Immediate demand for medical tourism can be seen from neighbouring States like Mizoram and Nagaland, and also from neighbouring countries with underdeveloped facilities like Myanmar, Laos and Vietnam. Therefore, medical tourism is identified and proposed to be developed and nurtured into a niche tourism product of the State and a comprehensive plan shall be drawn-up to encourage investors, entrepreneurs and healthcare professionals to boost medical tourism in Manipur. This form of tourism would also contribute to the overall tourism economy creating direct and indirect employment opportunities, enhancing income and improving the general healthcare quality of the State. Furthermore, it is intended to entice the visiting tourists, who come to admire the beauty of the Loktak Lake or enjoy the exquisiteness of the natural flora & fauna, to have a 'health' purpose to their vacation as well. Thus, 'Medical Tourism'in Manipur shall ultimately seek to combine travel, tourism, leisure and treatment. Strategic Action Plans that need to be taken-up to develop medical tourism in Manipur are as follows: i. The Government shall endeavour to accord ''Industry Status' to the Accredited Healthcare Facilities in the State under the NEIIPP-2007. ii. Identification and accreditation by NABH (National Accreditation Board of Hospitals and Healthcare providers), Joint Commission International (JCI) or ISO 9001:2000, which is the generic standard for Quality Management System across the world, of healthcare facilities is essential to improve the quality of services as well as to receive admissible support from the Government. In addition, a Tourism Advisory Committee be constituted which could act as the accreditation body of the Government, setting the benchmark for quality and deeming a Healthcare Facility as a 'Tourism Unit'. iii. A healthcare facility which has a track record of service and catering to domestic and foreign patient-tourists shall be deemed as a 'tourism unit' and get all admissible incentives accordingly from the Government. iv. Investment in the health sector through establishment of hospitals offering primary, secondary and tertiary level health care facilities including medical educational institute and allied services like pharmacies, diagnostics, pathological laboratories, training and skill development for para-medical services shall be given maximal priority. v. Linked Departments and Agencies shall make earnest efforts to construct, improve and maintain star accommodation facilities, approach roads, power and water supply, garbage and bio-medical waste disposal, gas plants and patient-tourists facilitation at or near the healthcare facilities. vi. Allopathy including diagnostic sciences, Naturopathy, Ayurveda, Unani, Siddha, Homeopathy, Yoga and traditional medicine are the identified areas for promotion of medical tourism in the State. vii. The use of Information Technology and other IT enabled services shall be paramount in the game-plan of the Government in promoting healthcare tourism in Manipur. viii. Several important players in the medical tourism sector are identified such as doctors, tour operators, hotels, hospitals and insurance agencies. A perfect coordination between all these players is absolutely essential to develop this sector into a booming business. While doctors play a key role in spreading the word about the medical services available in Manipur during their visits outside the State and abroad, medical tour operators or travel facilitators actually arrange the tours for interested parties and liaise with insurance companies. These facilitators shall be groomed and encouraged to have tie-ups with the doctors, hospitals, hotels and insurance agencies within and outside Manipur. ix. Med Tour Pal, India Medical Tourism, Medical Tourism Corporation, Health Base, etc. are some reputed national and international medical tourism facilitator companies. The Government shall introduce new schemes and policies to approve and tie up with these companies and other local medical tourism service facilitators in coordination with the healthcare providers for a proper direction in boosting medical tourism in Manipur. x. Participation in conferences in key markets shall be encouraged to forge networking with domestic and global health facilitators and insurance companies and referral points. xi. Reputed doctors, who are essentially well known inside and outside the State, may be selected and appointed as brand ambassadors to promote and establish trust of patient- tourists coming to Manipur for treatment purposes. xii. Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) shall be encouraged to develop and promote medical tourism in the State. xiii. Healthcare Visa is an important issue which needs to be taken-up urgently with the Government of India to facilitate easy, hassle-free and friendly approach to foreign patient- tourists coming to Manipur especially from Myanmar for availing medical facilities. At present, citizens of Myanmar cannot visit the State beyond the mandatory 16 Kms without further clearances and permits. Further steps are therefore required to modify the relaxation of RAP/PAP so that these tourists can fully explore freely the land and avail medical facilities. This will also boost the Indo-Myanmar Border Trade to a great extent. Visas may be issued only to patient-tourists booked with a local licensed tour/medical service operator. 5.4 ADVENTURE TOURISM i. The Government would seek to explore and develop the adventure eco-tourism focusing on the following: a. Loktak Lake for Water Sports. b. Dzuko Valley located in Senapati District. c. Hill and its 'LHy'and Kangkhui Cave Trekking in Ukhrul district. d. Bunning Meadow, Zeilad Lake, Barak Waterfalls, Khoupum Water Falls, Kicha Hill and Tharon Cave in Tamenglong district. e. Parasailing & Paragliding at Koirengei Old Airfield, Chingnungkok of Imphal East District and Rafting at Barak River. Canoeing, Kayaking and Rowing are also conducted at Loukoipat, Takmu, Phubala and Komlakhong areas of Loktak Lake. ii. Regulations and certification for adventure tourism operators will be introduced so that the minimum standards of safety and conservation are met. iii. National Level Guidelines for Adventure Tour Operators to be adopted. iv. Use of latest technologies like GPS, Satellite phones, etc. to be encouraged for adventure tour operators recognised by the Government for client safety. v. Insurance schemes shall be introduced for adventure tourists. vi. Introduction of training courses for adventure guides and adventure tourism subjects in the proposed Institute of Hotel Management at Imphal. vii. The Government shall work in tandem with certified and licensed organizations, agencies and NGOs like the Manipur Mountaineering and Trekking Association, etc. for developing and promoting a sustainable adventure tourism industry in Manipur. 5.5 OTHERS i. MICE Tourism a. Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE) shall be encouraged to capitalise on the seasonal trends of nature tourism. b. Facilitate setting-up of Convention Centres in the State for development of MICE Tourism. c. Creation of a database of scientific, technical, medical associations, convention centres, and convention services. d. Training manpower specifically for the MICE industry. ii. Shopping shall be recognized and developed as an integral part of tourism. The development of dedicated shopping centres for traditional handloom and handicrafts designated along the lines of village Haats like 'Dilli Haat' and 'Shilpgram' shall be encouraged and information on where to procure specific items made available through shopping guides and websites. iii. Special attention to popularize the unmatched variety of local Cuisines. It is proposed to create a highly skilled workforce of indigenous culinary professionals through innovative incentive scheme. iv. Imphal shall be positioned as the Cultural Capital of Manipur supported by an ongoing and vibrant calendar of cultural events. v. Domestic tourism in India is mainly pilgrimage related and Manipur should take advantage of this opportunity. Travel facilities as well as facilities at Pilgrimage Centres need to be strengthened and made more tourist-friendly. Pilgrimage Centres may be identified and integrated with new domestic tourist circuits wherein transport, accommodation, catering, and pilgrimage are all synergized to make pilgrimage tourism into a popular and comfortable mode. vi. Historical sites like INA Complex, Mo/rang; Japanese War Memorial, Maibam Lokpa Ching; War Cemeteries, Imphal; Baruni; Koubru; Kaina, etc. may be promoted. Similarly, heritage sites like Kang I a Fort, Imphal; Govindajee Tempie-Wangkhei-Ningthem Pukhri-Ramjee Temple Complex would be developed and promoted. 5.6 COMMUNITY TOURISM Any Tourism Policy needs to be committed towards enhancing community-based tourism, which is all about sharing the local natural resources with the world. By doing this, State can reap sustainable benefits and conserve the natural environment. 6 ACTION PLAN The following is a list of action points emerging from the Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 indicating the Ministries/Departments/Agencies responsible for implementing these actions: 6.1 Action points relating to Facilities a. Nature Interpretation centre A separate Nature Interpretation centre may be set-up to educate people including tourists about the richness of biodiversity of the State, Acts, Rules and Guidelines of Ecotourism and also to inspire a sense of appreciation and understanding value of nature. b. Tourist Interpretation Centre at Imphal Setting-up of Tourist Interpretation Centre as one stop tourist reception centre to cater to various needs of travelers, foreign as well as domestic and offer air and train reservations, money changing counters and information about all tourist centres with e-connectivity and networking facilities to all State tourist offices. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Department] c. Augmentation of Air Seat Capacity • Assessing sector wise and season wise air seat capacity, and load factors and augmentation of capacity in the critical sectors by the National Airlines. • Improvement of accessibility in State. Special attention would be given to areas having important tourist centres which are not connected by trains/buses. Promoting arrivals in destination of interest by creating hub and spoke operations. Giving impetus to Heli Tourism and Helicopter services to areas not serviceable by fixed wing aircraft. • Construction of airport/helipads on Built-Operate-Transfer (BOT) through private sector participation. • Up-gradation of Imphal Airport as an International Airport. [Action: Ministry of Civil Aviation] d. Rail Services • Introducing tourist trains. Special funds need to be earmarked for this purpose. • Improving hygienic conditions, environment and passenger facilities in and around Railway Stations serving important tourist centers. • Construction of budget hotels at important railway nodes. [Action: Ministry of Railways] e. Road Network • Development of public transport infrastructures like bus terminals, parking yards equipped with public conveniences and hygienic eating joints are developed at important tourist destinations, besides improving the roads.PWD wouldstrivetoprovide seamless road connectivity to major tourist spots. • The State Transport Authority Manipur may also consider grant of contract carriage permits in respect of intermediate public transport vehicles for enhancing connectivity in between important tourist destinations with District Headquarters/Sub-Divisional Headquarters of the State. • Providing wayside amenities along with filling stations at a distance of about 60 kilometers on all the highways connecting important tourist centers. • Providing standard signage's on all roads leading to tourist spots. • Ensuring uninterrupted inter-state movement of tourist coaches and vehicles through rationalisation and single point collection of taxes. [Action: Ministry of Road Transport & Highways + State PWD + Transport Department] f. Maintenance of Heritage Sites and Improvement of Tourist Facilities • Ensuring proper maintenance and professional site management of important tourist attractions/monuments under the control of Archaeological Survey of India/State Archaeology Department. • Involving local authorities, trusts, etc. in the restoration/preservation of tourist attractions and maintenance of the surroundings. • Providing world class tourist facilities, amenities and landscaping of area around important monuments in a phased manner. • Identification, documentation and video publishing of all the monuments which are great tourist attractions. [Action: Archeological Survey of India and Art & Culture Department] g. General Improvement of Tourist Facilities • Computerisation of the system of issue of Visas by the Embassies/High Commissions. • Introduction of issue of Visas on arrival atleast for 15 days at the airport and at India- Myanmar border at Moreh. • Distribution of tourist information brochures through Indian Embassies/High Commissions. • Streamlining of luggage handling systems at the airports to ensure that the luggage is transported and cleared within 30 minutes after the arrival of the flights. • Improving tourist facilitation services at the airports by adopting technological solutions and imparting training to functionaries at the cutting edge level like customs and immigration officials, taxi drivers, guides, etc. • Introduction of air-conditioned taxis with electronic fare meters at the airports. • Provision of special taxi and coach enclosures extending from arrival halls at the airport and controlled by security staff so that passengers can queue up easily and pick-up taxis and coaches without hassles. • Mounting Video-Cameras in strategic places inside and outside arrival areas to prevent corruption and for security purpose. • Augmenting information services at the airports. • Removal of PAP restrictions. • Provision of money changing facility in all the tourist centers. • Providing international standard signages at tourist centers, airports, railway stations, bus stands, etc. [Action: Ministry of Home Affairs, Ministry of External Affairs, Ministry of Civil Aviation, Ministry of Finance (Department of Financial Services) and State Government] 6.2 Action Points relating to Information • It is imperative and pertinent to have a proper public information system both online and offline with specific reference to tourist information system pertaining to availability of public transport/intermediate public transport system having link with respective information for important parking places/halting stations/terminal points, distance between place of origin and destination, rate of fare, mode of transport and duration of journey etc. • Setting-up a chain of exclusive souvenir shops stocking specially manufactured and beautifully packed information books and other souvenir items at important tourist places in a professional manner. • Introduction of audio-guides at the important tourist places on a commercial basis. • There have been revolutionary changes in the computer and communication technologies and other relevant sectors, which are still changing. Such technologies have helped sharing of information globally to the advantage of all. Information Technology for improving visitor information and facilitation should be effectively used. Setting-up of Touch Screen Information Kiosks, development of Tourism Portals with links to all tourism related web sites, production of CD-ROMs, creation and maintenance of websites, introduction of computer based information and reservation systems, use of virtual reality systems and video-conferencing for tourism promotion, etc. are the activities proposed in this regard. [Action: Tourism, Information Technology and Art & Culture Department] 6.3 Action Points relating to Safety and Security • Launching of campaigns through local bodies, non-governmental organisations, youth centres, etc. to create awareness about the traditions of Manipuri hospitality and the importance of providing an assurance of safety and security to tourists so as to control touting, extortion and harassment to tourists. • Providing a separate legal framework for the protection of tourists and their belongings may not be necessary and rather the existing laws needs to be enforced and police would have to take preventive steps to ensure safety and security of tourists. • Providing an institutional mechanism to deal with the complaints received from tourists and the industry so as to create a better security perception amongst actual and potential visitors. This could be done after official announcement of tourist spots in the State, if necessary, Police Outposts/ Tourist Booths may be set-up under the control of the concerned Police Stations and District SPs. • Introducing tourist police at important tourist centres. Necessary infrastructure and equipment would be provided by the State Government fort he identified Police Outposts/ Tourist Booths and the personnel deployed given specialized training. • Strict prohibition of soliciting and enticing of tourists both within the airport premises and in its immediate neighbourhood by unethical operators and traders and keeping both the airports and its vicinity tout free. • State Government to enact suitable legislations on travel trade/tourist police for protection and security of tourists. [Action: Ministry of Tourism, Ministry of Home Affairs and State Government] 6.4 Action Point relating to Infrastructure Development • In order to off-set the specific constraints of tourism industry and to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible, particularly in less developed areas, appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the State Government to rationalize taxes and to allocate suitable land for tourism purposes at reasonable prices, harmonize movement of tourist transport across State borders, etc. • Efforts will be made to prepare Master Plan for land use in each tourist destination/urban centre for infrastructure purposes. Tourism and Art & Culture Departments would be associated to effect any changes in the Master Plan relating to land use for tourism infrastructure. • It will be the endeavour of the Government to provide single window clearance facilities in the areas like allotment of lands, environment, electricity, water, sewerage, etc. in order to facilitate speedy implementation of tourism projects. [Action: Tourism, Art & Culture, Revenue, MAHUD and Town Planning Departments] • Development of tourism to the extent desired would involve heavy investments in infrastructure. The resources for such investments have to come mostly from private investors, financial institutions and external borrowing. Financial viability and commercial returns are the guiding factors in such investments. Very often, it would depend on investments to bridge certain critical gaps in infrastructure which by itself may not be commercially remunerative. Special funds have to be, therefore, created for such investments. The institutions like Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) may be approached and a special fund namely Tourism Development Fund may be set up for development of Tourist Infrastructure. In case State Plan funding is involved, Planning Department would be consulted. [Action: Tourism & Finance Department] 6.5 Action Point relating to Cooperation • Encouraging Panchayati Raj Institutions, local bodies, religious trusts, co-operatives, and other community level institutions to take-up tourism promotion activities through the general rural development and employment generation programmes and specific rural tourism development schemes. • Encouragement of non-governmental organisations to create and manage tourist facilities. • Involvement of non-governmental organisations to create environmental awareness on Eco-tourism, national parks and urban/rural hygiene in tourist centres. • Involvement of local community in the formulation and implementation of tourism development plans through District Tourism Promotion Councils, etc. [Action: Tourism, MAHUD and RD & PR Departments] 6.6 Action Point relating to Conservation • Formulation and publication of appropriate policies and guidelines, creation of public awareness about such guidelines, etc. are the activities envisaged in this regard apart from providing the requisite legal frame work for ensuring social, cultural and environmental sustainability. • Destroying of natural environment, archaeological monuments, mountains and places of natural beauty; disruption in the eco-system of environmentally sensitive regions; destruction of traditions in the culturally sensitive areas; clandestine selling of antiques,bio- piracy of endemic floral and faunal species and vandalism are some of the possible adverse effects of unimaginative and unregulated development of tourism. [Action: Tourism, Art & Culture, Forest, Environment & Ecology Department] 6.7 Action Point relating to Product Development and Promotion • Giving guidance and financial assistance for preparing tourism Master Plans and perspective plans identifying tourism resources, prioritising development circuits and projects and specifying the most suitable forms of tourism. • Implementing integrated/intensive development of tourist destinations after assessing the carrying capacity, local aspirations and the benefits likely to accrue to the community. • Involving the Town and Planning Department and integration of spatial-economic development plans with tourism development. • Focusing on the development of Eco-tourism. • Developing the places of pilgrimage by providing the requisite infrastructural facilities with a view to promote domestic and international pilgrim tourism. • Develop a clear identity/theme around some important existing attractions and package them to offer an attractive product. • Expand 'Events Tourism' through organization of events such as sports, conferences etc.; also market existing cultural and religious festivals as tourist attractions. • Expand 'Shopping Tourism' through good value for money with the exquisite range of hand-crafted products made in the State. • Develop 'Lake Cruise Tourism' at Loktak Lake. • Developing heritage and village tourism as a package by identifying and developing villages around heritage properties, which have already been restored. • Diversifying the tourism product to make Manipur an unique multi-attraction tourism destination which can meet the needs of all forms of tourism particularly rural tourism, eco¬tourism, adventure tourism, incentive tourism, conference and convention tourism, etc. • Developing natural health resorts. • Developing seamless inter-modal transfers by improving linkages. • Amusement parks promote tourism by attracting both international and domestic tourists, generate demand in the transport, accommodation and service sectors and create employment opportunities. The State Government will prepare appropriate guidelines to encourage private sector to invest in development of amusement parks. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Department] • People's Participation in Development of Tourism: The approach for the future development of tourism has to take into account both the needs for selective development and the demands of a wide cross section of domestic tourists. The activities in this regard would include: i. Creating public awareness about economic and social benefits of tourism amongst administrators, planners and the masses through seminars, workshops, presentations, etc. ii. Launching entrepreneurship development and self-employment programmes to involve the educated youth in providing various tourist facilities and services and thereby creating employment opportunities. iii. Integrated development of special tourism areas and selected circuits. [Action: Tourism, Commerce & Industries and Labour& Employment Department] • Integrated Development of Tourist destinations: Tourist traffic to the State is largely confined to certain selected centres and destinations at present. There is also a fair level of seasonality in the tourist arrivals. The choice of new destinations for development will have to be based on their intrinsic attractions, potential for development and the carrying capacity as well as availability of resources. Such development will be guided by well- conceived master plans, and executed by specific Tourism Development Authorities. Adequate backward and forward linkages will also be established to ensure adequate flow of benefits to the local community. • Creation of Tourism Economic Zones. • Constitution of Tourism Development Authorities/ Committees. [Action: Tourism Department] • Diversification of Tourism Products: The main strength of Manipur tourism at present is its cultural attractions, particularly, the monuments and archaeological remains, its art, handloom & handicrafts and colourful fairs & festivals. The State is also endowed with a number of other tourist attractions and options including forests, wild life and landscapes for eco-tourism; mountain peaks for adventure tourism; heritage sites for heritage tourism; etc There are also facilities for conference and convention tourism, Lake Cruise tourism and shopping tours. Development of natural health resorts of Yoga, Ayurveda etc. along with rural tourism, adventure tourism and eco-tourism may be given adequate attention. [Action: Tourism Department] • Sustainable Development of Tourism: Assessment of Carrying Capacity and Environment Impact Assessment studies would be insisted while developing tourism in ecologically fragile areas and all developmental activities will be guided by such studies. The other activities in this regard would include: i. Providing a legal frame work through appropriate legislation for ensuring social, cultural and environmental sustainability of tourism development and protecting the tourists. ii. Evolving specific policies and guidelines for the development of specific forms of tourism like eco-tourism, adventure tourism, etc. [Action: Tourism and Forest & Environment Departments] 6.8 Action Points relating to Promotion and Marketing • Achieving effective co-ordination and synergy with other Departments, agencies and the private sector in tourism promotion and marketing. • Fully utilising the Indian Missions abroad for tourism promotion and related activities. • Identifying potential tourism markets and segments and adopting focused marketing strategies based on research to make promotional and marketing efforts cost effective. • Enhancing the image of Manipur as a fascinating multi-attraction and multi-activity destination with rich cultural heritage and a vibrant society. • Organizing photo exhibitions and creation of a photo library. • Launching of a multi-media CD-ROM and creating an integrated website on Manipur tourism. • Developing a clear identity of Manipur Tourism product by promoting selected theme based tourist attractions. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Departments] 6.9 Action Points relating to International Cooperation • Ensuring active participation in the activities of international agencies like United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), Economic and Social Commission for Asia and Pacific (ESCAP), World Tourism Organization (WTO), Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA), Indian Ocean Tourism Organization (IOTO). • Enhancing multilateral co-operation in tourism with different groups of countries like Association of South-East Asian Nations (ASEAN), Bangladesh-India-Myanmar-Sri Lanka- Thailand-Economic Co-operation (BIMSTEC), South Asian Association for Regional Co¬operation (SAARC), etc. • Strengthening tourism promotion and investment through multilateral and bilateral agreements. [Action: Tourism Department]  6.10 Action points relating to the Economic and Social Benefits • Standardization of statistical definitions and methods of data collection, tabulation and dissemination. • Strengthening of statistical machinery and improvement of statistical systems on tourism. • Development of Tourism Satellite Accounts in association with the Department of Economics & Statistics to estimate the economic benefits of tourism precisely and regularly. • Undertaking tourism impact assessment studies and case studies. • Launching of tourism awareness campaigns at all levels of society. [Action: Tourism and Economics & Statistics Departments] 6.11 Action Points Relating to Professional Excellence • Strengthening the institutional set-up for human resource development including the setting-up of an Advanced Institute of Hotel Management and a Culinary Institute. • Qualitative improvement and modernization of existing training institutions. • Setting-up atleast one Food Craft Institute. • Improving the standards of training in private institutes through accreditation and quality control. • Setting-up a Manipur Tourism Documentation Centre equipped with modern technology to function as a repository of research findings and publications on tourism. • Involving the tourism industry in human resource development activities and encouraging them to set-up independent training facilities. • Streamlining and strengthening of guide training and training of other grass root level workers. • Introduction of optional courses in tourism related topics at Graduate and Under Graduate levels in order to meet requirement of trained personnel in this sector. 6.12 Action Points Relating to Clash of Policy • Whenever and wherever there is a clash of policy between Tourism Policy and other Government policies it shall be brought to the 'Cabinet’ for a decision.  7 STRATEGY FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTION PLAN & PROMOTION OF THRUST AREAS Tourism, as a multi-sectoral industry, involves complex and close relationship with various interlinked departments, agencies, organizations and service providers. A systematic, planned approach is necessary to optimally allocate/utilize limited resources to sensitize and guide all these stakeholders on a common, shared vision which is very essential for a highly efficient, responsive tourism industry. The multiplier effects and benefits of tourism can thus percolate to all stakeholders and the people. The overall vision of the development of tourism in Manipur embodied in this policy is endeavoured to be achieved through five key strategic objectives viz., positioning tourism as a State priority, enhancing Manipur's competitiveness as a tourist destination, improving and expanding tourism product development, creation of world class infrastructure and effective marketing plans and programmes. Thus, the strategies and action plans to be adopted to fulfil the dream of making Manipur a 'tourism hotspotf\n the coming years are underlined as follow: 7.1 PRIORITIZATION OF DESTINATIONS & INFRASTRUCTURE Quality infrastructure is essential for developing tourist products and for providing better services to both domestic and international tourists. Creation of tourism infrastructure would have favourable impact on overall economic growth, employment generation and on the preservation of art, culture, and heritage. Tourism projects like destination development are capital intensive, commercially unviable, and require financial support from the government. At the same time, it is necessary that such infrastructure is created with professional expertise of architects/landscaping experts and is then privately managed through a transparent process. Large revenue projects such as setting-up of hotels, convention centres, golf courses, etc., normally have substantial gestation periods. These facilities need to be created by private initiative with the government acting as a facilitator and catalyst. Prioritization of projects is absolutely necessary to put scarce resources to best use. The need of the hour is to create a few success stories and the momentum & dynamics of the tourism industry is expected to take over. Tourism in Manipur is proposed to be developed in a focused and phased manner to create Special Tourist Zones/Clusters based on the tourism index of scenery, accessibility, accommodation and safety. Infrastructure projects shall be implemented in an integrated, time-bound and cost-effective manner and further maintained in an orderly fashion. i. Phase - I (2014 to 2017): The first phase shall include infrastructure development for accommodation facilities at Imphal City and surrounding areas, beautification and commercial avenues at Moreh Town, and beautification and accommodation facilities at Loktak Lake Complex especially at the Sendra Island. a. Imphal City is the main entry point of tourists to Manipur. Since proper roadways and railways have not yet been effectively developed, air travel is the preferred mode of transportation of tourists to the State. Air travel needs to be further strengthened along with improvement of roads and introduction of railways. b. Lack of standard accommodation facilities in Imphal City has been a major hindrance to the growth of tourism in Manipur. Up-gradation of existing tourism infrastructure and infusion of fresh facilities in Imphal City and surrounding areas shall, therefore, be pursued. All measures shall be adopted to build only star category hotels and facilities. The makeover of Hotel Imphal to a five star category hotel is an endeavour in this particular direction. Infrastructure development shall also include ^construction, renovation and maintenance of parks, monuments, museums, zoo, public conveniences, parking structures, etc. Moreover, shopping complexes, trade centres, emporiums, leisure & entertainment multiplexes, art& culture centres, amusement parks on the line of 'DilliHaat' and adventure complexes shall be developed. c. More funds could be thrust into ensuring better development of the historical Kangla Fort, as a significant measure to attract tourists, which at present is currently under development, and may be made open to public on Wednesdays too. The Govindaji Temple, Bhagyachandra Open Air Theatre (BOAT), Commonwealth War Cemeteries and Khongampat Orchidarium are other important places which should be nurtured for tourist interest. d. There is a keen interest of tourists arriving in Manipur to visit Moreh Town. In view of India's Look East Policy and the Trans-Asian Highways and Railways, Moreh Town assumes a great importance and a strategic advantage to the growth of tourism in Manipur. Furthermore, this border town is deemed to become an unique entry point to Manipur and India for the people of South-East Asian countries, once there is equilibrium of trade and services between the neighbouring nations. The Government would take advantage of this opportunity and beautify and develop Moreh Town into a 'Commercial Hub. Star category hotels and other accommodation facilities, trade centres, leisure avenues and beautification of Moreh Town shall be taken-up earnestly. e. Loktak Lake Complex including the floating Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), the INA Complex and the Sendra Island constitute an unique feature that is rare in the world. This 'Complex' shall be developed, beautified and accommodation facilities shall be constructed with vigour to make it a major nature tourism attraction. Star category resorts, time share resorts, stand alone catering units & restaurants, spas, yoga centres, hobby-fishing facilities, outdoor nature facilities viz., house boats, floating restaurants, etc. shall be developed with a planned, environmental friendly approach. Water sports like canoeing, kayaking, boat rides and safaris to the National Park shall be organized and promoted. f. Homestay concept would be promoted in a planned manner, especially in the interior areas for providing an unique experience to the visiting tourists. g. The existing tourism infrastructure as well as the ones which are coming-up/would come-up, be managed on Public Private Partnership (PPP) and a suitable policy for Sub¬Letting of Tourism Infrastructure/Assets on PPP basis would be evolved by the Government. The selection of the license/ lessee would be made by fair and transparent procedure and the rate of royalty/ lease fee to be received by the Government would be decided in consultation with Finance Department. h. Under the existing law, no new structures can be constructed within 100 meters of protected monuments and this need to be kept in mind while developing and improving such protected monuments for tourism purposes ii. Phase - II (2018 to 2021): The second phase will try to cover and establish Hill Stations at Tamenglong and Ukhrul Districts. In addition, the Lamdan Adventure Tourism Complex, Churachandpur District and the Dzuko Valley in Senapati District shall be developed into a world class adventure avenue and camping sites. Moreover, distinct war memorial sites and heritage places shall be identified and developed for pilgrimage and culture tourisms. iii. Phase - III (2022 to 2025): The third phase will try to identify and develop potential tourism sites all over the State. This will essentially include intense development of rural tourism industry and ethnic living in places like Nambol, Lamdan, Tamei, , etc. iv. The proposed Phase-I, II & III would be adequately dovetailed with the tourism development which may be taken-up at the time of implementation of Integrated Tourism Plan for the North-Eastern Master Plan for the North-Eastern region which has been prepared by M/S Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) under NEC/DoNER and in consultation with the Ministry of Tourism. v. Simultaneously, infrastructure augmentation like way-site facilities, lodges, rest houses, etc. at identified tourist circuits/destinations focussing on these prioritized mega destinations shall be taken-up. vi. Convergence shall be followed with mega projects and industries like the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM), Civil Aviation, Road Transport & Highways, Railways, Food Processing Industries, etc. The approach for large infrastructure development would thus be based on integrated development of tourism. This initiative addresses the 12th Plan challenge of Managing Urbanization. vii. Planning for infrastructure development should adhere to the concept of last mile connectivity for electricity, water supply, approach roads, waste disposal, sanitation, etc. The 'last mile connectivity' shall also be proposed to be lengthened to 30-40 Kms. viii. Introduction of contemporary international measures/standards for the hospitality sector by constant review of policies/guidelines. ix. Different measures to be taken-up against high cost and low availability of land hampering growth of hotels. x. The physical infrastructure for tourism includes accommodation units, roads, power, water supply, sewerage and telecommunication. This underscores the need for inter-sectoral convergence of infrastructural schemes and programmes that could support tourist destinations. The Government would create world class infrastructure meeting all the essential criteria to cater to both domestic and foreign tourists. 7.2 SPRUCING-UP OF IMPHAL CITY & OTHER MAJOR TOURIST DESTINATIONS: i. Imphal, the Capital City of Manipur, is in need of urgent up-gradation of its existing infrastructure. Somehow or other, the first look at the City does not give positive impression to the visitors. Right from the airport upto all major points in the City, we see most of the properties are un-plastered with steel bars jutting-out from the pillars. In fact, one does not get a feel of passing through the City. ii. The other tourist attraction at Sendra-Lokak-Moirang and Moreh border town are no different and situation there even worse. iii. The historic Khwairamband Nupi Keithel No. 1, 2 & 3 (popularly known as 'Ima Market) which are all run by women vendors and have been reconstructed recently with Government of India's assistance are in the condition of disrepair. The basements and the first floor of these markets remain un-occupied/unused. These 3 (three) markets have not been repaired after inauguration and do not give a good sight to the visitors. Further, many of the lights are not functional and efficient system for Solid Waste disposal is missing. iv. To overcome these major deficiencies, the Government would take proactive actions to make Imphal City impressive and vibrant by taking the following steps: a. The Government would lay down policy/instructions mandating the owners of all the properties on the major roads e.g. from Airport to Andro Parking, Mantripukhri to Manipur University, Palace Compound to Hapta, all buildings in Thangal Bazar, Paona Bazar and adjoining area, B. T. Road (from Kangla Fort to Uripok) and other connecting roads to plaster exteriors of their properties, remove hanging steel iron rods and paint the exteriors as well as their roof tops to provide a good look and urban face to the City. b. The Government would takes urgent steps for efficient collection of Solid Wastes from house to house and its proper disposal, if needed by involving NGOs/PPP mode. c. All street lights should be made functional in Imphal city and high mast illuminations should be installed at key locations. d. Efforts should be made to improve law & order situation and keep the shops and other establishments opened upto 9:00 PM in summer and upto 8:00 PM in winter. This would provide free movement & avenues to explore in the evening to the visitors. e. Khwairamband Nupi Keithel No. 1, 2 & 3 should be immediately repaired and renovated. Further, to make these markets lively and a major tourist attraction, it is suggested that the Government would consider providing all women's run facilities viz. State Cottage Industries Emporium, Bank, Cafeteria, Musical Show/Performances, IT establishment and other activities without creating any conflict of interest with existing vendors occupying the ground floor. f. Providing appropriate signages at different location, up-gradation of foot paths and drains, comprehensive repairs of all the city roads etc. g. The Government would take-up comprehensive development of River Fronts along the bank of the 3 (three) major rivers flowing through Greater Imphal Area i.e. Imphal River, Nambul River and Kongba River and try to adopt eco-friendly technology and developed these as 'Living Rivers' with a balanced mix of greeneries and infrastructure to be created for the purpose. v. Similar actions would be taken by the Government to upgrade the Urban Infrastructure at Sendra - Loktak - Moirang as well as Moreh Town at Indo-Myanmar border. 7.3 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT & CAPACITY BUILDING i. Tourism Sector in the Manipur shall prepare itself to meet an exponential demand for the workforce at managerial, supervisory, skilled and semi-skill levels. This increase in growth will have a direct impact on the demand and supply mismatch for providing satisfactory service to visiting tourists. ii. Human Resource Development for the hospitality sector and capacity building for the service providers are absolutely essential for the growth of tourism industry. The Government shall strive for excellence in the tourism sector by ensuring availability of trained manpower. Regular interactions and meetings with various stakeholders to maintain a continuous flow of ideas and taking new/corrective measures to perform its task efficiently shall be taken-up. Knowledge and capabilities of the officers and staffs shall be enhanced by refresher training programmes, deputing them to national and international seminars/workshops on new areas of tourism development site, visits to successful tourism spots, learning from the best practices around the world, etc. iii. Workshops to assimilate success stories and do an in-depth analysis would be conducted regularly. Training and professional education with necessary infrastructural support for generating manpower to meet the needs of tourism hospitality industry, both quantitatively and qualitatively and to put in place a system for the same, to provide In-service Training/Up-gradation to the existing service providers. Guides to be inducted and regular training programmes/refresher courses/workshops organized to ensure that guides remain updated. Skill testing and certification of existing service providers as well as enhancing the skills of the stakeholders in private and community would be undertaken. iv. Professional education system in the field of Tourism by introducing tourism related regular courses such as Bachelors in Tourism Studies, Post-Graduate in Tourism Studies and Ph.D. in Tourism Studies at University level. Also, short duration and diploma courses in hospitality and travel-tourism programmes shall be conducted through the upcoming Institute of Hospitality Management (IHM). Scholarship programmes would be introduced for Tourism allied subjects and specialized courses in the Hospitality sector in other State Universities and Colleges to bring academic excellence and to encourage research activities in these fields. The Government shall endeavour to include tourism as a non-credit compulsory subject in the syllabi from Class-VIII to Class-X standard in the State. This will inculcate among the youths of the State a sense of our traditional hospitality and good mannerism for the development of tourism. v. Tourism industry shall be managed as an enterprise with professional inputs at all levels. The Hospitality Sector in Manipur needs both extensive awareness of all communities and intensive capacity building of hotel staffs, tourist guides, drivers, cultural establishment and shopping centres. The Government seeks to put in place both long term and short term plans for Capacity Building in Hospitality Sector, not only in tools, techniques but also in changing perspectives, motivation and identity. vi. Tourism Entrepreneurship Development (TED) and enhancing professional skills of front and field manpower are the areas which shall receive priority. vii. Mobile training units for community service providers in rural areas identified for the development of rural tourism and home stay concepts. viii. For the young untrained staffs who continue to join the industry, the Government should, through short-term training programmes, build capacities in order to provide quality service. A scheme is required to be mooted to examine and certify the large number of industry/conventional trained skilled manpower available in the State. ix. Government of India's existing scheme of ‘Train the Trainer' shall be strengthened and implemented in the State for boosting availability of adequate trainers for training. Intensive Training of personnel in different sub-sectors of Hospitality Industry would be taken-up regularly under ‘Hunar-Se-Rozgar-TakYojna' as well as other schemes of the Government of India - both directly through IHM as well as in PPP Mode. x. The training programmes must cover the skill development in general for fresh candidates, specialized skill development including language courses, for fresh as well as existing service providers, basic skill up-gradation in general for existing service providers, training of trainers programme, and creating awareness of tourism benefits/knowledge in urban and rural areas. xi. As an important step in capacity building, a State Institute of Hotel Management, Catering and Applied Nutrition would be set-up in Imphal. 7.4 PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP (PPP)/PUBLIC PRIVATE COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP (PPCP) In a number of developing countries, tourism partnerships between the Government, private sector and local communities are becoming a growing phenomenon especially as communities are increasingly gaining rights to wildlife and other valuable tourism assets on their land through policy changes on land tenure. In other cases, partnerships are developing on private land as tourism operators recognise that not only is local support essential for the long-term maintenance of the tourism assets on which the industry depends, but that many communities have cultural resources which can greatly enhance or diversify existing tourism products. The strategic vision is to enhance the tourism potential of Manipur by integrated development of tourism infrastructure by taping tourism potential along key tourism circuits and leverage the sectoral & product development through Public Private Partnership (PPP)/Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) to achieve sustainable and economic development. This partnership shall be based on the following objectives and principles: i. The development of tourism in the State shall be based on a common shared vision involving a mutually beneficial and legally-binding contract among various stakeholders which shall include the Government, travel trade and hospitality sector, investors, venture capitalists, establishments and associations, scholars, domestic and foreign tourists, and the community. The partnership shall be focused on the provision of assets and the delivery of services by allocating responsibilities and business risks among the various partners. Emphasis shall be on promoting integrated development of tourism facilities on Public Private Partnership (PPP) /Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) which may require creation of Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) to cover different aspects of Hospitality/Tourism Sector. ii. A PPP/PPCP seeks to provide an opportunity to improve service delivery, improve cost- effectiveness, increase investment in public infrastructure, reduce public sector risk, deliver capital projects faster, improve budget certainty, make better use of assets and poverty alleviation. Community partnership, at times, is essential to generate purchasing power in the hands of the weaker sections of the society and lead to their empowerment and social inclusion. iii. General guidelines for the partnership shall include identifying partnership opportunities, finding out about prospective partners, selecting partners, getting assistance, negotiating the financial and non-financial components, deciding on the duration of the partnership, formalizing the partnership, and monitoring, reviewing and amending the deal. The PPP/PPCP project cycle shall essentially cover the inception, preparation period, feasibility study, project term, procurement, signing of the PPP/PPCP agreement, development, delivery, exit, monitoring and review. iv. The partnership shall contain transitional arrangements; service and financial obligations; obligations of private party, including its residual functions, and those of the Government regulatory body; provision for leasing charges, rate adjustments and dispute resolution; and other contract conditions. Transitional arrangements relating to transfer of employees, liabilities/revenues, accounts receivable, facilities, existing projects, cash and marketable securities would have to be defined. Service obligations should provide coverage and quality standards. Financial obligations include size of equity investments, bond and the various fees intended to free the Government from subsidizing, besides working out a Revenue Sharing Model. v. The Government shall be actively involved throughout a project's life cycle from licensing, financing to regulation. The private sector shall be responsible for the commercial functions viz., project design, construction, finance, operations and management. In fact, risk transfer from the public to the private sector shall be a critical element of all partnerships. The goal is to combine the best capabilities of the public and private sectors for mutual benefit. Under this arrangement, the private sector partner is deemed to gain a relatively stable, long-term investment opportunity. On the other hand, private firms would also use their own strengths and abilities to add value to the arrangements by bringing in management efficiencies, innovation to offset risks and costs and by potentially increasing its values. vi. Proceeding with a PPP/PPCP arrangement may be most appropriate when the following characteristics are available: a. There is a significant opportunity for private sector innovation in design, construction, service delivery, or use of an asset involving the community; b. Clearly definable and measurable output specifications can be established suitable for payment on a services delivered basis; c. An opportunity exists for the private sector partner to generate non-government streams of revenue, to help offset public sector costs; d. Some risks can be transferred to the private sector and the community; e. Projects of a similar nature have been successfully developed using a similar method; and, f. The private sector or/and community has sufficient capacity (expertise and availability) to successfully deliver project objectives. vii. The Government shall endeavour to remove barriers to growth to leverage private sector investment and other issues related to conceptualization, funding pattern and implementation process and possible dovetailing with Ministry of Tourism's Large Revenue Generating Scheme (LRGS) &/or GOI's Viability Gap Funding Scheme. Proposals to be made under the Scheme may be considered for providing LRGS Subsidy &/or Viability Gap Funding (VGF), one time or deferred, with the objective and conditions of making a PPP/PPCP project commercially viable; delivering an infrastructure service on payment of user charges; the contract/concession is awarded in favour of a private sector company in which 51 percent or more of the subscribed and paid up equity is owned and controlled by a private entity; the private partner is selected on the basis of open competitive bidding and is responsible for financing, construction, maintenance and operation of the project during the concession period; and the project should provide a service against payment of a pre¬determined tariff or user charge. viii. The modality of the PPP/PPCP may be on time-sharing basis, both in terms of period and rights of use to property, in which multiple parties may be managing a particular ‘Tourism Unit'. Units may be on a part-ownership or lease/"right to use" basis, in which the shareholders does not have any claim to ownership of the property. ix. Role of Government shall be defined as: a. To provide a platform for corporate and community leaders to meet and exchange ideas. b. To create synergies and a more proactive role in facilitating partnership projects and help in its success. c. To encourage industry. d. Quick decision making on policy. e. Simplify procedures. f. Convergence of Government schemes. g. Funding. h. Solve problems. x. Role of Private Industry shall be defined as: a. Get industry involved in the 'Project'. b. Contribute towards resource generation. c. Contribute vital cost effective technology and management expertise. d. Achieve higher accountability and transparency. e. More result oriented and provide long term value for money. f. Better administration and day-to-day coordination. g. Safe, economic and reliable transport. xi. Role of Community/ClubsINGOs /Other Civil Society organizations shall be defined as: a. Chance to work in a more structured environment. b. Advise partners of local support, requirements and needs. c. Educating community about Government schemes and how to access them. d. Provide local communities support and give them confidence vis-a-vis Industry role. e. Assist in capacity building. xii. The selection of a private party or a community organization shall be based on a fair and competitive bidding process and concurrence of Finance Department would be obtained on case to case basis. xiii. Payment structure shall be in the form of either a minimum fixed fee for service paid by the Government or through fees collected from users/tourists or through a net revenue sharing model and payments related to the investment and success of the enterprise. In any case, the major investor/stakeholder shall have a majority share in the net revenue generated. xiv. The issues of employment, recruitment and wages which shall be settled and negotiated with all partners involved. xv. Duration of contract/partnership/lease is absolutely essential for the success of the enterprise. Long lease of not less than 10 (ten) years is necessary for a credible partnership in terms of security, investment and success of the enterprise. 7.5 MARKETING, PROMOTION & PUBLICITY i. Manipur needs to develop an unique market brand, image and position which cannot be held by any other competitor. The positioning statement should be able to capture the essence of its tourism product to convey an image of the product to a potential customer. For this very specific purpose, the Government has come up with a catchy theme "Gateway to South-East Asia”to promote tourism in Manipur on a clientele model. This unique brand seeks to market Manipur Tourism in conformity with the relevance, competitiveness, strategic location and commercial aspects of the State. ii. Identification of the most positive vibes of the State, nurturing and showcasing of the tourism products in full cooperation with interlinked stakeholders shall be the cornerstone of marketing and promotion in domestic and international forums with the goal of increasing tourist inflow to Manipur. The Marketing Theory involving 4 'P's is essential and shall also be affected in the Planning, Production, Promotion and Publicity of Manipur Tourism. iii. Planning is absolutely necessary to enable a leading role in the competitive tourism market, to determine a vision, to anticipate problems, identify opportunities and react quickly to market changes. The Government shall endeavour to prepare a detailed feasibility study that includes all areas of the tourism business; prepare a detailed and realistic business; prepare plans and policies that cover the areas of management, marketing, finance and human resource management, and monitor the plans regularly and adapt them as required to meet unexpected market changes. Planning also involves developing excellent time and task management skills and identifying who is best suited to perform the different tasks involved in managing the industry including outsourcing on PPP/ PPCP basis. iv. Product development by undertaking research, market trends and prioritization of resources shall be paramount on the game plan of the Government. Niche Tourism Products like nature tourism, cultural tourism, medical & wellness tourism and eco-adventure tourism shall be vigorously developed and promoted. Various measures shall be taken-up for enhancing the capacity for growth viz., introduction of new themes like camping tourism, golf tourism, polo tourism, pilgrimage tourism, home-stay tourism and MICE tourism. v. The mass tourism market comprises tourists from diverse backgrounds with varied interests, tastes and priorities. Target Marketing for Manipur is necessary to fragment this market into smaller, more specific target markets to identify customers who are likely to be interested in particular tourism products. High-end tourists are the immediate target and the Government shall effectively tailor the products, marketing and promotions to attract new and repeat business, mainly by customizing products and personalizing services to suit the interests and needs of the identified market segments, and selecting methods of promotion that reach and appeal to these target markets. vi. Developing Strategies for Sustained and effective Marketing Plans and Programmes can be achieved by evolving and maintaining a system of market research activities to continuously receive, analyse, and respond to information on pricing, security issues, health, safety, quality of tourism services and products, etc., and making use of various technological tools, including the Internet, for advertising to obtain greater and wider impact. vii. Market research shall be intensively undertaken to access information that can influence product development and sales to determine: a. Markets most suited to tourism products by including customer characteristics, such as age, socio-economic background, lifestyle choices and personal values. b. Origin of these markets to find out a customer's place of origin so that promotions can be targeted. c. Customer travel style to determine the way the tourism product is tailored, packaged and promoted by finding out the influences like whether the customer travels independently, with friends or family members, or in a tour group. All these forms of travel have different product preferences, time and cost limitations. d. Customer budget to determine a customer's travel expenditure priorities, disposable income and perceptions on value for money are important considerations when pricing the product or package. e. Customer transport choices. f. Cooperation and coordination because most visiting tourists will not travel to a particular location simply to visit one attraction, but can be attracted to the area if there is a collection of activities available making it essential to create packages for the region. Foreign tourists invariably prefer a package tour to an area which leads to exploring several places in the State/Region. g. Customer satisfaction for feedback information that can be used to improve product quality and/or eliminate unpopular or unprofitable products. h. Provide an opportunity on tourism website for customer feedback to ensure the tourism product is represented in the best way possible. i. Unique Selling Points (USP) of the most appealing aspects of the product, as indicated by the customers, can influence the focus of the promotional material. j. Effective promotional tools like appraisal of the content regularly read by the target market and testing the effectiveness of the current distribution methods by asking customers where they heard about the product; extent of revisits; knowing what proportion of customers currently return, or intend to return, can influence product development decisions and promotions strategy; spending habits. Priorities for customers change regularly, and considering how these changes can affect the tourism business and devise methods to adapt to meet the current trends. viii. Making the existence of the Manipur tourism products known in the marketplace is necessary to attract tourists. The strength of the presence in the marketplace will be very much dependent on choosing the most effective distribution channels to reach and then sell to the target markets. Distribution using a variety of channels is necessary to extend the promotion and sales of the products and is dependent on target markets. a. Direct sales through the internet are the most important tool of distribution. Worldwide usage and access to the internet is playing an increasingly important role in the travel planning and decision making processes of customers. Travel planning and booking are among the most popular online activities in major e-commerce markets. Research indicates that more travellers investigate their travel options online. The growth in online travel bookings has outpaced other online sales for many reasons, including access to extensive information to aid selection; perceived availability of choice; convenience of booking online (from home and out of business hours); and the perception of price advantage. The Government shall establish a vibrant website which essentially broadcasts the State tourism as information, marketing and purchasing tool including transaction and online booking system. b. Traditional distributors, that play an important part in servicing customers namely retail travel agents, wholesalers and inbound tour operators (ITO), shall be effectively partnered based on reliability of the product and commission. The retail travel agents provide customers with an accessible place to book or enquire about travel products. These agents usually provide a shop-front office for customers in shopping centres and local town centres. Wholesalers provide retailers with travel packages comprising two or more products supplied by different operators. These packages are put together in brochures, which are then distributed to networks of retail agents for display in their travel agencies. Wholesalers can also sell directly to customers. Inbound Tour Operators (ITOs) negotiate contracts directly with tourism operators on behalf of overseas wholesalers. They are responsible for developing itineraries specifically for international travellers. 'Makemytrip’, 'Thomas Cook', 'Tripadvisor’, 'Cleartrip’, 'Cox & Kings' are some trip organizers which the Government may tie-up with. c. Package Tours: Attractive package tours with schedule tour timetables consisting of multiple destinations, boarding, lodging and meal plans shall be designed keeping in mind the specific need and choices of different tourists. The package tours and the itineraries shall be developed with the help of State Tourism Department by the private sector & tour operators and shall be revised/updated from time to time. The tour Packages shall be distributed to Hotels, Travel Agencies and Tour Operators for them to receive bookings and facilitate the tours under the guidance of the Tourism Department. This approach would provide hassle free travel to the tourist with confirmed bookings and routings, saves time, provides discounted pricing with other ancillary service benefits. Package Tours can be daily tours/weekend tours covering inter/intra city and districts with the option of Group Inclusive Tours (GIT)/Free Individual Tours (FIT) or customized tour package to meet the need and wants of the varied tourists. d. Travel Agencies and Tour Operators: Travel Agents and Tour Operators (Inbound/Outbound/Domestic) along with Tourist Transport Operators shall be encouraged and sensitized for facilitating smooth movement of tourists within and across State boundaries. Travel Agencies and Tour Operators should get approval from the designated authority for a uniform tourism operation through licensing. The licensing and other regulations are to be reviewed periodically with recommendations for improvements. All the Travel Agents and Tour Operatiors including Tour Guides and Escorts shall be provided training with established standards for their operation and services. ix. Advertising campaigns including print and electronic advertising placed in local, regional or national newspapers, ethnic publications, trade and tourist magazines, journals or newsletters, and magazines relevant to the target market should be effective and create a competitive edge based on customer characteristics, timing, competition, value-added services, price, positioning, unique selling points (USP), media available, budget and previous advertising experiences. Advertising alternatives using cheaper methods including leaflets/flyers, canvassing, wholesaler programs, sponsorship of local community events which attract large crowds and significant media coverage and whose participation can improve business exposure, listings and displays, e-marketing and editorial/added-value should be negotiated when purchasing advertising space with different media. x. Steps shall be taken-up to promote State tourism viz., strengthening the tourism information offices outside with qualified manpower & infrastructure, participation in travel and trade fairs - domestic and overseas, organizing road shows, FAM (familiarization) trips of media persons, TV teams, film makers, trade representatives, provide brochures/media support, distribution of literature, posters, calendars, newsletter, electronic, print and digital publicity, CDs, jingles, outdoor campaigns and publicity in malls, airports, and other strategic places; tackle visa issues; aggressive marketing of identified niche tourism products; national & international travel associations to be encouraged to have trips to Manipur; and, develop a dynamic-interactive website providing various information in an integrated and cohesive manner. Organizing contests like photography and production of good promotional films needs to be undertaken. MICE tourism needs to be focused on how to fill the low season months of the year. Medical tourism needs to be aggressively marketed and publicized. xi. Focus shall be on online publicity which has higher reach and is cost effective. The Tourism Department maintains two websites viz., www.manipurtourism.gov.in and www.sangaifestival.gov.in for online publicity. These two websites would be hyper-linked to the State Government's Official website i.e.www.manipur.gov.in. Mobile applications and social networking site like Facebook, Twitter, Google+, etc. shall be used for quick and cost effective tourism marketing. xii. Efforts to make use of technology for higher productivity and improve the methods and processes of working in the tourism sector through e-governance, IT & IT Enabled Services besides significantly encouraging e-commerce portals to extend effective promotion and marketing support to investors, hoteliers, tour operators, medical facilitators, etc. xiii. Connectivity is one of the impediments for the growth of tourism in Manipur. Air travel is the strength of Manipur and should play a critical role in enhancing Manipur's competitiveness as a tourism hotspot. Increased capacity and frequency of flights is necessary alongwith improving the standard of facilities and services at the airport. xiv. Tours & Travel operators shall be encouraged and sensitized for facilitating smooth movement of tourists within and across state boundaries. xv. The Government will present awards and citations to excellent entrepreneurs, hoteliers, tour travel operators and other tourism related service providers to encourage and promote the tourism industry in Manipur. 7.6 ESTABLISHMENT OF STATE COTTAGE INDUSTRIES EMPORIUM The State would establish State Cottage Industries Emporium (SCIE) for promotion of rich and varied local Handicrafts and Handlooms of the State. Towards establishment of SCIE, the State would provide land free of cost to the PPP partner, who would be selected in a transparent manner through ‘Open Competitive Bidding'. The selected PPP partner would be responsible for creation of necessary infrastructure (including construction of building, design, decor & its refurbishment) and also for all the recurring operational expenses. The PPP partner would keep specimen of their products and brochure can be prepared which will indicate where these products are available. The SCIE would be run on profit sharing basis and the PPP partner would share minimum 10% of net profit, to be paid every quarter to the Government. The proposed SCIE, would be run under a ‘Government Committee' and in consultation with Commerce & Industries, Tourism and Arts & Culture Departments. The SCIE would promote Handicrafts and Handlooms unique to the different tribes & ethnic groups in the State and also strive to become place where the visitors not only get attracted to local Handicrafts and Handlooms but also become messengers for marketing the same within India and abroad. 7.7 COMMERCIAL APPROACH i. Tourism has been accorded ''Industry Status by the Government of Manipur in January, 1987, and was included under the Industrial Policy of Manipur, 1996 and thus eligible to get all admissible incentives/support accordingly. However, in the recently notified 'The Industrial & Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013 - (IIPM, 2013)', it seems that somehow Tourism Sector has been left out. Therefore, State needs to consider including 'Tourism Sector' in IIPM, 2013 and thereby enable Tourism Units to avail of all admissible incentives/supports under IIPM, 2013. ii. The State Tourism department would delineate the financial cost-benefit analysis of their project proposals at the beginning till the sustained level is attained by the Tourism Industry in the State. Weightage may be assigned for better economic benefit w.r.to the cost involved. iii. The main objective of the development of Tourism in the State is to create employment opportunities and thus improve livelihood. To facilitate this objective, exemption from Luxury Tax, VAT, Stamp Duties, etc. be considered for specific units as per the requirements and on case to case basis, with prior concurrence of Finance Department. These incentives are an essential pre-requisite to attract investment from the private sector. iv. Incentives and subsidies may be considered in future for creating infrastructure in terms of ‘Tourism Units' for promoting the growth of tourism. Tourism Units and enterprises for Hospitality Sector would be provided assistance and facilitated under the Industrial and Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013(IIPM, 2013). Further, the Government would sponsor proposals from the entrepreneurs in Hospitality Sector on priority and recommend the same to the Government of India for sanction and assistance under North-East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy (NEIIPP), 2007. v. To begin with, a proposal would be considered for providing incentives to the tune of 20% for a new 'Tourism Unit,involving one crore rupees and above in concurrence with Planning and Finance Departments. The 20% of the capital cost of investment on land, building, water supply, plant and machinery, subject to a ceiling of Rs 35.00 lakhs, shall be provided for all tourism related activities subject to the condition that the financial assistance will be released only after the completion and commencing operation of the ‘Tourism Units' and the incentive/ subsidy would be performance linked based on transparent parameters and the rate of revenue share/ royalty decided in consultation with Finance Department. Further, it is stipulated that the hotel/amenities so established should run for a minimum of 10 (ten) years. While considering such cases, efforts should be made to ensure that: a. Land to be acquired for the tourism unit is purchased from the villager/land owner. b. Participation of local people on partnership basis for better success. c. Factors like accommodations, availability of Water supply & Power Supply to be examined properly at the time of site selection. d. Restoration of existing Tourist Homes into full-fledged Tourist Homes. e. Selection of Tourism Unit by the Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) to be headed by Chief Secretary. vi. A new 'Tourism Untshall mean one which commences operation of the project on or after 1stOctober, 2014, with prior approval in writing from the State Government. It shall also include the expansion, modernization and diversification of existing 'Tourism Unit’. Only projects approved by the Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) would be eligible for the incentives/concessions. vii. A 'Tourism Unit’ shall mean private commercial establishments providing public services/facilities in identified tourism destinations and shall include the following: a. Accommodation units including Hotels, Wayside Amenities, Cultural Centres, Convention Centres, etc. b. Tourist Resorts & Lodges, Spas, Yoga Centres, Restaurants. c. Amusement Parks & Adventure Sports Complex. viii. One of the major bottlenecks in creation of 'Tourism Units’ especially hotels are the non¬availability of land for the purpose. A 'Land Bank" is needed to be established to know exactly where land is available for infrastructure development at strategic and prioritised destinations. The 'Land Bank’ seeks to provide for the allotment of land or allotment of land on lease, in the identified zone/areas/acquired land, for handing over to the Government/ investor for use in setting-up the 'Tourism Unit’. The steps that may be taken are. a. Master Plan of Imphal City and district headquarters should mark commercial sites for construction of hotels, convention and exhibition centres. b. The hotel sites should be allotted on long-term lease basis or could be allotted under the PPP mode through joint venture, revenue sharing, etc. c. The hotels should be allowed higher Floor Area Ratio/Floor Space Index (FAR/FSI) so that more rooms and commercial spaces are created out of the same space and it also helps in generating sustainable revenues; and d. The land should also be allotted for building of guest houses in major tourist destinations. ix. Royalties or Entry Fees, which are usage-based payments made by one party (the "licensee") and another (the "licensor") for ongoing use of specified State assets, shall be paid to the Government and the license agreements shall be regulated by the Government who is the resource owner. The royalty rates shall be determined by the Government with the interest of the stakeholders in mind. These specified State assets have been identified for adventurous activities and expeditions of Keibul Lamjao National Park, Lamdan Adventure Complex, Tharon Caves, Khangkhui Caves, Hills and Dzukou Valley. x. A Single Window Clearance System needs to be established in the State to cut red-tape and ensure expeditious clearances and permissions of feasible tourism projects for various 'Tourism Units' required from the State Government that will benefit both investors and the community. The Tourism Advisory Committee headed by the Chief Secretary shall be the High-Powered Committee looking into this matter. This system seeks to facilitate trade and investment by dealing with a single body for various items such as land, permits, power and water supply, and finance which are necessary for establishing a ‘Tourism Unit'. The system shall allow investors to lodge standardized information and documents once with a single entry point to fulfill all tourism related regulatory requirement. xi. Home-Stay programmes under the Government of India Scheme of ‘Incredible India Bed & Breakfast' needs to be promoted in Manipur too. These establishments should be treated as non-commercial. For this purpose, State may adopt Government of India's guidelines in this regard. xii. All subsidies, incentives and other supports enunciated above would continue till Tourism Industry in Manipur takes-off and is stabilized. 7.8 LEGISLATION & REGULATION i. Exclusion of Manipur from Protected Area Permit (PAP) Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958. Ministry of Home Affairs has excluded Manipur from the PAP Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958 initially for a period of 1 (one) year w.e.f. 1st January, 2011. Then onwards, the Ministry of Home Affairs has been issuing circulars excluding Manipur from PAP Regime from time to time. At present, the Ministry of Home Affairs (Foreigners Division), Government of India vide its Circular No. 431 dated 31st December, 2013 has excluded the entire area of the State of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958 for a further period of two years beyond 31.12.2013, that is, w.e.f. 1st January, 2014, subject to the following conditions: a. Citizens of Afghanistan, China and Pakistan and foreign nationals having their origin in these countries would continue to require prior approval of the Ministry of Home Affairs before their visit to the State of Manipur. It may be ensured that they are not allowed to visit the State of Manipur without the requisite Protected Area Permit, action may be taken under the relevant provisions of the Foreigners Act. b. AH Foreigners visiting Manipur will register themselves with the designated Foreigners Registration Officers (FRO) of the State within 24 hours of their arrival. State Government of Manipur will ensure strict implementation of these provisions. c. FRO/Police authorities should keep a dose watch on the activities of the foreigners visiting the States. If anything adverse is found, appropriate action may be taken under the relevant Acts including the Foreigners Act. Further, Myanmar nationals visiting the State may also be excluded from the requirement of obtaining PAP initially for a period of one year w.e.f. 01.01.2014subject to the following conditions: a. All such Myanmar nationals shall obtain a visa from the Indian Missions/ Posts abroad at any of the designated Airports in India at which Visa on Arrival (VoA) facility has been made available to the nationals of Myanmar under the existing procedure. b. All such Myanmar nationals shall have to compulsorily register themselves with the Foreign Registration Officer (FRO) of the State/ District they visit with 24 hours of arrival. c. FRO concerned shall send a report giving details of all such Myanmar nationals registered with them to the Ministry of Home Affairs (Foreigners Division) within 48 hours of their arrival. d. No such registration would be required if the Myanmar nationals are only passing through the State road with no intention of staying in that particular State. ii. Issue of VISA on Arrival (VoA) at Moreh to Myanmar's Nationals for Medical Treatment at Imphal. Manipur has excellent healthcare/medical facilities available at Imphal in, both public and private sectors. Several Myanmar's nationals visit Manipur via Moreh for medical treatment in Hospitals at Imphal. The Government of Manipur earnestly pursued the matter with the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India. The then, Minister of Home Affairs vide his D.O. letter dated 27.01.2014 has conveyed in principal approval for establishing VISA on Arrival (VoA) facility at Imphal Airport and at Moreh. Further, the Government of Manipur was advised to take-up the following actions: a. Make the immigration facilities fully functional. b. Arrange a suitable building so that, Ministry of Home Affairs can instruct NIC to install the Integrated ICs software. c. Arrange for training of manpower dedicated to immigration functions by having their training from Bureau of Immigration. d. Arrange for additional space in the office of FRO/SP (CID) for installation of C-FRO software for registration of foreigners. Accordingly, Government of Manipur has made a budgetary provision of Rs. 1.00 crore for construction/renovation of the immigration post at Moreh. Further, training of 26 (twenty six) officials of various ranks of the State Police Department as Immigration Officers for manning the immigration facilities to be set-up at Moreh and Imphal Airport is also being undertaken at Foreigner Regional Registration Office (FRRO), Kolkata from 17.06.2014. Once the immigration facilities are created at Imphal Airport and at Moreh and also the Training of Immigration Officers are completed, a report would be submitted by the Home Department, Government of Manipur to the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India for formal approval of the VISA on Arrival (VoA) and commissioning of the immigration facilities. iii. Tourism Units and enterprises for Hospitality Sector would be provided assistance and facilitated under the ‘Industrial and Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013 (IIPM, 2013)'. Further, the Government would sponsor proposals from the entrepreneurs in Hospitality Sector on priority and recommend the same to the Government of India for sanction and assistance under North-East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy (NEIIPP), 2007. iv. The State Government would independently bring out a comprehensive ‘Medical Tourism Policy' for the growth and promotion of this sector. v. Safety and security of the tourists shall be paramount on the Government's agenda which is essential for promoting the growth of tourism and projecting Manipur as a safe tourism destination. No legal framework for the protection of tourists & belongings is felt necessary as existing laws such as IPC or any other Act relating to offences against persons and properties would also be applicable to the tourists & their properties. For protection of tourists & their belongings, the existing laws would have to be enforced depending upon the nature of problem & it is more of preventive measures that the Police would have to take up to ensure safety & security of the tourists within the existing legal framework. Existing institutional mechanism like the concerned Police Stations will deal with complaints received from the tourists & the industry. Later on, after official announcement of tourists spots in the State, if necessary, Police Outposts/Tourist Booths may be set up under the control of the concerned Police Stations and District SP. Tourists pickets/booths may be set up on need basis if the existing Police Stations are not in the proximity of tourist spots. This may bring about a secure environment for tourism to flourish in the State. For development of infrastructure for tourist police, funds would be provided by the Tourism Department. The Tourism Department would also provide/procure equipments that may be required separately for the police officers and personnel deployed for such type of duty, including their specialized training. vi. Licenses to be provided and regulated to various service providers namely, tour operators, travel agents, travel transporters, etc. vii. All efforts shall be put in, worked out and pursued with other departments to vacate all tourist centres presently being occupied by the security forces and other agencies. viii. Travel Trade Code of 'Safe & Honourable' tourism to be adopted in the guidelines of approval of service providers and hotels. ix. Certification of 'Tourism Units (including Homestay)' for quality, safety and maintains proper hygienic standards. x. Tourism in Forest & Wildlife & Wildlife Area will be subject to clearance under Forest Conservation Act, 1980, Indian Forest Act, 1972 & Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 7.9 SUSTAINABLE AND RESPONSIBLE TOURISM Development should not be at the cost of environment. Harmony between man and nature should be maintained at all cost. The tourists can be a great source of development but also lead to unmanageable pollution if not tackled properly. Amarnath Yatra is a fine example of tourism gone awry for environment with people polluting publicly into the river. The Government in close association with other stakeholders shall put in all efforts to minimize the ecological impacts due to development and growth of tourism in the State. Best Practices that promote Sustainable & Green Technologies in the hospitality sector shall be adopted. The Tourism Policy aims to create the conditions for the sustainable growth and development of tourism for the benefit of all Manipuri's focusing on the following key areas: Sl. No. FOCUS AREA WAYS IN WHICH POLICY SEEKS TO CONTRIBUTE TO ACHIEVEMENT OF THESE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 1. Create conditions for sustainable tourism growth and development • Facilitating increased tourist volumes, tourist spend and geographical spread of tourism. • Enhancing service quality levels. • Facilitating investment in infrastructure and product development into tourism priority areas. • Creating awareness of the economic potential and impacts of tourism. • Promoting domestic tourism. • Monitoring tourism trends and timely provision of information to the public and private sectors. 2. Promote the conservation and sustainable development of natural resources • Promoting eco-tourism through policy initiatives, product development and awareness campaigns. • Encouraging community involvement and partnership in tourism development. 3 Protect and improve the quality and safety of the environment • Promoting responsible tourism practices within the tourism industry 4 Promote a State sustainable development agenda • Promoting responsible tourism principles and practices through international tourism structures. 5 Transformation • Empowering the tourism industry through public sector procurement practices, training, tourism awareness creation and tourism enterprise funding instruments. 7.10 RESEARCH, ANALYSIS, MONITORING & EVALUATION i. Resource allocation in the budget for tourism is very negligible. A realistic approach and higher allocation is necessary so that the State and the people can derive the benefits that flow from such investments in terms of employment generation, poverty alleviation and earning foreign exchange, etc. ii. Market research and impact studies to facilitate policies and programmes. Effective monitoring of tourism projects. Regular market surveys and studies will be carried out to understand the requirements of tourists as also the impact of past promotional measures to take requisite corrective or new policy initiatives. iii. Inter-sectoral Weightage shall be given considering the priorities as under: Sl. No. Priority Weight 1 Development of Tourism Infrastructure (including Tourist Accommodation) 35 2 Human Resource Development 15 3 Marketing, Promotion & Publicity 15 4 Developing New Tourism Products 15 5 Commercial Incentives 10 6 Market Research 10 TOTAL 100 iv. The Tourism Advisory Committee will act as a State Level Monitoring Committee and shall obtain reports on a regular basis and undergo periodical inspection of projects/sites and also through independent agencies having technical expertise. v. Economic impact assessments should be carried out by first estimating the change in the number and types of visitors associated with the policy or action being evaluated. Visits are translated into economic terms by estimating the amount of spending by these visitors in the local area. The spending can then be applied to a model of the region's economy to estimate the effects in terms of sales, income and jobs. Regional economic multipliers are used to estimate the secondary effects of visitor spending. The formula for ascertaining the economic impact is - Economic impact = Number of Visitors * Average spending per visitor * Multiplier. This model is further elaborated as under: a. Dividing visitors into distinct segments with different spending patterns (e.g. campers, day users, visitors in motels). b. Measuring spending in distinct spending categories (e.g. lodging, restaurant meals, gas, groceries). c. Allocating spending into the economic sectors that receive it and applying economic ratios and multipliers for those sectors. vi. Regular interaction with stakeholders of hospitality sector for review of guidelines on approval and classification every two years to incorporate best practices and to meet contemporary challenges. vii. Concrete and efficient compilation of tourism statistics by adopting a uniform methodology for formulation of policies and programmes and dissemination of data for use in industry, by stakeholders and research scholars and general public. viii. Dissemination of data through website for better citizen awareness. ix. Prepare panel of consultants for tourism related studies. x. To establish systems to capture and analyze segregated data across all niche segments such as Nature, Cultural, Medical, Adventure, Wildlife, MICE, etc. thus allowing for greater understanding of the opportunities and needs of these segments. xi. Assess the requirement of manpower in Hospitality and Travel Trade Sector and assess the effectiveness of financial incentives. xii. Performance management to achieve better development orientation. xiii. To bring about a systematic improvement in monitoring mechanism and thereby contribute to better governance of projects, improve the outcome and timeliness of implementation. Devise ways and methods to evolve a mechanism for maintenance and proper upkeep of the tourism infrastructure. Inspecting the quality of tourism projects and suggests steps for improving the quality of tourism experience. xiv. Stakeholder engagement through coordination meetings, conferences, etc. with Industry & Trade Associations, Approved Tourism Establishments, Hospitality & Travel Institutes and other Government departments for prioritization, sharing of new ideas, problems & issues analysis, skill enhancement, etc. xv. State to play a pro-active role and approach in involving tourism stakeholders. xvi. A Tourism Satellite Accounting System (TSA) to be adopted to gauge more precisely the contribution of tourism to the State's economy. 7.11 TOURISM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEES For effective monitoring and co-ordination, Committees at different levels may be constituted to ensure comprehensive and sustained development of tourism in the State. i. A State Level Tourism Steering Committee (SLTSC) under the chairmanship of the Hon'ble Chief Minister of Manipur shall be constituted to provide guidance and impetus to the development and growth of tourism in the State. This ‘Committee' is essential to improve policy integration and co-ordination. The ‘Committee' may consist of the following members: i. Chief Minister, Manipur Chairman ii. Minister (Tourism), Manipur Vice-Chairman iii. Minister (Home), Manipur Member iv. Minister (Finance), Manipur Member v. Minister (Planning), Manipur Member vi. Minister (Arts & Culture), Manipur Member vii. Minister (Commerce & Industries), Manipur Member viii. Minister (Revenue), Manipur Member ix. Minister (Hills), Manipur Member x. Minister (Works), Manipur Member xi. Minister (Power), Manipur Member xii. Minister (PHED), Manipur Member xiii. Minister (MAHUD), Manipur Member xiv. Minister (Forests & Environment), Manipur Member xv. Minister (Transport), Manipur Member xvi. Chairman (Manipur State Pollution Board) Member xvii. Chief Secretary, Government of Manipur Member xviii. Director General of Police Member xix. Administrative Secretary (Finance), Government of Manipur Member xx. Administrative Secretary (Planning), Government of Manipur Member xxi. Administrative Secretary (Home), Government of Manipur Member xxii. Administrative Secretary (Environment & Forest), Government of Manipur Member xxiii. Administrative Secretary (Art& Culture), Government of Manipur Member xxiv. Administrative Secretary (Commerce & Industries), Government of Manipur Member xxv. Administrative Secretary (Revenue), Government of Manipur Member xxvi. Administrative Secretary (Hills), Government of Manipur Member xxvii. Administrative Secretary (Works), Government of Manipur Member xviii. Administrative Secretary (Power), Government of Manipur Member xxix. Administrative Secretary (PHED), Government of Manipur Member xxx. Administrative Secretary (MAHUD), Government of Manipur Member xxxi. Administrative Secretary (Transport), Government of Manipur Member xxxii. Principal Chief Conservator of Forests Member xxiii. Administrative Secretary (Tourism), Government of Manipur Member-Secretary xxiv. Any other member(s) with permission of the Chairman The State Level TSC shall meet every 6 (six) months and deliberate upon the issues for comprehensive development and growth of tourism industry in the State. ii. A tourism think tank shall be constituted for fostering inter-departmental and inter-agency co-operation & co-ordination, for advising on general policies and planning of tourism related matters including infrastructure development essential for the development, promotion, monitoring, maintenance and growth of the Tourism and Hospitality Industry in Manipur. This will also include the accreditation of healthcare and other tourism related facilities, setting-up of the benchmark for 'Tourism Units', etc. iii. For achieving these objectives, the Government would constitute a Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC). The Tourism Advisory Committee shall consist of the following members: i. Chief Secretary, Government of Manipur Chairman ii. Administrative Secretary (Tourism), Manipur Member iii. Administrative Secretary (Finance), Manipur Member iv. Administrative Secretary (Planning), Manipur Member v. Administrative Secretary (Home), Manipur Member vi. Administrative Secretary (Arts & Culture), Manipur Member vii. Administrative Secretary (Commerce & Industries), Manipur Member viii. Administrative Secretary (Revenue) , Manipur Member ix. Administrative Secretary (Hills), Manipur Member x. Administrative Secretary (Works), Manipur Member   The TAC shall also act as a High Powered Committee for Single Window Clearance System. TAC shall meet every 3 (three) months to take stock of actions taken by the concerned departments/agencies and to make constructive suggestions for promotion of Travel and Tourism Industry in Manipur. Definite timelines would be defined by the Tourism Department for implementation of Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 and the 'Master Plan' which would be reviewed & monitored by TAC every three months. This 'TAC' will directly look into creation of infrastructure and push the Rail connection and may operate on the basis of Sub-Committees to be formed for the following purposes, which will make recommendations to the 'TAC'. The 'TAC' members may also be members of the Sub-committees. Taking into the consideration the constructive suggestions from out of the White Paper - Conclusions & Suggestions based on Manipur Eco-Tourism Conclave held on 7th & 8th April, 2014, the 'TAC' would constitute the following Sub-Committees: A. Ecotourism Sub-committees: Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Nature Gardens, Orchidarium (Orchid Lab), Caves, Waterfalls, Biking, Jeep Safaris, Skiing, Rafting, etc. Implement the STCI code for responsible tourism. Code for trekking to be formulated. Setting Standards & Certification. Rescue, Safety, First Aid. Codify Routes. Name Peaks - Give them a personality. Develop a nature garden near Imphal. Develop Dos * Don'ts. Work on carrying capacity. [Senior functionaries of the Eco-Tourism Society of India (ESOI) would be co¬opted as Members/Advisors of this Sub-committee.]  B. Lakes & Waterways Tourism: This Sub-committee will essentially establish and implement the norms for in and around lakes and waterways. In this connection the CODE FOR WATER BASED TOURISM ESTABLISED BY THE MINISTRY OF TOURISM, Government of India may be adopted by the State and apart from the Department of Environment & Ecology, Manipur may set-up a MONITORING LABORATORY to ensure there are no pollutants, affluent, silting and weeding damaging the lake. A tourism zone shall be crated around the lake & local community is settled & trained to directly benefit from this tourism. Water Sports to be introduced through PPP hydrology needs to be implemented. No building or construction or residential unit (Houseboat) would be allowed to come-up in and on the lake except at the distance specified in the codes, outside the no construction zone. All tourism assets around the lake will have to comply with vernacular architecture. The Lakes & Waterways expert shall be a member of this 'Sub-committee'. C. Heritage, Culture & Art Craft: This Sub-committee will formulate suggestion to promote the Built & Tangible Heritage of the State. Among the Heritage Assets are: a. War Cemetery/War Memorial b. INA Museum c. Kangla Fort d. Women's Market (Ima Market) e. India's oldest Airfield f. Dance & Music g. Martial Art h. Govindajee Temple i. Local Art and Craft j. Knowledge of local medicine etc. The Kangla Fort area may be transformed into a grand tourism experience and asset with Sound and Light Show, Tribal Art & Craft promotion Centre & Museum i.e., Nungi Pottery, Bamboo Craft, Food Court with local cuisine-(Black Rice), an Amphi-Theatre for performance of music, dance & local arts, Centre to promote local herbal medicine- orthopedic herbs, convert the cottage into Heritage hotel., regular Polo event in the first Polo ground in the world, have a responsible Tourism Interpretation Centre and create a boating & walking experience around the moat. This Sub-committee should also lay down guidelines to ensure that tourism products in eco-sensitive areas adapt to vernacular architectural designs. This 'Sub-committee' will also draw up guidelines for setting up a Tribal Tourism circuit & home stay with total community involvement and also showcase the diverse culture of different tribes & assets like indigenous medicine, crafts etc. The State Government should come out with a policy of approving and promoting 'HOME STAYS' in village and tribal areas including those around Loktak Lake along trekking routes & nature and wild life parks and tribal village centres. D. Architecture & Design Classification Committee: The Ministry Tourism, Government of India norms for all tourism service providers should be implemented specially all aspects of safety, security, hygiene, sanitation, garbage segregation & disposal, pollution, energy & water conservation vernacular designs, parking etc, to be addressed. A criteria for all hotels for energy conservation & water management to be developed. 7.12 MANIPUR TOURISM DEVELOPMENT SOCIETY (MTDS) For professional and efficient management of the Tourism related activities the State Government would consider establishment of Manipur Tourism Development Society (MTDS) which would have more flexibility in operation and administration, thereby bringing in desired efficiency in promotion of tourism industry in the State. 7.13 TOURISM LITERATURE Government would update its tourism literature (both print and electronic) from time to time and disseminate it professionally besides uploading it on the concerned websites. A copy of the latest Tourism Brochure published by the Directorate of Tourism, Manipur is attached. mufwec s^erfeTT Introduction - 5 Culture & Traditions - 6-7 Flora & Fauna - 8-9 Handloom, Handicrafts & Fine Arts - 10-11 Festivals of Manipur - 12-15 Indigenous Sports - 16-19 Native Music & Cuisines - 20-21 Adventure Sports - 22-23 Medical Tourism - 24 Hospitality Industry - 25 Imphal City & Surrounding Areas - 26-29 Bishnupur District - 30-33 Thoubal District - 34 Chandel District - 35 Churachandpur District - 36 Ukhrul District - 37 Tamenglong District - 37 Senapati District - 38-39 Yellow Pages - 40-41 Travel Map - 42-43 II. J\ pur Tourism INTRODUCTION Manipur, fondly called by Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru as the “Jewel of India”, is a little Shangrila located in a lush green corner of North-East India between 23.83° & 25.68° North latitudes and 93.03° & 94.78° East longitudes. An oval shaped valley surrounded by nine ranges of bluish-green hills intertwined with cascading rapids, tripping rivers, carpets of flowers, exotic blooms and lazy lakes, she has inspired descriptions such as the “Switzerland of the East”. One of the most profound observations was made by Lady St.Clair Grimwood, author of ‘My Three Years in Manipur’ who described her as ‘A pretty place more beautiful than many snow places of the world’. Sharing an international border with Myanmar, the state has a strategic importance in India’s Look East Policy and is set to become the Gateway to South¬East Asia and an important tourist destination in the near future. The people of Manipur include Meities, Nagas, Gorkhas, Meitei Pangals, Kuki - Chin - Mizo groups and many other colorful communities who have co-existed in complete harmony over the centuries. These are people whose folklore, myths and legends, dances, indigenous games and martial arts, cuisines, exotic handlooms and handicrafts are invested with the mystique of nature and an indefatigable Joie de  CULTURE & TRADITIONS Manipur is a mosaic of ancient traditions and rich cultural patterns. In the field of art and culture, the State is best represented by its classical and folk dance forms. Raas Leelas depict the Leelas (Sports) of Lord Krishna as a child with Gopies (Milkmaids) of Brindavan, and express their yearning for communion with the “Lord”. The Raas Dance is perfectly lyrical and has extremely graceful movements. A spring festival, the “Lai-Haraoba” held in April-May is symbolized by a traditional stylized and ritualistic dance performed for peace and prosperity. The tribal folk dances are an expression of nature, of creation, of aestheticism in the tribal way of life. One will be charmed by the colourful costumes, dances Flora & Fauna Blessed with an amazing variety of flora and fauna, 67% of the geographical area of Manipur are hill tracts covered with green forests. Churachandpur and Tamenglong districts in particular have vast areas covered with bamboo forests. In a small area of about 22,000 sq. km, Manipur has alpine forests of pines, grasslands and meadows at Dzuko and Shirui, coveted the world over. Some of the most beautiful and precious blooms and orchids abound in their natural habitat spreading their beauty and colour, stunning eyes that are not used to seeing them in such profusion. There are about 500 varieties of orchids which grow in Manipur of which 472 have been identified. The Hoolock Gibbon, Slow Loris, Spotted Linshang, Mrs. Hume’s Barbacked pheasant, Blyths Tragopan, Hornbills, etc. form only a small part of the rich natural heritage of Manipur. Nong-in is the State bird of Manipur. The handloom and handicrafts items of Manipur are sought after souvenirs for tourists. It is an indispensable aspect of the socio-economic life. There is a saying that every woman of Manipur is a born weaver. The more than 33 different communities in the State have imprinted upon their handloom products, exquisite designs peculiar to their communities. Manipur pottery is crafted without a potter's wheel. It is an enthralling experience to witness the potters of Andro, Thongjao and Nungbi deftly moulding an unbelievable range of earthenware. Beautiful pieces of art made of cane and bamboo form an important part of handicrafts. Tourists would like to take home a lifan, phak (weed mat), phiruk, Manipuri Dolls and a host of other beautiful carvings from various rare and exotic varieties of timber.  Manipur Tourism FESTIVALS OF MANIPUR Manipur is a land of festivities, merriment and mirth all year round. A year in Manipur presents a cycle of festivals. Hardly a month passes without a festival or two being celebrated. To the Manipuris, festivals are symbols of their cultural, social and religious aspirations. Gang-Ngai - Festival of Kabui Nagas Celebrated for five days in the month of December/ January, Gang- Ngai is an important festival of the Kabui Nagas. The festival opens with the omen taking ceremony on the first day. The rest of the days are associated with common feast, dances of old men and women and of boys and girls, and presentation of gifts amongst others. Lui-Ngai-Ni It is a collective festival of the Nagas observed on the 15th day of February every year. This is a seed-sowing festival after which tribes belonging to the Naga group begin their cultivation. Social-gatherings, songs, dances and rejoicings highlight the festivity. This annual festival also plays a great role in boosting the morale and in strengthening the bond of Naga solidarity. Yaoshang (Holi) - Festival of Manipuri Hindus Celebrated for five days commencing from the full moon day of Phalguna (February/March), Yaoshang is an important festival of Manipur. The Thabal Chongba, a Manipuri folk dance where boys and girls hold hands together and sing and dance in a circle, is particularly associated with this festival. Yaoshang to Manipur is what Durga Puja is to Bengal, Diwali to North India and Bihu to Assam. Cheiraoba - The Manipuri New Year On the ocassion of Cheiraoba, special festive dishes are prepared which are first offered to various deities. Celebrated during the month of April, a part of the ritual entails villagers climbing the nearest hill tops in the belief that it will enable them to rise to greater heights in their worldly life. Kang (Rath Yatra) One of the greatest festivals of the Hindus of Manipur, this festival is celebrated for ten days in the month of July. Lord Jagannath leaves his temple in a chariot known as ‘Kang’ in Manipur pulled by devotees who vie with one another for this honour.  Heikru Hitongba This is a boat racing festival celebrated in the month of September. Long narrow boats are used to accommodate a large number of rowers. Idol of Lord Vishnu is installed before the commencement of the race. Ningol Chak-kouba - a social festival of Manipuris It is the one of the biggest festivals of the Meiteis. Married daughters of the family come to their parental houses along with their children and enjoy sumptuous feasts. It is an ocassion for family reunion and gifting. It is celebrated on the second day of the new moon in the month of Hiyangei of the Manipuri lunar Calender system and falls usually in November Chumpha - Festival of the Tangkhul Nagas Celebrated for seven days in the month of December, the Chumpha festival is a great festival of the Tangkhul Nagas. The festival is held after the season’s harvest. The last three days are devoted to social gatherings and rejoicing. Unlike other festivals of the Tangkhul Nagas, here women play a special role in the  INDIGENOUS SPORTS The tradition of sports finds its origin in the ancient history of Manipur - a history of small kingdoms which were in keen competition with one another. Wars among themselves and with Awa (Myanmar) had resulted in a martial tradition which in turn gave way to the development of various indigenous games. Thang Ta & Sarit Sarak (Manipuri Martial Arts) These are the Manipuri Martial Arts, the traditions of which have been passed down over the centuries. It is a very energetic and skillful art and was a way to hone one’s battle craft during peace time in the olden days when every Manipuri was a warrior who was required to serve his country in times of war. Today, these arts are being practised widely by even women and children alike. Khong Kangjei Like polo, Khong Kangjei, is also a very popular game for the Manipuris. The game is played between two teams with seven players on either side and each player is equipped with a bamboo stick about 4 ft. in length made in the form of the modern hockey stick. The game starts with a throw of a ball made from bamboo root in a field of 200 X 80 yards in area. A player may carry the ball in any manner to the goal. He may even kick it but he has to score the goal only by hitting the ball with his stick. There is no goal post and a goal is scored when the ball crosses the goal line completely. A player often encounters an opponent in his attempt at carrying or hitting the ball towards the goal. The encounter may develop into a trial of strength which is indigenously known as Mukna. The game requires much physical stamina, speed and agility. Yubi Lakpi means snatching in the Manipuri Language. Here each side has 7 players in a field measuring 45m x 18m in area. One end of the field has a rectangular box measuring 4.5m x 3m, one side of which forms the central portion of the goal line. To score a goal, a player has to approach the goal from the front with his oiled coconut and pass the goal line. The coconut serves the purpose of a ball and is offered to the king or the judges who sit just beyond the goal line. However, in ancient times, the teams were not equally matched as the player with the coconut had to tackle all the rest of the player. Mukna (Manipuri Wrestling) This is a game similar to wrestling played between two male rivals for trial of strength by use of sheer physical strength and skill. Athletes of the same or approximately the same physical built, weight or age are made to compete with each other. Mukna is a highly popular game. In the olden days, the game enjoyed royal patronage.  INDIGENOUS SPORTS Kang Played out between two teams on the mud floor of a big out-house, fixed targets are hit with the "Kang", a flat and oblong object made of either ivory or lac. Normally each team has 7 male partners. The game is also played as a mixed-doubles contest. Played strictly during the period between ‘Cheiraoba’ and the Rath Yatra festival, Manipuris religiously adhere to its time¬frame as popular belief holds that in case the game is played outside the prescribed period, evil spirits would invade the mind of players and spectators alike. Hiyang Tannaba (Boat Race) Associated with religious rites, this boat race is generally held in the month of November at Thangapat and at the Loktak lake. The boat called Hiyang Hiren is believed to be invested with spiritual powers. The Meiteis believe that worship of the Hiyang Hiren will negate evil omens. The rowers wear traditional dresses and head gears. The game is also conducted during times of natural calamity. Sagol Kangjei (Polo) The Manipuri Sagol Kangjei has been adopted by the International Community and is now played worldwide as Polo. The 'PUYAS1 trace it to the mythological age when the game was believed to be played by the Gods. The game is played between two teams with 7 players on each side mounted on Ponies which are often not more than 4/5 feet in height. Each player is equipped with a polo stick made of cane having a narrow angled wooden head fixed at the striking end. The ball is made from bamboo root. The mounted players hit the ball into the goal. Extremely vigorous, the game is now played in two styles - the PANA or original Manipuri style and the international style as Polo. It is exhilarating to see Manipuri players in their sixties riding ponies at full gallop and playing Sagol Kangjei with gusto. The ponies are also decorated fully with various guards protecting the eyes, forehead, flanks, etc. The British learned the game of Sagol Kangjei in the 19th Century from Manipur and after refinement, it was introduced to the world as Polo. Manipur Tourism 擊觀 上，-i.崦冬乂皱染紅.:如遽：七  Traditional Music Manipur is a land of music and dance. Pung, Kartal, Mangkang, Bansuri and Sembong are the soul of Manipuri Sankritana music and Classical Manipuri Dance. It assumes an important ritual character as an indispensable part of social and devotional ceremonies. Pena is a string instrument which is played by fiddling somewhat similar to the Ektara of Bengal. The tribes of the hills use a wide range of wind musical instruments made of bamboo. Puleh, Toutri, Theibe, Theiphit and Relru are some of the popular tribal musical instruments. Reuben Mashangva, a popular Tangkhul folk artist, has been successfully popularising the traditional music of the Tangkhuls. Native Cuisine Manipuri cuisine is simple and healthy. Dishes are typically boiled, smoked or spicy foods that use chilli pepper. The staple diet of Manipur consists of rice, leafy vegetables, fish and meat. ‘Ngari’ or fermented fish is a popular ingredient in the dishes. ‘Umorok’，an extremely hot chilli is another favourite ingredient among the people. The meals are simple but very well prepared. One has to taste them to believe it. Manipur Mridanga Pung Cholom  Adventure Adventure Tourism A variety of Adventure Tourism facilities are available in the State. The Manipur Mountaineering and Trekking Association (MMTA), the Manipur Adventure and Allied Sports Institute (MAASI) and the Adventure Academy of Manipur are engaged in promotion of these facilities. There are numerous land, water and air based adventure sports sites across the State, such as, the Loktak lake: for water sports; the Barak river: for rafting; the Mount Iso along with Dzuko Valley famous for its endemic Dzuko Lily (Lilium chitrangadae) and the Shirui Hill famous for the rare Shirui Lily (Lilium mackliniae): for mountain climbing and trekking; the Tharon and Khangkhui Caves: for caving adventures; and the Koirengei Old Airfield and Nongmaiching foot-hills at Wakha: for hang gliding, paragliding and parasailing are some of the celebrated adventure sports and eco-tourism sites. The Adventure and Leadership Park run by the Manipur Mountaineering Institute (MMI) of the MMTA, located at Lamdan, near the Loktak Hydro-Electric Project, about 35km. from Imphal, over an area of around 250 hectares with natural rock is the first of its kind in India. MEDICAL TOURISM JNIMS&RIMS Hospitals These Government Hospitals offer tertiary healthcare services to the public. Specialists and supercialists are readily available to cater to the needs of patients. The state Government endeavours to promote medical tourism, backed by its huge number of medical professionals, and provide world class medical facilities at very competitive and affordable prices. Shija Hospitals and Research Institute, Langol Shija Hospitals is an ISO 9001:2008 certified private healthcare institute in Manipur providing advanced healthcare technology with humane touch. Shija Hospitals located at environment friendly Langol is 200 bedded and has 5 modern operation theatres and 18 bedded fully functional ICU. The Hospital has becomes the only centre in Eastern India having, under one-roof, the total ‘state of the art' solution for treatment of stones at different locations of the body viz., Lap-Chole, Lap-CBD Exploration, ERCP, ESWL, PCNL, URS, CLT and Lap- Urosurgery. The Neuroscience centre has all the requisite resource in its Neurosurgery and Neurology unit. Also SHRI is today a premier institute in India for minimally invasive surgery (MIS), viz., Laparoscopic Surgery, Arthroscopy, Thoracoscopy, Functional Endoscopic Sinus Surgery (FESS) and Upper and Lower GI Endoscopic procedures. The hospital has also been awarded Guinness World record for removing the largest neck tumor in the world from a 12 day old baby.  HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY The Hotel Imphal Located in the heart of Imphal, Hotel Imphal is one of the finest hotels in the city, run and managed by the Manipur Tourism Department. The Hotel is located in a spacious environment with gardens and with all modern amenities to provide all comforts to any visiting tourist. The spacious surroundings coupled with efficient services make this hotel the perfect choice for any tourist visiting Manipur. The Classic Hotel The Classic Hotel, Imphal, is a three star category and an ISO 2200:2005 Certified hotel in the State. The hotel offers 59 luxurious rooms, multi-cuisine speciality restaurant, a modern fitness centre, a traditional handloom boutique, a business centre, 24-hour room service, Wi-Fi internet connectivity, spacious basement car park, concierge service, travel desk, 24-hour power back-up, doctor on call, laundry service, credit card / debit card payment facilities, electronic safety lockers, to-and-fro transport facility from the airport, taxi service, centralized air-conditioned conference and banquet facilities at its two major conference halls, a mini-conference hall, an executive board-room and many others. SHREE SHREE GOVINDAJI TEMPLE ■BBI i ^ ^ 广 I A historic Vaishnavite centre, adjoining the royal palce of Manipur's former Maharajas', the Govindajee temple is one of the more popular destination for the tourists. Twin domes, a paved courtyard, and a large raised congregation hall form a perfect backdrop for priests who descend the steps, to accept offerings from devotees in the courtyard. The shrines of Lord Krishna and Balaram and Jagannath flank the two sides of the presiding deity. Early hour Prayer (Aarti) is a must for devoted followers, The seat of Manipur's power till 1891, the historical embodiment of Manipuri Rulers and the people of Manipur, Kangla has a special place in the hearts and minds of the people of Manipur. The old Govindajee temple, outer and inner moat and other relics are perfect reflections of the rich art and architectural heritage of Manipur. 麵. War Cemetery This interesting Museum near the Polo Ground, has a fairly good collection and display of Manipur’s tribal heritage and a collection of portraits of Manipur’s former rulers. Particularly interesting are the costumes, arms & ammunitions, relics and historical documents on display. The Manipur Zoological Garden at Iroisemba is only 6 kms. on the Imphal- Kangchup Road at the foot of pine growing hillocks. Here, apart from various endangered species, tourists will have an opportunity to see the graceful brow-antlered deer (Sangai), one of the rarest endangered species of deer in the world, in sylvan surroundings. Manipur Tourism Khonghampat Orchidarium Located 10 kms. from Imphal on National Highway No. 2 is a Central Orchidarium spread over 200 acres and housing over 110 rare varieties of orchids, including dozens of endemic species. The peak blooming season is March-April. Mutua Museum This Museum is a Cultural Complex located at Andro village, about 26 kms. from the capital. Here artifacts of Nupi Lal Memorial Complex the State and from all over the North-East are housed, such as pottery, rare coins, rare manuscripts of the state, The complex is a tribute to the courageous paintings, basketries, bell metals, jewelleries, wood fighting for justice against the British on 12th different tribes and ethnic groups of the state such as December, 1939. 27 kms. from Imphal on the Tiddim Road, is a picturesque town situated at the foot hills that rolls down to the valley. The 15th century Vishnu Temple built of peculiarly small bricks supposedly of Chinese influence during the reign of King Kiyamba is of historical importance. Bishnupur is also famous for its chiselled stoneware. Red Hill (Lokpaching) Red Hill is a hillock about 16 kms. from Imphal on Tiddim Road NH - 150. It is a site where British and Japanese soldiers had fought a fierce battle during World War-II. War Veterans had constructed “India Peace Memorial”，a monument in memory of Japanese soldiers who died in the battle. It is also a place of pilgrimage for Japanese tourists. Loukoi Pat This tiny lake located near the Tiddim Road on NH - 150 at Bishnupur is a retreat for visitors from within and outside the state. Boating facilities and the scenic beauty of the place is mesmerising for the visitors. Sadu Chiru Waterfall (Sadar Hills) Kangchup (Sadar Hills) Located 16 kms. from Imphal towards the west, is a healthy resort on the hills over-looking the Manipur valley. The scenery is picturesque and worth seeing. With the construction of Singda Dam here, the place has become one of the more popular picnic spots. — ■-’■〜、--^-吻》«r,—■wii»^«»*ft^*»**IMliM(^t|itfiiagMggaiyi5a at Lake on small islands that are actually floating weeds associated with which are various aspects of life of the local inhabitants. The local dwellers live in the backdrop of the shimmering blue waters of the Lake, labyrinthine boat routes and colourful water plants. The Sendra Tourist Home with an attached Cafeteria is a sought after tourist spot. Boating and other water sports are organised here at Takmu Water Sports Complex. Keibul Lamjao National Park The only floating National Park in the world, the Keibul Lamjao National Park located on the Loktak Lake is the last natural habitat of the "Sangai1 (Rucervus eldii eldii), the dancing deer of Manipur. A glimpse of the deer in this unique wetland ecosystem is a must for any wildlife enthusiast. Other wildlife to be seen include: Hog Deer, Otter, a host of water fowls and migratory birds, the latter usually sighted during November to March. The Forest Department of Manipur maintains watch towers and two rest houses within the park. Moirang Located 45 kms. from Imphal, and situated near the Loktak lake, this town is one of the main centres of early Meitei folk culture. An ancient temple of the pre-Hindu deity, Lord Thangjing, is situated here. In the month of May, men and women, dressed in colourful traditional costumes sing and dance in honour of the Lord at the Moirang “Lai Haraoba”，a ritual dance festival held annually. This town also has a special place in the history of India’s Freedom Struggle. It was at Moirang that the flag of the Indian National Army was first unfurled on April 14, 1944. The INA Museum which has a collection of letters, photographs, badges of ranks and other war memorabilia reminds the visitors of the noble sacrifices made by the INA soldiers under the charismatic leadership of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose. Khongjom War Memorial Khongjom War Memorial, Located 36 kms. from Imphal on the Indo- Myanmar road has an important historical significane. It was here that Major General Paona Brajabashi, one of the great warriors of Manipur proved his valor against the superior might of the invading British Army in 1891. The hillock at the foot of which he laid down his life in defence of the motherland, is reminiscent of the past heroic deeds of Manipuri warriors. A war memorial has been constructed atop Kheba hill. Khongjom Day is observed every year on 23rd April here. Kakching Garden at Uyok Ching A beautiful artificial garden on the way to Moreh, it has many exotic native flowers, herbs, orchids, etc. and is a must-visit for any domestic or foreign tourist. This is a busy commercial town on the Indo-Myanmar 110 kms. from Imphal. A shopping paradise for shoppers, sundry products ranging from electronics to daily consumables are available in plenty. This place holds importance for visiting tourists not only for being a border town but also for providing a unique opportunity for experiencing the different through the neighbouring border town of Tamu which is only 5 kms. away across the border. There are numerous hotels providing accomodation at affortable prices for a comfortable stay at Moreh. Churachandpur It is located along the Tiddim Road, 60 kms. from Imphal and is one of the most beautiful places for sight seeing and holidaying. It is a bustling tribal town and district headquarter where products of ^ local arts and crafts stand out in the local market. Kuki-Chin-Mizo groups are the dominant tribes of this district. Manipur Mountaineering Institute, Lamdan Located about 44 kms. from Imphal, this Institute is the first of its kind in North East India. Adventure Sports training in Spidernet, Burma Bridge, Parasailing, Rock Climbing, Hill Trekking and many others are imparted here. The Institute is managed by the Manipur Mountaineering & Trekking Association (MMTA). Ukhrul Ukhrul, the highest hill station of the state is located at a distance of 83 kms. to the east of Imphal. Ukhrul is the home of a colourful warrior tribe, the Tangkhul Nagas. The Tangkgul Nagas are of the oldest major tribes of Manipur. Shirui Hills and Khangkhui Lime Caves are interesting places for excursions located in this district. Shirui Hills These hills are also known for a unique species of land-lily, the Shirui Lily, which grows at a height of 8,500 ft. This beautiful lily which grows only in this part of the world, blooms during May-June. TAMENGLONG DISTRICT Tamenglong Deep gorges, mysterious caves, splendid waterfalls and exotic orchids are what one will find in the district headquarter of Tamenglong District. The Tharon Cave, Buning Meadow, Zilad Lakes and Barak Waterfalls are some of the sought after places of tourist interest. The Rongmei, Longmei and Zemei Nagas are the dominant tribes of Tamenglong. This beautiful place is located at a distance of 156 kms. from Imphal. SENAPATI DISTRICT Senapati It is the district headquarter of the northern hill district of Senapati located along the National Highway No-2. Some historical places which are unique in itself and are worth visiting are the old village of Yangkhullen, built on a steep hill; Makhel, the place where the Nagas are believed to have originated; the unexplored Haolaipai Supao Deikulu cave in Phuba Thapham; Dzuko valley; besides many others which still lay virgin, waiting to be explored. Mao, the oldest hill station in the State, is located in Senapati district on the Manipur - Nagaland border. Dzuko Valley It is a truly mesmerising green valley and easily the most pictureque place in Senapati District located bordering Nagaland. It is famous for the rare terrestrial lily called “ Dzuko Lily” and the enchanting snow clad valley during January & February. The highest peak of Manipur “Mount Iso” is also located behind this valley. YELLOW PAGE Where you should look for Handloom & Handicrafts 1. Panthoibi Manipur Emporium, Paona Bazar, Imphal ( A Government of Manipur Undertaking). Tel: 2451495 2. Kangla Emporium (M.D.S.), RIMS Road, Imphal. Tel: 2452968 3. Eastern Handloom & Handicrafts, Paona Bazar, Imphal. Tel: (M) 9856262828/8014169052 4. Ima Market, Khwairamband Bazar, Imphal. 5. Ningthibee Collections, Nagamapal, Imphal. 6. Crafts Centre, Sagolband, Imphal. 7. Emoinu Co-operative Emporium, Uripok, Imphal. 8. Wangkhei Leima Collection, Yonglan Leirak, Imphal East. 9. Rani Phi, Wangkhei Lourembam Leikai, Imphal East. 10. RKCS Art Gallery, Keisamthong, Imphal. http://www.rkcsartgallery.com 11. SACH, Khongman Mangjil, Imphal East. http://www.sach-manipur.com Where to stay Conveniently located in the heart of the Imphal City, there are a number of Government as well as privately run hotels with all modern amenities, attentive services suited for both leisure travellers & businessmen. 1. Hotel Imphal, North AOC, Imphal (Tourism Department, Government of Manipur). Tel: 2421373/2423372 2. State Guest House, Sanjenthong, Imphal (Government of Manipur). Tel: 2451212 3. The Classic Hotel, North AOC, Imphal. Tel: 2443967/2443969 http://www.theclassichotel.in 4. Hotel Nirmala, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2458904/2459014 5. Hotel White Palace, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2452322 8. Hotel Tampha, North AOC., Imphal. Tel: 2451486/2405479 9. Hotel Avenue, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2241173 10. Youth Hostel, Khuman Lampak, Imphal. Tel: 2453422 11. State Youth Centre, YAS Department, Government of Manipur, Khuman Lampak, Imphal. Tel: 2320014 12. Hotel Anand Continental, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. Tel: 2449422/2449433 13. Hotel Kristina, Pologround Road, Paona Bazar. Tel: 2445255/ 2242093 14. Mass Hotel, Assembly Road, Imphal. Tel: 2444342/ 2452797 15. Hotel Yaisana, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. AIRLINES AirIndia: M.G. Avenue, Imphal, Tel :2450199 Tulihal Airport: Tel: 2455074 Jet Airways (I) Ltd.: Tel : 2455054 Indigo: Tel : 2455368/69 Kingfisher: Tel :2433013 North East Shuttle: Tel : 2455111/ 09862207568 TRAVEL AGENCIES Seven Sisters Holidays, M.G. Avenue, Majorkhul Crossing, Imphal. Tel: 2443977/9957171551/9206188454 Pioneer Travels, B.T. Road, Imphal. Tel: 2451248/2451997 Haokip Travel Agency, Hotel Nirmala, MG Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2443044/2452772 Goodwill Travels, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. Tel: 2450532/2450076 Seven Sisters Air Travel, M.G. Avenue. Tel: 2445373 Pureiromba Travels, Palace Gate, Imphal. Tel: 2441211/9436038595/9862009521 Banks All major Nationalised Banks have branches in Manipur with SBI, UBI, Axis, ICICI having ATM facilities in some of the Branch offices in Imphal. POSTAL AND COURIER SERVICES/ TELEGRAPH -General Post Offices, Imphal (SPEED POST) and other facilities are available. -Blue Dart, M.G. Avenue. Tel: 2231281 -Overnite Express, Paona Bazar. Tel: 2451993 -Desk to Desk Courier, M.G. Avenue. HOSPITALS -Jawaharlal Nehru Institute of Medical Sciences(JNIMS), Porompat, Imphal. Tel: (Casualty)-2223516/2450385 -Regional Institute of Medical Sciences(RIMS), Lamphelpat, Imphal. Tel: (Casualty/ emergency) 2310478/2310411/2414478 - Shija Hospitals & Research Institute, Langol, Imphal.Tel: 2414252 - Imphal Hospital, RIMS Road, Imphal. Tel: 2410333/2411353 -Langol View Clinic, RIMS Link Road, Imphal. Tel: 2414679/2416288 Raj Polyclinic, North AOC, Imphal. HOW TO GET TO MANIPUR Manipur can be reached through Airways & Roadways. Railways will be functional from 2016. AIR COMMUNICATION Imphal is the second largest airport in the region. Imphal is connected to Kolkata, New Delhi, Guwahati, Aizawl, Dimpaur and Silchar by Air India, Jet Airways, Indigo, Kingfisher & NE Shuttles. ROADS Private owned and managed deluxe coaches run daily from Imphal to Guwahati and Dimapur and back thus facilitating along the 3 National Highways viz., (1) NH-2 Via Nagaland (2) NH-37 via Silchar and (3) N.H.-150 via Mizoram crisscrossing the state and connecting all the districts. Kolkata Manipur Bhawan 26, Rowland Road (Near Max Muller Bhawan), Kolkata-700020, Tel: 033-24747939, 24742453 Reception: 033-24866937/24758163, Fax: 033-24542453 Guwahati: Guwahati Manipur Bhawan, Rajgarh Road, Guwahati - 781003, Tel: 0361-2540707 Fax: 0361-451968 Imphal: Reception Counter, Imphal Airport. (Tourism Deptt. Govt. of Manipur) CONDUCTED TOURS & TRAVEL PACKAGE I. PIONEER TRAVELS BT ROAD, IMPHAL 795001, MANIPUR, INDIA. Phone: 91385-2451997, FAX: 91385-2451248, Mobile: 919856031401,919436026591 pioneertrvls@rediffmail.com, pioneertrvls@yahoo.co.in, dusarigopal@rediffmail.com TOUR CODE - VM/01 (IMPHAL-MOIRANG itinerary for 3 days/2 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to INA Museum Moirang then to Loktak Lake. Further proceed to Keibul Lamjao National Park, the world's only floating park which houses the unique Sangai deer. Return to Imphal. Lunch at hotel. Visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market. Dinner and stay in hotel. Breakfast at Hotel. Proceed to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar and RKCS Art Gallery. Proceed to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 9,500/- per person excluding air fare. TOUR CODE - VM/02 (IMPHAL-MOREH-MOIRANG itinerary for 4 days/3 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to Moreh. Visit to Namphalong Myanmarese Market. Lunch at Moreh. Return to Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 03: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed toINAMuseumMoirangthento Loktak Lake. Return toImphal. Visit to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar, Shree Shree Govindaji Temple and RKCS Art Gallery. Further visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 04: Breakfast at Hotel. Proceed to. Proceed to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 10,500/- per person excluding air fare. TOUR CODE - VM/03 (IMPHAL-MOREH-MOIRANG itinera^ for 5 days/4 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Visit to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar and Manipur State Museum. Proceed to Moreh. Lunch at Moreh. Visit to Namphalong Myanmarese Market. Dinner and stay in Moreh. DAY 03: After breakfast, proceed to Tamu in Myanmar. After lunch, return to Imphal. Visit to RKCS Art Gallery. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 04: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to INA Museum Moirang then to Loktak Lake. Further proceed to Keibul Lamjao National Park, the world's only floating park which houses the unique Sangai deer. Return to Imphal. Lunch at hotel. Visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market.. DAY 05: Breakfast at Hotel. Visit to Nupilal Memorial Complex. Transfer to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 12,500/- per person excluding air fare. FOR DETAILS- PLEASE CONTACT TOUR OPERATORS Tourist Information Centre Manipur Information Centre C-7 Baba Kharag Singh Marg, New Delhi - 110001 Fax: 011-23746361, Tel: 011-23746359 NEW DELHI MANIPUR BHAWANS Manipur Bhawan (Old) 2-Sardar Patel Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi - 110021 Reception :011-26873311/26870103/26870122/45750800 49/50/ 26873311 Fax : 011-26111803 Bir Tikendrajit Bhawan (New) Bir Tikendrajit Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi -110021 Reception: 011-26870098/26113150 II. SEVEN SISTERS HOLIDAYS MG AVENUE, IMPHAL 795001, MANIPUR, INDIA. Phone: 91385-24439^, Mobile: 919957171551,919436085741 http://www.sevensistersholidays.com, email: 7sistersholidays@gmail.com http://sevensistersholidays.com/itineraries.asp TOUR No. 5 (Exclusive Manipur itinerary for 5 days/4 nights) DAY 1: Arrival at IMPHAL. On arrival transfer to Hotel . Afternoon visit to Shree Shree Govindaji Temple. Overnight in Imphal DAY 2: Day trip to Keibul Lamjao National Park, Loktak Lake, INA Memorial, Japanese War Memorial. Overnight in Imphal DAY 3: Visit Andro Heritage Village. Afternoon local sightseeing of Imphal. Kangla Fort, Ima Market, World War II Cemetery. Overnight in Imphal DAY 4: Day trip to Ukhrul, about 84 km kilometers to the North East of Imphal. The place is inhabited by Tangkhul Tribes. The life and art of Tangkhuls are attractive and captivating. Overnight in Imphal DAY 5: Transfer to Airport. Tour Ends. 4^ MAP OF IMPHAL (Not to scale) ORCHID 'ijARD KHONGAMPAT 6 奉皋專甲 苹桌奉.桌.身 乂本丰本 v A ^ ^ ^ \ ， 表本皋本 \ \ ▲矣▲ > 於本 未桌丰 单桌 LEGEND State Boundary District Boundary — NoYiodol Highwoy^ —一 • Stafe Highways Place of Tourisf Interest 畢 Tourist Home Lodge @ lake M  Department of Tourism Govt, of Manipur, North AOC, Imphal https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/monipur-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Monipur Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Sl. No. Particular 1. Introduction 2. Mission Statement & Principle 3. Aims & Objectives 4. Current Scenario and Swot Analyses 5. Thrust Areas : Niche Tourism Products 6. Action Plan 7. Strategy for implementation of action plan & Promotion of thrust areas 8. Manipur Tourism Brochure   1 INTRODUCTION Tourism emerged as the largest global industry of the 20th century and is projected to grow even faster in the 21stcentury. Manipur has immense possibilities of growth in the tourism sector with vast cultural and religious heritage, varied natural attractions, but a comparatively small role in the national tourism scene. Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 which envisages new initiatives towards making tourism the catalyst in employment generation, environmental re-generation, development of remote areas and development of women and other disadvantaged groups in the State, besides promoting social integration is, therefore, vital to the State's economy. According to the UN World Tourism Organization, contribution of tourism to economic activities worldwide is estimated at about 5%.Tourism takes the cake for creation of 6-7% job opportunities, both direct and indirect worldwide. While in 1950, the top destinations absorbed 88% of international arrivals, it was 55% in 2010, reflecting the emergence of new destinations, many of them in developing countries. UNWTO points out that developing country stand to benefit from sustainable tourism and should act to make this a reality. According to the Planning Commission, the earnings from Travel & Tourism (T&T) have made it one of the largest industries in the world and the fastest growing sector of global trade accounting for 10.4% of global GDP, 12.2% of global exports, 8.3% of global employment, and 9.5% of global capital investment. The receipts generated have grown twice as fast, far outstripping the growth rate of the world economy. India is fast emerging as an important tourism destination in the world. The 'Incredible India"campaign, which showcases the best that India has to offer to the tourists, has now attracted worldwide attention. Foreign tourist arrivals in India increased from 2.37 million in 1997 to 20.73 million in 2012. The Foreign Exchange Earnings (FEE) from tourism by these arrivals grew at an even stronger rate reaching around USD 1774 million in 2012. The year 2012 witnessed a growth of 19.9% in domestic tourist visits over the year 2011, which is higher than the growth of 13.8% in the year 2011 over 2010. During, 2012, the visits by the foreign tourists registered a growth of 6.3% over 2011. By 2017, tourism industry is expected to contribute USD 3121 billion in absolute terms but in percentage terms it is likely to decrease to 3.4% as estimated by the Planning Commission. Manipur with its inherent tourism potential, rich cultural heritage and vibrant pool of youth, with excellent grip over English language is an ideal place for promotion of Tourism as its main industry and sector to generate employment substantially. Our young boys and girls are working in every nook and comer of India in hospitality industry, owing to their good mannerism, friendly attitude, pleasant approach to the clients and fluent English. With such rich talent, which is bound to multiply manifold, after establishment of upcoming Institute of Hotel Management, Catering Technology & Applied Nutrition at Imphal, planned development of Tourism Infrastructure and aggressive marketing of Manipur Tourism would lead to create an employment potential to the tune of 10-15%, as against 6-7% globally. Increased employment opportunities are bound to facilitate improvement in Law & Order and perceptible decrease in insurgency. Tourism Industry per se would create employment opportunities at every tier be it a Luggage handler, Porter, Waiter/Waitress, Front Desk Official, Managers, Accountants, etc. The tourism industry has its own multiplier effect and thus could become the largest employment generator in the State. Other than the tourism industry itself, the global spread of tourism has produced significant economic and employment benefits in many related and interlinked sectors too, from construction to agriculture or telecommunications. This multiplier effects of tourism need to be tapped maximally to enrich the State's economy and bring prosperity to the people. Manipur, with her comfortable climate, mystique cultural heritage and sublime natural beauty, located strategically in a hitherto considered disadvantageous geographical area, has huge potential for the growth of tourism. Manipur tourism was given an industry status in January 1987. Since then the benefits of developing tourism in Manipur has been broadly discussed, argued and acted upon. Research reports on developing Manipur Tourism identify the tourism potential of Manipur, the need to develop it for present and for long term future gains. The State Government has been making efforts in developing Manipur Tourism by developing Infrastructures, Hotels & Restaurants, Human Resource, and through active Marketing, Publicity, Promotion Programmes, Market Research, etc. Manipur and its tourism policy become all the more important in view of India's Look East Policy, the Trans-Asian Highways and the Railways. The Government is keen to take advantage of these developments and therefore, seeks to create a unique brand to market Manipur Tourism as the 'Gateway to South-East Asia'in conformity with its modern outlook, relevance, competitiveness, strategic location and commercial aspects. It is felt that once the appropriate infrastructure and services are suitably placed, Manipur is destined to become a popular tourist hotspot in South-East Asia akin to its South-East Asian neighbours. Relaxation and exclusion of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime since January, 2011 has started attracting foreign tourists to the State. Ministry of Home Affairs has conveyed its, in principle, approval for establishment of VISA on Arrival (VoA) facility at Moreh and at Imphal International Airport. Once VoA facilities are operational, many Myanmarese would travel to Manipur, especially for availing medical facilities. Furthermore, Manipur, where some of the final battles of the World War-II were fought, can receive a big impetus in the tourism sector attracting many foreign tourists, especially from Japan and the Commonwealth countries whose relatives, ancestors and countrymen lost their lives in the battlefield here. Efforts of the State Government to promote tourism as an important industry would have to be synergized with our efforts to improve the law and order situation in the State as well as propagate the message to the people, both within India and abroad, that Manipur, despite internal conflicts and insurgency, is a safe place for the tourists. Unless we propagate this message to the intending tourists, the apprehensions in their mind about safety would not be addressed effectively which in turn create negative publicity and be detrimental to our efforts in promoting Manipur Tourism. Therefore, the State has to take proactive steps in finding a permanent solution to the insurgency and social instability to bring about peace and convey to the outside world that Manipur is a safe and pleasant place to visit. Improvement in law and order would not only lead to increased tourist arrivals but also attract investors from outside the State. The 'Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014' consists of consolidated report on the recent developments in tourism and highlights the current scenario of the State. It attempts to position tourism as the major engine of economic growth, to harness the immense tourism potential and position 'Manipur' as a preferred tourist destination at global level, by proposing both short term as well as long term measures. The ‘Policy' strives to develop tourism in Manipur taking into consideration the guidelines of the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. It also attempts to address the issues related to tourist's interest as well as satisfactory customer/guest services which will serve as a tool to attract more tourists. The ‘Policy' also focuses on community participation and involvement of private entrepreneurs for comprehensive development of tourism industry in the State. The Mission of the ‘Policy' is to promote sustainable tourism as a means of economic growth, social integration and to promote the image of Manipur as a State with a glorious past, a vibrant present and a bright future. Policies to achieve this will be evolved around six broad areas such as Welcome, Information, Facilitation, Safety, Cooperation and Infrastructure Development. Conservation of heritage, natural environment and development and promotion of tourism products would also be given importance. 2 MISSION STATEMENT & PRINCIPLES The mission of Manipur Tourism Policy, 2013 is to provide proper direction that will drive the tourism industry in Manipur and to let the dynamics of the industry take over thereafter. The 'Policy' seeks to harness the tourism potential of Manipur and to attract tourists and investments with the development of hotels & restaurants, resorts, transport, communication, heritage sites, handloom & handicrafts, home-stays & village stays among other ancillary trades/activities. These developments will ultimately help in creating jobs, earning revenue and thus contributing to the economy of the State which in turn would enhance the income level of the people. The State intends to create a robust and vibrant tourism industry through planned, innovative and systematic approach producing an efficient tourism multiplier largely governed by diversity of tourism products, lengthening the period & comfort of stay, and creating various spending avenues. The overall efforts shall be market based taking into account the preferences of the tourists and service providers. Our vision is to create a unique brand for the State to develop and market critical infrastructure in a sustainable and integrated manner to make Manipur a favourite national and international tourist destination with a view to provide an unique experience to the visiting tourists besides ensuring that the quality of life and economic benefits are trickled down to the needy sections and bringing overall prosperity to the people in the State. The policy rest upon the following basic principles: 2.1. In a small remote land-locked State like Manipur where there is less scope of industrial development, but with a rich cultural heritage and sublime natural beauty, tourism promises to emerge as the main avenue for creating employment opportunities, income generation and alleviating poverty. Accordingly, the 'Policy' proposes to facilitate incentives/subsidy for development and promotion of tourism industry in the State. 2.2. The tourism industry promises to provide significant direct and indirect employment. The employment creation potential for investments made in tourism sector promises to be higher than in manufacturing and agricultural sectors. Tourism development would also help significantly in the development of cottage industries and handloom & handicrafts, and thereby promote overall area development and development of weaker sections of the society. 2.3. Considering India's Look East Policy, many tourists would be passing through the State when the Trans-Asian Highway No. 1 is fully developed. Operation of railway line would also bring in large stream of tourists. The immediate challenge shall be on devising ways to cater to their needs and comfort, and persuading them to stay a little longer and explore the rich cultural heritage and scenic beauty of the State. 2.4. Establishment of inter-departmental and inter-agency linkages is crucial to the development of tourism. Public Works, Public Health Engineering, Municipal Administration Housing & Urban Development (MAHUD), Rural Development, Power, Health, Home, Forest and Arts & Culture Departments are important departments which need to play a critical role. Close association shall also be established with NGOs, Clubs, Security Forces, Civil Aviation Authorities and others. 2.5. The North-Eastern States of India are seen as a contiguous region without borders from a tourist's point of view. Therefore, effective co-ordination and cooperation with the neighbouring States shall be pursued for joint development of tourism in the region and shared tourist circuits with a view to facilitate easy, hassle free movement of tourists. 2.6. The Tourism Policy must benefit people. The multiplier effects of the industry need to trickle down and help in creating employment opportunities for the youths, preserving cultural heritage, empowerment of women, encouraging local artisans, development of backward regions, enhancing income and alleviation of poverty. 2.7. Tourism is overwhelmingly an industry of private sector/service providers and hence their critical role shall be duly acknowledged. The ‘Policy' seeks to sensitize all stakeholders on the shared vision which is very essential for a highly efficient, responsive and sustainable tourism industry. Tourism in Manipur shall be government led, private-sector driven and community welfare oriented. 2.8. Prioritization of projects both for destinations and infrastructure is necessary so that scarce resources are put to best use. 2.9. The immediate priority would be on creating world class accommodation& infrastructure, identification, improvement and up-gradation of destinations and other tourism assets and making these operational under Public-Private Partnership. 2.10. Promotion, publicity and marketing are the core of tourism development and need to be undertaken in conformity with tourist profiles and product characteristics. 2.11. The necessity of developing sustainable and responsible tourism to ensure preservation and protection of tourist destinations would be the backbone of the ‘Policy'. It will not only secure long term gains but also help mitigate the adverse impacts of tourism development. 2.12. The safety and security of the tourists shall be paramount on the Government's agenda. Considering the unique law & order situation prevailing in Manipur, promotion of tourism would be carefully undertaken. Even the trouble torn State like Jammu & Kashmir attracts a large number of tourists due to its unique tourist destinations and the facilities provided to the tourists and therefore, Manipur should not shy away from promotion of tourism under the veil of law and order considerations. State Government, in consultation with Government of India, would make positive interventions to improve law & order, create secure & safe atmosphere and work towards a permanent solution to decades old insurgency problem with a view to make Manipur a safe place for the visitors in a time bound manner. Once peace and harmony is stabilized, Manipur with its intrinsic tourism potential is likely to become a preferred destination for the tourists, both domestic as well as foreign. Tourism development in the State would itself create enough job opportunities and avenues for recreation, which in turn would dilute the insurgency substantially and help the State in bringing peace and stabilization in a time bound manner. 2.13. Whenever opportunity arises, Manipur Tourism should play a pivotal and dynamic role to make its presence felt at the international level. 2.14. Tourism in Manipur should be able to provide a unique opportunity for physical invigoration, mental rejuvenation, cultural enrichment and spiritual elevation for a memorable experience for the visiting tourists. The economic benefits of the industry should be able to filter down to the backward sections of the society and bring all round development of the State. 2.15. Sustained efforts would be made to comprehensively improve Welcome, Information, Hospitality, Accommodation, Transportation, Safety, Leisure, Hygiene and Environment, etc. 2.16. Implementation of policy statements and declarations made at various North-Eastern Council meetings organized by the Ministry for Development of North Eastern Region, Government of India for accelerated development of the North-Eastern Region. 2.17. To promote State tourism, local products and cuisines will be effectively marketed and publicized. 2.18. The promoters of tourism industry, hotels and travel agents will be encouraged to evolve and strictly follow Act, Rules and Guidelines prescribed and enforced by the Central Government and State Government. 2.19. Comprehensive programme for capacity development and hospitality promotion shall be organized from time to time in consultation with all stakeholders. 2.20. Manipur is ideally suited for adventure tourism. It would be the endeavour of the Tourism Department and PWD to develop seamless connectivity and encourage adventure Tourism. 3 AIMS & OBJECTIVES The broad objectives of tourism development are: i. Foster understanding between people. ii. Create employment opportunities. iii. Bringing socio-economic benefits to the people of Manipur. iv. Strive towards balanced and sustainable development; and v. Preserve, enrich and promote State's cultural and natural heritage. One of the major objectives is the preservation of natural resources and environment to achieve sustainable development. Given the low cost of employment creation in the tourism sector and the low level of exploitation of Manipur's tourism potential, the new tourism policy seeks to expand and facilitate domestic as well as foreign tourists in a manner that is sustainable by ensuring cultural preservation and minimizing any possible degradation of environment. The Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 also aims at making the stay of tourists in the State, a memorable and pleasant one with reliable services at predictable costs, so that they are encouraged to undertake repeated visits to Manipur State, as friends. This would be in tune with Manipur's traditional philosophy of giving the highest honour to a guest. 3.1 Tourism A Multi-Dimensional Activity a. The Government will aim to achieve necessary linkages and synergies in the policies and programs of all concerned Departments/Agencies by establishing effective co-ordination mechanisms. The focus of the policy, therefore, will also be to develop tourism as a common endeavor of all the agencies vitally concerned with it. b. It will be the policy of the Government to encourage people's participation in tourism development including Panchayati Raj Institutions, Local Bodies, Co-operatives, Non-Governmental Organisations and Enterprising Local Youth to create public awareness and to achieve a wider spread of tourist facilities. However, focused attention will be given for the integrated development of identified destinations with well-directed public participation. c. Public and Private Sector Partnership: A constructive and mutually beneficial partnership between the public and the private sectors through all feasible means may be developed so that the Government and Private enterprises can join hands to maximize tourism development and for the sustained growth of tourism. It is, therefore, the policy of the Government to encourage emergence of such a partnership. The framework as indicated in 'Policy' will facilitate enhanced private participation in the tourism development activities. This will be achieved by creating a Tourism Development Society consisting of senior officials of the Government and tourism experts and professionals from the private sector. d. Role of the Government: Tourism is a multi-sectoral activity and the industry is affected by many other sectors of the economy. The State has to, therefore, ensure inter¬governmental linkages and co-ordination. It also has to play a pivotal role in tourism management and promotion. The specific role of the Government will be to: i. Provide basic infrastructure facilities including local planning and zoning arrangements. ii. Plan tourism development as a part of the overall area development strategy. iii. Create core infrastructure in the initial stages of development to demonstrate the potential of the area. iv. Provide the required support facilities and incentives to both domestic and foreign investors to encourage private investment in the tourism sector. v. Rationalize taxation and land policies in the tourism sector. vi. Introduce regulatory measures to ensure social, cultural and environmental sustainability as well as safety and security of tourists. vii. Ensure that the type and scale of tourism development is compatible with the environment and socio-cultural milieu of the area. viii. Ensure that the local community is fully involved and the benefits of tourism accrue to them. ix. Facilitate availability of trained manpower particularly from amongst the local population jointly with the industry. x. Undertake research, prepare master plans, and facilitate formulation of marketing strategies. xi. Organize overseas promotion and marketing jointly with the industry. xii. Initiate specific measures to ensure safety and security of tourists and efficient facilitation services. xiii. Facilitate the growth of a dynamic tourism sector. xiv. Ensure that prevailing Acts & Rules, Guidelines on forest & environment and their protection and conservation are taken care of. xv. Ensure adequate availability of power for all tourism projects in the State e. Role of Private Sector: Tourism has emerged as the largest export industry globally and all over the globe private sector has played the lead role in this growth. The private sector has to consider investment in tourism from a long term perspective and create the required facilities including accommodation, time share, restaurants, entertainment facilities, shopping complexes, etc. in areas identified for tourism development. Non-core activities in airport, major stations and inter-state bus terminus such as cleanliness and maintenance, luggage transportation, vehicles parking facilities, etc. should be opened-up to private operators to increase efficiency and profitability. The specific role of the Private Sector will be to: i. Build and manage the required tourist facilities in all places of tourist interest. ii. Assume collective responsibility for laying down industry standards, ethics and fair practices. iii. Ensure preservation and protection of tourist attractions and give lead in green practices. iv. Sponsor maintenance of monuments, museums & parks and provision of public conveniences & facilities. v. Involve the local community in tourism projects and ensure that the benefits of tourism accrue to them in right measure. vi. Undertake industry training and man-power development to achieve excellence in quality of services. vii. Participate in the preparation of investment guidelines and marketing strategies and also assist in database creation and research. viii. Facilitate safety and security of tourists. ix. Endeavour to promote tourism on a sustained and long term perspective. x. Collaborate with Government in the promotion and marketing of destinations. f. Role of Voluntary efforts: Voluntary agencies and volunteers have to contribute their expertise and understanding of local ethos to supplement the efforts of other sectors to provide the human touch to tourism and foster local initiatives. All such efforts shall be encouraged. g. Role of PRIs: Tourism assets could be effectively operated by the community organizations with the right training, incentive system and ownership sharing norms. The need to involve village level institutions is all the more relevant given the current state of law and order in the State and the huge investments made towards providing tourist infrastructure in deep interior locations across the State where urban entrepreneurs may not be keen to operate. Further, land ownership is also a critical issue in the State, especially in those areas where there are practices of community ownership of land. It is necessary to address the issue of ownership of tourism assets already created on community lands as well as those assets that may be in the pipeline. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund and Resources for Development It would be the policy of the Government to facilitate larger flow of funds to tourism infrastructure and to create a Tourism Development Fund to bridge critical infrastructural gaps. Since, State Plan funding would be involved in the initial stage, Planning Department would be consulted for mapping out funding pattern. Priority would be given for development of tourist infrastructure in selected areas of tourist importance and for those products which are considered to be in demand in the existing and future markets so that limited resources are put to the best use. 3.3 Foreign Investments, Incentives and Rationalization of Taxes In view of large investment requirements in the tourism sector and the need for maintaining high quality standards in services, hotels and tourism related industries will continue to be in the priority list of industries for foreign investment. In order to off-set the specific constraints of tourism industry and to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible, particularly in less developed areas, appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the Government to rationalize taxes, to put a cap of 20% on all taxes taken together on the accommodation and hospitality units, to allocate suitable land for tourism purposes at reasonable prices, harmonize movement of tourist transport across State borders, etc. Tourism Department will work out the annual fund requirement for this purpose. Since, incentives/subsidy should be outcome based and not investment based, it should be performance-linked and transparent parameters for this purpose would be devised. The exemption of taxes will be subject to prior concurrence of Finance Department. The exemptions should be unit specific and period of exemption would also be as per the actual requirement of the unit in question. The selection of private partner will be through fair and competitive bidding process and concurrence of Finance Department will be obtained on case to case basis. The Selection of Licensee be made by fair and transparent procedure and rate of royalties to be received by the Government will be decided in consultation with Finance Department. 3.4 Adoption of New Technologies a. Efforts will be made to adopt the technological advances in the tourism sector to provide better facilities to tourists and to market the tourism product, to the benefit of all concerned. b. Information Technology shall be given the pride of place in the efforts to promote Manipur tourism. Every endeavour in this regard would increasingly rely on optimising the use of e- commerce/m-commerce, use of internet for dissemination of tourism related information, increasing use of portals as gateway to accessibility to tourism information, development of Handy Audio Reach Kit (HARK) Tourist Guidance System at important monuments/heritage sites, networking of States, setting of tourist information kiosks, encouragement to information technology and eco-friendly practices by the private industries and above all keeping in sync with the global technologies for promoting and facilitating tourism. c. The State Government will set up a modern Tourist Interpretation Centre to cater to various needs of travelers, foreign as well as domestic and to offer facilities for air and train reservation, money changing counters and information about all tourist centres in the State. The Centre will be equipped with e-connectivity and networking facility. The economic and social benefits of tourism and its importance as an instrument of economic growth have to be fully recognized by all sections of the society. It would, therefore, be the endeavour of the State Government to bridge the information gap through proper statistical documentation of the impact of tourism and its wide publicity to create awareness so that the economic and social significance of tourism is well recognized and tourism is given due attention and priority. 3.5 Safety and Security The safety and security of tourists are of primary importance both from the point of view of tourism development and the State pride. It will be, therefore, given high priority in the strategy for tourism development. The State Government would enact suitable legislation on travel trade/ tourist police for protection and security of tourists and for providing institutional mechanism to deal with complaints received from tourists and the industry so as to create a better security perception amongst actual and potential visitors. 3.6 Facilitation Services Tourists have to pass through several Government agencies so as to meet the requirements under various laws. These include obtaining visas, undergoing immigration checks, obtaining permits to visit certain areas, payment of fees for certain facilities, etc. The endeavour of the Government would be to improve efficiency in providing such facilitation services and make travel to and within State a pleasant experience. Introduction of issue of Visa on arrival at least for 15 days at the airport, computerisation of the system of issue of Visa, streamlining of luggage handling system at airports, improving tourist facilitation services at the airports by adopting technological solutions are some of the important facilitation services proposed in this regard. 3.7 Tourism Economic Zone, Tourist Circuits, Special Tourism Area and Areas of Special Interests a. Tourism Economic Zones will be created with private participation based on the intrinsic attractions, potential for development and availability of resources in these zones. Air, road and rail connectivity to these areas will be established to facilitate direct and easy access to these zones from international and domestic destinations. Adequate backward and forward linkages will also be established to ensure flow of benefits to the local community. The development of such zones will be guided by well-conceived Master Plans and executed by specific Tourism Development Society which will be created by the Government involving senior officers from the Department of Tourism, and other relevant Departments, professionals from tourism industry and representatives of Industry & Trade Associations. b. Manipur with vast cultural and religious heritage and varied natural attractions has immense potential for growth in the tourism sector. Travel circuits and destinations would be developed through joint efforts of the Central Government, the State Government and the Private Sector. Loktak Lake and its vicinity would be declared as Special Tourism Area for integrated development. Steps will be taken to work towards the integrated development of all the tourist circuits with the involvement of all the infrastructure departments and the private sector. c. Creation of Tourism Zones in forest land will be as per the provisions of Forest Conservation Act, 1980. 3.8 Sustainable Development and Perspective Plans The principle of sustainable development stipulates that the level of development does not exceed the carrying capacity of the area. It will be Governments' policy to ensure adherence to such limits through appropriate planning instruments, guidelines and enabling regulations and their enforcement. Efforts will be made to diversify the tourism products in such a way that it supplements the main stream of cultural tourism. Comprehensive perspective plans for developing sustainable tourism by assessing the existing tourism scenario with respect to availability of natural resources, heritage and other socio-cultural assets, quantitative/demographic factors like population, employment, occupation, income levels etc., services and infrastructure will be developed by initiating immediate action in this direction. Carrying capacity at critical tourist destinations would be enhanced in a planned manner to provide major boost to the tourism industry in the State. 3.9 Conservation and Development Tourism development needs to be properly guided and regulated to avoid adverse impact on the natural environment and cultural heritage which constitute the tourist attraction. A judicious balance needs to be maintained between conservation and development. Government will continue its policy of trying to maintain balance through planning restrictions and by educating the people in appreciating their rich heritage and by eliciting their co-operation in preserving and protecting it. 3.10 Promotion and Marketing Promotion and marketing is an important component of tourism development and needs to be undertaken along with product development in conformity with consumer profiles and product characteristics. The policy of the Government, therefore, will be to develop and implement cost effective marketing strategies based on market research and segment analysis in each of the tourist generating country. Sustained efforts would be made for identifying possible markets, both domestic as well as overseas, after carefully studying the connectivity with the key cities. 3.11 International Co-operation Tourism is a global industry requiring inputs from various international agencies and collaborations with other countries. The policy of the Government, therefore, will be to foster positive win-win partnership with all the international agencies and other countries. With the declaration of Imphal Airport as an 'International Airport', the immediate focus should be to quickly upgrade it and introduce International Flights viz., Imphal^Mandalay ^ Yangon ^ Bangkok etc. 3.12 Professional Excellence Tourism being a service industry, it is necessary to enhance its service efficiency. The new policy will strive towards excellence by introducing professionalism through training and re-training of human resources and providing memorable visitor experience to both domestic as well as international tourists. 4 CURRENT SCENARIO & SWOT ANALYSES 4.1 Current scenario Manipur is blessed with the majestic Loktak Lake, the strategic location of Moreh town, the uniqueness of the floating Keibul-Lamjao National Park & the Sangai Deer, the beauty of the & Dzukou Lilies, along with the naturally formed limestone caves, pristine green hills and valleys, meandering rivers, cascading rapids, exotic flora & fauna complimented by a rich arts & culture, folklore, myths & legends, indigenous games and artistic handloom & handicrafts. These make Manipur a little paradise on earth and an enticing destination for a tourist to explore. The Asian Development Bank has identified the region as a ‘Key Area' due to its ‘unrealized potential as an eco-tourism product'. The mystery of the Indian Classical Dance form Raas-Leela with their intricate costume design, the wonder of the Pung-Cholom (Drum Dance), the vibrant tribal dances, the local handloom and handicrafts are some of the precious treasures any tourist will find appealing. The exotic cuisines, the unique tribal cultures and the soothing native music can be an enchanting discovery for various tourists visiting the State. The birthplace of modern Polo, the indigenous games of Yubi Lakpi, Kang Sanaba, Arambai, Thang-Ta and Mukna will prove to be a thrilling experience for any enthusiastic tourist. Weaving is a time-honoured occupation in the land and has been fine-tuned to an art form with its intricate designs. Despite enormous potential of Tourism in Manipur, its development in the bygone years remained trivial due to various reasons. The erstwhile PAP regime for entry of foreigners while entering the State; the remote geographical location of the State with resultant accessibility and connectivity issue; poor availability of resources leading to poor economy; lack of infrastructures, facilities & amenities to cater to various types of tourists; lack of subject specific professionals & experts, lack of training & tourism awareness, lack of co-ordination between departments, etc. are the major hindrances for harnessing State's immense tourism potential. The problem is further compounded by frequent bands, road blockades, strikes, protests, etc. resulting to social unrests. Manipur has been afflicted by insurgency which often deters tourists. However, the situation in Manipur has substantially improved recently which is an encouraging sign. With the increase in number of air flights reaching Imphal, the capital city of the State, introduction of night landing facilities since 2011, on-going extension of railways line to Imphal from Jiribam, exclusion of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime since January, 2011, improved law & order situation, establishment of a 3-star category hotel in 2009, on-going development of other 4-star category hotels, proposed Institute of Institute of Hospitality Management (IHM) and other tourism project developments have all resulted in steady rise in number of tourist arrivals and has helped in propagating Manipur tourism in the country and the world. With planned and professional harnessing of tourism potential, Manipur is likely to become a preferred tourist destination which in turn would help in increasing both domestic tourists arrivals as well as generating the much needed employment, socio-economic benefit, revenue and other ancillary benefits to the State. The State Government in the recent years has given due priority and importance to the development of adequate tourism Infrastructure & Services for the development of tourism in the State. Some of the important steps taken by the State are: • Destination Development. • Development of Tourist Circuits. • Adventure Tourism Development. • Identification & celebration of Fairs & Festivals. • Marketing, Publicity & Promotion activities. • Culture, Arts & Crafts, Handloom promotion. • Human Resource Development. • Participation in National and International events. • Tourism Master Plan. > Destination Development Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Improvement of the surrounding of INA Complex at Moirang. ii. Tourist Home at Sendra. iii. Tourist destination at Imphal under Integrated Destination Development Scheme. iv. Development of Eco-tourism Park at Imphal. v. Construction of Arts & Crafts Centre at Maibam-Lokpa Ching, Bishnupur District. vi. Integrated development of Tourist Destination in Bishnupur. vii. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Jiribam. viii. Up-gradation of Integrated Tourist Destination at Sendra, Moirang in Bishnupur. ix. Tourist destination development at Ishingthingbi Lake. x. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Sipuikon Village, Tipaimukh Sub-division, Churachandpur. xi. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Tupul, Senapati. xii. Construction of Integrated Tourist Destination at Longmai (Noney), Tamenglong. xiii. Mega Project - INA Memorial Complex at Moirang. xiv. Eco-Tourism Complex at Thangal, Senapati (Mayangkhang). xv. Tourist Destination development at Khongjom War Memorial Complex. xvi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Ningthem Pukhri, Imphal-Eco-Tourism Complex, Imphal East District xvii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Manipur Adventure and allied Sports Institute (MAASI) Complex, Keirao, Imphal East. xviii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Mughal Garden at Waroiching, Leimaram, Bishnupur District. xix. Integrated Tourist Destination at Kakching Garden, Thoubal District, Manipur. xx. Integrated Tourist Destination at Kotsophai, Chakpikarong, Chandel District, Manipur. xxi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Chingkhei Ching, Imphal East District, Manipur. xxii. Integrated Tourist Destination of Eco-Tourism Complex at Mata Mualtam Hyde out Park, Churachandpur District, Manipur. xxiii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Shiroy Hills at adjoining areas, Ukhrul District > Tourist Destinations Projects prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Integrated Tourist Destination at Sadu Chiru Waterfalls. ii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Andro. iii. Integrated Tourist Destination at Loukoipat. iv. Integrated Tourist Destination at MaibamLokpaching and adjoining areas. v. Integrated Tourist Destination at Singda Dam and adjoining areas. vi. Integrated Tourist Destination at Irong Water Body & adjoining hills at Manitripukhri, Imphal. > Development of Tourist Circuit Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Thoubal-Pallel-Tengnoupal-Moreh. ii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Bishnupur-Churachanpur. iii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Luwangsangbam-Sekmai-Kanglatombi-Hengbung- Senapati-Maramkhullen-Mao. iv. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Mahadev-Lambui-Finch Corner-Hundung-Jessami. v. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Leirenpat-Pruksoubi-LeisangHiden in Imphal East. vi. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Tuima. vii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Singda Dam. viii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal Hotel-Shilheipung-Selloy. ix. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Imphal-Tamei. x. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Chingphou Macha, Cingphou Achouba & Khoriphaba. xi. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Chullouphai-Ngaloimol-Sangaikot. xii. Integrated Tourist Circuit - Marjing Polo Complex and Heingang (Marjing Pony Sanctuary). xiii. Integrated Tourist Circuit Linking Barak waterfalls, Tharon Cave Zeilad lake Bunning Meadow in Tamenglong District. xiv. Integrated Tourist Circuit at Millennium Garden, Rose Garden, Kombirei Garden, Thangmeib and Sinam, Sekmai and Kanglatongbi Imphal District, Manipur. xv. Integrated Tourist Circuit at Karang, Chaoba Ching and Thanga, Bishnupur District. > Development of Tourist Circuit Projects prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Development of Integrated Tourist Circuit around Hiyanthang Temple, Heibokching and adjoining areas. ii. World War-II Tourist Circuit including establishment of World War-II Museum at Imphal. > Mega Tourist Circuit Projects sanctioned till 2013-14 i. Development of Integrated Mega Tourist Circuit for Marjing Polo-Keina- Khebaching (Khongjom) in Manipur. ii. Development of Tourist Resort at Sendra Hillock, Water Sports Complex at Takmu and other Tourism Facilities in Adjoining Area, Bishnupur District, Manipur > Mega Tourist Circuit Project prioritized for sanction during 2014-15 i. Integrated Mega Tourist Circuit for providing of Infrastructure in and around Imphal City, Manipur > Adventure Tourism Development i. Infrastructure development of Adventure Tourism Complex at Lamdan. ii. Hosting of Equestrian Championship at Imphal (Polo and Sagol Kangjei). iii. Water Sports. iv. Youth Adventure Tourism. v. Purchasing of adventure sports equipments. > Identification & celebration of Fairs and Festivals i. Sangai Festival. ii. Kut Festival. iii. Mera Houchongba. iv. Lui-Ngai-Ni. v. Pineapple Festival. vi. Orange Festival. vii. Lemon Festival. viii. Loktak Day. ix. Lily Week. > Marketing, Publicity & Promotion activities i. Pictorial Book on Manipur. ii. Development of Photo CD-ROM on Tourist interest in Manipur. iii. Design & Development of Interactive Website of Manipur Tourism. iv. Brochures, Calendar, Posters and other relevant material. v. Promotion of Manipur Tourism through 'Incredible India' campaign. > Culture, Arts & Crafts, Handloom Promotion i. Promotion of Cultural Festivals at various location of the State. ii. Participation in Arts & Crafts Exhibitions and Melas. iii. Promotion of Handloom products. > Human Resource Development i. Establishment of Institute of Hotel Management (IHM). ii. Tourists Reception-cum-Information Centres. iii. Development of Human Resources, Training and Capacity Building Programmes. iv. Network of travel agents, tour operators and other services providers. > Participation in National and International events i. South Asia Travel and Tourism Exchange (SATTE), 2013 at New Delhi. ii. North-East International Tourism Mart, 2013 at Guwahati and at Tawang. iii. International Tourism Mart, London. iv. International Tourism Bourse, Berlin. v. Travel and Tourism Fair, Kolkata, Ahmedabad & Mumbai. > Large Revenue Generating Scheme (LRGS) i. Integrated Cable-Car and Lakeside Tourism Development at Loktak Lake, Manipur' > Tourism Master Plan Preparation of Tourism Master Plan by the State Government on the lines of Integrated Tourism Master Plan for North-East prepared by NEC/DoNER& Ministry of Tourism through the Tata Consultancy Services. 4.2. SWOT Analysis Assessment of Manipur's product offerings show that in spite of the richness in terms of eco/nature, religious, cultural and adventure offerings, tourism has not picked up in Manipur. A major reason for this is the lack of a proper environment for tourism to prosper in the State. This environment has many attributes like: • Security for the tourist to visit places freely. • Proper infrastructures in terms of availability of transport, suitable accommodation, ATM facilities and information centres. • Readiness of the product to attract new tourists and increase repeat VISITORS. Manipur scores low in terms of security and infrastructure but has the potential to show a turnaround if proper efforts are put in this regard. Manipur has a lot to offer in terms of historical places and monuments like Kangla, which is the ancient capital of the State. This holds a lot more importance and is one of the most important archeological sites. It is famous for its fortress, sacred places like ‘Nungjeng Pukhri', which is a sacred pond believed to be the abode of lord Pakhangba, ‘Shri Shri Govindaji Temple' and many others. Its culture is equally rich. Manipur dance is one of the classical dance forms of India, a depiction of ‘Raas Leela', which is the celebration and yearning of the 'gopies' (milkmaids of Brindavan) for Lord Krishna. There are cultural festivals in Manipur, which mark celebrations throughout the year. The most important among these is 'Yaoshang' - a festival of Manipuri Hindus and is marked with celebrations and Manipur folk dance called 'Thabal Chongba' in which boys and girls hold hands together and sing and dance. Another great advantage for Manipur is its variety in terms of landscape and water bodies. There are good trekking routes across the State for adventure lovers, and at the same time beautiful lakes like Loktak Lake, which provides a serene environment for the nature lovers. There are opportunities and hot spots to develop many forms of adventure sports like rafting, para-gliding and angling. A. STRENGTHS • Variety in terms of tourism offerings. The State has destinations that can cater to religious, adventure, eco/leisure tourism segments of the market. • Offers a cultural treat through the Manipuri dance forms and an adventure treat through avenues for sports. • Unique Loktak Lake.  WEAKNESSES • Security and internal conflicts - both in terms of perception and reality. • Lack of Visa-on-Arrival facility to Myanmar's citizens at Moreh-Tamu border. • Limited tourism infrastructure facilities, particularly in terms of quality, experience and site services. • Many projects are delayed in implementation, causing development lags. • Lack of good road infrastructure leading to poor connectivity with the Tourist spots/destinations. C. OPPORTUNITIES • Presence of border town like Moreh and the international boundary with Myanmar has been looked as an opportunity to develop border markets. • Linkages to the circuits within the region with major highway development connecting destinations across States and South-East Asian Countries. • Fostering coordination with other States on developing tourism. • Opening up of Railway line upto Imphal. • Declaration of Imphal Airport as an ‘International Airport'. D. THREATS • Instability and perception of lack of security in the region with potential to affect tourism movement. • The continuous fear of unstable environment can make the tourism investment climate unattractive. • Over use and commercialization of sensitive eco-zones may lead to depletion of resources and dilution of attraction. 5 THRUST AREAS: NICHE TOURISM PRODUCTS Niche tourism products related to the special interests of tourist target markets shall be improved, developed and promoted to position Manipur as an unique and competitive destination for tourists both domestic and international. 5.1 NATURE/ECO-TOURISM i. Nature tourism is the travel through and enjoyment of the natural world, its seasonal cycles and events, carried out in a manner that promotes the protection of natural and human communities. Community leaders, public officials, agencies, and others who are interested in sustainable nature tourism will find tools to get started and links to other helpful information. A sustainable nature tourism industry is directly related to the type, amount and quality of natural capital in community. ii. Manipur has a rich flora and fauna with a comfortable climate which can provide a variety to nature/eco-tourism. ^ iii. Formulation of eco-tourism policy and a joint task force, which may include the adoption of regime for regulation of tourism activities in and around Keibul Lamjao National Park and Loktak Lake, in consultation with the Department of Forest, Department of Ecology & Environment and Loktak Development Authority, to focus on conservation and enhancing the eco-tourism experience. This shall also essentially include Dzukou Valley, Hills, Tamenglong, Koubru Hills, Baruni Hills, Jiri-Makru Wildlife Sanctuary, Zeilad Wildlife Sanctuary and Bunning Wildlife Sanctuary in Tamenglong District, Kailam Wildlife Sanctuary in Churachandpur District, Yangoupokpi Lokchao Wildlife Sanctuary in Chandel District, National Park in Ukhrul District, Manipur Zoological Garden, Khongampat Orchid Preservation Centre etc. iv. The Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), the world's only floating park and the natural habitat of the Sangai (Brow-Antlered) deer, shall be promoted as an integral part of Manipur's tourism product. Priority shall be given to the preparation of the site and visitor management plans and further enhancement of the quality of tourist facilities available at KLNP. v. Sadu Chiru Waterfall in the foothills of Bishnupur District is the new tourist hot spot of Manipur and needs to be developed as a preferred eco-tourism destination. vi. Nature tourism centred on villages, coupled with ‘Homestay Concept', shall be promoted as an important tourism product of Manipur to spread tourism and its socio-economic benefits to rural areas. vii. The objectives of promoting Nature Eco-Tourism shall be realized by: a. Conservation of biological diversity through ecosystem protection. b. Promotion of sustainable use of biodiversity, by providing jobs to local populations. c. Sharing of socio-economic benefits with local communities and indigenous peoples by having their informed consent and participation in the management of eco-tourism enterprises. d. Tourism to preserve and protect natural resources, with minimal impact on the environment through regulation of visitors as per the carrying capacity and Acts, Rules and guidelines in force. e. Minimization of tourism's own environmental impact. f. Affordability of eco-tourism facilities. g. Local culture, flora and fauna to be the main attractions. 5.2 CULTURE TOURISM i. Manipur is uniquely rich in its culture and heritage of the people. The Government shall endeavour to develop, enrich and promote various forms of the cultural heritage which shall essentially include: a. Various Exotic Dances of the State viz., Raas Leela, Khamba-Thoibi Dance, Pung Cholom, Maibi Dance, Nupi Pala, Nupa Pala, Lai Haraoba Dance, and various tribal dances like the Kabui Dances, Kuki Thadou Dance forms, Bamboo Dance, Naga Dances and other adapted dances. b. Indigenous Sports like Sagol Kangjei (Polo), Thang-Ta, Sarit Sarak, Yubi Lakpi, Hiyang Tanaba, Mukna, Kang Sanaba, Arambai, etc. c. Indigenous Festivals and Fairs namely Yaoshang (Holi) and Thabal Chongba, Kang (RathYatra), Ningol Chakouba, Cheiraoba, Heikru-Hitongba, Gang-Ngai, Kut, Lui-Ngai- Ni, Chumpha, Orange Festival, Pineapple Festival, etc. d. Indigenous Music includes Khullong Eshei, Pena Eshei, Khubak Eshei, Nat, etc. e. Indigenous Cuisines f. Fine Arts, Handloom and Handicrafts. g. Manipur Sangai Festival held annually from 21st to 30th November. ii. Integrated development of areas around cultural and heritage sites. 5.3 MEDICAL TOURISM Patients prefer to travel for treatment for various reasons viz., inaccessibility to good medical facilities and hospitals, long waiting time to undergo a surgery/treatment, leisure, vacation or convenient element during travel, etc. and diasporas seeking treatment back in their native land. The healthcare system of a land should essentially fulfill criteria like better nursing facilities, faster personalized services, cutting edge technology and lower cost of treatment to cater to the visiting patient-tourists. Manipur today has the requisite medical expertise, equipments and professionals to fulfill these criteria. Immediate demand for medical tourism can be seen from neighbouring States like Mizoram and Nagaland, and also from neighbouring countries with underdeveloped facilities like Myanmar, Laos and Vietnam. Therefore, medical tourism is identified and proposed to be developed and nurtured into a niche tourism product of the State and a comprehensive plan shall be drawn-up to encourage investors, entrepreneurs and healthcare professionals to boost medical tourism in Manipur. This form of tourism would also contribute to the overall tourism economy creating direct and indirect employment opportunities, enhancing income and improving the general healthcare quality of the State. Furthermore, it is intended to entice the visiting tourists, who come to admire the beauty of the Loktak Lake or enjoy the exquisiteness of the natural flora & fauna, to have a 'health' purpose to their vacation as well. Thus, 'Medical Tourism'in Manipur shall ultimately seek to combine travel, tourism, leisure and treatment. Strategic Action Plans that need to be taken-up to develop medical tourism in Manipur are as follows: i. The Government shall endeavour to accord ''Industry Status' to the Accredited Healthcare Facilities in the State under the NEIIPP-2007. ii. Identification and accreditation by NABH (National Accreditation Board of Hospitals and Healthcare providers), Joint Commission International (JCI) or ISO 9001:2000, which is the generic standard for Quality Management System across the world, of healthcare facilities is essential to improve the quality of services as well as to receive admissible support from the Government. In addition, a Tourism Advisory Committee be constituted which could act as the accreditation body of the Government, setting the benchmark for quality and deeming a Healthcare Facility as a 'Tourism Unit'. iii. A healthcare facility which has a track record of service and catering to domestic and foreign patient-tourists shall be deemed as a 'tourism unit' and get all admissible incentives accordingly from the Government. iv. Investment in the health sector through establishment of hospitals offering primary, secondary and tertiary level health care facilities including medical educational institute and allied services like pharmacies, diagnostics, pathological laboratories, training and skill development for para-medical services shall be given maximal priority. v. Linked Departments and Agencies shall make earnest efforts to construct, improve and maintain star accommodation facilities, approach roads, power and water supply, garbage and bio-medical waste disposal, gas plants and patient-tourists facilitation at or near the healthcare facilities. vi. Allopathy including diagnostic sciences, Naturopathy, Ayurveda, Unani, Siddha, Homeopathy, Yoga and traditional medicine are the identified areas for promotion of medical tourism in the State. vii. The use of Information Technology and other IT enabled services shall be paramount in the game-plan of the Government in promoting healthcare tourism in Manipur. viii. Several important players in the medical tourism sector are identified such as doctors, tour operators, hotels, hospitals and insurance agencies. A perfect coordination between all these players is absolutely essential to develop this sector into a booming business. While doctors play a key role in spreading the word about the medical services available in Manipur during their visits outside the State and abroad, medical tour operators or travel facilitators actually arrange the tours for interested parties and liaise with insurance companies. These facilitators shall be groomed and encouraged to have tie-ups with the doctors, hospitals, hotels and insurance agencies within and outside Manipur. ix. Med Tour Pal, India Medical Tourism, Medical Tourism Corporation, Health Base, etc. are some reputed national and international medical tourism facilitator companies. The Government shall introduce new schemes and policies to approve and tie up with these companies and other local medical tourism service facilitators in coordination with the healthcare providers for a proper direction in boosting medical tourism in Manipur. x. Participation in conferences in key markets shall be encouraged to forge networking with domestic and global health facilitators and insurance companies and referral points. xi. Reputed doctors, who are essentially well known inside and outside the State, may be selected and appointed as brand ambassadors to promote and establish trust of patient- tourists coming to Manipur for treatment purposes. xii. Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) shall be encouraged to develop and promote medical tourism in the State. xiii. Healthcare Visa is an important issue which needs to be taken-up urgently with the Government of India to facilitate easy, hassle-free and friendly approach to foreign patient- tourists coming to Manipur especially from Myanmar for availing medical facilities. At present, citizens of Myanmar cannot visit the State beyond the mandatory 16 Kms without further clearances and permits. Further steps are therefore required to modify the relaxation of RAP/PAP so that these tourists can fully explore freely the land and avail medical facilities. This will also boost the Indo-Myanmar Border Trade to a great extent. Visas may be issued only to patient-tourists booked with a local licensed tour/medical service operator. 5.4 ADVENTURE TOURISM i. The Government would seek to explore and develop the adventure eco-tourism focusing on the following: a. Loktak Lake for Water Sports. b. Dzuko Valley located in Senapati District. c. Hill and its 'LHy'and Kangkhui Cave Trekking in Ukhrul district. d. Bunning Meadow, Zeilad Lake, Barak Waterfalls, Khoupum Water Falls, Kicha Hill and Tharon Cave in Tamenglong district. e. Parasailing & Paragliding at Koirengei Old Airfield, Chingnungkok of Imphal East District and Rafting at Barak River. Canoeing, Kayaking and Rowing are also conducted at Loukoipat, Takmu, Phubala and Komlakhong areas of Loktak Lake. ii. Regulations and certification for adventure tourism operators will be introduced so that the minimum standards of safety and conservation are met. iii. National Level Guidelines for Adventure Tour Operators to be adopted. iv. Use of latest technologies like GPS, Satellite phones, etc. to be encouraged for adventure tour operators recognised by the Government for client safety. v. Insurance schemes shall be introduced for adventure tourists. vi. Introduction of training courses for adventure guides and adventure tourism subjects in the proposed Institute of Hotel Management at Imphal. vii. The Government shall work in tandem with certified and licensed organizations, agencies and NGOs like the Manipur Mountaineering and Trekking Association, etc. for developing and promoting a sustainable adventure tourism industry in Manipur. 5.5 OTHERS i. MICE Tourism a. Meetings, Incentives, Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE) shall be encouraged to capitalise on the seasonal trends of nature tourism. b. Facilitate setting-up of Convention Centres in the State for development of MICE Tourism. c. Creation of a database of scientific, technical, medical associations, convention centres, and convention services. d. Training manpower specifically for the MICE industry. ii. Shopping shall be recognized and developed as an integral part of tourism. The development of dedicated shopping centres for traditional handloom and handicrafts designated along the lines of village Haats like 'Dilli Haat' and 'Shilpgram' shall be encouraged and information on where to procure specific items made available through shopping guides and websites. iii. Special attention to popularize the unmatched variety of local Cuisines. It is proposed to create a highly skilled workforce of indigenous culinary professionals through innovative incentive scheme. iv. Imphal shall be positioned as the Cultural Capital of Manipur supported by an ongoing and vibrant calendar of cultural events. v. Domestic tourism in India is mainly pilgrimage related and Manipur should take advantage of this opportunity. Travel facilities as well as facilities at Pilgrimage Centres need to be strengthened and made more tourist-friendly. Pilgrimage Centres may be identified and integrated with new domestic tourist circuits wherein transport, accommodation, catering, and pilgrimage are all synergized to make pilgrimage tourism into a popular and comfortable mode. vi. Historical sites like INA Complex, Mo/rang; Japanese War Memorial, Maibam Lokpa Ching; War Cemeteries, Imphal; Baruni; Koubru; Kaina, etc. may be promoted. Similarly, heritage sites like Kang I a Fort, Imphal; Govindajee Tempie-Wangkhei-Ningthem Pukhri-Ramjee Temple Complex would be developed and promoted. 5.6 COMMUNITY TOURISM Any Tourism Policy needs to be committed towards enhancing community-based tourism, which is all about sharing the local natural resources with the world. By doing this, State can reap sustainable benefits and conserve the natural environment. 6 ACTION PLAN The following is a list of action points emerging from the Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 indicating the Ministries/Departments/Agencies responsible for implementing these actions: 6.1 Action points relating to Facilities a. Nature Interpretation centre A separate Nature Interpretation centre may be set-up to educate people including tourists about the richness of biodiversity of the State, Acts, Rules and Guidelines of Ecotourism and also to inspire a sense of appreciation and understanding value of nature. b. Tourist Interpretation Centre at Imphal Setting-up of Tourist Interpretation Centre as one stop tourist reception centre to cater to various needs of travelers, foreign as well as domestic and offer air and train reservations, money changing counters and information about all tourist centres with e-connectivity and networking facilities to all State tourist offices. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Department] c. Augmentation of Air Seat Capacity • Assessing sector wise and season wise air seat capacity, and load factors and augmentation of capacity in the critical sectors by the National Airlines. • Improvement of accessibility in State. Special attention would be given to areas having important tourist centres which are not connected by trains/buses. Promoting arrivals in destination of interest by creating hub and spoke operations. Giving impetus to Heli Tourism and Helicopter services to areas not serviceable by fixed wing aircraft. • Construction of airport/helipads on Built-Operate-Transfer (BOT) through private sector participation. • Up-gradation of Imphal Airport as an International Airport. [Action: Ministry of Civil Aviation] d. Rail Services • Introducing tourist trains. Special funds need to be earmarked for this purpose. • Improving hygienic conditions, environment and passenger facilities in and around Railway Stations serving important tourist centers. • Construction of budget hotels at important railway nodes. [Action: Ministry of Railways] e. Road Network • Development of public transport infrastructures like bus terminals, parking yards equipped with public conveniences and hygienic eating joints are developed at important tourist destinations, besides improving the roads.PWD wouldstrivetoprovide seamless road connectivity to major tourist spots. • The State Transport Authority Manipur may also consider grant of contract carriage permits in respect of intermediate public transport vehicles for enhancing connectivity in between important tourist destinations with District Headquarters/Sub-Divisional Headquarters of the State. • Providing wayside amenities along with filling stations at a distance of about 60 kilometers on all the highways connecting important tourist centers. • Providing standard signage's on all roads leading to tourist spots. • Ensuring uninterrupted inter-state movement of tourist coaches and vehicles through rationalisation and single point collection of taxes. [Action: Ministry of Road Transport & Highways + State PWD + Transport Department] f. Maintenance of Heritage Sites and Improvement of Tourist Facilities • Ensuring proper maintenance and professional site management of important tourist attractions/monuments under the control of Archaeological Survey of India/State Archaeology Department. • Involving local authorities, trusts, etc. in the restoration/preservation of tourist attractions and maintenance of the surroundings. • Providing world class tourist facilities, amenities and landscaping of area around important monuments in a phased manner. • Identification, documentation and video publishing of all the monuments which are great tourist attractions. [Action: Archeological Survey of India and Art & Culture Department] g. General Improvement of Tourist Facilities • Computerisation of the system of issue of Visas by the Embassies/High Commissions. • Introduction of issue of Visas on arrival atleast for 15 days at the airport and at India- Myanmar border at Moreh. • Distribution of tourist information brochures through Indian Embassies/High Commissions. • Streamlining of luggage handling systems at the airports to ensure that the luggage is transported and cleared within 30 minutes after the arrival of the flights. • Improving tourist facilitation services at the airports by adopting technological solutions and imparting training to functionaries at the cutting edge level like customs and immigration officials, taxi drivers, guides, etc. • Introduction of air-conditioned taxis with electronic fare meters at the airports. • Provision of special taxi and coach enclosures extending from arrival halls at the airport and controlled by security staff so that passengers can queue up easily and pick-up taxis and coaches without hassles. • Mounting Video-Cameras in strategic places inside and outside arrival areas to prevent corruption and for security purpose. • Augmenting information services at the airports. • Removal of PAP restrictions. • Provision of money changing facility in all the tourist centers. • Providing international standard signages at tourist centers, airports, railway stations, bus stands, etc. [Action: Ministry of Home Affairs, Ministry of External Affairs, Ministry of Civil Aviation, Ministry of Finance (Department of Financial Services) and State Government] 6.2 Action Points relating to Information • It is imperative and pertinent to have a proper public information system both online and offline with specific reference to tourist information system pertaining to availability of public transport/intermediate public transport system having link with respective information for important parking places/halting stations/terminal points, distance between place of origin and destination, rate of fare, mode of transport and duration of journey etc. • Setting-up a chain of exclusive souvenir shops stocking specially manufactured and beautifully packed information books and other souvenir items at important tourist places in a professional manner. • Introduction of audio-guides at the important tourist places on a commercial basis. • There have been revolutionary changes in the computer and communication technologies and other relevant sectors, which are still changing. Such technologies have helped sharing of information globally to the advantage of all. Information Technology for improving visitor information and facilitation should be effectively used. Setting-up of Touch Screen Information Kiosks, development of Tourism Portals with links to all tourism related web sites, production of CD-ROMs, creation and maintenance of websites, introduction of computer based information and reservation systems, use of virtual reality systems and video-conferencing for tourism promotion, etc. are the activities proposed in this regard. [Action: Tourism, Information Technology and Art & Culture Department] 6.3 Action Points relating to Safety and Security • Launching of campaigns through local bodies, non-governmental organisations, youth centres, etc. to create awareness about the traditions of Manipuri hospitality and the importance of providing an assurance of safety and security to tourists so as to control touting, extortion and harassment to tourists. • Providing a separate legal framework for the protection of tourists and their belongings may not be necessary and rather the existing laws needs to be enforced and police would have to take preventive steps to ensure safety and security of tourists. • Providing an institutional mechanism to deal with the complaints received from tourists and the industry so as to create a better security perception amongst actual and potential visitors. This could be done after official announcement of tourist spots in the State, if necessary, Police Outposts/ Tourist Booths may be set-up under the control of the concerned Police Stations and District SPs. • Introducing tourist police at important tourist centres. Necessary infrastructure and equipment would be provided by the State Government fort he identified Police Outposts/ Tourist Booths and the personnel deployed given specialized training. • Strict prohibition of soliciting and enticing of tourists both within the airport premises and in its immediate neighbourhood by unethical operators and traders and keeping both the airports and its vicinity tout free. • State Government to enact suitable legislations on travel trade/tourist police for protection and security of tourists. [Action: Ministry of Tourism, Ministry of Home Affairs and State Government] 6.4 Action Point relating to Infrastructure Development • In order to off-set the specific constraints of tourism industry and to put in place the required infrastructure as quickly as possible, particularly in less developed areas, appropriate incentive schemes would be considered. It would also be the endeavour of the State Government to rationalize taxes and to allocate suitable land for tourism purposes at reasonable prices, harmonize movement of tourist transport across State borders, etc. • Efforts will be made to prepare Master Plan for land use in each tourist destination/urban centre for infrastructure purposes. Tourism and Art & Culture Departments would be associated to effect any changes in the Master Plan relating to land use for tourism infrastructure. • It will be the endeavour of the Government to provide single window clearance facilities in the areas like allotment of lands, environment, electricity, water, sewerage, etc. in order to facilitate speedy implementation of tourism projects. [Action: Tourism, Art & Culture, Revenue, MAHUD and Town Planning Departments] • Development of tourism to the extent desired would involve heavy investments in infrastructure. The resources for such investments have to come mostly from private investors, financial institutions and external borrowing. Financial viability and commercial returns are the guiding factors in such investments. Very often, it would depend on investments to bridge certain critical gaps in infrastructure which by itself may not be commercially remunerative. Special funds have to be, therefore, created for such investments. The institutions like Tourism Finance Corporation of India (TFCI) may be approached and a special fund namely Tourism Development Fund may be set up for development of Tourist Infrastructure. In case State Plan funding is involved, Planning Department would be consulted. [Action: Tourism & Finance Department] 6.5 Action Point relating to Cooperation • Encouraging Panchayati Raj Institutions, local bodies, religious trusts, co-operatives, and other community level institutions to take-up tourism promotion activities through the general rural development and employment generation programmes and specific rural tourism development schemes. • Encouragement of non-governmental organisations to create and manage tourist facilities. • Involvement of non-governmental organisations to create environmental awareness on Eco-tourism, national parks and urban/rural hygiene in tourist centres. • Involvement of local community in the formulation and implementation of tourism development plans through District Tourism Promotion Councils, etc. [Action: Tourism, MAHUD and RD & PR Departments] 6.6 Action Point relating to Conservation • Formulation and publication of appropriate policies and guidelines, creation of public awareness about such guidelines, etc. are the activities envisaged in this regard apart from providing the requisite legal frame work for ensuring social, cultural and environmental sustainability. • Destroying of natural environment, archaeological monuments, mountains and places of natural beauty; disruption in the eco-system of environmentally sensitive regions; destruction of traditions in the culturally sensitive areas; clandestine selling of antiques,bio- piracy of endemic floral and faunal species and vandalism are some of the possible adverse effects of unimaginative and unregulated development of tourism. [Action: Tourism, Art & Culture, Forest, Environment & Ecology Department] 6.7 Action Point relating to Product Development and Promotion • Giving guidance and financial assistance for preparing tourism Master Plans and perspective plans identifying tourism resources, prioritising development circuits and projects and specifying the most suitable forms of tourism. • Implementing integrated/intensive development of tourist destinations after assessing the carrying capacity, local aspirations and the benefits likely to accrue to the community. • Involving the Town and Planning Department and integration of spatial-economic development plans with tourism development. • Focusing on the development of Eco-tourism. • Developing the places of pilgrimage by providing the requisite infrastructural facilities with a view to promote domestic and international pilgrim tourism. • Develop a clear identity/theme around some important existing attractions and package them to offer an attractive product. • Expand 'Events Tourism' through organization of events such as sports, conferences etc.; also market existing cultural and religious festivals as tourist attractions. • Expand 'Shopping Tourism' through good value for money with the exquisite range of hand-crafted products made in the State. • Develop 'Lake Cruise Tourism' at Loktak Lake. • Developing heritage and village tourism as a package by identifying and developing villages around heritage properties, which have already been restored. • Diversifying the tourism product to make Manipur an unique multi-attraction tourism destination which can meet the needs of all forms of tourism particularly rural tourism, eco¬tourism, adventure tourism, incentive tourism, conference and convention tourism, etc. • Developing natural health resorts. • Developing seamless inter-modal transfers by improving linkages. • Amusement parks promote tourism by attracting both international and domestic tourists, generate demand in the transport, accommodation and service sectors and create employment opportunities. The State Government will prepare appropriate guidelines to encourage private sector to invest in development of amusement parks. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Department] • People's Participation in Development of Tourism: The approach for the future development of tourism has to take into account both the needs for selective development and the demands of a wide cross section of domestic tourists. The activities in this regard would include: i. Creating public awareness about economic and social benefits of tourism amongst administrators, planners and the masses through seminars, workshops, presentations, etc. ii. Launching entrepreneurship development and self-employment programmes to involve the educated youth in providing various tourist facilities and services and thereby creating employment opportunities. iii. Integrated development of special tourism areas and selected circuits. [Action: Tourism, Commerce & Industries and Labour& Employment Department] • Integrated Development of Tourist destinations: Tourist traffic to the State is largely confined to certain selected centres and destinations at present. There is also a fair level of seasonality in the tourist arrivals. The choice of new destinations for development will have to be based on their intrinsic attractions, potential for development and the carrying capacity as well as availability of resources. Such development will be guided by well- conceived master plans, and executed by specific Tourism Development Authorities. Adequate backward and forward linkages will also be established to ensure adequate flow of benefits to the local community. • Creation of Tourism Economic Zones. • Constitution of Tourism Development Authorities/ Committees. [Action: Tourism Department] • Diversification of Tourism Products: The main strength of Manipur tourism at present is its cultural attractions, particularly, the monuments and archaeological remains, its art, handloom & handicrafts and colourful fairs & festivals. The State is also endowed with a number of other tourist attractions and options including forests, wild life and landscapes for eco-tourism; mountain peaks for adventure tourism; heritage sites for heritage tourism; etc There are also facilities for conference and convention tourism, Lake Cruise tourism and shopping tours. Development of natural health resorts of Yoga, Ayurveda etc. along with rural tourism, adventure tourism and eco-tourism may be given adequate attention. [Action: Tourism Department] • Sustainable Development of Tourism: Assessment of Carrying Capacity and Environment Impact Assessment studies would be insisted while developing tourism in ecologically fragile areas and all developmental activities will be guided by such studies. The other activities in this regard would include: i. Providing a legal frame work through appropriate legislation for ensuring social, cultural and environmental sustainability of tourism development and protecting the tourists. ii. Evolving specific policies and guidelines for the development of specific forms of tourism like eco-tourism, adventure tourism, etc. [Action: Tourism and Forest & Environment Departments] 6.8 Action Points relating to Promotion and Marketing • Achieving effective co-ordination and synergy with other Departments, agencies and the private sector in tourism promotion and marketing. • Fully utilising the Indian Missions abroad for tourism promotion and related activities. • Identifying potential tourism markets and segments and adopting focused marketing strategies based on research to make promotional and marketing efforts cost effective. • Enhancing the image of Manipur as a fascinating multi-attraction and multi-activity destination with rich cultural heritage and a vibrant society. • Organizing photo exhibitions and creation of a photo library. • Launching of a multi-media CD-ROM and creating an integrated website on Manipur tourism. • Developing a clear identity of Manipur Tourism product by promoting selected theme based tourist attractions. [Action: Tourism and Art & Culture Departments] 6.9 Action Points relating to International Cooperation • Ensuring active participation in the activities of international agencies like United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), Economic and Social Commission for Asia and Pacific (ESCAP), World Tourism Organization (WTO), Pacific Asia Travel Association (PATA), Indian Ocean Tourism Organization (IOTO). • Enhancing multilateral co-operation in tourism with different groups of countries like Association of South-East Asian Nations (ASEAN), Bangladesh-India-Myanmar-Sri Lanka- Thailand-Economic Co-operation (BIMSTEC), South Asian Association for Regional Co¬operation (SAARC), etc. • Strengthening tourism promotion and investment through multilateral and bilateral agreements. [Action: Tourism Department]  6.10 Action points relating to the Economic and Social Benefits • Standardization of statistical definitions and methods of data collection, tabulation and dissemination. • Strengthening of statistical machinery and improvement of statistical systems on tourism. • Development of Tourism Satellite Accounts in association with the Department of Economics & Statistics to estimate the economic benefits of tourism precisely and regularly. • Undertaking tourism impact assessment studies and case studies. • Launching of tourism awareness campaigns at all levels of society. [Action: Tourism and Economics & Statistics Departments] 6.11 Action Points Relating to Professional Excellence • Strengthening the institutional set-up for human resource development including the setting-up of an Advanced Institute of Hotel Management and a Culinary Institute. • Qualitative improvement and modernization of existing training institutions. • Setting-up atleast one Food Craft Institute. • Improving the standards of training in private institutes through accreditation and quality control. • Setting-up a Manipur Tourism Documentation Centre equipped with modern technology to function as a repository of research findings and publications on tourism. • Involving the tourism industry in human resource development activities and encouraging them to set-up independent training facilities. • Streamlining and strengthening of guide training and training of other grass root level workers. • Introduction of optional courses in tourism related topics at Graduate and Under Graduate levels in order to meet requirement of trained personnel in this sector. 6.12 Action Points Relating to Clash of Policy • Whenever and wherever there is a clash of policy between Tourism Policy and other Government policies it shall be brought to the 'Cabinet’ for a decision.  7 STRATEGY FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTION PLAN & PROMOTION OF THRUST AREAS Tourism, as a multi-sectoral industry, involves complex and close relationship with various interlinked departments, agencies, organizations and service providers. A systematic, planned approach is necessary to optimally allocate/utilize limited resources to sensitize and guide all these stakeholders on a common, shared vision which is very essential for a highly efficient, responsive tourism industry. The multiplier effects and benefits of tourism can thus percolate to all stakeholders and the people. The overall vision of the development of tourism in Manipur embodied in this policy is endeavoured to be achieved through five key strategic objectives viz., positioning tourism as a State priority, enhancing Manipur's competitiveness as a tourist destination, improving and expanding tourism product development, creation of world class infrastructure and effective marketing plans and programmes. Thus, the strategies and action plans to be adopted to fulfil the dream of making Manipur a 'tourism hotspotf\n the coming years are underlined as follow: 7.1 PRIORITIZATION OF DESTINATIONS & INFRASTRUCTURE Quality infrastructure is essential for developing tourist products and for providing better services to both domestic and international tourists. Creation of tourism infrastructure would have favourable impact on overall economic growth, employment generation and on the preservation of art, culture, and heritage. Tourism projects like destination development are capital intensive, commercially unviable, and require financial support from the government. At the same time, it is necessary that such infrastructure is created with professional expertise of architects/landscaping experts and is then privately managed through a transparent process. Large revenue projects such as setting-up of hotels, convention centres, golf courses, etc., normally have substantial gestation periods. These facilities need to be created by private initiative with the government acting as a facilitator and catalyst. Prioritization of projects is absolutely necessary to put scarce resources to best use. The need of the hour is to create a few success stories and the momentum & dynamics of the tourism industry is expected to take over. Tourism in Manipur is proposed to be developed in a focused and phased manner to create Special Tourist Zones/Clusters based on the tourism index of scenery, accessibility, accommodation and safety. Infrastructure projects shall be implemented in an integrated, time-bound and cost-effective manner and further maintained in an orderly fashion. i. Phase - I (2014 to 2017): The first phase shall include infrastructure development for accommodation facilities at Imphal City and surrounding areas, beautification and commercial avenues at Moreh Town, and beautification and accommodation facilities at Loktak Lake Complex especially at the Sendra Island. a. Imphal City is the main entry point of tourists to Manipur. Since proper roadways and railways have not yet been effectively developed, air travel is the preferred mode of transportation of tourists to the State. Air travel needs to be further strengthened along with improvement of roads and introduction of railways. b. Lack of standard accommodation facilities in Imphal City has been a major hindrance to the growth of tourism in Manipur. Up-gradation of existing tourism infrastructure and infusion of fresh facilities in Imphal City and surrounding areas shall, therefore, be pursued. All measures shall be adopted to build only star category hotels and facilities. The makeover of Hotel Imphal to a five star category hotel is an endeavour in this particular direction. Infrastructure development shall also include ^construction, renovation and maintenance of parks, monuments, museums, zoo, public conveniences, parking structures, etc. Moreover, shopping complexes, trade centres, emporiums, leisure & entertainment multiplexes, art& culture centres, amusement parks on the line of 'DilliHaat' and adventure complexes shall be developed. c. More funds could be thrust into ensuring better development of the historical Kangla Fort, as a significant measure to attract tourists, which at present is currently under development, and may be made open to public on Wednesdays too. The Govindaji Temple, Bhagyachandra Open Air Theatre (BOAT), Commonwealth War Cemeteries and Khongampat Orchidarium are other important places which should be nurtured for tourist interest. d. There is a keen interest of tourists arriving in Manipur to visit Moreh Town. In view of India's Look East Policy and the Trans-Asian Highways and Railways, Moreh Town assumes a great importance and a strategic advantage to the growth of tourism in Manipur. Furthermore, this border town is deemed to become an unique entry point to Manipur and India for the people of South-East Asian countries, once there is equilibrium of trade and services between the neighbouring nations. The Government would take advantage of this opportunity and beautify and develop Moreh Town into a 'Commercial Hub. Star category hotels and other accommodation facilities, trade centres, leisure avenues and beautification of Moreh Town shall be taken-up earnestly. e. Loktak Lake Complex including the floating Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), the INA Complex and the Sendra Island constitute an unique feature that is rare in the world. This 'Complex' shall be developed, beautified and accommodation facilities shall be constructed with vigour to make it a major nature tourism attraction. Star category resorts, time share resorts, stand alone catering units & restaurants, spas, yoga centres, hobby-fishing facilities, outdoor nature facilities viz., house boats, floating restaurants, etc. shall be developed with a planned, environmental friendly approach. Water sports like canoeing, kayaking, boat rides and safaris to the National Park shall be organized and promoted. f. Homestay concept would be promoted in a planned manner, especially in the interior areas for providing an unique experience to the visiting tourists. g. The existing tourism infrastructure as well as the ones which are coming-up/would come-up, be managed on Public Private Partnership (PPP) and a suitable policy for Sub¬Letting of Tourism Infrastructure/Assets on PPP basis would be evolved by the Government. The selection of the license/ lessee would be made by fair and transparent procedure and the rate of royalty/ lease fee to be received by the Government would be decided in consultation with Finance Department. h. Under the existing law, no new structures can be constructed within 100 meters of protected monuments and this need to be kept in mind while developing and improving such protected monuments for tourism purposes ii. Phase - II (2018 to 2021): The second phase will try to cover and establish Hill Stations at Tamenglong and Ukhrul Districts. In addition, the Lamdan Adventure Tourism Complex, Churachandpur District and the Dzuko Valley in Senapati District shall be developed into a world class adventure avenue and camping sites. Moreover, distinct war memorial sites and heritage places shall be identified and developed for pilgrimage and culture tourisms. iii. Phase - III (2022 to 2025): The third phase will try to identify and develop potential tourism sites all over the State. This will essentially include intense development of rural tourism industry and ethnic living in places like Nambol, Lamdan, Tamei, , etc. iv. The proposed Phase-I, II & III would be adequately dovetailed with the tourism development which may be taken-up at the time of implementation of Integrated Tourism Plan for the North-Eastern Master Plan for the North-Eastern region which has been prepared by M/S Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) under NEC/DoNER and in consultation with the Ministry of Tourism. v. Simultaneously, infrastructure augmentation like way-site facilities, lodges, rest houses, etc. at identified tourist circuits/destinations focussing on these prioritized mega destinations shall be taken-up. vi. Convergence shall be followed with mega projects and industries like the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM), Civil Aviation, Road Transport & Highways, Railways, Food Processing Industries, etc. The approach for large infrastructure development would thus be based on integrated development of tourism. This initiative addresses the 12th Plan challenge of Managing Urbanization. vii. Planning for infrastructure development should adhere to the concept of last mile connectivity for electricity, water supply, approach roads, waste disposal, sanitation, etc. The 'last mile connectivity' shall also be proposed to be lengthened to 30-40 Kms. viii. Introduction of contemporary international measures/standards for the hospitality sector by constant review of policies/guidelines. ix. Different measures to be taken-up against high cost and low availability of land hampering growth of hotels. x. The physical infrastructure for tourism includes accommodation units, roads, power, water supply, sewerage and telecommunication. This underscores the need for inter-sectoral convergence of infrastructural schemes and programmes that could support tourist destinations. The Government would create world class infrastructure meeting all the essential criteria to cater to both domestic and foreign tourists. 7.2 SPRUCING-UP OF IMPHAL CITY & OTHER MAJOR TOURIST DESTINATIONS: i. Imphal, the Capital City of Manipur, is in need of urgent up-gradation of its existing infrastructure. Somehow or other, the first look at the City does not give positive impression to the visitors. Right from the airport upto all major points in the City, we see most of the properties are un-plastered with steel bars jutting-out from the pillars. In fact, one does not get a feel of passing through the City. ii. The other tourist attraction at Sendra-Lokak-Moirang and Moreh border town are no different and situation there even worse. iii. The historic Khwairamband Nupi Keithel No. 1, 2 & 3 (popularly known as 'Ima Market) which are all run by women vendors and have been reconstructed recently with Government of India's assistance are in the condition of disrepair. The basements and the first floor of these markets remain un-occupied/unused. These 3 (three) markets have not been repaired after inauguration and do not give a good sight to the visitors. Further, many of the lights are not functional and efficient system for Solid Waste disposal is missing. iv. To overcome these major deficiencies, the Government would take proactive actions to make Imphal City impressive and vibrant by taking the following steps: a. The Government would lay down policy/instructions mandating the owners of all the properties on the major roads e.g. from Airport to Andro Parking, Mantripukhri to Manipur University, Palace Compound to Hapta, all buildings in Thangal Bazar, Paona Bazar and adjoining area, B. T. Road (from Kangla Fort to Uripok) and other connecting roads to plaster exteriors of their properties, remove hanging steel iron rods and paint the exteriors as well as their roof tops to provide a good look and urban face to the City. b. The Government would takes urgent steps for efficient collection of Solid Wastes from house to house and its proper disposal, if needed by involving NGOs/PPP mode. c. All street lights should be made functional in Imphal city and high mast illuminations should be installed at key locations. d. Efforts should be made to improve law & order situation and keep the shops and other establishments opened upto 9:00 PM in summer and upto 8:00 PM in winter. This would provide free movement & avenues to explore in the evening to the visitors. e. Khwairamband Nupi Keithel No. 1, 2 & 3 should be immediately repaired and renovated. Further, to make these markets lively and a major tourist attraction, it is suggested that the Government would consider providing all women's run facilities viz. State Cottage Industries Emporium, Bank, Cafeteria, Musical Show/Performances, IT establishment and other activities without creating any conflict of interest with existing vendors occupying the ground floor. f. Providing appropriate signages at different location, up-gradation of foot paths and drains, comprehensive repairs of all the city roads etc. g. The Government would take-up comprehensive development of River Fronts along the bank of the 3 (three) major rivers flowing through Greater Imphal Area i.e. Imphal River, Nambul River and Kongba River and try to adopt eco-friendly technology and developed these as 'Living Rivers' with a balanced mix of greeneries and infrastructure to be created for the purpose. v. Similar actions would be taken by the Government to upgrade the Urban Infrastructure at Sendra - Loktak - Moirang as well as Moreh Town at Indo-Myanmar border. 7.3 HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT & CAPACITY BUILDING i. Tourism Sector in the Manipur shall prepare itself to meet an exponential demand for the workforce at managerial, supervisory, skilled and semi-skill levels. This increase in growth will have a direct impact on the demand and supply mismatch for providing satisfactory service to visiting tourists. ii. Human Resource Development for the hospitality sector and capacity building for the service providers are absolutely essential for the growth of tourism industry. The Government shall strive for excellence in the tourism sector by ensuring availability of trained manpower. Regular interactions and meetings with various stakeholders to maintain a continuous flow of ideas and taking new/corrective measures to perform its task efficiently shall be taken-up. Knowledge and capabilities of the officers and staffs shall be enhanced by refresher training programmes, deputing them to national and international seminars/workshops on new areas of tourism development site, visits to successful tourism spots, learning from the best practices around the world, etc. iii. Workshops to assimilate success stories and do an in-depth analysis would be conducted regularly. Training and professional education with necessary infrastructural support for generating manpower to meet the needs of tourism hospitality industry, both quantitatively and qualitatively and to put in place a system for the same, to provide In-service Training/Up-gradation to the existing service providers. Guides to be inducted and regular training programmes/refresher courses/workshops organized to ensure that guides remain updated. Skill testing and certification of existing service providers as well as enhancing the skills of the stakeholders in private and community would be undertaken. iv. Professional education system in the field of Tourism by introducing tourism related regular courses such as Bachelors in Tourism Studies, Post-Graduate in Tourism Studies and Ph.D. in Tourism Studies at University level. Also, short duration and diploma courses in hospitality and travel-tourism programmes shall be conducted through the upcoming Institute of Hospitality Management (IHM). Scholarship programmes would be introduced for Tourism allied subjects and specialized courses in the Hospitality sector in other State Universities and Colleges to bring academic excellence and to encourage research activities in these fields. The Government shall endeavour to include tourism as a non-credit compulsory subject in the syllabi from Class-VIII to Class-X standard in the State. This will inculcate among the youths of the State a sense of our traditional hospitality and good mannerism for the development of tourism. v. Tourism industry shall be managed as an enterprise with professional inputs at all levels. The Hospitality Sector in Manipur needs both extensive awareness of all communities and intensive capacity building of hotel staffs, tourist guides, drivers, cultural establishment and shopping centres. The Government seeks to put in place both long term and short term plans for Capacity Building in Hospitality Sector, not only in tools, techniques but also in changing perspectives, motivation and identity. vi. Tourism Entrepreneurship Development (TED) and enhancing professional skills of front and field manpower are the areas which shall receive priority. vii. Mobile training units for community service providers in rural areas identified for the development of rural tourism and home stay concepts. viii. For the young untrained staffs who continue to join the industry, the Government should, through short-term training programmes, build capacities in order to provide quality service. A scheme is required to be mooted to examine and certify the large number of industry/conventional trained skilled manpower available in the State. ix. Government of India's existing scheme of ‘Train the Trainer' shall be strengthened and implemented in the State for boosting availability of adequate trainers for training. Intensive Training of personnel in different sub-sectors of Hospitality Industry would be taken-up regularly under ‘Hunar-Se-Rozgar-TakYojna' as well as other schemes of the Government of India - both directly through IHM as well as in PPP Mode. x. The training programmes must cover the skill development in general for fresh candidates, specialized skill development including language courses, for fresh as well as existing service providers, basic skill up-gradation in general for existing service providers, training of trainers programme, and creating awareness of tourism benefits/knowledge in urban and rural areas. xi. As an important step in capacity building, a State Institute of Hotel Management, Catering and Applied Nutrition would be set-up in Imphal. 7.4 PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP (PPP)/PUBLIC PRIVATE COMMUNITY PARTNERSHIP (PPCP) In a number of developing countries, tourism partnerships between the Government, private sector and local communities are becoming a growing phenomenon especially as communities are increasingly gaining rights to wildlife and other valuable tourism assets on their land through policy changes on land tenure. In other cases, partnerships are developing on private land as tourism operators recognise that not only is local support essential for the long-term maintenance of the tourism assets on which the industry depends, but that many communities have cultural resources which can greatly enhance or diversify existing tourism products. The strategic vision is to enhance the tourism potential of Manipur by integrated development of tourism infrastructure by taping tourism potential along key tourism circuits and leverage the sectoral & product development through Public Private Partnership (PPP)/Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) to achieve sustainable and economic development. This partnership shall be based on the following objectives and principles: i. The development of tourism in the State shall be based on a common shared vision involving a mutually beneficial and legally-binding contract among various stakeholders which shall include the Government, travel trade and hospitality sector, investors, venture capitalists, establishments and associations, scholars, domestic and foreign tourists, and the community. The partnership shall be focused on the provision of assets and the delivery of services by allocating responsibilities and business risks among the various partners. Emphasis shall be on promoting integrated development of tourism facilities on Public Private Partnership (PPP) /Public Private Community Partnership (PPCP) which may require creation of Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) to cover different aspects of Hospitality/Tourism Sector. ii. A PPP/PPCP seeks to provide an opportunity to improve service delivery, improve cost- effectiveness, increase investment in public infrastructure, reduce public sector risk, deliver capital projects faster, improve budget certainty, make better use of assets and poverty alleviation. Community partnership, at times, is essential to generate purchasing power in the hands of the weaker sections of the society and lead to their empowerment and social inclusion. iii. General guidelines for the partnership shall include identifying partnership opportunities, finding out about prospective partners, selecting partners, getting assistance, negotiating the financial and non-financial components, deciding on the duration of the partnership, formalizing the partnership, and monitoring, reviewing and amending the deal. The PPP/PPCP project cycle shall essentially cover the inception, preparation period, feasibility study, project term, procurement, signing of the PPP/PPCP agreement, development, delivery, exit, monitoring and review. iv. The partnership shall contain transitional arrangements; service and financial obligations; obligations of private party, including its residual functions, and those of the Government regulatory body; provision for leasing charges, rate adjustments and dispute resolution; and other contract conditions. Transitional arrangements relating to transfer of employees, liabilities/revenues, accounts receivable, facilities, existing projects, cash and marketable securities would have to be defined. Service obligations should provide coverage and quality standards. Financial obligations include size of equity investments, bond and the various fees intended to free the Government from subsidizing, besides working out a Revenue Sharing Model. v. The Government shall be actively involved throughout a project's life cycle from licensing, financing to regulation. The private sector shall be responsible for the commercial functions viz., project design, construction, finance, operations and management. In fact, risk transfer from the public to the private sector shall be a critical element of all partnerships. The goal is to combine the best capabilities of the public and private sectors for mutual benefit. Under this arrangement, the private sector partner is deemed to gain a relatively stable, long-term investment opportunity. On the other hand, private firms would also use their own strengths and abilities to add value to the arrangements by bringing in management efficiencies, innovation to offset risks and costs and by potentially increasing its values. vi. Proceeding with a PPP/PPCP arrangement may be most appropriate when the following characteristics are available: a. There is a significant opportunity for private sector innovation in design, construction, service delivery, or use of an asset involving the community; b. Clearly definable and measurable output specifications can be established suitable for payment on a services delivered basis; c. An opportunity exists for the private sector partner to generate non-government streams of revenue, to help offset public sector costs; d. Some risks can be transferred to the private sector and the community; e. Projects of a similar nature have been successfully developed using a similar method; and, f. The private sector or/and community has sufficient capacity (expertise and availability) to successfully deliver project objectives. vii. The Government shall endeavour to remove barriers to growth to leverage private sector investment and other issues related to conceptualization, funding pattern and implementation process and possible dovetailing with Ministry of Tourism's Large Revenue Generating Scheme (LRGS) &/or GOI's Viability Gap Funding Scheme. Proposals to be made under the Scheme may be considered for providing LRGS Subsidy &/or Viability Gap Funding (VGF), one time or deferred, with the objective and conditions of making a PPP/PPCP project commercially viable; delivering an infrastructure service on payment of user charges; the contract/concession is awarded in favour of a private sector company in which 51 percent or more of the subscribed and paid up equity is owned and controlled by a private entity; the private partner is selected on the basis of open competitive bidding and is responsible for financing, construction, maintenance and operation of the project during the concession period; and the project should provide a service against payment of a pre¬determined tariff or user charge. viii. The modality of the PPP/PPCP may be on time-sharing basis, both in terms of period and rights of use to property, in which multiple parties may be managing a particular ‘Tourism Unit'. Units may be on a part-ownership or lease/"right to use" basis, in which the shareholders does not have any claim to ownership of the property. ix. Role of Government shall be defined as: a. To provide a platform for corporate and community leaders to meet and exchange ideas. b. To create synergies and a more proactive role in facilitating partnership projects and help in its success. c. To encourage industry. d. Quick decision making on policy. e. Simplify procedures. f. Convergence of Government schemes. g. Funding. h. Solve problems. x. Role of Private Industry shall be defined as: a. Get industry involved in the 'Project'. b. Contribute towards resource generation. c. Contribute vital cost effective technology and management expertise. d. Achieve higher accountability and transparency. e. More result oriented and provide long term value for money. f. Better administration and day-to-day coordination. g. Safe, economic and reliable transport. xi. Role of Community/ClubsINGOs /Other Civil Society organizations shall be defined as: a. Chance to work in a more structured environment. b. Advise partners of local support, requirements and needs. c. Educating community about Government schemes and how to access them. d. Provide local communities support and give them confidence vis-a-vis Industry role. e. Assist in capacity building. xii. The selection of a private party or a community organization shall be based on a fair and competitive bidding process and concurrence of Finance Department would be obtained on case to case basis. xiii. Payment structure shall be in the form of either a minimum fixed fee for service paid by the Government or through fees collected from users/tourists or through a net revenue sharing model and payments related to the investment and success of the enterprise. In any case, the major investor/stakeholder shall have a majority share in the net revenue generated. xiv. The issues of employment, recruitment and wages which shall be settled and negotiated with all partners involved. xv. Duration of contract/partnership/lease is absolutely essential for the success of the enterprise. Long lease of not less than 10 (ten) years is necessary for a credible partnership in terms of security, investment and success of the enterprise. 7.5 MARKETING, PROMOTION & PUBLICITY i. Manipur needs to develop an unique market brand, image and position which cannot be held by any other competitor. The positioning statement should be able to capture the essence of its tourism product to convey an image of the product to a potential customer. For this very specific purpose, the Government has come up with a catchy theme "Gateway to South-East Asia”to promote tourism in Manipur on a clientele model. This unique brand seeks to market Manipur Tourism in conformity with the relevance, competitiveness, strategic location and commercial aspects of the State. ii. Identification of the most positive vibes of the State, nurturing and showcasing of the tourism products in full cooperation with interlinked stakeholders shall be the cornerstone of marketing and promotion in domestic and international forums with the goal of increasing tourist inflow to Manipur. The Marketing Theory involving 4 'P's is essential and shall also be affected in the Planning, Production, Promotion and Publicity of Manipur Tourism. iii. Planning is absolutely necessary to enable a leading role in the competitive tourism market, to determine a vision, to anticipate problems, identify opportunities and react quickly to market changes. The Government shall endeavour to prepare a detailed feasibility study that includes all areas of the tourism business; prepare a detailed and realistic business; prepare plans and policies that cover the areas of management, marketing, finance and human resource management, and monitor the plans regularly and adapt them as required to meet unexpected market changes. Planning also involves developing excellent time and task management skills and identifying who is best suited to perform the different tasks involved in managing the industry including outsourcing on PPP/ PPCP basis. iv. Product development by undertaking research, market trends and prioritization of resources shall be paramount on the game plan of the Government. Niche Tourism Products like nature tourism, cultural tourism, medical & wellness tourism and eco-adventure tourism shall be vigorously developed and promoted. Various measures shall be taken-up for enhancing the capacity for growth viz., introduction of new themes like camping tourism, golf tourism, polo tourism, pilgrimage tourism, home-stay tourism and MICE tourism. v. The mass tourism market comprises tourists from diverse backgrounds with varied interests, tastes and priorities. Target Marketing for Manipur is necessary to fragment this market into smaller, more specific target markets to identify customers who are likely to be interested in particular tourism products. High-end tourists are the immediate target and the Government shall effectively tailor the products, marketing and promotions to attract new and repeat business, mainly by customizing products and personalizing services to suit the interests and needs of the identified market segments, and selecting methods of promotion that reach and appeal to these target markets. vi. Developing Strategies for Sustained and effective Marketing Plans and Programmes can be achieved by evolving and maintaining a system of market research activities to continuously receive, analyse, and respond to information on pricing, security issues, health, safety, quality of tourism services and products, etc., and making use of various technological tools, including the Internet, for advertising to obtain greater and wider impact. vii. Market research shall be intensively undertaken to access information that can influence product development and sales to determine: a. Markets most suited to tourism products by including customer characteristics, such as age, socio-economic background, lifestyle choices and personal values. b. Origin of these markets to find out a customer's place of origin so that promotions can be targeted. c. Customer travel style to determine the way the tourism product is tailored, packaged and promoted by finding out the influences like whether the customer travels independently, with friends or family members, or in a tour group. All these forms of travel have different product preferences, time and cost limitations. d. Customer budget to determine a customer's travel expenditure priorities, disposable income and perceptions on value for money are important considerations when pricing the product or package. e. Customer transport choices. f. Cooperation and coordination because most visiting tourists will not travel to a particular location simply to visit one attraction, but can be attracted to the area if there is a collection of activities available making it essential to create packages for the region. Foreign tourists invariably prefer a package tour to an area which leads to exploring several places in the State/Region. g. Customer satisfaction for feedback information that can be used to improve product quality and/or eliminate unpopular or unprofitable products. h. Provide an opportunity on tourism website for customer feedback to ensure the tourism product is represented in the best way possible. i. Unique Selling Points (USP) of the most appealing aspects of the product, as indicated by the customers, can influence the focus of the promotional material. j. Effective promotional tools like appraisal of the content regularly read by the target market and testing the effectiveness of the current distribution methods by asking customers where they heard about the product; extent of revisits; knowing what proportion of customers currently return, or intend to return, can influence product development decisions and promotions strategy; spending habits. Priorities for customers change regularly, and considering how these changes can affect the tourism business and devise methods to adapt to meet the current trends. viii. Making the existence of the Manipur tourism products known in the marketplace is necessary to attract tourists. The strength of the presence in the marketplace will be very much dependent on choosing the most effective distribution channels to reach and then sell to the target markets. Distribution using a variety of channels is necessary to extend the promotion and sales of the products and is dependent on target markets. a. Direct sales through the internet are the most important tool of distribution. Worldwide usage and access to the internet is playing an increasingly important role in the travel planning and decision making processes of customers. Travel planning and booking are among the most popular online activities in major e-commerce markets. Research indicates that more travellers investigate their travel options online. The growth in online travel bookings has outpaced other online sales for many reasons, including access to extensive information to aid selection; perceived availability of choice; convenience of booking online (from home and out of business hours); and the perception of price advantage. The Government shall establish a vibrant website which essentially broadcasts the State tourism as information, marketing and purchasing tool including transaction and online booking system. b. Traditional distributors, that play an important part in servicing customers namely retail travel agents, wholesalers and inbound tour operators (ITO), shall be effectively partnered based on reliability of the product and commission. The retail travel agents provide customers with an accessible place to book or enquire about travel products. These agents usually provide a shop-front office for customers in shopping centres and local town centres. Wholesalers provide retailers with travel packages comprising two or more products supplied by different operators. These packages are put together in brochures, which are then distributed to networks of retail agents for display in their travel agencies. Wholesalers can also sell directly to customers. Inbound Tour Operators (ITOs) negotiate contracts directly with tourism operators on behalf of overseas wholesalers. They are responsible for developing itineraries specifically for international travellers. 'Makemytrip’, 'Thomas Cook', 'Tripadvisor’, 'Cleartrip’, 'Cox & Kings' are some trip organizers which the Government may tie-up with. c. Package Tours: Attractive package tours with schedule tour timetables consisting of multiple destinations, boarding, lodging and meal plans shall be designed keeping in mind the specific need and choices of different tourists. The package tours and the itineraries shall be developed with the help of State Tourism Department by the private sector & tour operators and shall be revised/updated from time to time. The tour Packages shall be distributed to Hotels, Travel Agencies and Tour Operators for them to receive bookings and facilitate the tours under the guidance of the Tourism Department. This approach would provide hassle free travel to the tourist with confirmed bookings and routings, saves time, provides discounted pricing with other ancillary service benefits. Package Tours can be daily tours/weekend tours covering inter/intra city and districts with the option of Group Inclusive Tours (GIT)/Free Individual Tours (FIT) or customized tour package to meet the need and wants of the varied tourists. d. Travel Agencies and Tour Operators: Travel Agents and Tour Operators (Inbound/Outbound/Domestic) along with Tourist Transport Operators shall be encouraged and sensitized for facilitating smooth movement of tourists within and across State boundaries. Travel Agencies and Tour Operators should get approval from the designated authority for a uniform tourism operation through licensing. The licensing and other regulations are to be reviewed periodically with recommendations for improvements. All the Travel Agents and Tour Operatiors including Tour Guides and Escorts shall be provided training with established standards for their operation and services. ix. Advertising campaigns including print and electronic advertising placed in local, regional or national newspapers, ethnic publications, trade and tourist magazines, journals or newsletters, and magazines relevant to the target market should be effective and create a competitive edge based on customer characteristics, timing, competition, value-added services, price, positioning, unique selling points (USP), media available, budget and previous advertising experiences. Advertising alternatives using cheaper methods including leaflets/flyers, canvassing, wholesaler programs, sponsorship of local community events which attract large crowds and significant media coverage and whose participation can improve business exposure, listings and displays, e-marketing and editorial/added-value should be negotiated when purchasing advertising space with different media. x. Steps shall be taken-up to promote State tourism viz., strengthening the tourism information offices outside with qualified manpower & infrastructure, participation in travel and trade fairs - domestic and overseas, organizing road shows, FAM (familiarization) trips of media persons, TV teams, film makers, trade representatives, provide brochures/media support, distribution of literature, posters, calendars, newsletter, electronic, print and digital publicity, CDs, jingles, outdoor campaigns and publicity in malls, airports, and other strategic places; tackle visa issues; aggressive marketing of identified niche tourism products; national & international travel associations to be encouraged to have trips to Manipur; and, develop a dynamic-interactive website providing various information in an integrated and cohesive manner. Organizing contests like photography and production of good promotional films needs to be undertaken. MICE tourism needs to be focused on how to fill the low season months of the year. Medical tourism needs to be aggressively marketed and publicized. xi. Focus shall be on online publicity which has higher reach and is cost effective. The Tourism Department maintains two websites viz., www.manipurtourism.gov.in and www.sangaifestival.gov.in for online publicity. These two websites would be hyper-linked to the State Government's Official website i.e.www.manipur.gov.in . Mobile applications and social networking site like Facebook, Twitter, Google+, etc. shall be used for quick and cost effective tourism marketing. xii. Efforts to make use of technology for higher productivity and improve the methods and processes of working in the tourism sector through e-governance, IT & IT Enabled Services besides significantly encouraging e-commerce portals to extend effective promotion and marketing support to investors, hoteliers, tour operators, medical facilitators, etc. xiii. Connectivity is one of the impediments for the growth of tourism in Manipur. Air travel is the strength of Manipur and should play a critical role in enhancing Manipur's competitiveness as a tourism hotspot. Increased capacity and frequency of flights is necessary alongwith improving the standard of facilities and services at the airport. xiv. Tours & Travel operators shall be encouraged and sensitized for facilitating smooth movement of tourists within and across state boundaries. xv. The Government will present awards and citations to excellent entrepreneurs, hoteliers, tour travel operators and other tourism related service providers to encourage and promote the tourism industry in Manipur. 7.6 ESTABLISHMENT OF STATE COTTAGE INDUSTRIES EMPORIUM The State would establish State Cottage Industries Emporium (SCIE) for promotion of rich and varied local Handicrafts and Handlooms of the State. Towards establishment of SCIE, the State would provide land free of cost to the PPP partner, who would be selected in a transparent manner through ‘Open Competitive Bidding'. The selected PPP partner would be responsible for creation of necessary infrastructure (including construction of building, design, decor & its refurbishment) and also for all the recurring operational expenses. The PPP partner would keep specimen of their products and brochure can be prepared which will indicate where these products are available. The SCIE would be run on profit sharing basis and the PPP partner would share minimum 10% of net profit, to be paid every quarter to the Government. The proposed SCIE, would be run under a ‘Government Committee' and in consultation with Commerce & Industries, Tourism and Arts & Culture Departments. The SCIE would promote Handicrafts and Handlooms unique to the different tribes & ethnic groups in the State and also strive to become place where the visitors not only get attracted to local Handicrafts and Handlooms but also become messengers for marketing the same within India and abroad. 7.7 COMMERCIAL APPROACH i. Tourism has been accorded ''Industry Status by the Government of Manipur in January, 1987, and was included under the Industrial Policy of Manipur, 1996 and thus eligible to get all admissible incentives/support accordingly. However, in the recently notified 'The Industrial & Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013 - (IIPM, 2013)', it seems that somehow Tourism Sector has been left out. Therefore, State needs to consider including 'Tourism Sector' in IIPM, 2013 and thereby enable Tourism Units to avail of all admissible incentives/supports under IIPM, 2013. ii. The State Tourism department would delineate the financial cost-benefit analysis of their project proposals at the beginning till the sustained level is attained by the Tourism Industry in the State. Weightage may be assigned for better economic benefit w.r.to the cost involved. iii. The main objective of the development of Tourism in the State is to create employment opportunities and thus improve livelihood. To facilitate this objective, exemption from Luxury Tax, VAT, Stamp Duties, etc. be considered for specific units as per the requirements and on case to case basis, with prior concurrence of Finance Department. These incentives are an essential pre-requisite to attract investment from the private sector. iv. Incentives and subsidies may be considered in future for creating infrastructure in terms of ‘Tourism Units' for promoting the growth of tourism. Tourism Units and enterprises for Hospitality Sector would be provided assistance and facilitated under the Industrial and Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013(IIPM, 2013). Further, the Government would sponsor proposals from the entrepreneurs in Hospitality Sector on priority and recommend the same to the Government of India for sanction and assistance under North-East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy (NEIIPP), 2007. v. To begin with, a proposal would be considered for providing incentives to the tune of 20% for a new 'Tourism Unit,involving one crore rupees and above in concurrence with Planning and Finance Departments. The 20% of the capital cost of investment on land, building, water supply, plant and machinery, subject to a ceiling of Rs 35.00 lakhs, shall be provided for all tourism related activities subject to the condition that the financial assistance will be released only after the completion and commencing operation of the ‘Tourism Units' and the incentive/ subsidy would be performance linked based on transparent parameters and the rate of revenue share/ royalty decided in consultation with Finance Department. Further, it is stipulated that the hotel/amenities so established should run for a minimum of 10 (ten) years. While considering such cases, efforts should be made to ensure that: a. Land to be acquired for the tourism unit is purchased from the villager/land owner. b. Participation of local people on partnership basis for better success. c. Factors like accommodations, availability of Water supply & Power Supply to be examined properly at the time of site selection. d. Restoration of existing Tourist Homes into full-fledged Tourist Homes. e. Selection of Tourism Unit by the Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) to be headed by Chief Secretary. vi. A new 'Tourism Untshall mean one which commences operation of the project on or after 1stOctober, 2014, with prior approval in writing from the State Government. It shall also include the expansion, modernization and diversification of existing 'Tourism Unit’. Only projects approved by the Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC) would be eligible for the incentives/concessions. vii. A 'Tourism Unit’ shall mean private commercial establishments providing public services/facilities in identified tourism destinations and shall include the following: a. Accommodation units including Hotels, Wayside Amenities, Cultural Centres, Convention Centres, etc. b. Tourist Resorts & Lodges, Spas, Yoga Centres, Restaurants. c. Amusement Parks & Adventure Sports Complex. viii. One of the major bottlenecks in creation of 'Tourism Units’ especially hotels are the non¬availability of land for the purpose. A 'Land Bank" is needed to be established to know exactly where land is available for infrastructure development at strategic and prioritised destinations. The 'Land Bank’ seeks to provide for the allotment of land or allotment of land on lease, in the identified zone/areas/acquired land, for handing over to the Government/ investor for use in setting-up the 'Tourism Unit’. The steps that may be taken are. a. Master Plan of Imphal City and district headquarters should mark commercial sites for construction of hotels, convention and exhibition centres. b. The hotel sites should be allotted on long-term lease basis or could be allotted under the PPP mode through joint venture, revenue sharing, etc. c. The hotels should be allowed higher Floor Area Ratio/Floor Space Index (FAR/FSI) so that more rooms and commercial spaces are created out of the same space and it also helps in generating sustainable revenues; and d. The land should also be allotted for building of guest houses in major tourist destinations. ix. Royalties or Entry Fees, which are usage-based payments made by one party (the "licensee") and another (the "licensor") for ongoing use of specified State assets, shall be paid to the Government and the license agreements shall be regulated by the Government who is the resource owner. The royalty rates shall be determined by the Government with the interest of the stakeholders in mind. These specified State assets have been identified for adventurous activities and expeditions of Keibul Lamjao National Park, Lamdan Adventure Complex, Tharon Caves, Khangkhui Caves, Hills and Dzukou Valley. x. A Single Window Clearance System needs to be established in the State to cut red-tape and ensure expeditious clearances and permissions of feasible tourism projects for various 'Tourism Units' required from the State Government that will benefit both investors and the community. The Tourism Advisory Committee headed by the Chief Secretary shall be the High-Powered Committee looking into this matter. This system seeks to facilitate trade and investment by dealing with a single body for various items such as land, permits, power and water supply, and finance which are necessary for establishing a ‘Tourism Unit'. The system shall allow investors to lodge standardized information and documents once with a single entry point to fulfill all tourism related regulatory requirement. xi. Home-Stay programmes under the Government of India Scheme of ‘Incredible India Bed & Breakfast' needs to be promoted in Manipur too. These establishments should be treated as non-commercial. For this purpose, State may adopt Government of India's guidelines in this regard. xii. All subsidies, incentives and other supports enunciated above would continue till Tourism Industry in Manipur takes-off and is stabilized. 7.8 LEGISLATION & REGULATION i. Exclusion of Manipur from Protected Area Permit (PAP) Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958. Ministry of Home Affairs has excluded Manipur from the PAP Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958 initially for a period of 1 (one) year w.e.f. 1st January, 2011. Then onwards, the Ministry of Home Affairs has been issuing circulars excluding Manipur from PAP Regime from time to time. At present, the Ministry of Home Affairs (Foreigners Division), Government of India vide its Circular No. 431 dated 31st December, 2013 has excluded the entire area of the State of Manipur from the Protected Area Regime notified under the Foreigners (Protected Areas) Orders, 1958 for a further period of two years beyond 31.12.2013, that is, w.e.f. 1st January, 2014, subject to the following conditions: a. Citizens of Afghanistan, China and Pakistan and foreign nationals having their origin in these countries would continue to require prior approval of the Ministry of Home Affairs before their visit to the State of Manipur. It may be ensured that they are not allowed to visit the State of Manipur without the requisite Protected Area Permit, action may be taken under the relevant provisions of the Foreigners Act. b. AH Foreigners visiting Manipur will register themselves with the designated Foreigners Registration Officers (FRO) of the State within 24 hours of their arrival. State Government of Manipur will ensure strict implementation of these provisions. c. FRO/Police authorities should keep a dose watch on the activities of the foreigners visiting the States. If anything adverse is found, appropriate action may be taken under the relevant Acts including the Foreigners Act. Further, Myanmar nationals visiting the State may also be excluded from the requirement of obtaining PAP initially for a period of one year w.e.f. 01.01.2014subject to the following conditions: a. All such Myanmar nationals shall obtain a visa from the Indian Missions/ Posts abroad at any of the designated Airports in India at which Visa on Arrival (VoA) facility has been made available to the nationals of Myanmar under the existing procedure. b. All such Myanmar nationals shall have to compulsorily register themselves with the Foreign Registration Officer (FRO) of the State/ District they visit with 24 hours of arrival. c. FRO concerned shall send a report giving details of all such Myanmar nationals registered with them to the Ministry of Home Affairs (Foreigners Division) within 48 hours of their arrival. d. No such registration would be required if the Myanmar nationals are only passing through the State road with no intention of staying in that particular State. ii. Issue of VISA on Arrival (VoA) at Moreh to Myanmar's Nationals for Medical Treatment at Imphal. Manipur has excellent healthcare/medical facilities available at Imphal in, both public and private sectors. Several Myanmar's nationals visit Manipur via Moreh for medical treatment in Hospitals at Imphal. The Government of Manipur earnestly pursued the matter with the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India. The then, Minister of Home Affairs vide his D.O. letter dated 27.01.2014 has conveyed in principal approval for establishing VISA on Arrival (VoA) facility at Imphal Airport and at Moreh. Further, the Government of Manipur was advised to take-up the following actions: a. Make the immigration facilities fully functional. b. Arrange a suitable building so that, Ministry of Home Affairs can instruct NIC to install the Integrated ICs software. c. Arrange for training of manpower dedicated to immigration functions by having their training from Bureau of Immigration. d. Arrange for additional space in the office of FRO/SP (CID) for installation of C-FRO software for registration of foreigners. Accordingly, Government of Manipur has made a budgetary provision of Rs. 1.00 crore for construction/renovation of the immigration post at Moreh. Further, training of 26 (twenty six) officials of various ranks of the State Police Department as Immigration Officers for manning the immigration facilities to be set-up at Moreh and Imphal Airport is also being undertaken at Foreigner Regional Registration Office (FRRO), Kolkata from 17.06.2014. Once the immigration facilities are created at Imphal Airport and at Moreh and also the Training of Immigration Officers are completed, a report would be submitted by the Home Department, Government of Manipur to the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India for formal approval of the VISA on Arrival (VoA) and commissioning of the immigration facilities. iii. Tourism Units and enterprises for Hospitality Sector would be provided assistance and facilitated under the ‘Industrial and Investment Policy of Manipur, 2013 (IIPM, 2013)'. Further, the Government would sponsor proposals from the entrepreneurs in Hospitality Sector on priority and recommend the same to the Government of India for sanction and assistance under North-East Industrial and Investment Promotion Policy (NEIIPP), 2007. iv. The State Government would independently bring out a comprehensive ‘Medical Tourism Policy' for the growth and promotion of this sector. v. Safety and security of the tourists shall be paramount on the Government's agenda which is essential for promoting the growth of tourism and projecting Manipur as a safe tourism destination. No legal framework for the protection of tourists & belongings is felt necessary as existing laws such as IPC or any other Act relating to offences against persons and properties would also be applicable to the tourists & their properties. For protection of tourists & their belongings, the existing laws would have to be enforced depending upon the nature of problem & it is more of preventive measures that the Police would have to take up to ensure safety & security of the tourists within the existing legal framework. Existing institutional mechanism like the concerned Police Stations will deal with complaints received from the tourists & the industry. Later on, after official announcement of tourists spots in the State, if necessary, Police Outposts/Tourist Booths may be set up under the control of the concerned Police Stations and District SP. Tourists pickets/booths may be set up on need basis if the existing Police Stations are not in the proximity of tourist spots. This may bring about a secure environment for tourism to flourish in the State. For development of infrastructure for tourist police, funds would be provided by the Tourism Department. The Tourism Department would also provide/procure equipments that may be required separately for the police officers and personnel deployed for such type of duty, including their specialized training. vi. Licenses to be provided and regulated to various service providers namely, tour operators, travel agents, travel transporters, etc. vii. All efforts shall be put in, worked out and pursued with other departments to vacate all tourist centres presently being occupied by the security forces and other agencies. viii. Travel Trade Code of 'Safe & Honourable' tourism to be adopted in the guidelines of approval of service providers and hotels. ix. Certification of 'Tourism Units (including Homestay)' for quality, safety and maintains proper hygienic standards. x. Tourism in Forest & Wildlife & Wildlife Area will be subject to clearance under Forest Conservation Act, 1980, Indian Forest Act, 1972 & Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 7.9 SUSTAINABLE AND RESPONSIBLE TOURISM Development should not be at the cost of environment. Harmony between man and nature should be maintained at all cost. The tourists can be a great source of development but also lead to unmanageable pollution if not tackled properly. Amarnath Yatra is a fine example of tourism gone awry for environment with people polluting publicly into the river. The Government in close association with other stakeholders shall put in all efforts to minimize the ecological impacts due to development and growth of tourism in the State. Best Practices that promote Sustainable & Green Technologies in the hospitality sector shall be adopted. The Tourism Policy aims to create the conditions for the sustainable growth and development of tourism for the benefit of all Manipuri's focusing on the following key areas: Sl. No. FOCUS AREA WAYS IN WHICH POLICY SEEKS TO CONTRIBUTE TO ACHIEVEMENT OF THESE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES 1. Create conditions for sustainable tourism growth and development • Facilitating increased tourist volumes, tourist spend and geographical spread of tourism. • Enhancing service quality levels. • Facilitating investment in infrastructure and product development into tourism priority areas. • Creating awareness of the economic potential and impacts of tourism. • Promoting domestic tourism. • Monitoring tourism trends and timely provision of information to the public and private sectors. 2. Promote the conservation and sustainable development of natural resources • Promoting eco-tourism through policy initiatives, product development and awareness campaigns. • Encouraging community involvement and partnership in tourism development. 3 Protect and improve the quality and safety of the environment • Promoting responsible tourism practices within the tourism industry 4 Promote a State sustainable development agenda • Promoting responsible tourism principles and practices through international tourism structures. 5 Transformation • Empowering the tourism industry through public sector procurement practices, training, tourism awareness creation and tourism enterprise funding instruments. 7.10 RESEARCH, ANALYSIS, MONITORING & EVALUATION i. Resource allocation in the budget for tourism is very negligible. A realistic approach and higher allocation is necessary so that the State and the people can derive the benefits that flow from such investments in terms of employment generation, poverty alleviation and earning foreign exchange, etc. ii. Market research and impact studies to facilitate policies and programmes. Effective monitoring of tourism projects. Regular market surveys and studies will be carried out to understand the requirements of tourists as also the impact of past promotional measures to take requisite corrective or new policy initiatives. iii. Inter-sectoral Weightage shall be given considering the priorities as under: Sl. No. Priority Weight 1 Development of Tourism Infrastructure (including Tourist Accommodation) 35 2 Human Resource Development 15 3 Marketing, Promotion & Publicity 15 4 Developing New Tourism Products 15 5 Commercial Incentives 10 6 Market Research 10 TOTAL 100 iv. The Tourism Advisory Committee will act as a State Level Monitoring Committee and shall obtain reports on a regular basis and undergo periodical inspection of projects/sites and also through independent agencies having technical expertise. v. Economic impact assessments should be carried out by first estimating the change in the number and types of visitors associated with the policy or action being evaluated. Visits are translated into economic terms by estimating the amount of spending by these visitors in the local area. The spending can then be applied to a model of the region's economy to estimate the effects in terms of sales, income and jobs. Regional economic multipliers are used to estimate the secondary effects of visitor spending. The formula for ascertaining the economic impact is - Economic impact = Number of Visitors * Average spending per visitor * Multiplier. This model is further elaborated as under: a. Dividing visitors into distinct segments with different spending patterns (e.g. campers, day users, visitors in motels). b. Measuring spending in distinct spending categories (e.g. lodging, restaurant meals, gas, groceries). c. Allocating spending into the economic sectors that receive it and applying economic ratios and multipliers for those sectors. vi. Regular interaction with stakeholders of hospitality sector for review of guidelines on approval and classification every two years to incorporate best practices and to meet contemporary challenges. vii. Concrete and efficient compilation of tourism statistics by adopting a uniform methodology for formulation of policies and programmes and dissemination of data for use in industry, by stakeholders and research scholars and general public. viii. Dissemination of data through website for better citizen awareness. ix. Prepare panel of consultants for tourism related studies. x. To establish systems to capture and analyze segregated data across all niche segments such as Nature, Cultural, Medical, Adventure, Wildlife, MICE, etc. thus allowing for greater understanding of the opportunities and needs of these segments. xi. Assess the requirement of manpower in Hospitality and Travel Trade Sector and assess the effectiveness of financial incentives. xii. Performance management to achieve better development orientation. xiii. To bring about a systematic improvement in monitoring mechanism and thereby contribute to better governance of projects, improve the outcome and timeliness of implementation. Devise ways and methods to evolve a mechanism for maintenance and proper upkeep of the tourism infrastructure. Inspecting the quality of tourism projects and suggests steps for improving the quality of tourism experience. xiv. Stakeholder engagement through coordination meetings, conferences, etc. with Industry & Trade Associations, Approved Tourism Establishments, Hospitality & Travel Institutes and other Government departments for prioritization, sharing of new ideas, problems & issues analysis, skill enhancement, etc. xv. State to play a pro-active role and approach in involving tourism stakeholders. xvi. A Tourism Satellite Accounting System (TSA) to be adopted to gauge more precisely the contribution of tourism to the State's economy. 7.11 TOURISM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEES For effective monitoring and co-ordination, Committees at different levels may be constituted to ensure comprehensive and sustained development of tourism in the State. i. A State Level Tourism Steering Committee (SLTSC) under the chairmanship of the Hon'ble Chief Minister of Manipur shall be constituted to provide guidance and impetus to the development and growth of tourism in the State. This ‘Committee' is essential to improve policy integration and co-ordination. The ‘Committee' may consist of the following members: i. Chief Minister, Manipur Chairman ii. Minister (Tourism), Manipur Vice-Chairman iii. Minister (Home), Manipur Member iv. Minister (Finance), Manipur Member v. Minister (Planning), Manipur Member vi. Minister (Arts & Culture), Manipur Member vii. Minister (Commerce & Industries), Manipur Member viii. Minister (Revenue), Manipur Member ix. Minister (Hills), Manipur Member x. Minister (Works), Manipur Member xi. Minister (Power), Manipur Member xii. Minister (PHED), Manipur Member xiii. Minister (MAHUD), Manipur Member xiv. Minister (Forests & Environment), Manipur Member xv. Minister (Transport), Manipur Member xvi. Chairman (Manipur State Pollution Board) Member xvii. Chief Secretary, Government of Manipur Member xviii. Director General of Police Member xix. Administrative Secretary (Finance), Government of Manipur Member xx. Administrative Secretary (Planning), Government of Manipur Member xxi. Administrative Secretary (Home), Government of Manipur Member xxii. Administrative Secretary (Environment & Forest), Government of Manipur Member xxiii. Administrative Secretary (Art& Culture), Government of Manipur Member xxiv. Administrative Secretary (Commerce & Industries), Government of Manipur Member xxv. Administrative Secretary (Revenue), Government of Manipur Member xxvi. Administrative Secretary (Hills), Government of Manipur Member xxvii. Administrative Secretary (Works), Government of Manipur Member xviii. Administrative Secretary (Power), Government of Manipur Member xxix. Administrative Secretary (PHED), Government of Manipur Member xxx. Administrative Secretary (MAHUD), Government of Manipur Member xxxi. Administrative Secretary (Transport), Government of Manipur Member xxxii. Principal Chief Conservator of Forests Member xxiii. Administrative Secretary (Tourism), Government of Manipur Member-Secretary xxiv. Any other member(s) with permission of the Chairman The State Level TSC shall meet every 6 (six) months and deliberate upon the issues for comprehensive development and growth of tourism industry in the State. ii. A tourism think tank shall be constituted for fostering inter-departmental and inter-agency co-operation & co-ordination, for advising on general policies and planning of tourism related matters including infrastructure development essential for the development, promotion, monitoring, maintenance and growth of the Tourism and Hospitality Industry in Manipur. This will also include the accreditation of healthcare and other tourism related facilities, setting-up of the benchmark for 'Tourism Units', etc. iii. For achieving these objectives, the Government would constitute a Tourism Advisory Committee (TAC). The Tourism Advisory Committee shall consist of the following members: i. Chief Secretary, Government of Manipur Chairman ii. Administrative Secretary (Tourism), Manipur Member iii. Administrative Secretary (Finance), Manipur Member iv. Administrative Secretary (Planning), Manipur Member v. Administrative Secretary (Home), Manipur Member vi. Administrative Secretary (Arts & Culture), Manipur Member vii. Administrative Secretary (Commerce & Industries), Manipur Member viii. Administrative Secretary (Revenue) , Manipur Member ix. Administrative Secretary (Hills), Manipur Member x. Administrative Secretary (Works), Manipur Member   The TAC shall also act as a High Powered Committee for Single Window Clearance System. TAC shall meet every 3 (three) months to take stock of actions taken by the concerned departments/agencies and to make constructive suggestions for promotion of Travel and Tourism Industry in Manipur. Definite timelines would be defined by the Tourism Department for implementation of Manipur Tourism Policy, 2014 and the 'Master Plan' which would be reviewed & monitored by TAC every three months. This 'TAC' will directly look into creation of infrastructure and push the Rail connection and may operate on the basis of Sub-Committees to be formed for the following purposes, which will make recommendations to the 'TAC'. The 'TAC' members may also be members of the Sub-committees. Taking into the consideration the constructive suggestions from out of the White Paper - Conclusions & Suggestions based on Manipur Eco-Tourism Conclave held on 7th & 8th April, 2014, the 'TAC' would constitute the following Sub-Committees: A. Ecotourism Sub-committees: Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Nature Gardens, Orchidarium (Orchid Lab), Caves, Waterfalls, Biking, Jeep Safaris, Skiing, Rafting, etc. Implement the STCI code for responsible tourism. Code for trekking to be formulated. Setting Standards & Certification. Rescue, Safety, First Aid. Codify Routes. Name Peaks - Give them a personality. Develop a nature garden near Imphal. Develop Dos * Don'ts. Work on carrying capacity. [Senior functionaries of the Eco-Tourism Society of India (ESOI) would be co¬opted as Members/Advisors of this Sub-committee.]  B. Lakes & Waterways Tourism: This Sub-committee will essentially establish and implement the norms for in and around lakes and waterways. In this connection the CODE FOR WATER BASED TOURISM ESTABLISED BY THE MINISTRY OF TOURISM, Government of India may be adopted by the State and apart from the Department of Environment & Ecology, Manipur may set-up a MONITORING LABORATORY to ensure there are no pollutants, affluent, silting and weeding damaging the lake. A tourism zone shall be crated around the lake & local community is settled & trained to directly benefit from this tourism. Water Sports to be introduced through PPP hydrology needs to be implemented. No building or construction or residential unit (Houseboat) would be allowed to come-up in and on the lake except at the distance specified in the codes, outside the no construction zone. All tourism assets around the lake will have to comply with vernacular architecture. The Lakes & Waterways expert shall be a member of this 'Sub-committee'. C. Heritage, Culture & Art Craft: This Sub-committee will formulate suggestion to promote the Built & Tangible Heritage of the State. Among the Heritage Assets are: a. War Cemetery/War Memorial b. INA Museum c. Kangla Fort d. Women's Market (Ima Market) e. India's oldest Airfield f. Dance & Music g. Martial Art h. Govindajee Temple i. Local Art and Craft j. Knowledge of local medicine etc. The Kangla Fort area may be transformed into a grand tourism experience and asset with Sound and Light Show, Tribal Art & Craft promotion Centre & Museum i.e., Nungi Pottery, Bamboo Craft, Food Court with local cuisine-(Black Rice), an Amphi-Theatre for performance of music, dance & local arts, Centre to promote local herbal medicine- orthopedic herbs, convert the cottage into Heritage hotel., regular Polo event in the first Polo ground in the world, have a responsible Tourism Interpretation Centre and create a boating & walking experience around the moat. This Sub-committee should also lay down guidelines to ensure that tourism products in eco-sensitive areas adapt to vernacular architectural designs. This 'Sub-committee' will also draw up guidelines for setting up a Tribal Tourism circuit & home stay with total community involvement and also showcase the diverse culture of different tribes & assets like indigenous medicine, crafts etc. The State Government should come out with a policy of approving and promoting 'HOME STAYS' in village and tribal areas including those around Loktak Lake along trekking routes & nature and wild life parks and tribal village centres. D. Architecture & Design Classification Committee: The Ministry Tourism, Government of India norms for all tourism service providers should be implemented specially all aspects of safety, security, hygiene, sanitation, garbage segregation & disposal, pollution, energy & water conservation vernacular designs, parking etc, to be addressed. A criteria for all hotels for energy conservation & water management to be developed. 7.12 MANIPUR TOURISM DEVELOPMENT SOCIETY (MTDS) For professional and efficient management of the Tourism related activities the State Government would consider establishment of Manipur Tourism Development Society (MTDS) which would have more flexibility in operation and administration, thereby bringing in desired efficiency in promotion of tourism industry in the State. 7.13 TOURISM LITERATURE Government would update its tourism literature (both print and electronic) from time to time and disseminate it professionally besides uploading it on the concerned websites. A copy of the latest Tourism Brochure published by the Directorate of Tourism, Manipur is attached. mufwec s^erfeTT Introduction - 5 Culture & Traditions - 6-7 Flora & Fauna - 8-9 Handloom, Handicrafts & Fine Arts - 10-11 Festivals of Manipur - 12-15 Indigenous Sports - 16-19 Native Music & Cuisines - 20-21 Adventure Sports - 22-23 Medical Tourism - 24 Hospitality Industry - 25 Imphal City & Surrounding Areas - 26-29 Bishnupur District - 30-33 Thoubal District - 34 Chandel District - 35 Churachandpur District - 36 Ukhrul District - 37 Tamenglong District - 37 Senapati District - 38-39 Yellow Pages - 40-41 Travel Map - 42-43 II. J\ pur Tourism INTRODUCTION Manipur, fondly called by Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru as the “Jewel of India”, is a little Shangrila located in a lush green corner of North-East India between 23.83° & 25.68° North latitudes and 93.03° & 94.78° East longitudes. An oval shaped valley surrounded by nine ranges of bluish-green hills intertwined with cascading rapids, tripping rivers, carpets of flowers, exotic blooms and lazy lakes, she has inspired descriptions such as the “Switzerland of the East”. One of the most profound observations was made by Lady St.Clair Grimwood, author of ‘My Three Years in Manipur’ who described her as ‘A pretty place more beautiful than many snow places of the world’. Sharing an international border with Myanmar, the state has a strategic importance in India’s Look East Policy and is set to become the Gateway to South¬East Asia and an important tourist destination in the near future. The people of Manipur include Meities, Nagas, Gorkhas, Meitei Pangals, Kuki - Chin - Mizo groups and many other colorful communities who have co-existed in complete harmony over the centuries. These are people whose folklore, myths and legends, dances, indigenous games and martial arts, cuisines, exotic handlooms and handicrafts are invested with the mystique of nature and an indefatigable Joie de  CULTURE & TRADITIONS Manipur is a mosaic of ancient traditions and rich cultural patterns. In the field of art and culture, the State is best represented by its classical and folk dance forms. Raas Leelas depict the Leelas (Sports) of Lord Krishna as a child with Gopies (Milkmaids) of Brindavan, and express their yearning for communion with the “Lord”. The Raas Dance is perfectly lyrical and has extremely graceful movements. A spring festival, the “Lai-Haraoba” held in April-May is symbolized by a traditional stylized and ritualistic dance performed for peace and prosperity. The tribal folk dances are an expression of nature, of creation, of aestheticism in the tribal way of life. One will be charmed by the colourful costumes, dances Flora & Fauna Blessed with an amazing variety of flora and fauna, 67% of the geographical area of Manipur are hill tracts covered with green forests. Churachandpur and Tamenglong districts in particular have vast areas covered with bamboo forests. In a small area of about 22,000 sq. km, Manipur has alpine forests of pines, grasslands and meadows at Dzuko and Shirui, coveted the world over. Some of the most beautiful and precious blooms and orchids abound in their natural habitat spreading their beauty and colour, stunning eyes that are not used to seeing them in such profusion. There are about 500 varieties of orchids which grow in Manipur of which 472 have been identified. The Hoolock Gibbon, Slow Loris, Spotted Linshang, Mrs. Hume’s Barbacked pheasant, Blyths Tragopan, Hornbills, etc. form only a small part of the rich natural heritage of Manipur. Nong-in is the State bird of Manipur. The handloom and handicrafts items of Manipur are sought after souvenirs for tourists. It is an indispensable aspect of the socio-economic life. There is a saying that every woman of Manipur is a born weaver. The more than 33 different communities in the State have imprinted upon their handloom products, exquisite designs peculiar to their communities. Manipur pottery is crafted without a potter's wheel. It is an enthralling experience to witness the potters of Andro, Thongjao and Nungbi deftly moulding an unbelievable range of earthenware. Beautiful pieces of art made of cane and bamboo form an important part of handicrafts. Tourists would like to take home a lifan, phak (weed mat), phiruk, Manipuri Dolls and a host of other beautiful carvings from various rare and exotic varieties of timber.  Manipur Tourism FESTIVALS OF MANIPUR Manipur is a land of festivities, merriment and mirth all year round. A year in Manipur presents a cycle of festivals. Hardly a month passes without a festival or two being celebrated. To the Manipuris, festivals are symbols of their cultural, social and religious aspirations. Gang-Ngai - Festival of Kabui Nagas Celebrated for five days in the month of December/ January, Gang- Ngai is an important festival of the Kabui Nagas. The festival opens with the omen taking ceremony on the first day. The rest of the days are associated with common feast, dances of old men and women and of boys and girls, and presentation of gifts amongst others. Lui-Ngai-Ni It is a collective festival of the Nagas observed on the 15th day of February every year. This is a seed-sowing festival after which tribes belonging to the Naga group begin their cultivation. Social-gatherings, songs, dances and rejoicings highlight the festivity. This annual festival also plays a great role in boosting the morale and in strengthening the bond of Naga solidarity. Yaoshang (Holi) - Festival of Manipuri Hindus Celebrated for five days commencing from the full moon day of Phalguna (February/March), Yaoshang is an important festival of Manipur. The Thabal Chongba, a Manipuri folk dance where boys and girls hold hands together and sing and dance in a circle, is particularly associated with this festival. Yaoshang to Manipur is what Durga Puja is to Bengal, Diwali to North India and Bihu to Assam. Cheiraoba - The Manipuri New Year On the ocassion of Cheiraoba, special festive dishes are prepared which are first offered to various deities. Celebrated during the month of April, a part of the ritual entails villagers climbing the nearest hill tops in the belief that it will enable them to rise to greater heights in their worldly life. Kang (Rath Yatra) One of the greatest festivals of the Hindus of Manipur, this festival is celebrated for ten days in the month of July. Lord Jagannath leaves his temple in a chariot known as ‘Kang’ in Manipur pulled by devotees who vie with one another for this honour.  Heikru Hitongba This is a boat racing festival celebrated in the month of September. Long narrow boats are used to accommodate a large number of rowers. Idol of Lord Vishnu is installed before the commencement of the race. Ningol Chak-kouba - a social festival of Manipuris It is the one of the biggest festivals of the Meiteis. Married daughters of the family come to their parental houses along with their children and enjoy sumptuous feasts. It is an ocassion for family reunion and gifting. It is celebrated on the second day of the new moon in the month of Hiyangei of the Manipuri lunar Calender system and falls usually in November Chumpha - Festival of the Tangkhul Nagas Celebrated for seven days in the month of December, the Chumpha festival is a great festival of the Tangkhul Nagas. The festival is held after the season’s harvest. The last three days are devoted to social gatherings and rejoicing. Unlike other festivals of the Tangkhul Nagas, here women play a special role in the  INDIGENOUS SPORTS The tradition of sports finds its origin in the ancient history of Manipur - a history of small kingdoms which were in keen competition with one another. Wars among themselves and with Awa (Myanmar) had resulted in a martial tradition which in turn gave way to the development of various indigenous games. Thang Ta & Sarit Sarak (Manipuri Martial Arts) These are the Manipuri Martial Arts, the traditions of which have been passed down over the centuries. It is a very energetic and skillful art and was a way to hone one’s battle craft during peace time in the olden days when every Manipuri was a warrior who was required to serve his country in times of war. Today, these arts are being practised widely by even women and children alike. Khong Kangjei Like polo, Khong Kangjei, is also a very popular game for the Manipuris. The game is played between two teams with seven players on either side and each player is equipped with a bamboo stick about 4 ft. in length made in the form of the modern hockey stick. The game starts with a throw of a ball made from bamboo root in a field of 200 X 80 yards in area. A player may carry the ball in any manner to the goal. He may even kick it but he has to score the goal only by hitting the ball with his stick. There is no goal post and a goal is scored when the ball crosses the goal line completely. A player often encounters an opponent in his attempt at carrying or hitting the ball towards the goal. The encounter may develop into a trial of strength which is indigenously known as Mukna. The game requires much physical stamina, speed and agility. Yubi Lakpi means snatching in the Manipuri Language. Here each side has 7 players in a field measuring 45m x 18m in area. One end of the field has a rectangular box measuring 4.5m x 3m, one side of which forms the central portion of the goal line. To score a goal, a player has to approach the goal from the front with his oiled coconut and pass the goal line. The coconut serves the purpose of a ball and is offered to the king or the judges who sit just beyond the goal line. However, in ancient times, the teams were not equally matched as the player with the coconut had to tackle all the rest of the player. Mukna (Manipuri Wrestling) This is a game similar to wrestling played between two male rivals for trial of strength by use of sheer physical strength and skill. Athletes of the same or approximately the same physical built, weight or age are made to compete with each other. Mukna is a highly popular game. In the olden days, the game enjoyed royal patronage.  INDIGENOUS SPORTS Kang Played out between two teams on the mud floor of a big out-house, fixed targets are hit with the "Kang", a flat and oblong object made of either ivory or lac. Normally each team has 7 male partners. The game is also played as a mixed-doubles contest. Played strictly during the period between ‘Cheiraoba’ and the Rath Yatra festival, Manipuris religiously adhere to its time¬frame as popular belief holds that in case the game is played outside the prescribed period, evil spirits would invade the mind of players and spectators alike. Hiyang Tannaba (Boat Race) Associated with religious rites, this boat race is generally held in the month of November at Thangapat and at the Loktak lake. The boat called Hiyang Hiren is believed to be invested with spiritual powers. The Meiteis believe that worship of the Hiyang Hiren will negate evil omens. The rowers wear traditional dresses and head gears. The game is also conducted during times of natural calamity. Sagol Kangjei (Polo) The Manipuri Sagol Kangjei has been adopted by the International Community and is now played worldwide as Polo. The 'PUYAS1 trace it to the mythological age when the game was believed to be played by the Gods. The game is played between two teams with 7 players on each side mounted on Ponies which are often not more than 4/5 feet in height. Each player is equipped with a polo stick made of cane having a narrow angled wooden head fixed at the striking end. The ball is made from bamboo root. The mounted players hit the ball into the goal. Extremely vigorous, the game is now played in two styles - the PANA or original Manipuri style and the international style as Polo. It is exhilarating to see Manipuri players in their sixties riding ponies at full gallop and playing Sagol Kangjei with gusto. The ponies are also decorated fully with various guards protecting the eyes, forehead, flanks, etc. The British learned the game of Sagol Kangjei in the 19th Century from Manipur and after refinement, it was introduced to the world as Polo. Manipur Tourism 擊觀 上，-i.崦冬乂皱染紅.:如遽：七  Traditional Music Manipur is a land of music and dance. Pung, Kartal, Mangkang, Bansuri and Sembong are the soul of Manipuri Sankritana music and Classical Manipuri Dance. It assumes an important ritual character as an indispensable part of social and devotional ceremonies. Pena is a string instrument which is played by fiddling somewhat similar to the Ektara of Bengal. The tribes of the hills use a wide range of wind musical instruments made of bamboo. Puleh, Toutri, Theibe, Theiphit and Relru are some of the popular tribal musical instruments. Reuben Mashangva, a popular Tangkhul folk artist, has been successfully popularising the traditional music of the Tangkhuls. Native Cuisine Manipuri cuisine is simple and healthy. Dishes are typically boiled, smoked or spicy foods that use chilli pepper. The staple diet of Manipur consists of rice, leafy vegetables, fish and meat. ‘Ngari’ or fermented fish is a popular ingredient in the dishes. ‘Umorok’，an extremely hot chilli is another favourite ingredient among the people. The meals are simple but very well prepared. One has to taste them to believe it. Manipur Mridanga Pung Cholom  Adventure Adventure Tourism A variety of Adventure Tourism facilities are available in the State. The Manipur Mountaineering and Trekking Association (MMTA), the Manipur Adventure and Allied Sports Institute (MAASI) and the Adventure Academy of Manipur are engaged in promotion of these facilities. There are numerous land, water and air based adventure sports sites across the State, such as, the Loktak lake: for water sports; the Barak river: for rafting; the Mount Iso along with Dzuko Valley famous for its endemic Dzuko Lily (Lilium chitrangadae) and the Shirui Hill famous for the rare Shirui Lily (Lilium mackliniae): for mountain climbing and trekking; the Tharon and Khangkhui Caves: for caving adventures; and the Koirengei Old Airfield and Nongmaiching foot-hills at Wakha: for hang gliding, paragliding and parasailing are some of the celebrated adventure sports and eco-tourism sites. The Adventure and Leadership Park run by the Manipur Mountaineering Institute (MMI) of the MMTA, located at Lamdan, near the Loktak Hydro-Electric Project, about 35km. from Imphal, over an area of around 250 hectares with natural rock is the first of its kind in India. MEDICAL TOURISM JNIMS&RIMS Hospitals These Government Hospitals offer tertiary healthcare services to the public. Specialists and supercialists are readily available to cater to the needs of patients. The state Government endeavours to promote medical tourism, backed by its huge number of medical professionals, and provide world class medical facilities at very competitive and affordable prices. Shija Hospitals and Research Institute, Langol Shija Hospitals is an ISO 9001:2008 certified private healthcare institute in Manipur providing advanced healthcare technology with humane touch. Shija Hospitals located at environment friendly Langol is 200 bedded and has 5 modern operation theatres and 18 bedded fully functional ICU. The Hospital has becomes the only centre in Eastern India having, under one-roof, the total ‘state of the art' solution for treatment of stones at different locations of the body viz., Lap-Chole, Lap-CBD Exploration, ERCP, ESWL, PCNL, URS, CLT and Lap- Urosurgery. The Neuroscience centre has all the requisite resource in its Neurosurgery and Neurology unit. Also SHRI is today a premier institute in India for minimally invasive surgery (MIS), viz., Laparoscopic Surgery, Arthroscopy, Thoracoscopy, Functional Endoscopic Sinus Surgery (FESS) and Upper and Lower GI Endoscopic procedures. The hospital has also been awarded Guinness World record for removing the largest neck tumor in the world from a 12 day old baby.  HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY The Hotel Imphal Located in the heart of Imphal, Hotel Imphal is one of the finest hotels in the city, run and managed by the Manipur Tourism Department. The Hotel is located in a spacious environment with gardens and with all modern amenities to provide all comforts to any visiting tourist. The spacious surroundings coupled with efficient services make this hotel the perfect choice for any tourist visiting Manipur. The Classic Hotel The Classic Hotel, Imphal, is a three star category and an ISO 2200:2005 Certified hotel in the State. The hotel offers 59 luxurious rooms, multi-cuisine speciality restaurant, a modern fitness centre, a traditional handloom boutique, a business centre, 24-hour room service, Wi-Fi internet connectivity, spacious basement car park, concierge service, travel desk, 24-hour power back-up, doctor on call, laundry service, credit card / debit card payment facilities, electronic safety lockers, to-and-fro transport facility from the airport, taxi service, centralized air-conditioned conference and banquet facilities at its two major conference halls, a mini-conference hall, an executive board-room and many others. SHREE SHREE GOVINDAJI TEMPLE ■BBI i ^ ^ 广 I A historic Vaishnavite centre, adjoining the royal palce of Manipur's former Maharajas', the Govindajee temple is one of the more popular destination for the tourists. Twin domes, a paved courtyard, and a large raised congregation hall form a perfect backdrop for priests who descend the steps, to accept offerings from devotees in the courtyard. The shrines of Lord Krishna and Balaram and Jagannath flank the two sides of the presiding deity. Early hour Prayer (Aarti) is a must for devoted followers, The seat of Manipur's power till 1891, the historical embodiment of Manipuri Rulers and the people of Manipur, Kangla has a special place in the hearts and minds of the people of Manipur. The old Govindajee temple, outer and inner moat and other relics are perfect reflections of the rich art and architectural heritage of Manipur. 麵. War Cemetery This interesting Museum near the Polo Ground, has a fairly good collection and display of Manipur’s tribal heritage and a collection of portraits of Manipur’s former rulers. Particularly interesting are the costumes, arms & ammunitions, relics and historical documents on display. The Manipur Zoological Garden at Iroisemba is only 6 kms. on the Imphal- Kangchup Road at the foot of pine growing hillocks. Here, apart from various endangered species, tourists will have an opportunity to see the graceful brow-antlered deer (Sangai), one of the rarest endangered species of deer in the world, in sylvan surroundings. Manipur Tourism Khonghampat Orchidarium Located 10 kms. from Imphal on National Highway No. 2 is a Central Orchidarium spread over 200 acres and housing over 110 rare varieties of orchids, including dozens of endemic species. The peak blooming season is March-April. Mutua Museum This Museum is a Cultural Complex located at Andro village, about 26 kms. from the capital. Here artifacts of Nupi Lal Memorial Complex the State and from all over the North-East are housed, such as pottery, rare coins, rare manuscripts of the state, The complex is a tribute to the courageous paintings, basketries, bell metals, jewelleries, wood fighting for justice against the British on 12th different tribes and ethnic groups of the state such as December, 1939. 27 kms. from Imphal on the Tiddim Road, is a picturesque town situated at the foot hills that rolls down to the valley. The 15th century Vishnu Temple built of peculiarly small bricks supposedly of Chinese influence during the reign of King Kiyamba is of historical importance. Bishnupur is also famous for its chiselled stoneware. Red Hill (Lokpaching) Red Hill is a hillock about 16 kms. from Imphal on Tiddim Road NH - 150. It is a site where British and Japanese soldiers had fought a fierce battle during World War-II. War Veterans had constructed “India Peace Memorial”，a monument in memory of Japanese soldiers who died in the battle. It is also a place of pilgrimage for Japanese tourists. Loukoi Pat This tiny lake located near the Tiddim Road on NH - 150 at Bishnupur is a retreat for visitors from within and outside the state. Boating facilities and the scenic beauty of the place is mesmerising for the visitors. Sadu Chiru Waterfall (Sadar Hills) Kangchup (Sadar Hills) Located 16 kms. from Imphal towards the west, is a healthy resort on the hills over-looking the Manipur valley. The scenery is picturesque and worth seeing. With the construction of Singda Dam here, the place has become one of the more popular picnic spots. — ■-’■〜、--^-吻》«r,—■wii»^«»*ft^*»**IMliM(^t|itfiiagMggaiyi5a at Lake on small islands that are actually floating weeds associated with which are various aspects of life of the local inhabitants. The local dwellers live in the backdrop of the shimmering blue waters of the Lake, labyrinthine boat routes and colourful water plants. The Sendra Tourist Home with an attached Cafeteria is a sought after tourist spot. Boating and other water sports are organised here at Takmu Water Sports Complex. Keibul Lamjao National Park The only floating National Park in the world, the Keibul Lamjao National Park located on the Loktak Lake is the last natural habitat of the "Sangai1 (Rucervus eldii eldii), the dancing deer of Manipur. A glimpse of the deer in this unique wetland ecosystem is a must for any wildlife enthusiast. Other wildlife to be seen include: Hog Deer, Otter, a host of water fowls and migratory birds, the latter usually sighted during November to March. The Forest Department of Manipur maintains watch towers and two rest houses within the park. Moirang Located 45 kms. from Imphal, and situated near the Loktak lake, this town is one of the main centres of early Meitei folk culture. An ancient temple of the pre-Hindu deity, Lord Thangjing, is situated here. In the month of May, men and women, dressed in colourful traditional costumes sing and dance in honour of the Lord at the Moirang “Lai Haraoba”，a ritual dance festival held annually. This town also has a special place in the history of India’s Freedom Struggle. It was at Moirang that the flag of the Indian National Army was first unfurled on April 14, 1944. The INA Museum which has a collection of letters, photographs, badges of ranks and other war memorabilia reminds the visitors of the noble sacrifices made by the INA soldiers under the charismatic leadership of Netaji Subhas Chandra Bose. Khongjom War Memorial Khongjom War Memorial, Located 36 kms. from Imphal on the Indo- Myanmar road has an important historical significane. It was here that Major General Paona Brajabashi, one of the great warriors of Manipur proved his valor against the superior might of the invading British Army in 1891. The hillock at the foot of which he laid down his life in defence of the motherland, is reminiscent of the past heroic deeds of Manipuri warriors. A war memorial has been constructed atop Kheba hill. Khongjom Day is observed every year on 23rd April here. Kakching Garden at Uyok Ching A beautiful artificial garden on the way to Moreh, it has many exotic native flowers, herbs, orchids, etc. and is a must-visit for any domestic or foreign tourist. This is a busy commercial town on the Indo-Myanmar 110 kms. from Imphal. A shopping paradise for shoppers, sundry products ranging from electronics to daily consumables are available in plenty. This place holds importance for visiting tourists not only for being a border town but also for providing a unique opportunity for experiencing the different through the neighbouring border town of Tamu which is only 5 kms. away across the border. There are numerous hotels providing accomodation at affortable prices for a comfortable stay at Moreh. Churachandpur It is located along the Tiddim Road, 60 kms. from Imphal and is one of the most beautiful places for sight seeing and holidaying. It is a bustling tribal town and district headquarter where products of ^ local arts and crafts stand out in the local market. Kuki-Chin-Mizo groups are the dominant tribes of this district. Manipur Mountaineering Institute, Lamdan Located about 44 kms. from Imphal, this Institute is the first of its kind in North East India. Adventure Sports training in Spidernet, Burma Bridge, Parasailing, Rock Climbing, Hill Trekking and many others are imparted here. The Institute is managed by the Manipur Mountaineering & Trekking Association (MMTA). Ukhrul Ukhrul, the highest hill station of the state is located at a distance of 83 kms. to the east of Imphal. Ukhrul is the home of a colourful warrior tribe, the Tangkhul Nagas. The Tangkgul Nagas are of the oldest major tribes of Manipur. Shirui Hills and Khangkhui Lime Caves are interesting places for excursions located in this district. Shirui Hills These hills are also known for a unique species of land-lily, the Shirui Lily, which grows at a height of 8,500 ft. This beautiful lily which grows only in this part of the world, blooms during May-June. TAMENGLONG DISTRICT Tamenglong Deep gorges, mysterious caves, splendid waterfalls and exotic orchids are what one will find in the district headquarter of Tamenglong District. The Tharon Cave, Buning Meadow, Zilad Lakes and Barak Waterfalls are some of the sought after places of tourist interest. The Rongmei, Longmei and Zemei Nagas are the dominant tribes of Tamenglong. This beautiful place is located at a distance of 156 kms. from Imphal. SENAPATI DISTRICT Senapati It is the district headquarter of the northern hill district of Senapati located along the National Highway No-2. Some historical places which are unique in itself and are worth visiting are the old village of Yangkhullen, built on a steep hill; Makhel, the place where the Nagas are believed to have originated; the unexplored Haolaipai Supao Deikulu cave in Phuba Thapham; Dzuko valley; besides many others which still lay virgin, waiting to be explored. Mao, the oldest hill station in the State, is located in Senapati district on the Manipur - Nagaland border. Dzuko Valley It is a truly mesmerising green valley and easily the most pictureque place in Senapati District located bordering Nagaland. It is famous for the rare terrestrial lily called “ Dzuko Lily” and the enchanting snow clad valley during January & February. The highest peak of Manipur “Mount Iso” is also located behind this valley. YELLOW PAGE Where you should look for Handloom & Handicrafts 1. Panthoibi Manipur Emporium, Paona Bazar, Imphal ( A Government of Manipur Undertaking). Tel: 2451495 2. Kangla Emporium (M.D.S.), RIMS Road, Imphal. Tel: 2452968 3. Eastern Handloom & Handicrafts, Paona Bazar, Imphal. Tel: (M) 9856262828/8014169052 4. Ima Market, Khwairamband Bazar, Imphal. 5. Ningthibee Collections, Nagamapal, Imphal. 6. Crafts Centre, Sagolband, Imphal. 7. Emoinu Co-operative Emporium, Uripok, Imphal. 8. Wangkhei Leima Collection, Yonglan Leirak, Imphal East. 9. Rani Phi, Wangkhei Lourembam Leikai, Imphal East. 10. RKCS Art Gallery, Keisamthong, Imphal. http://www.rkcsartgallery.com 11. SACH, Khongman Mangjil, Imphal East. http://www.sach-manipur.com Where to stay Conveniently located in the heart of the Imphal City, there are a number of Government as well as privately run hotels with all modern amenities, attentive services suited for both leisure travellers & businessmen. 1. Hotel Imphal, North AOC, Imphal (Tourism Department, Government of Manipur). Tel: 2421373/2423372 2. State Guest House, Sanjenthong, Imphal (Government of Manipur). Tel: 2451212 3. The Classic Hotel, North AOC, Imphal. Tel: 2443967/2443969 http://www.theclassichotel.in 4. Hotel Nirmala, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2458904/2459014 5. Hotel White Palace, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2452322 8. Hotel Tampha, North AOC., Imphal. Tel: 2451486/2405479 9. Hotel Avenue, M.G. Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2241173 10. Youth Hostel, Khuman Lampak, Imphal. Tel: 2453422 11. State Youth Centre, YAS Department, Government of Manipur, Khuman Lampak, Imphal. Tel: 2320014 12. Hotel Anand Continental, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. Tel: 2449422/2449433 13. Hotel Kristina, Pologround Road, Paona Bazar. Tel: 2445255/ 2242093 14. Mass Hotel, Assembly Road, Imphal. Tel: 2444342/ 2452797 15. Hotel Yaisana, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. AIRLINES AirIndia: M.G. Avenue, Imphal, Tel :2450199 Tulihal Airport: Tel: 2455074 Jet Airways (I) Ltd.: Tel : 2455054 Indigo: Tel : 2455368/69 Kingfisher: Tel :2433013 North East Shuttle: Tel : 2455111/ 09862207568 TRAVEL AGENCIES Seven Sisters Holidays, M.G. Avenue, Majorkhul Crossing, Imphal. Tel: 2443977/9957171551/9206188454 Pioneer Travels, B.T. Road, Imphal. Tel: 2451248/2451997 Haokip Travel Agency, Hotel Nirmala, MG Avenue, Imphal. Tel: 2443044/2452772 Goodwill Travels, Thangal Bazar, Imphal. Tel: 2450532/2450076 Seven Sisters Air Travel, M.G. Avenue. Tel: 2445373 Pureiromba Travels, Palace Gate, Imphal. Tel: 2441211/9436038595/9862009521 Banks All major Nationalised Banks have branches in Manipur with SBI, UBI, Axis, ICICI having ATM facilities in some of the Branch offices in Imphal. POSTAL AND COURIER SERVICES/ TELEGRAPH -General Post Offices, Imphal (SPEED POST) and other facilities are available. -Blue Dart, M.G. Avenue. Tel: 2231281 -Overnite Express, Paona Bazar. Tel: 2451993 -Desk to Desk Courier, M.G. Avenue. HOSPITALS -Jawaharlal Nehru Institute of Medical Sciences(JNIMS), Porompat, Imphal. Tel: (Casualty)-2223516/2450385 -Regional Institute of Medical Sciences(RIMS), Lamphelpat, Imphal. Tel: (Casualty/ emergency) 2310478/2310411/2414478 - Shija Hospitals & Research Institute, Langol, Imphal.Tel: 2414252 - Imphal Hospital, RIMS Road, Imphal. Tel: 2410333/2411353 -Langol View Clinic, RIMS Link Road, Imphal. Tel: 2414679/2416288 Raj Polyclinic, North AOC, Imphal. HOW TO GET TO MANIPUR Manipur can be reached through Airways & Roadways. Railways will be functional from 2016. AIR COMMUNICATION Imphal is the second largest airport in the region. Imphal is connected to Kolkata, New Delhi, Guwahati, Aizawl, Dimpaur and Silchar by Air India, Jet Airways, Indigo, Kingfisher & NE Shuttles. ROADS Private owned and managed deluxe coaches run daily from Imphal to Guwahati and Dimapur and back thus facilitating along the 3 National Highways viz., (1) NH-2 Via Nagaland (2) NH-37 via Silchar and (3) N.H.-150 via Mizoram crisscrossing the state and connecting all the districts. Kolkata Manipur Bhawan 26, Rowland Road (Near Max Muller Bhawan), Kolkata-700020, Tel: 033-24747939, 24742453 Reception: 033-24866937/24758163, Fax: 033-24542453 Guwahati: Guwahati Manipur Bhawan, Rajgarh Road, Guwahati - 781003, Tel: 0361-2540707 Fax: 0361-451968 Imphal: Reception Counter, Imphal Airport. (Tourism Deptt. Govt. of Manipur) CONDUCTED TOURS & TRAVEL PACKAGE I. PIONEER TRAVELS BT ROAD, IMPHAL 795001, MANIPUR, INDIA. Phone: 91385-2451997, FAX: 91385-2451248, Mobile: 919856031401,919436026591 pioneertrvls@rediffmail.com , pioneertrvls@yahoo.co.in , dusarigopal@rediffmail.com TOUR CODE - VM/01 (IMPHAL-MOIRANG itinerary for 3 days/2 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to INA Museum Moirang then to Loktak Lake. Further proceed to Keibul Lamjao National Park, the world's only floating park which houses the unique Sangai deer. Return to Imphal. Lunch at hotel. Visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market. Dinner and stay in hotel. Breakfast at Hotel. Proceed to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar and RKCS Art Gallery. Proceed to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 9,500/- per person excluding air fare. TOUR CODE - VM/02 (IMPHAL-MOREH-MOIRANG itinerary for 4 days/3 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to Moreh. Visit to Namphalong Myanmarese Market. Lunch at Moreh. Return to Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 03: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed toINAMuseumMoirangthento Loktak Lake. Return toImphal. Visit to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar, Shree Shree Govindaji Temple and RKCS Art Gallery. Further visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 04: Breakfast at Hotel. Proceed to. Proceed to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 10,500/- per person excluding air fare. TOUR CODE - VM/03 (IMPHAL-MOREH-MOIRANG itinera^ for 5 days/4 nights) The itinerary is made for a group of minimum 6 (six) persons. The complete itinerary is for accommodation on twin sharing basis, fooding, sight seeing, cultural programmes (for a minimum of 21 persons), transportation and transfer from/to airport. DAY 01: Arrival in Imphal Airport. Reception by our representative and transfer to hotel. Lunch at hotel. Afternoon visit at World War II British Cemetery in Imphal. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 02: Breakfast at hotel. Visit to Kangla Fort, Shahid Minar and Manipur State Museum. Proceed to Moreh. Lunch at Moreh. Visit to Namphalong Myanmarese Market. Dinner and stay in Moreh. DAY 03: After breakfast, proceed to Tamu in Myanmar. After lunch, return to Imphal. Visit to RKCS Art Gallery. Dinner and stay in hotel. DAY 04: Breakfast at hotel. Proceed to INA Museum Moirang then to Loktak Lake. Further proceed to Keibul Lamjao National Park, the world's only floating park which houses the unique Sangai deer. Return to Imphal. Lunch at hotel. Visit to Ima Market and Paona International Market.. DAY 05: Breakfast at Hotel. Visit to Nupilal Memorial Complex. Transfer to airport. TARIFF: The tariff for the complete itinerary is Rs 12,500/- per person excluding air fare. FOR DETAILS- PLEASE CONTACT TOUR OPERATORS Tourist Information Centre Manipur Information Centre C-7 Baba Kharag Singh Marg, New Delhi - 110001 Fax: 011-23746361, Tel: 011-23746359 NEW DELHI MANIPUR BHAWANS Manipur Bhawan (Old) 2-Sardar Patel Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi - 110021 Reception :011-26873311/26870103/26870122/45750800 49/50/ 26873311 Fax : 011-26111803 Bir Tikendrajit Bhawan (New) Bir Tikendrajit Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi -110021 Reception: 011-26870098/26113150 II. SEVEN SISTERS HOLIDAYS MG AVENUE, IMPHAL 795001, MANIPUR, INDIA. Phone: 91385-24439^, Mobile: 919957171551,919436085741 http://www.sevensistersholidays.com , email: 7sistersholidays@gmail.com http://sevensistersholidays.com/itineraries.asp TOUR No. 5 (Exclusive Manipur itinerary for 5 days/4 nights) DAY 1: Arrival at IMPHAL. On arrival transfer to Hotel . Afternoon visit to Shree Shree Govindaji Temple. Overnight in Imphal DAY 2: Day trip to Keibul Lamjao National Park, Loktak Lake, INA Memorial, Japanese War Memorial. Overnight in Imphal DAY 3: Visit Andro Heritage Village. Afternoon local sightseeing of Imphal. Kangla Fort, Ima Market, World War II Cemetery. Overnight in Imphal DAY 4: Day trip to Ukhrul, about 84 km kilometers to the North East of Imphal. The place is inhabited by Tangkhul Tribes. The life and art of Tangkhuls are attractive and captivating. Overnight in Imphal DAY 5: Transfer to Airport. Tour Ends. 4^ MAP OF IMPHAL (Not to scale) ORCHID 'ijARD KHONGAMPAT 6 奉皋專甲 苹桌奉.桌.身 乂本丰本 v A ^ ^ ^ \ ， 表本皋本 \ \ ▲矣▲ > 於本 未桌丰 单桌 LEGEND State Boundary District Boundary — NoYiodol Highwoy^ —一 • Stafe Highways Place of Tourisf Interest 畢 Tourist Home Lodge @ lake M  Department of Tourism Govt, of Manipur, North AOC, Imphal

GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION Final Report On 20 YEAR PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM DEVLOPMENT IN UNION TERRITORY OF CHANDIGARH March 2003 Submitted by India Tourism Development Corporation TLC Marketing Pvt. Ltd. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Contents for the 20 Year perspective Tourism Master Plan 1. Executive Summary 1 2. The approach a. Guidelines for developing 20 year perspective Master Plans as issued by the Department of Tourism, Government of India 6 b. Background of Consortium partners 11 i. ITDC ii. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu iii. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd c. Approach 15 d. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessment 19 3. Background on the State 21 a. History b. Physical features, Flora and Fauna c. Current infrastructure i. Access – Road, Rail, Air ii. Water & Sewage iii. Power – Electricity iv. Industrial Estates – list of major corporates d. Demographics versus other Northern States District Profiles e. Chandigarh Headquartered Corporate Houses 4. Current Tourism scenario in the State 38 a. Current Chandigarh Tourism Policy b. Inventory of Accommodation c. Current Tourism Statistics 1 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh i. By city ii. Comparative with other Indian States – employment, project spends d. Taxes on Tourism activities e. Fairs & Festivals f. Roles of relevant bodies i. State Tourism Development ii. Urban Development & Town Planning iii. Industrial Development g. Tourism activities of contiguous States 5. Assessment of Tourism Attractions of the State 65 a. How other “City States” have developed tourism b. Inventory of attractions i. Versus criteria ii. By type of tourist and linkages c. Current State Tourism Policy versus National Tourism Policy d. Potential markets and market segments for the State e. Shortlisted projects f. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessments 6. Marketing State Tourism. Case studies of Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal 79 7. Implementation of shortlisted projects 90 a. Setting up a system for coordination of Departments b. Assessing the economic impact of tourism 2 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh c. Setting up Police outposts d. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transporters e. Creating a Tourist/ Cultural Centre f. Promoting traditional cuisine g. Horse race track & Club h. Amusement park i. Linking the sightseeing j. Conference Centre k. Adventure Tourism and Wildlife Tourism 8. Attracting the Private Sector investments in Tourism 126 9. Summary Tables 147 a. Prioritisation of projects b. Job creation c. Funding of projects d. Visitor numbers e. Economic impact 3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This 20 year perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attempts to identify short, medium and long term tourism projects for the Union Territory of Chandigarh using the National Tourism Policy as a guideline. However, all existing and planned projects of Chandigarh Tourism have also been addressed. In these cases, thoughts that complement/ supplement the current thinking have also been listed. We have examined the success of several other “City States” and how they have positioned themselves. Very few, like the Vatican, have the benefit of historical attractions. Some like the Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have natural attractions like beaches. Some traditional trading centers like Hong Kong, Singapore and Dubai have developed as financial hubs. In nearly all cases, however, city states have developed man made attractions with an emphasis on world class recreation and leisure. Gambling – Macau, Monaco & Sun City Horse Racing in Hong Kong & Dubai Sporting events – Singapore, Hong Kong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City Entertainment events – in all the above, Seychelles etc. Interestingly, most do not rely on immediate neighbouring countries as source markets. Several suggested projects do not have any precedent in India. As such, projections of usage and hence revenues are difficult to make. However, these projects have been endorsed by knowledgeable individuals in the Travel & Tourism industry based on their personal experiences. The Plan makes some observations on current practice. Several specific actions and projects have been recommended. These have been divided into those projects to develop and sustain tourism infrastructure and those that generate visitors. These are summarized in the following pages. In all cases, the involvement of the private sector has been examined. The Plan shortlists the following projects Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission approach” on the lines of Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development a. Coordination between Chandigarh Tourism/ Chandigarh Hotels/ Town Planning/ PWD (B&R)/ PHD/ Police/ Trade Associations/ NHAI/ Indian Railways b. The Mission should have a mission statement, a manageable number of objectives and specific activity milestones for effective review. 2. Assessing the Economic Impact of Tourism in Chandigarh. Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless it can demonstrate the economic and social benefits it generates. a. We have suggested annual surveys and the use of multipliers to measure the impact of tourism investments and of tourist spendings 3. Tourism Police outposts. Safety and security are a major concern of travelers. a. We have suggested Tourism Police outposts be set up in the proposed “Tourist Centres” in Chandigarh. The list of locations can be expanded over the Plan period. 4. Accreditisation of Shops and transporters. These are two areas where most tourists feel most insecure in terms of being cheated. a. For shops, we have suggested accreditising shops that have price tagged items and a reasonable return/ refund policy. Shops will carry a Chandigarh Tourism plaque and be advertised in an official map. For Taxis/ auto rickshaws. Must be metered and carry tariff cards. These will be identified with a plaque 5. Cultural/ Tourism Information Centre. This should showcase Chandigarh and be a cross between Dilli Haat and The National Crafts Museum. This center should provide information and reservation capabilities for potential tourists to Chandigarh and neighbouring States. These will provide employment to artisans/ performing artists a. We recommend arts/ crafts, State cuisine and performing arts be showcased b. We recommend some permanent stalls backed by open spaces for stall for celebrating State festivals c. Incorporated into “Recreation & Leisure Centres” in Kishangarh 6. Promoting Traditional Cuisines. Chandigarh has eight neighbouring States each with a rich cultural tradition. We propose that food and cultural festivals be held on a regular basis. We further propose that the existing facility of Kalagram, which has held successful festivals in the past, be utilised. 7. Horse Race Track & Club. There is no good Horse Race track in North India. North India is also home to about 10 stud farms. Hotels in cities like Pune and Bangalore have their week end occupancies boosted by punters from major metros. The Race Club can have other facilities to attract a permanent membership. 8. Amusement park. The Rock Garden/ Sukhna Lake/ Golf Course area is already one hub of tourist activity. An area for an amusement park, for a Sports Complex and a Tourist Health Resort have already been ear-marked in the Chandigarh Master Plan. We propose the Amusement Park be marketed to families traveling Delhi- Shimla with young children to encourage an overnight break. 9. Linking the sightseeing. The distance between the Rock Garden and the area identified for the Amusement park is a long walk but a short auto-rickshaw ride. We propose a vintage narrow gauge railway be set up to link all the points in this Recreation & Entertainment area. 10. Conference Center to attract Business Travellers. Chandigarh Tourism has already identified a plot in Sector 31 next to the CII Regional HQ. We believe that this can cement Chandigarh as the commercial center of North India. 11. Developing the City Centre – Sector 17 – as a social and cultural hub. There is already a trend in this direction. We recommend a partnership between the Sector 17 shop owners and Chandigarh Tourism to develop a calendar of events. We also recommend a relaxation in Excise rules in terms of bar licence costs and hours of operation. 12. Adventure Tourism & Wildlife Tourism. We do not recommend any additional activity in this area other than the ongoing levels. 13. Attracting the Private Sector. We have recommended a package of incentives to attract the Private Sector to invest in tourism related projects in Chandigarh. In all visitor generating projects we have recommended roles for the private sector As a “City State”, Chandigarh does not have the scope – or the space - to develop new projects over a 20 year time span. There is no particular need either in terms of funds or manpower to spread the suggested projects. Guidelines of Dept. of Tourism for 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plans 1. Year wise phasing of investments required having regard to resources available 2. Plan should indicate short term & long term plans, targets and ground realities. 3. Plan should indicate all activities by agency with timeframes 4. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state/UT with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of - Natural resources - Heritage & other socio-cultural assets - Quantitative/ demographic factors - Services & infrastructure available 5. Plan should review the status of existing development/ investment for the development of tourism in the region 6. List and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centers and categorise them on the basis of - inventory of attractions - infrastructure available - degree of popularity - volume of traffic flow 7. Plan should analyse and categorise existing destinations and centers as - stand alone - part of a circuit - niche attractions for special interests 8. Plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations/ centers in terms of - quality of roads/ transportation facilities - civic amenities - en route transit facilities - boarding and lodging facilities 9. Plan should assess traffic flow for assessment of infrastructure requirements based on - Past growth - Suggested links and integration - Future expected developments - Likely investments from State - Investment climate/ incentive for private sector 10. Plan should attempt indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure under different heads and prioritise investment needs over 20 years 11. Plan should identify existing as well as new tourism projects including - expansion/ augmentation, - upgradation of services/ facilities - Destinations & centers 12. Plan should undertake product conceptualization cum feasibility for identified projects covering - locational evaluation - schematic product planning - quantification of individual product parameters - assessment of investment levels - project viability 13. Action plan for implementation of identified projects along with development of infrastructure in conformity with - State/ Central policy objectives & guidelines - National development and funding agencies - WTO’s Bali declaration 14. Project wise potential for employment generation including for women 15. Projection of domestic and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place 16. Prioritise schemes based on employment potential and tourist arrivals 17. Prepare inventory of existing accommodation including paying guest and proposed needs split by various providers including various State Govt depts 18. Each project to be scutinised and finalized with a view to suggesting State Tourism projects to foreign funding agencies 19. Explore sources of funding such as FIs, TFCI. - Suggest incentives for private sector 20. Suggest institutional machinery in the State to oversee/ supervise the development of Tourism infrastructure 21. Build in facilities for performance of local artistes, cultural troupes 22. Cultural complexes to be suggested with the financial help of the State Dept of culture 23. Handicraft shops to be suggested. These can be run by women 24. Include development of potential health resorts. 25. Plan should have an Executive summary 26. Plan should include attractive packages/ schemes to attract private sector investments 27. Environmental issues shouls be dealt with in sufficient detail and EIA made in respect of new projects 28. Plans should include - carrying capacities - instruments of spatial and land use planning - instruments for architectural controls - strategy for local community participation & protection of cultural identity - Awareness programmes for local 29. Measures for mitigating adverse environmental impact and rehabilitation 30. Strategy for privatisation of State and State Tourism Corp owned tourism related properties 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan THE CONSORTIUM We believe that 20-year Tourism Master Plans require detailed knowledge in several domains. To address this need we have formed a consortium of experts. The consortium comprises of India Tourism Development Corporation – ITDC – Consultancy Division with relevant past experience in Master Plans, Technical Consultancy and project execution. TLC Marketing Pvt.Ltd, a marketing consultancy empanelled by The World Tourism Organisation (WTO), Madrid for various aspects of Tourism Development. TLC Marketing will ensure a balanced tourism plan that is marketable to both developers and the Tourist industry Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, an international firm of Chartered Accountants and consultants with a wide range of experience in perspective planning in various industries. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu also have access to their global expertise in the area of Tourism Master Planning. RELEVANT EXPERIENCE India Tourism Development Corporation ITDC was established in 1966 with the objective of developing tourism infrastructure and promoting India as a tourism destination. ITDC has a Consultancy Division which has completed many projects. ITDC has the capability of conducting Techno-Economic feasibility studies, providing Engineering and Technical Services, Mangement Consultancy and Advisory services, consultancy for Adventure Tourism. Assignments already completed by ITDC include Feasibility Reports for hotel projects in Baroda, Calicut, Cochin, Kanpur, Kohlapur, Lucknow, Nagpur, Nainital, Pine, Rishikesh, Varanasi, Raipur, New Delhi, Calcutta, Bangalore and Agartala 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Tourism Master Plans for Assam, Nagaland, Orissa, Pondicherry, Sikkim, Punjab and Tripura. Technical consultancy for multiple hotels, youth hostels, forest lodges and restaurants Special projects for Rail Yatri Niwas, Indian Railways Catering, College of Combat, Institute of Water Sports at Goa. Project consultancy/ Execution – 28 hotels, the IITTM in Gwalior. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd. The Directors of TLC Marketing have been involved with Tourism Development for almost 30 years and have had exposure to Tourism Planning in Egypt, Mexico and India. This has been mainly from the project developer’s aspect and are familiar with the requirements of the parties that invest in Tourism Development. They are also familiar with all aspects of tourism including resorts, cruises, timeshare, charters, conferences etc. Some relevant projects undertaken by the directors of TLC Marketing include Study for the India Convention Promotion Bureau on promoting conferences of various sizes to India Assignment with The Planning Commission for Tourism Development Plans for Uttaranchal and Uttar Pradesh. This included the development of a “tourist train” concept Review of Hotel classification norms covering Heritage and Resort hotels for the Govt. of India, Department of Tourism Feasibility studies for business and leisure hotels at over 40 destinations all India. Entry strategy for a hotel company into India looking at mid level hotels. This involves studying business destinations across India Strategy for a chain of Ayurvedic Spas, initially in the North of India Entry strategy into Timeshare for both mid-market and Luxury Resorts Launch of an Outbound Adventure Tour Operator 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu believes that for achieving a client’s business objectives, a variety of knowledge and skills are required. Our national coverage and international experience allows access to professionals in the industry and other areas of specialisations. Our clients include government bodies, non-government organisations, public sector organisations, private companies and international agencies. Brief details of some of our assignments in the hospitality, tourism and entertainment sectors is set out below: International assignments in hospitality and the tourism sector are detailed below: • Privatisation of Hungary Hotels, which comprises some 45 hotels and over 250 restaurants, in association with the Swiss Bank Corporation and Cazenove & Co. Our UK offices worked with our Budapest office on this extensive assignment. • Business valuation of Astir Hotel Company. We assisted the National Bank of Greece on the proposed sales as part of the Government’s privatisation programme. • Advised the public enterprises reform and divestiture secretariat of the Ministry of Finance, Government of Uganda, on the divestiture of Government owned hotels. • Valuation of four state-owned hotels in Morocco prior to their intended privatisation and sale for the Government of Morocco. In conjunction with the Deloitte & Touche Corporate Finance Group, investment memoranda were subsequently prepared to assist in the privatisation process. Indian assignments in Hospitality and Tourism Sector • Strategic advice to Quality Inns Private Limited. • Business plan for a holiday resort based in Kerala. This is under implementation. • Advisory services provided to an international chain of hotels • Business advisory services for Resort Condominiums International • Business advisory services for Singapore based company, for setting up operations in India in the area of serviced apartments and estate development. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan • Business valuation and due diligence review for Landbase India Limited, • Business advisory services for The Radisson Hotel. • Entry strategy, valuation, negotiations and joint venture identification for Keystone and Venkys. • Trade survey for travel agents and tour operators for a large multinational company. • Review of project parameters and returns compiled for the airport expansion planned for Chennai by the Airports Authority of India. • Economic Feasibility study for setting up a permanent Trade Fair Venue, Madras International Exposition Limited, under the aegis of Federation of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO). Privatisation/ Disinvestment experience • Bharat Heavy Plates & Vessels Ltd., Visakhapatnam • RBL Limited, Calcutta • Tractors Corporation Limited • Bharat Goldmines Limited • Lamps Division of HMT Limited • Paradeep Phosphates Limited Ongoing disinvestments assignments include • IDCOL Cement Limited • The Fertiliser and Chemicals Travancore Limited • Instrumentation Limited • Braithewaite & Co. Limited • Bharat Heavy Plate limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan APPROACH Our approach is as follows 1. Review existing Tourism Policy a. This is reviewed in conjunction with stated National Tourism Policy as State Tourism activities should be in synch with National Policy b. Thisis also reviewed in terms of “Best Practice” of other Indian States and some Internationally successful players. 2. Validate Proposed projects a. Plans still to be implemented were reviewed to validate their broad feasibility 3. Suggest new Tourism Products a. This is done with costs, revenues, timelines and responsibilities. b. A broad Economic Impact assessment is made for each suggested product for both primary and secondary effects. Objective Our objective is to develop 20-year Perspective Tourism Master Plans that encourage sustainable tourism by achieving a balance between the growth of tourism on one hand and the impact on natural, heritage and cultural resources on the other. Criteria The Critical Criteria would be that the Plan should be viable. In other words, it should be attractive and marketable to all agencies involved – The traveler, the Travel industry, State and Government agencies, Financial Institutions, Tourism project developers and last but not least to the local population. The Plan will Clearly indicate short term and long term projects and targets Identify agencies involved and the actions required to be taken by each 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Ensure that each action will have a time frame and an indicative cost Ensure each project will also indicate possible developers and possible sources of funding. Financial structuring arrangements, where relevant will also be indicated. Endeavour to involve the private sector in the development of the plans. This will ensure a buy-in to the finished product. Be based on secondary data – published data, supplied by the State and information obtained in discussions with informed individuals. METHODOLOGY Conduct Inventories Identify existing and potential - attractions - Infrastructure - Access - Environmental impact - Human factors Identify Specific projects Develop balanced Tourist products around each identified attraction Detailed Project analysis Identify each element, the possible developers, sources of funds, incentives etc Final Recommendations Shortlist projects, prioritise over 20 years. - Tourist projections - Employment and other economic benefits Identifying the attractions – the reasons for visiting. 1. The first step would be to make an inventory of all possible visitor attractions both current and potential. These would be studied under a. Long stay – natural and activity resorts such as hill/ beach/ health & fitness/ sports/ wildlife/ shopping and other activities 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan b. Short Stay destination – Business visitors, conferences, weekend stays, pilgrimage c. Short stay itinerary – where the attraction is part of an itinerary and dependent on other links 2. Each attraction will be assessed for “Carrying capacity” using absolute numbers as well as indices such as Tourists/ sq.km, Tourists/ 1000 population. This assessment will use international benchmarks and Best Practices. 3. The Environmental sensitivities will be addressed by a strategy to measure the impact on a. Air quality b. Water and water bodies c. Nature, both flora and fauna d. And on the attraction itself. 4. Based on the above, an assessment of the present and future needs of infrastructural services will be undertaken to cover a. Water b. Electricity c. Sewage and waste disposal d. Communications 5. Based on the potential markets for visiting the attraction, an assessment of the present and future requirements for access will be identified by a. Road b. Rail c. Air d. Water transport 6. There are Human Factors that will also be addressed. These will cover a. Employment b. Inflationary impact c. Cultural impact d. Alienation of locals/ Displacement 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Identifying and Conceptualising Specific Tourism Products Having assessed the attractions available and the broad feasibility of each, the Plan will e develop a balanced Tourist product around each attraction. The Tourist product consists of the following 1. The attraction – the reason for the visit 2. Accommodation – requirements at each level a. Propose incentives for balanced development 3. Recreational facilities – to supplement the attraction. Eg. a hill resort could have rock climbing, paragliding, river & lake fishing, golf, entertainment and shopping 4. Local transportation a. Airport/ station transfers, shuttles, city sightseeing, public transportation 5. Information a. Signage, guides, brochures, photo ops 6. Wayside amenities a. Rest stops, service stations 7. Safety & Security a. Accreditisation of shops etc b. Tourism police Detailed Analysis and Final Recommendations After identifying the Tourism Products to be developed, the Plan will prioritise them over the 20-year perspective, each project will be analysed to detail The key agencies/ organizations involved in developing the product The investment required Identify possible investors and sources of funds and the processes to access these Possible incentives for the development Identify environmentally threatened places and buildings for restoration. Projection of tourist numbers – domestic and international Employment potential – occupations and income levels Other economic, social and cultural benefits Suggestions on marketing the products Environmental Impact Assessment Studies Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies are complex exercises. They are also dependent on the specific projects. For example, projects next to water bodies would require a much deeper assessment of impact on water than other projects that would confine the study to the impact on ground water resources. In the Technical Bid for this project, the Consortium had clearly stated that we are not competent to undertake EIA and would not include them in the final report. However, we are listing out the essential aspects of EIAs. Each attribute must be monitored on a regular basis. Frequency of monitoring may vary from daily for some air samples to annually for soil characteristics. EIAs are best undertaken by specialist organizations like TERI, TARA etc. Attribute Parameters Ambient air quality SPM, RPM, SO2, NO2, CO, CO2, HC etc. Usually 24 hour samples twice a week. Meteorology Surface wind speed and direction, temperatures, relative humidity, rainfall Water quality Physical, Chemical and bacteriological parameters of surface and ground water Ecology Existing flora and fauna. For environmentally sensitive projects, inventory and state of health Noise levels Noise levels in DB(A) Light Lighting levels and impact on fauna, insects Soil Characteristics Parameters relating to agriculture and afforestation potential Land use Trends in land use change for different categories Socio Economic aspects Socio-economic characteristics, labour force characteristics, population statistics and existing amenities, current inflation Geology and mining Geological history, minerals details Hydrology Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, acquifier characteristics of the area 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh HISTORY India attained Independence in 1947; but in the process the territory of British India was partitioned to form India and Pakistan. The large and prosperous Province of Punjab, was divided and Lahore, its capital, fell within the borders of Pakistan, leaving Indian Punjab without a capital. Those who had been compelled to migrate to India keenly felt the loss of Lahore, a city much loved by its inhabitants. Though there was a temporary secretariat at Shimla in Himachal Pradesh, the political leadership decided on the construction of a modern and accessible capital. In March 1948, the Government of Punjab in consultation with the Government of India approved a 114.59 sq. km tract of land at the foot of the Shivalik Hills in Ropar district as the site of the new capital. The city was named after the Mother Goddess Chandi, (Chandi - Goddess of Power + garh - fortress). The temple of the Goddess is on Chandigarh-Kalka Road. The temple is known by the name of Chandi Mandir. Prior to the construction of Chandigarh, the present site was a typical rural tract, with a rainfed subsistence agricultural economy. It was dotted with 24 village settlements, surrounded by cultivated land parcelled into consolidated irregular, small fields. Each settlement had a number of mango groves remnants of which are still visible in parts of the city. There were banyan or pipal trees within the settlements or near village ponds. The majority of houses were kutcha or partially pucca. Among the physical features, the choes, with their broad, shallow, and dry sandy beds, constituted an important element of landscape. These represented undulations in an otherwise level topography. Hills and mountains provided a panoramic background. The new city was needed not only to serve as a capital but also to resettle thousands of refugees who had been uprooted from West Punjab. India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru enthusiastically supported the project and took sustained interest in its 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh execution. When he visited the project on April 2, 1952, he declared: “Let this be a new town symbolic of the freedom of India, unfettered by the traditions of the past, an expression of the nation’s faith in the future.... The new capital of Punjab will be christened as Chandigarh-a name symbolic of the valiant spirit of the Punjabis. Chandigarh is rightly associated with the name of Goddess Chandi — Shakti, or power.” The responsibility for the design was given to the French architect Le Corbusier or the Crow. With the help of his cousin Pierre Jeanneret, and that of the English couple Maxwell Fry and Jane Drew (alongwith a number of Indian architects prominent amongst them Chief planner Narinder S. Lamba & Chief Engineer J.C. Verma) Chandigarh, the present capital, came into existence at the foothills of the Shivaliks. Profile of People It was built in 1953 and serves as the capital of two states, i.e. Punjab and Haryana. It is administered by the Central Government and is hence classified as an Union Territory. Since 1986 there has been much talk about officially handling it to Punjab on the basis of demography. The issue however continues to be a matter of discussion with many political disputes. Chandigarh had to be a city of migrants as it was built on the land acquired and cleared of existing settlements. One of its objectives was to rehabilitate persons displaced from Pakistan in 1947. Early settlers in the city were government officials transferred from Shimla, the temporary capital of Punjab after partition and displaced persons from Pakistan in search of a new home. According to 1991 census data, around two-third of the city's population were migrants, the remaining one-third were locally born. About one-third of the migrants hail from Punjab, Uttar Pradesh comes next, having contributed one-fifth of them. Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Delhi are other important contributors of migrants. The city has 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attracted migrants from distant states, such as Bihar, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal and Maharashtra. The number of migrants from Nepal is also considerable. Over one-half of migrants to Chandigarh came from other urban places; the rest had a rural base. An urban origin was more typical of migrants from nearby states, such as Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, and Jammu and Kashmir. Migrants from relatively distant states, such as Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and Tamil Nadu, mostly had a rural origin. According 1991 census the Pakistan-born displaced persons reduced to about 4% of all in-migrants. In the early sixties, they accounted for nearly 40% of the total population. PHYSICAL FEATURES Location Chandigarh is located in the Northern part of India and bound by two states, Chandigarh has Punjab to its north and west and Haryana to its south and east. Chandigarh lies at 30o 44'N latitude, 76o 53"E longitude. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Map 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh ROAD MAP Road Transportation The Union Territory of Chandigarh is well served with by an excellent network of roads. The National Highway 21 ( Ambala – Simla) and 22 ( Chandigarh – Manali) link Chandigarh to rest of the country Buses of seven State Road Corporations connect Chandigarh with many cities and towns of neighboring states. The important cities that are connected by buses with Chandigarh are Delhi, Dehradoon, Simla, Manali, Jammu and major Towns of Punjab and Haryana. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh National Highway Development Project – Golden Quadrilateral & North South East West Corridors Note: Red Line: North South East West Corridors Blue Line: Golden Quadrilateral 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Rail Network : Rail Transportation Chandigarh is well connected on the rail network. The main railway routes passing through Haryana are: Kalka-Delhi, Chandigarh-Delhi, Kalka-Amritsar, Kalka-Jodhpur,Kalka-Hawrah,Amritsar-Hawrah, Kalka- Sir Ganganagar (Rajasthan). 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Air Network: Air Transportation Chandigarh Airport is 12 kms. from City Centre, Indian Airlines and Jet Airways connect Chandigarh with Delhi, Leh and Amritsar. Jet has daily flights Delhi – Chandigarh – Delhi. Indian Airlines has a weekly flight Leh – Chandigarh – Leh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Physical Features The geographical area of the U.T. Chandigarh is 114 sq. km. and another 25.42 sq. km. of the hilly area, which has now been declared as 'Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary' was acquired for soil conservation works. Chandigarh lies at 280 feet above sea level, with an average altitude of 362m (m.s.l.). The location of Chandigarh is unique as it lies in the foot hill region and is also adjacent to the plains of north India. As such it contains the vegetation of the foot hills and the north Indian plains.Chandigarh has 27 villages in its jurisdiction and two satellite towns, Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar, conveniently shortened to SAS Nagar, now Mohali, in the Punjab territory and Panchkula in the Haryana territory. Climate Four seasons are noticeable as (i) the rainy season (late-June to mid-September); (ii) the post monsoon or transition season (mid September to mid-November); (iii) the winter of cold season (mid November to mid-March) and (iv) summer or hot season (mid-March to Mid-June). Southwest monsoons commence in late June and usually continue up to mid-September when there are high intensity showers and the weather is hot and humid. May and June are the hottest months of the year with mean daily maximum temperature being about 40oC and mean daily minimum temperature being about 25oC.January is the coldest month with a mean maximum being around 24oC and a mean minimum being around 1.8oC. Fauna In the small and large water bodies there are about a dozen types of fishes, of which Mahseer , Thail and Rohu are more well known. The common frog is Rana tigrina (Indian Tiger Frog) but the other ones are Indian Rice Frog and Indian Burrowing Frog. Two types of tortoise are found. Three four types of lizards are found in buildings, lawns, hedges, etc. and one of these attracts the attention by its brilliant vermilion colour during mating season. Snakes are of quite a many types as Russels Viper, Cobra, Blind Snake, Indian Python, Sand Cobra, Rat Snake etc. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh has numerous types and the permanent population of birds, which may consist of over 100 different kinds. There are also migratory birds visiting during winter from as far off a region as Siberia. It is estimated that about 100 to 200 types of birds primarily visit Sukhna Lake. The number of migratory birds varies from year to year. The common mammals are Grey Musk, Shrew Monkey, Langur, Flying Fox, Tickellis Bat, Stripped Squirrel, Indian Rat, Common Rat, House Mouse, Porcupine, Indian Hare, Common Mongoose, Stripped Hyena, Jackal, Indian Fox, Nilgai, Blackbuck and Chital. Flora The flora of Chandigarh area is in fact very rich, existence of 860 species of flowering plants in Chandigarh and its neighborhood. This excludes the ornamentals species whose number is anybody's guess because amongst the residents of Chandigarh and neighboring areas garden culture and love for ornamental herbs and shrubs is fast growing. Chandigarh region is home to number of plant species with Medicinal importance. Areas like Shivalik Reserve Forests, Sukhna Catchment area, Rock Garden, Rose Garden, adjoining villages, are among the various places where different kinds of Medicinal plants and few to endangered species of the same can be found. The most fascinating feature of the City's landscaping is perhaps the Tree Plantation along avenues, open spaces, green belts and around building complexes. The total forest cover in Chandigarh is 32.42 sq. km., which forms 23.5% of the total area. The green spaces like Parks, Gardens, Green belts, Leisure valley and Road avenues etc. are in addition to the forest cover of 23.5 %. Thus the green cover in the city is more than 33 % with 26 types of flowering trees and 33 types of evergreen trees in Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh DEMOGRAPHIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Chandi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh garh Sq.Km. 1982 44212 55673 222236 443446 50362 342239 294411 1483 114 3287263 Share in India Percent 1982 1.34 1.69 6.76 13.49 1.53 10.41 8.96 0.05 0 100 Population Million 1991 16.46 5.17 7.72 66.18 20.28 44 139.11 9.42 0.64 846.3 Share in India Percent 1991 1.94 0.61 0.91 7.82 2.4 5.2 16.44 1.11 0.08 100 Population Density Per sq.km. 1991 372 93.0 76.0 149.0 403.0 129.0 473.0 6352.0 5632.0 274.0 Avg Annual Growth in Percent 1981-91 2.42 1.89 2.54 2.38 1.89 2.5 2.27 4.15 3.54 2.14 Population (1981-91) Population (Projection) Million 2001 20.1 6.8 10.1 81.2 23.8 54.5 174.3 14.4 0.8 1012.4 Urban Population (Projection) Million 2001 27.5 - - 26.9 31.9 25.4 22.7 - - 28.8 Sex Ratio Females/ 1991 865 976 923 931 882 910 879 827 790 927 1000males Urbanisation Ratio Percent 1991 24.6 8.7 25.5 23.2 29.5 23.0 19.8 90.0 89.7 27.0 Urban Density Per sq.km. 1991 5309 2114 3132 6054 4997 2238 4364 14313 8433 4092 Death Rate Per '000 1996 8.1 8 - 11.1 7.5 8.9 10.2 6.05 4.1 9 Live Birth Rate Per '000 1996 28.2 23 - 32.4 23.5 32.3 34 24.6 16.9 27.5 Work Participation Rate Percent 1991 31 42.83 NA 42.82 30.88 38.87 32.20 31.64 34.94 37.46 Male Percent 1991 48.51 50.64 NA 52.26 54.22 49.30 49.68 51.72 54.34 51.55 Female Percent 1911 10.76 34.81 NA 32.68 4.40 27.40 12.32 7.36 10.39 22.25 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MACRO ECONOMIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Net State Domestic Product (NSDP) at Factor Cost*: - At current prices Rs. Million 1998-89 383990 49310 58120 610187.8 342900 **586500 1527260 365040 8755940 - At 1980-81 prices Rs. Million 1997-98 75450 $14,190 #17540 147480 101420 @116480 273650 *75740 323820 - At 1993-94 prices Rs. Million 1998-99 254090 NA NA NA NA **379720 971390 251650 NA NSDP Growth 1980-81 prices Percent 1997-98 1.1 NA NA 3.1 2 @0.4 2.2 3.3 87.3 Gross State Domestric Product Rs. Million 1997-98 374270 65040 72930 708320 503580 678050 1299770 445100 NA Per Capita Income at 1993-94 Rs. 1998-99 13084 8864 6658 7350 15504 7694 5890 19091 9739 Prices* 2.00 Sectoral Shares: - Agriculture Percent 1997-98 39 27.6 43 41.4 44 **34.2 37 1 31 - Industry Percent 1997-98 21 32.3 8 26.3 15 **24.088 20 83 28 - Services Percent 1997-98 40 40.1 49 32.3 41 **41.72 43 16 41 Sectoral Growth Rates: - Agriculture Percent 1995-96 -6 9 4 -2 0 -6 2 -40 -1 - Forestry & Logging Percent 1995-96 7 10 5 -12 1 2 -25 - -1 - Fishing Percent 1995-96 16 10 14 15 8 -12 6 3 5 - Mining & Quarrying Percent 1995-96 1 14 10 5 16 -18 1 -58 7 - Manufacturing Percent 1995-96 9 13 3 11 10 6 4 13 14 Per Capita Consumption Rs. 1995 5127 4347 7080 3442 5750 4503 3852 NA NA Expenditure * Note: Owing 10 differences in source material used, figures for different States are not strictly comparable. $: 1995-96 #: 1996-97 @: 1998-99 **: 1999-2000 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MINIMUM MONTHLY WAGES OF WORKMEN Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Chandigarh With effect from Jul-00 Jan-99 Mar-93 Mar-00 Nov.99 Feb-00 Jan-96 UNSKILLED 1914.86 1530 NA 825 1796.5 1560 1920 2419 1350 SEMI UNSKILLED A 1964.86 1695 NA 928 1941.55 928 2220 2585 1495 SEMI UNSKILLED B 1989.86 NA NA NA 1875.45 NA NA NA NA SKILLED A 2039.86 1950 NA 1032 2104.55 1032 2660 2843 1657 SKILLED B 2064.86 NA NA NA 1983.45 NA NA NA NA HIGHLY SKILLED 2114.86 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES SCENARIO Recognised Educational Institutions in Northern Region (1998 - 99) State University Professional Colleges for High Middle / Sr.Basic Primary/Jr. * Education general Education School/Jr. School Basic College School HARYANA 5.00 45.00 169.00 3785.00 1788.00 10269.00 HIMACHAL PRADESH 3.00 6.00 557.00 1525.00 1189.00 7732.00 JAMMU & KASHMIR 3.00 12.00 38.00 1351.00 3104.00 10483.00 MADHYA PRADESH 17.00 70.00 413.00 8341.00 21108.00 86858.00 PUNJAB 5.00 64.00 193.00 3325.00 2527.00 12633.00 RAJASTHAN 10.00 70.00 267.00 5633.00 14807.00 35077.00 UTTAR PRADESH 28.00 174.00 676.00 8339.00 20675.00 94476.00 DELHI 11.00 24.00 64.00 1459.00 601.00 2676.00 CHANDIGARH 2.00 7.00 12.00 107.00 34.00 48.00 NORTHERN REGION 84.00 472.00 2389.00 33865.00 65833.00 260252.00 % TO ALL INDIA 35.44 22.17 31.88 30.12 34.62 41.52 INDIA 237.00 2129.00 7494.00 112438.00 190166.00 626737.00 * Includes Deemed Universities and Institutes off National Importance Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh WATER SUPPLY Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 No. of Water Works Nos. NA 5 5 5 (Cums.) No. of Metered Connection Nos. 74892 82184 84294 120000 No. of Un-metered Nos. 9360 23464 23656 20241 Connection WATER CONSUMPTION (A) Domestic Kiloliters 67933 5227262 5334897 5943761 (B) Commercial / Industrial Kiloliters 7992 1833205 1881295 4940444 Per Capita Consumption Kiloliters 97 70 67 95 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POWER Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 Electricity Consumed Lakh KWH 5240.80 8401.89 8491.04 8715.36 Per capita Consumption KWH 816 988 964 955 Agricultural Consumption Lakh KWH 12.71 25.58 26.59 23.02 Industrial Consumption Lakh KWH 2005.16 1792.34 1865.46 1916.35 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 Persons 900914 92118 808796 Census Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population Growth Absolute 258899 25932 232967 1991 - 2001 %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population Sex PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Ratio No.of females per 1000 773 621 792 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of Total 12.13 15.21 11.78 Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Corporates Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 900914 92118 808796 Census Persons Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population 258899 25932 232967 Growth 1991 - 2001 Absolute %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Sex Ratio No.of females 773 621 792 per 1000 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of 12.13 15.21 11.78 Total Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism Policy Chandigarh Tourism has declared the following vision “ Tourism as a major industry in Chandigarh is to be developed by Providing leadership, organizational and strategic direction, Improving the quality of tourism products, Developing places of tourist interest, Providing necessary facilities for all categories of tourist and Marketing Chandigarh’s Tourism products internationally and domestically So as to provide employment and economic, environmental, social and cultural benefits to the citizens of the city beautiful – Chandigarh” In the new economic scenario, Chandigarh Tourism has recognized the need to involve the private sector in the development of tourism infrastructure in conjunction with the Government. The following activities are included in the ‘Tourism Industry’ Accommodation facilities Restaurants and fast food facilities Transportation facilities Tourist entertainment Souvenirs With this background, the objectives have developed as 1. Employment generation. Tourism generates both direct and indirect employment 2. Attract private investment 3. Preserve heritage and tradition. As Chandigarh is a new city, the traditions are related with gardens and festivals 4. Preserve the environment 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh 5. Diversification of the Tourism product into adventure sports, entertainment, leisure etc. 6. To provide adequate publicity both domestic and international 7. Create accommodation facilities – renovate and upgrade existing facilities 8. Develop human resources for Hospitality and Tourism. The following strategic projects have been suggested to implement these objectives 1. Develop Chandigarh as a convention city – attract the MICE segment 2. Eco- tourism wildlife park around the Sukhna Bird sanctuary 3. Sound & Light show at the Rock Garden 4. Further development of Tourist amenities at Sukhna Lake 5. Amusement park 6. Translites and signeages for the convenience of tourists 7. Tourist information center to house other State Tourism offices as well as railways, airlines and trade associations 8. Promotion of Rail Tourism – in particular on the Kalka-Shimla line 9. Promotion of Kalagram as a showcase for the Northern States 10. Development of innovative tourism packages o Buddhist places o Pilgrimages - Hindu and Sikh o Holiday packages to Hill stations o Heritage packages o Adventure packages o NRI packages 11. Promotion of off-season tourism 12. Special Tourism packages for NRIs 13. Development of Chandigarh as a Film City 14. Integrate the police to safeguard the interests of tourists 15. Promotion of week end golf packages 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Another major initiative has been an attempt to integrate Tourism Development in the Northern States of Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir via a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’. The Board would have the Tourism Secretaries of the participating states as members, the Chairmanship rotating between the States. The Board would also have prominent persons from the Tourism industry as members. The primary role is seen as Working out a strategy for integrated approach for promotion of tourism in the region Promotion of interstate Tourism via programmes such as Tourism Trade fairs & Exhibitions Setting up joint information centers Organising interstate package tours Collaboration on Tourism promotion schemes Joint participation in Traevl Industry Trade fairs Joint cultural festivals Linkages of websites Part of this initiative would be to declare a Special Tourism Area for a radius of 100 Km around Chandigarh with the prime objective of allowing the free movement of designated tourism vehicles. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh FAIRS & FESTIVALS Chandigarh citizens celebrate several festivals that are uniquely their own. The Festival of Gardens This is a three-day extravaganza organized in the last week of February; included on the national calendar of festivals. Initially called the Rose Festival it intended to encourage people to stroll through the Rose Garden and enjoy the sight of the blooms. Each year the festival grew: now it includes performances of music and dance, both classical and folk, flower shows, events for children, exhibitions by local artists, photographers and craftsman and a wide range of amusements. Since 1997 it is known as the Festival of Gardens. The city pulls out all the stops for this celebration, reminiscent of ancient India's Vasant Utsav in honor of spring. April Fools' Day (April 1) On this day poets from all over the country gather at Chandigarh to recite verses in a jocular vein. Even those who do not ordinarily enjoy poetry look forward to the Maha Moorkh Sammelan, or Conclave of Colossal Fools. No other city in India hosts such a gathering. Baisakhi Baisakhi is the first day of the new year in the traditional Vikrami calendar, it celebrates the wheat harvest, and it is one of the high points of the year for Sikhs as it is anniversary of the founding of Khalsa. As the capital of two basically agrarian states, Punjab and Haryana, this day sees festivities organized by both the state governments as well as the Administration of the UT, and of course many institutions in the city. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh The Mango festival This festival is held in June. Mango-growers from all over India are invited to enter their prize fruits in the various competitions. Visitors to the fair can see and taste all the traditional varieties of the fruit as well as the latest hybrids from the agricultural universities. It is also an occasion for agro-industries, and food industries processing mango into jams, pickles and canned fruit to display their wares. TEEJ Teej is a traditional holiday celebrated by women in the middle of the monsoon season-generally around the first week of August. The Rock Garden with its swings and pavilions is the festival venue and the day is basically a grand picnic with songs and dances, purchase of new bangles, painting the hands with mehndi. The Indo-Pak Mushaira This gathering in December brings together poets from India and Pakistan. The significance of this event is felt especially by the older generation whose memories go back to the years before the partition of India. For the younger generation it brings home the deep commonalties of language and culture that unite the people of two nations. The Chrysanthemum Show - in December turns the Terraces Flower Garden in the city's Sector 33 into a multi-coloured wall-to-wall carpet of chrysanthemums. Hundreds of varieties of the flower are on display and city gardeners vie for coveted honours in the competitions. The Plaza Carnival 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh This Carnival is on every-Saturday-night is held on an open-air stage set up in Sector 17's central piazza. The weekly three-hour programme draws a large crowd and provides an opportunity for talented local singers, dancers, magicians, comedians, actors and acrobats to do their stuff. The Chandigarh Carnival This carnival is a three-day event celebrated in the second week of November shortly before or after Nehru's birth anniversary on November 14,otherwise known as Children's Day. The carnival opens with a colourful procession, which everyone is encouraged to join. The carnival is a time for students to show their talent (or simply have fun) and elders too participate in a number of competitions and exhibits. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Roles of relevant bodies in Tourism The main bodies that generate and cater to leisure and business travel to the State are 1. CITCO – Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Corporation 2. Urban Development and Town Planning Chandigarh Tourism. The Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO) was set up in 1974 for construction and allotment of industrial sheds and for supply of iron & steel to the industries in Chandigarh. Its original name was Chandigarh Small Industries and Development Corporation Limited (CSIDC). The Chandigarh Administration transferred Hotel Mountview and other cafeterias to the Corporation in 1982. It's name was first changed to Chandigarh Industrial & General Development Corporation Limited (CIGDC) and finally to Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO). In terms of Tourism responsibilities, Chandigarh Tourism plays both developmental and operational roles. Its prime areas of responsibility are 1. Promotion of Chandigarh and its attractions as destinations 2. Creation of tourism related infrastructure 3. Development of accommodation and restaurants 4. Activities pertaining to the preservation of art, culture, history and heritage of the State 5. Establishment of recreation and leisure facilities 6. Tourism related human resource development 7. Promotion of package tours 8. Information and signage 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism is a profitable venture. A short overview of its performance over various activities is given below Unit Hotel Mountview 1997-98 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 824.55 215.71 1998-99 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 891.57 266.84 1999-00 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 1093.08 323.97 Hotel Shivalikview Hotel Parkview Chef Lakeview 677.08 127.68 111.28 145.49 9.98 16.04 651.46 121.22 117.20 81.74 -47.61 12.43 673.31 124.21 160.69 91.11 -4.60 39.98 Chef Bus Stand Rock Garden Canteen Canteens Tours & Travels 41.56 5.44 9.50 10.47 -14.55 -3.00 -18.59 -15.48 38.50 6.61 17.41 9.80 -10.07 0.14 -23.02 -15.24 36.89 1.24 16.88 7.96 -10.84 -0.54 -23.03 -13.54 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh URBAN PLANNING The Department is headed by the Chief Architect who is the Ex-officio Secretary, Urban Planning. The Department consists of two wings. Architectural Wing Town planning Wing Architectural Wing This wing has five basic duties: • To design buildings for the Chandigarh Administration and work entrusted to it by various departments of the Central and State governments and autonomous bodies • To Co-ordinate with the various wings of the Engineering Department both in the planning and construction phases and to incorporate structural designs and other engineering services into the buildings. • Architectural supervision during the course of construction of works designed by the deptt. • To scrutinize building plans submitted to the Estate Office for approval of the Administration and to inspect commercial buildings for issuance of completion certificates by the Estate Office. The Chief Architect's jurisdiction encompasses the entire Union Territory. Town Planning Unit The Town Planning Unit consist of Senior Town Planner with supporting team of Divisional Town Planner, asstt, Town Planners and other draftsmen in different grades. The Senior Town Planner is responsible for implementing the Chandigarh Master Plan proposals. He prepares project reports dealing with different aspects of the development of the city and its surrounding area. He plans 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Industrial Development As this, along with Chandigarh Tourism, is part of CITCO, there is complete coordination within their roles and no overlaps. The Corporation was set-up in 1974 primarily for supplying raw-material to the small scale industries and for construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Some more activities were added subsequently. The details of the industrial activities in chronological order are as under: Year Activity 1974 Construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Supply of iron and steel to the SSI Units. 1978 Industrial Development and Facility Centre ( IDFC ). This Centre was setup with the assistance of Industries Department . 1979 Emporium as marketing outlet for the products of SSI units. 1992 Supply of Petroleum products- Agents for IPCL (Indian Petro Chemical Limited) 2000 Consignment Agency of Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh the Phase-II and II sectors and the left out pockets of Phase I and II with the aim of bring areas under intensive utilization. HE scrutinizes building plans and cases concerning construction in areas falling under the Periphery Control Act. He studies Urban trends, which will require plan revisions and plans for changing traffic and transportation needs. Rehabilitation and resettlement of squatters settlements and other rehabilitation housing projects come under his purview and he also outlines the statutory zoning plans in respect of land for commercial/residential/cultural/educational purposes. In accordance with the Estate Officer, the Senior Town Planner releases land for auction and sets plinth levels. He provides guidance to the Chandigarh Housing Board and prepares plan for the development schemes of Manimajra. He is involved in planning for the integrated development of the Chandigarh Inter-State Region. The Senior Town Plan's jurisdiction encompasses the entire area of the Union Territory of Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Activities of contiguous states UTTAR PRADESH After the formation of separate hill state of Uttaranchal, UP doesn’t account for any breath taking topography as is associated with Uttranchal. Its most important physical feature is the River Ganges, which traverses the length of the state and accounts for some of the oldest cities/ regions of the world. Rivers are a significant physical feature and tourism resource. All important tourist destinations of UP have an attractive riverfront that can be developed. UP Government is concentrating on improving river-based experience by way of improving ghats, improving the experience at the ghats, encouraging water sports, river cruise, Better destination management at key tourism centers by way of urban decongestion, traffic management, ghats and river experience improvement and better accommodation facilities at Varanasi ,Allahabad and Agra. Product Innovation and better packaging of existing products a. The Bundelkhand area has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Lack of connectivity, infrastructure and communication facilities makes it difficult to create a tourism experience. Plans are to start a tourism train to provide connectivity, accommodation and basic infrastructure in a single product. It also provides a “theme” that is attractive and marketable. b. Agra as an International convention and events center. Plans to set up a international size convention facility. Agra has the advantage of instant international positive name recognition. It is well connected with Delhi gateway. Agra has numerous monuments besides Taj Mahal and numerous possible excursions extensions. Agra has ample accommodation in different ranges. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh UTTRANCHAL Tourism has been identified to have the potential to become the main stay of Uttranchal’s economy, and needs to be developed in planned and time bound manner. To achieve this objective the state has taken following steps The state has constituted a high-level Tourism Development Board, which will replace the existing tourism directorate. The role of the board will be a. Formation of a policy and strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state c. Establish standards/norms for and forming policy guidelines for various tourism activities d. Strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investments in the private sector. e. Single window Information and assistance center. Outsourcing Expertise The Uttranchal tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. The board identified seven projects and awarded the work to different agencies. These projects are master plans, which dovetail all developments and have a long-term perspective for sustainable tourism products. Destination Management The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh being the key hubs through which pass the maximum number of tourists in the region would require immediate attention. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Plans need to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. The master plan is being prepared for the Char Dham route, and same might be planned for other important destinations mentioned above. New Destinations New tourism destinations have been identified which will develop and marketed as spokes to hubs. These new destinations will also help in decongesting the hubs. Private Sector Participation The areas and opportunities have been identified for the private sector which are development of accommodation facilities for different categories of tourists, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. To make these investment opportunities attractive special incentives and concessions have been planned. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh RAJASTHAN Tourism is a significant contributor to the economy to Rajasthan economy. Rajasthan has adopted the mission approach for tourism sector to accord very high priority and ensure planned and time bound growth and development of tourism industry in the state to make it a truly “people’s industry” in Rajasthan. a. Rajasthan has estimated tourist accommodation of 19000 rooms in 772 hotels and as per assessment of the state tourism department, 20000 additional rooms will be required by year 2005.The state has decided to encourage more private investment. The state will encourage private investment in developing ancient buildings and heritage properties as tourist resorts; this will have dual advantage of preservation of heritage properties and additional accommodation. b. Traditionally Rajasthan has been depending on it heritage to attract tourists. Rajasthan Government is looking at ways and means of enhancing the tourist products. o The State has rich forest reserves and national parks like Sariska, Bharatpur- Ghana and Rathambore. Other areas, which have the potential for Wildlife, will be promoted. o Rajasthan has rich and varied heritage of handicrafts, handlooms and other products, which are appreciated by and purchased by tourists visiting the State. Efforts will be made to improve direct access of tourists to artisans. RTDC will develop shopping arcades in their existing properties and provide space to artisans to display and market their products. Efforts will be made to set up Shilpgrams and a Handicrafts Museum. o Experience has shown that Fairs and festivals have great tourist appeal and promotional value. Some of the fairs and festivals have become internationally popular like the Pushkar and Dessert Festival, 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Jaisalmer. The Government proposes to consolidate the facilities at such places to make these fairs and festivals more attractive. c. Destination Management o In view of possible exploitation of tourists, Government of may enact a suitable legislation for regulating tourism trade. o The Department of tourism will be empowered to license and inspect such establishments as are engaged in providing services of to tourists. Since there is an existing procedure for classification of Hotels, such establishments will not be brought under the purview of the legislation to avoid duplication of regulatory procedures. o Complaints received through tourists may be readdressed through Tourist Assistance Force. o Care will be taken to avoid unrestricted entry of tourists beyond the carrying capacity of National Parks and Sanctuaries. DELHI Delhi has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Delhi is one of the two major gateways to the country. Delhi has done very little to promote tourism in the state. This tourist has to come to Delhi for visiting all the popular tourist destinations in North India. Delhi is planning to set up 6/8 more Delhi Hatt type of facilities in different parts of Delhi. Efforts are being made to rejuvenate Tuglakabad Fort area. PUNJAB Punjab has done very limited to promote tourism in the state. It has limited heritage assets and the same have been neglected. The Golden Temple or Darbar Sahib is the most frequented pilgrimage center of the state. The Patiala Fort houses the National Sports Academy.Lately the Sheesh Mahal has been used as a backdrop to organize music concerts and contests and the area around the property has been improved. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh CHANDIGARH HOTELS HOTEL SECTOR AMAR 22 A ALANKAR 22 A AROMA 22 C CHANDIGARH 22 C CLASSIC 35 C DIVYADEEP 22 B G.K. INTERNATIONAL 35 C HERITAGE 35 C HIMANI'S 35 C JASMINE 35 C JAMES PLAZA 17 JULLUNDHAR 22 B KAPIL 35 B KC RESIDENCY 35 D KWALITY RESIDENCY 22 A Le CROWN 35 B MAYA PALACE 35 B METRO 35 35 C MONARCH 35 B MOUNTVIEW 10 B PANKAJ 22 A PARK INN 35 PICCADILY 22 B REGENCY 35 B RIKHI 35 B SAMRAT 22 D SHIVALIK VIEW 17 D SOUTHEND 35 C SUNBEAM 22 B CHANDIGARH YATRI 24 B NIWAS PRESIDENT 26 C SOLITAIRE NAC Shivalik Enclave PANCHKULA HOTELS North Park Panchkula - Shimla Road Prabhat Inn *** Panchkula - Shimla Road Oscar Regency Panchkula - Shimla Road Vikrant Panchkula - Shimla Road ZIRAKPUR HOTELS Mark Royal (10 Kms from Panchkula) Bristol (10 Kms from Panchkula) Shagun (10 Kms from Panchkula) Grow Green (10 Kms from Panchkula) NO OF ROOMS 16 12 30 16 14 14 28 14 17 14 N/A 16 13 26 14 16 26 16 14 156 14 26 48 25 16 16 13 57 20 26 30 20 12 50 30+ Info. Not avail. 12 (approx) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food Sales Tax on softbeverages Sales tax on Liquor Annual Bar licence -Rslakhs Excise onconsumption- BeerRs Excise onconsumption-liquorRs Electricity / unit Elcetricity demandMonthperKVA/ 10 for Andhra Pradesh 5% 300 pub 8% 8% 8% hotel nil nil 4.61 108 Assam 20% all pub 7% nil nil 0.5 1.95+75% 3.75+75% 3.70+ 5% 70 Arunachal nil nil nil nil nil nil 0.5 nil nil 2.15 Bihar 7% 151 act 6+1% 11+1% 25+2% 3 1 6.75 2.92 125 Delhi 10% 500 act 8% 10% 20% 4.5 to 7.5 5.25 to 7.0 Goa 15% 500 pub 15% 20% on foreign 0.6 2.90 to 3.30 110 Gujarat 20% 500 act 12% 0.2 3.5 +45% Haryana nil nil NA 10% 20% 20% 5.75 4.02 Himachal Pradesh 10% 150 pub 8% 33% on out of state 0.7 2.8 Jammu & Kashmir 2% 8% 32% 1 3.18 Karnataka 15% 1,000 pub 10% 10% Indian 10% Foreign 60% 2.08 6.2 Kerala 15% 500 act 9% Local 5% imported 13 2 100% Madhya Pradesh 10% all act 9% 10% nil 2 3.63 122 Maharashtra 10% 1,200 act 20% 20% 20% 1.18 to 3.71 2.64 Orissa nil nil nil 8% Indian nil imported 20% 1.5 3.45 Punjab nil nil nil 9% nil nil 1.2 7.95 88 3.39 120 Indian nil imported Rajasthan 8% 1,200 act 14% 50.6% 1.5 to 6.0 11 31 3.72 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food beverages Sales Tax on soft Sales tax on Liquor - Rs lakhs Annual Bar licence Beer - on Rs consumption Excise liquor - on Rs consumption Excise Electricity / unit per KVA/ Month Elcetricity demand Sikkim nil nil nil 8% nil nil 0.06 2.5 Tamil Nadu 20% all Pub 8% 2.2 4 Uttaranchal 5% Uttar Pradesh 5% 1,000 act 8% out of state 32.6% 8 per hotel 8 48 4.13 West Bengal 10% a/c act 17% imported 30% daily 1 to 25 30 to 175 4.88 Chandigarh nil Source : FHRAI 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Transport taxes Token tax/ qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax per month Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce Employment in Hotels & restaurants Own Account Ent Establishments Total Number Employed Number Employed Number Employed Andhra Pradesh 69979 131,082 26504 134,009 96483 265,091 Arunachal 446 823 1029 4,740 1475 5,563 Assam 12005 18,186 14713 56,020 26718 74,206 Bihar 39822 62,201 21599 81,870 61421 144,071 Delhi 10917 14,822 10642 65,402 21559 80,224 Goa 1740 2,578 1189 9,331 2929 11,909 Gujarat 14759 22,622 12945 66,042 27704 88,664 Haryana 11971 15,360 5426 18,682 17397 34,342 Himachal Pradesh 7931 9,937 3214 11,651 11145 21,585 Jammu & Kashmir Karnataka 60093 103,972 34429 160,522 94522 264,494 Kerala 71472 101,290 27483 103,657 98955 204,947 Madhya Pradesh 39248 57,836 24412 96,007 63660 153,843 Maharashtra 47828 73,828 52237 312,763 100065 386,591 Manipur 2174 4,400 794 3,169 2968 7,569 Meghalaya 2222 4,430 3100 11,767 5322 16,197 Mizoram 1010 1,635 619 1,706 1629 3,341 Nagaland 589 1,301 949 4,179 1538 5,480 Orissa 34811 60,779 18007 68,292 52818 129,071 Punjab 10006 13,503 6694 23,984 16700 37,487 Rajasthan 29426 38,606 14820 50,224 44246 88,830 Sikkim 261 593 398 1,809 659 2,402 Tamil Nadu 85563 139,566 36637 167,673 122200 307,239 Uttar Pradesh 73911 103,649 28760 102,230 102671 205,879 West Bengal 68179 92,019 26508 115,903 94687 207,922 Andaman & Nicobar Chandigarh Daman & Diu Dadra & Nagar Haveli Lakshwadeep Pondicherry Source : department of Tourism Transport taxes Token tax/qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax permonth Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Approach to Assessment of Attractions Successful tourism products are those developed to meet the demands of existing and potential markets. These market segments have also been analysed. While analyzing the attractions of Chandigarh, we kept in mind both Chandigarh Tourism Policy and the National Tourism Policy. The approach has been 1. Identification of market segments 2. Listing of all attractions in Chandigarh 3. Mapping the relationship between Chandigarh Tourism and National Tourism Policies 4. Study of “Best Practice” in other City States 5. From the above, a shortlisting of projects. 1 Fitness Trail High Court The Open Hand/ Dove – symbol of Chandigarh Rock Garden scuplture Marketing State Tourism Three case studies are attached – Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal – representing “Best Practice” in the Indian context. Recently, Maharashtra has been very active in promotion. Some pertinent observations are 1. Get the basics in place. In other words set the right conditions for enhancing infrastructure for tourism. Some specific actions taken a. Common approach by all Govt.Departments. Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission and Uttaranchal’s Tourism Development Board ensure that various Govt.Depts and private sector are involved in Tourism plans b. Giving Tourism Industry status. Kerala did this in 1986, Rajasthan in 1989 c. Outsource expertise. Uttaranchal and Rajasthan both utilize professionals for surveys and feasibility studies d. Involve Private sector. Kerala Tourism formed JVs with two major hotel chains to attract investments. It has further set up a Tourism Investment Agency. Rajasthan offered further assistance to develop Heritage hotels. Uttaranchal has earmarked accommodation, restaurants, adventure sports, amusement parks for private development. e. Develop Human resources. Rajasthan and Uttaranchal are encouraging private sector to set up Hotel management and Food craft institutes. There is emphasis on guide training and certification. Uttaranchal plans specialist training facilities for adventure sports. Kerala set up an Institute of Tourism & Travel Studies in 1988 in addition to the IHMCT in Kovalam. f. Emphasis on civic infrastructure. Identified by Uttaranchal as a key area. 2. Enhance the Tourism product. Apart from traditional reasons for visits a. Kerala – Ayurveda and Traditional festivals like Boat races, Elephant March, Nishagandhi Dance festival. Also developing a new Hill Station b. Rajasthan – Direct access to Handicrafts and Handloom artisans, Fairs and festivals, Wildlife. c. Uttaranchal – Adventure sports 3. Concentrate on a few destinations/ activities a. Kerala – Ayurveda, Calicut-Kasargod, Quilon-Alleppey b. Uttaranchal – four hubs of Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh. Adventure sports c. Goa – holidays d. Rajasthan - Heritage 4. Manage Destinations. Involve host population – Rajasthan positions this as a ‘peoples industry’, better connectivity, city decongestion, Safety & Security of tourists – Kerala thinking of an insurance scheme, restricting entry into sensitive areas like National Parks, Registration of establishments catering to tourist needs 5. Product Positioning. Each State needs to develop a USP. a. Kerala – God’s own Country b. Uttaranchal – Every season is the reason c. Goa – 365 days on holiday 6. Promotion to target markets. a. Market segmentation – Relevant market segments, both domestic and international, should be identified geographically and by reason for visit. Eg. Kerala also targets NRIs b. Distribution – Ability to reserve hotels/ tours in source markets c. Sales - Participation in domestic and International trade fairs, familiarization trips for identified agents, sales offices in key markets d. Communications - Focused advertising in trade and travel related media, PR, Interactive websites, e-mail magazines, sweepstake prizes for high profile contests, familiarization trips for identified journalists i. Kerala has hired an agency in the US e. Database maintenance f. Marketing alliances – on-line airlines/ transporters, neighbouring States, destination co-op marketing. How other City States/ small countries position themselves Chandigarh is similar in situation to the city states and small countries around the world. The chart below attempts to analyse some of the more successful city states in terms of their drawing power City State Attractions Singapore Trading - Was a trading post to the Far East – Now a Financial hub – Connectivity to the world Manmade attractions – Jurong Bird Park, Night Safari, Sentosa Island & ropeway, Acquarium – Shopping, night markets – Golf Hongkong – now part of Trading China, but mainly unchanged Shopping Sports – Horse racing, rugby Macau Gambling – Casino/ Jai Alai Formula 1 races Monaco Gambling Casino & entertainment Formula 1 races Dubai Trading – similar to Singapore Shopping Sports – horse racing, power boats, golf, tennis, cricket Events Mauritius/ Bahamas/ Bermuda Beaches Off-shore companies Sun City, South Africa Casino, Golf,water sports, events Very few City States have the benefit of historical attractions such as at the Vatican. Some like Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have the natural attractions of beaches. Most, however, have had to depend on manmade attractions. It is obvious that those city states that have had a history of trading, have managed to develop themselves as World Financial Centers. As part of this development, they have installed infrastructure for communications, in particular, very broadband channels for Internet. Another off shoot of this development is the growth in media. Dubai, in fact, is building a media city. However, the one striking feature in all these cases is the emphasis on world class standard Recreation and Leisure facilities. While facilities have been created for visitors, they are also used by the residents. – Gambling is a major attraction in Macau, Monaco and Sun City. – Horse racing is big in Hongkong and Dubai. – Sporting events attract people to Singapore, Hongkong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City. – Entertainment Events are held in Sun City, Dubai, Hongkong, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Seychelles etc We believe that Chandigarh does have the potential to become a successful city state based on its own draw. It is interesting to note that city States like Dubai, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Mauritius etc do not rely on their immediate neighbours. Market segments for Chandigarh Tourism Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions Residents of Chandigarh Recreation and Leisure appear to be the main 1. Multiplex cinema halls demands. However, Chandigarh residents tend to 2. Amusement Park finish their working days relatively early and night 3. Night food bazaar cum entertainment entertainment demand is limited. 4. Horse Racing Neighbouring States Delhi 1. Transit traffic, specially families with small 1. Delhi - Transit Stopover traffic to Shimla or children on their way to Kulu/ Manali. These start 2. Haryana Kulu/ Manali later in the day from Delhi and the children get 3. Punjab - Short breaks restless after 4 to 5 hours. A good reason to stop 4. Himachal Pradesh Haryana would be an Amusement park. - Recreation & Leisure 2. Recreation & leisure. See comments above. None - Shopping of the contiguous states has developed good R&L - Business facilities except possibly the Gurgaon and - Meetings & Conferences Faridabad districts bordering Delhi. Punjab 3. Shopping. While Jalandhar and Ludhiana have now - Recreation & Leisure got good shopping facilities, they are still behind - Shopping the range offered by Sector 17. If this is combined - Business with R&L, it makes a powerful attraction. - Meetings & conferences 4. Business. This is normally connected with Himachal Pradesh Government. - Recreation & Leisure 5. Meetings and conferences. Chandigarh being the - Shopping State Capital of Haryana and the Punjab as well as - Medical the Northern Region HQ for several trade bodies, can satisfy this need 6. Medical. Medical facilities at the PGI are excellent. The new Fortis Hospital in Mohalli can also contribute to Chandigarh room occupancies Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions The Rest of India Apart from transit to HP, and a very small market No strong offer to attract this segment interested in architecture, the tourism demands from the rest of India are not met by Chandigarh NRIs – Also those of Chandigarh is the Gateway to the Punjab NRI’s could be encouraged to expose their children, many Punjab origin NRI Marriages of whom are negative to India, to the modern city beautiful - Chandigarh Other Foreign No real demand State Tourism Policy > Improving the Developing vs. National Tourism quality of places of Policy tourism tourist vvvv products interest Place Tourism on the Concurrent list Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments Safety & Security of Accreditisation Tourists of Shops, transporters Tourism Accounting System Computerisation Concentrate on one major project as State USP World Heritage sites as opportunity to expand cultural Tourism Themed Cultural Sound & Light Attractions at Rock Garden Providing necessary facilities for tourists Effective signages Have police posts at Tourism Information centres Provide a central reservation facility. Provide linkage between Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake and planned amusement park Other Chandigarh has already declared Tourism as an industry in 1994. However, incentives and concessions need to be reviewed Constitute a State Tourism Board/ Tourism Advisory Council Initiate a system for tracking tourism spends Secretariat & High Court complex?? Develop a documentary on the planning and development of Chandigarh State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Capitalise on Run regular Food traditional cuisines Festivals featuring foods from other States. Actively promote village tourism Exploit the potential of Sukhna Bird Create wildlife sanctuaries sanctuary awareness of the fauna Develop Adventure Improve the Development tourism with safety tourist amenities of the Sports standards at Sukhna lake. center at Kishangarh Recreation & leisure Develop a Dinner Develop an Multiplex Explore the are a vital component cruise on Sukhna amusement possibility of a of the local & regional Lake park. Race Track. This domestic tourism will help week market end occupancies in the hotels MICE to be developed Develop a for tourism, trade and convention commerce centre Develop Eco-tourism Create Develop the through grassroots, environmental Botanical community based consciousness garden movement through gardens Capitalise on the growing awareness of India’s holistic healing traditions Development of Incorporate shopping centers for traditional arts traditional crafts and and crafts with information on them Kalagram State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Promote the events, The quality of the A daily night fairs and festivals both Saturday Sector market can be locally and in the main 17 entertainment developed markets needs to be reviewed Provide the Convention infrastructure for center Business travel The following projects have been shortlisted Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism 13. Attracting the Private Sector Project 1 Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments There is a need to set up a system in Chandigarh to coordinate with other departments whose work has a bearing on Tourism. 1) Currently the following Government agencies have a direct impact on tourism products a) CITCO. Here, both Industrial development and Tourism come under the same department. b) Town Planning c) PWD (B&R) d) PHD for water, sewage & sanitation e) Police 2) Private bodies that are directly involved in tourism are the local chapters of a) FHRAI/ HAI b) TAAI/ IATO c) Transporters association 3) Indirect involvement by private sector corporations for business travel requirements and their related associations i) FICCI/ ASSOCHAM/ PHDCC etc. ii) Informed and committed individuals with current or potential interest in the State 4) Some Central Government agencies are also involved. These are a) NHAI b) Indian railways Two related approaches have been used by other Indian States Rajasthan has used a ‘mission’ approach whereby they have set up the Rajiv Gandhi Tourism Mission. This has the commitment from all State Ministries of giving tourism priority treatment. Uttaranchal is the first State to constitute a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ with participation of both the Government and private sector The roles in planning and identification of projects, problems and solutions are similar. They vary in that the ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ is a body constituted under an Act with broad powers. The ‘Mission Approach’ is not a legal body and is probably easier to implement in states where tourism is not a major industry. Rajasthan - The Mission Approach This is exemplified by Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development. While not a legal entity, the mission has A nodal agency in the Dept of Tourism, Art and Culture Collaborating agencies o RTDC o Dept of Urban Development o Dept of Archaeology & Museums o PWD o General Administration & Civil Aviation o Forest & Environment o Industries Dept o Devasthan Dept o West Zone Cultural Centre o Khadi & Village Industry Board o Archaeological Survey of India The Mission is structured with a Chairman – Chief Minister Empowered committee chaired by the Chief Secretary Mission Director – Secretary Tourism, Art & Culture District level Sub-Mission – Chairman is District Collector Site/ Local – mini mission A Mission Statement has been defined. Ten Mission objectives have been identifies and a 12 point strategy developed to implement the objectives. The mission statement seeks “To make Tourism the peoples industry”. The objectives and strategy were developed with the help of task forces that surfaced problems and solutions on a variety of subjects including Policy needs. 10 Milestones have been defined and for each milestone specific activity and deadlines detailed. The mission Director coordinates with other departments as well as professionals. The Directorate has the following Advisors Advisor Heritage Advisor Handicrafts Advisor Economist Advisor Media & Marketing Advisor Human Resource Development Advisor Research & Development Advisor Ecology/ Sociology As well as consultants from the private sector 1. Uttaranchal - Constitution of a Tourism Development Board A high level Tourism Development Board has replaced the Tourism Directorate. The responsibilities of this board are a. Formulation and Strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state. c. Preparation of plans for various tourist segments and activities, identification and development of projects and ensuring their timely implementation. d. Establishment of standard / norms and framing of policy guidelines for various tourism activities. e. Formulation of a strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investment in the tourism sector. f. A single window solution to all tourism related information, sanction for projects, escort services for obtaining clearances and approvals from other departments. 2. Identifying Key Projects - Based on the present tourist interest and the future potential in each destination. 3. Outsourcing Expertise - The tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. 4. Destination Management - The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Plans to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. 5. New Destinations - New tourism destinations have been identified which will developed and marketed as spokes to hubs to help in decongesting the hubs. 6. Private Sector Participation - The areas of accommodation facilities, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. Special incentives and concessions have been planned. 7. Human Resource Development - Plans to upgrade existing institutes and set up new institutes for diploma and degree training programmes. a) Specialist training for activities like adventure sports etc. b) Self-employment opportunities for local residents to encourage maximum participation of the host community. 8. Infrastructure Development Establishment of world class infrastructure facilities will be the highest priority of Uttranchal government. In order to do this, special efforts are being made to mobilize institutional resources and private sector investment and participation. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh start with a mission approach. This would require the backing of the Governor and the Chief Secretary to make it successful. The mission approach provides the coordination required and gives tourism a better profile with other departments. Project 2 Tourism Accounting System Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless the positive impacts can be demonstrated. Several measures of the changes in economic activity can be generated. The most common are Changes in Sales or spending - The spending of visitors within the local area becomes sales or receipts for local businesses Changes in regional incomes - This is the sum of wages & salaries accruing to workers in these businesses and owners income and profits Changes in employment - Number of jobs supported by the given level of Sales. What is required to be measured for an impact analysis is the changes that occur with the introduction or closing down of facilities. In simple terms, the economic impact is Economic impact= change in # of visitors * average spend/visitor* Multiplier A visitor is defined by someone who lives outside the region so only ‘new’ spendings are measured. The overall impact is normally arrived at by c) Measuring distinct visitor segments eg. Day trips, transit, stayover, business travel, Government expenditure on tourism related activities including museums, cultural activities, recreational parks etc. d) Measuring spending in distinct categories – lodging, restaurants, meals, petrol etc. e) Allocating spending to receiving sectors and applying ratios and multipliers The first two measure primary effects. Secondary effects are of two types a) Indirect effects are changes in spending, income and jobs within the region in sectors that supply goods and services to the tourism sector. This requires an input-output matrix. b) Induced effects are the increased spends by residents from the incomes earned in tourism and the supporting sectors. Multipliers are required to capture the secondary effects and are generally sxpressed as a ratio to direct effects. These can be sales, income and employment multipliers. The World Bank has estimated that for every Rs 10 lakhs invested in India, the following number of direct jobs are created In Tourism projects 47.5 jobs In Hotels and restaurants 89.0 jobs In agriculture 44.7 jobs In Manufacturing 12.7 jobs Tata Consultancy Service has also estimated that for every direct job created in tourism, 4.62 indirect jobs are created in ancillary areas. The World Travel & Tourism Council uses a ‘Direct Revenue Multiplier’ in tourism of 2.07. While the intention of the Ministry of Tourism is to get a better understanding of the positive effects of tourism, at this stage the mechanism is not in place to collect the details in all sectors. Recommendation We suggest that Chandigarh Tourism puts in place a mechanism to collect data on direct effects. This may initially be in the form of annual surveys extrapolated to cover the State and calculated using the multipliers above. This will give Chandigarh Tourism the hard data required to substantiate the benefits of Tourism. Project 3 SAFETY & SECURITY SPECIAL TOURISM POLICE The National Tourism policy states that “There is a need for the creation of a special tourism police force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality.” While the creation of a special force at State level may not be feasible, the spirit of providing a sense of security to travelers is an important aspect. At the very least, all Tourist information centers – see note on the concept – should have a police outpost which can deal with crimes against tourists. The awareness of these police outposts should be widely created with hotels, restaurants and shopping centers in the relevant districts. There is no cost involved in this activity PROJECT 4. ACCREDITISATION OF SHOPS AND TRANSPORT AGENCIES Two other areas where most tourists feel insecure in the sense of being cheated are Tourist shops and transportation. It is suggested that Chandigarh Tourism institute a system of accrediting these establishments. For shops, the requirements are simple All items will be price tagged All sales will be subject to return in undamaged condition Shops will carry the accreditisation plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency For transport, again requirements can be kept simple Taxis/ rickshaws will be metered or carry a tariff sheet No fare will be refused if the taxi/ rickshaw is at a stand Participating transport will carry a plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency Participating transport drivers may be asked to wear a uniform In both cases, complaints will be taken up with the offending shop/ vehicle owner. A repeat complaint will bar the shop/ vehicle from carrying the plaque/ sticker. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh Tourism issue a tourist-cum-shopping guide – preferably in the form of a Chandigarh map - listing accredited shops and transporters. Maps should be given free at hotels, Sukhna Lake, Rock Garden and Sector 17 market. The cost of the guide can be recovered by advertising and sale of guides. PROJECT 6 PROMOTING TRADITIONAL CUISINES Indian cuisine is not just a trend internationally – no longer represented by just Tandoori Chicken – but within the country there is a growing interest in regional cuisine. Kerala vegetarian and non-vegetarian restaurants are thriving. Gujarati, Konkan, Chettinad and Punjabi outlets are being well patronized in the metros. In the past, extremely successful food festivals have been held at Kala Gram. Kalagram is an ideal venue between Chandigarh and Panchkula. It is suggested that State Tourism departments be contacted to conduct food festivals on an ongoing basis. Some arrangement will need to be worked out with the North Region Cultural Centre, but as this is a win-win situation for both parties – and the general public, this should be possible. Kalagram may require additional parking facilities. The neighbouring States of Himachal, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Haryana, Rajasthan, Jammu & Kashmir and Delhi can all be approached to hold festivals in Chandigarh. Chandigarh Tourism is also looking at promoting outbound traffic to adjoining States, and they may wish to use this platform more often. If the months of May to July are excluded, it should be possible to organize a festival every month, thereby giving Chandigarh residents and visitors an additional area of recreation and leisure. The festivals should be accompanied with performing arts and display the State handicrafts. Recommendation We recommend food festivals of various states be held at Kala Gram on an ongoing basis. This activity does not require much additional infrastructure and is in fact a revenue generating activity. Visitor numbers Past food festivals at Kalagram have generated 4-5000 visitors per festival over a 3-4 day festival period. If festivals are held monthly at a fixed period, say second weekend of the month or the full moon nights, the numbers can be sustained. 9 festivals x 5,000 visitors per festival = 45,000 visitors Revenues Revenues to Chandigarh Tourism/ Kalagram will be generated by entrance tickets and stall rentals. Stall owners – handicrafts/ F&B – will have direct sales revenues. Assume expenditure @ Rs 50 per visitor for handicrafts/ F&B/ parking 9 Food & Cultural Festivals/ annum Entrance fees = Rs 10 x 45,000 Stall rentals @ Rs5000 x 9 festival x 15 stalls Revenues to stall owners 45,000 x Rs 50 Costs = Rs 4.5 lakhs = Rs 6.75 lakhs = Rs 22.5 lakhs Venue costs are minimal as infrastructure exists. There will be promotional costs Project 12 Wildlife Tourism The Government of India, Department of Tourism has identified the development of wildlife sanctuaries as a priority item. Specific suggestions are to improve the quality of tourist facilities including Visitor information/ interpretation centers. Chandigarh has the Sukhna Bird sanctuary. As a reserved forest, people are not allowed without permission. This area should not be developed further. However, Chandigarh also has a wealth of flora. While the gardens attempt to highlight this, it is not generally known that there are over 1000 variety of trees in Chandigarh. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure other than that normally budgeted for this activity. Project 12 A Adventure Tourism Chandigarh has limited scope for adventure tourism. Apart from promoting serious boating – rowing, sculls, sailing, regattas - in Sukhna Lake, the area is not conducive to pursuing adventure tourism. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure on this activity other than that normally budgeted. Upgrading the facilities for the above can be taken up by the private sector. Project 5 Concept for Cultural / Tourism Information Centres These should be part of the City ‘Recreation and Leisure’ complex, and are envisioned as centers to showcase the State – a cross between Dilli Haat and National Crafts Museum. At the very least they should have 1. Tourist office with all information on the State 2. Central reservation capabilities for hotel and tour packages. a. These can be manned/ funded by the State Hotel Association & State Travel agent associations b. Space can also be rented to airlines, railways and travel trade associations. 3. A permanent live exhibition of the State’s traditional lifestyle, arts and crafts. This can be modeled on the National Crafts Museum. a. Artisans sell their goods directly and/ or through a central shop. The center provides a platform for the artisan on a revenue share or straight lease. b. State produce can also be sold e.g Basmati rice 4. A permanent restaurant featuring the State cuisine. a. This should be leased with stipulations on the menu and service standards b. The area can also carry periodic photo exhibits/ art exhibits. 5. Some permanent shops can be incorporated and leased out. a. Factory outlets of manufacturers based in the State is one example. 6. An open air amphitheatre to showcase the State’s performing arts a. This should also have screening facilities for documentaries b. This can be leased for private functions including marriages, film shooting 7. Open spaces for putting up stalls for celebrating State festivals a. These can be handicrafts and food stalls leased to private parties. 8. Space should also be allotted to other State Tourism bodies 9. A police outpost where problems faced by tourists can be addressed. Estimated costs for construction of this cultural centers are Activity Budget Tourist office building with space for State tourist offices, Central 50 lakhs reservations office, restaurant and police outpost, other offices Live exhibition of State’s arts and crafts, permanent shops 10-15 lakhs Open air amphitheatre – 750-100 persons 10 lakhs Space for temporary stalls for State festivals 2 lakhs Recommendation This should be set up in the amusement park area planned near Sukhna lake. Visitor numbers The objective of this facility is to provide service, not generate additional visitors, though there will be an indirect effect. Revenues Office rentals 10 offices x Rs10,000/ month Restaurant rental @ Rs 20,000/ month Shop rentals 10 shops x Rs 20,000/ month Amphitheatre rentals 20 functions @ Rs 20,000 Costs = Rs 12.0 lakhs = Rs 2.4 lakhs = Rs 24.0 lakhs = Rs 4.0 lakhs Ongoing costs are for maintenance and common utilities @ Rs 24 lakhs/ year. Funding The initial capital required is Rs 70-75 lakhs. Breakeven is achieved in 4-5 years and thereafter, it is a profitable operation. Attracting the Private Sector While there appears to be no requirement to incentivise the building of hotels, there are other tourism related activities that would need incentives to attract the private sector. We recommend that Chandigarh Government consider the following to develop a package of incentives.. INCENTIVES FOR TRAVEL & LEISURE INDUSTRY 1. Assistance on project report preparation 2. Concessional land for specified projects 3. Entertainment tax exemption for 5 years 4. Capital investment subsidy of 20% subject to a maximum of Rs 20 lakhs 5. Recommendation of loans to Financial Institutions 6. Interest subsidy on loans from approved financial institutions 7. Energy subsidy 8. Concessions on stamp duties/ reimbursement – urban areas, rural areas 9. Concessions on Change in land use fees 10. Excise licence fees concessions 11. Concession on Transport taxes on vehicles used for this activity. INVOLVING THE NON TRAVEL & LEISURE SECTOR IN TOURISM ACTIVITIES Chandigarh has over 25 corporates and PSUs with turnovers of over Rs 100 crores. These all have some commitment to Chandigarh and can be approached for sponsoring various activities that can improve the tourist experience. Greening of the environment – road dividers, green belts, parks Cleaning of the environment – garbage bins and collection Sponsorships of o signage o projects such as handicraft villages o events such as local festivals o information kiosks o tourist literature The companies may be compensated in terms of exposure available. It is also common to have directional signs to the company premises. Project 7 Horse Race Course Horse racing is an activity that draws week end traffic. In India, the main race tracks are in Mumbai and Kolkata. These depend largely on the local population with free income. However, Pune and Bangalore both have successful race tracks where the attendance is from outside the city. The race season in these two cities fills hotels over the normally low weekends. Revenue sources for Race Clubs are Club memberships Sponsorship of Corporate boxes Club house activities F&B concessions/ sales Gate money from attendees. Sponsorship of races. Programme sales Programme advertising Horses pay to race/ stable Share of tote Off-season revenues are buoyed by off track betting. Race tracks around the country pay for live telecasts via satellite. o This brings in viewership of about 2 lakh people Race tracks are also labour intensive, both for the track and for anciliary activities like stud farms, training paddocks, stables and for manning the accommodations for staff, trainers jockeys etc. A quality race course with a 2000 meter track requires an area of about 200 acres depending on the shape of the plot. On clear grounds, a race track can be laid in 100 acres. The area around Chandigarh and Delhi have the best stud farms in the country. Many are owned by political figures. There are at least 10 stud farms in the North where horses are bought for racing across the country. Owners of stud farms currently need to travel to other race tracks to promote their products. The Delhi Race Course does not cater to quality horse races. Setting up a race track is complicated. Tracks like Hongkong, Singapore, Malaysia, Kentucky etc all have their own systems and one suitable for Chandigarh will need to be worked out in conjunction with stud farms, race horse owners, authorities etc. The modern tote systems are totally electronic and cost upto Rs 2 crores. They are backed by broadband access to allow off track betting and satellite broadcast/ reception. The indicated expense of setting up an entire race course with track, club house, stabling, accommodation, tote machines etc is in the region of Rs 40-50 crores minus cost of land. The facility is usually given on long lease. Note Mr. Narendra Lagad from Pune is an acknowledged authority on setting up race courses. He has set up one in Kandy, Sri Lanka. (Contacts are 020-6879495/ 6870217/ 098220-28285 e-mail : narendralagad@hotmail.com ) Recommendation Chandigarh further examine the feasibility of including a Race Course in the Master Plan. The Club can have other sports facilities to attract memberships. Accommodation for out of town visitors should also be examined. The entire project should be in th private sector. Visitor numbers Race attendees 15 race days x 5000 attendees = 75,000 30 off track x 1000 attendees = 30,000 Club Members Permanent members = 500 Out station members = 300 Revenues 1. Gate money Race days 75,000 x Rs50 = Rs 37.5 lakhs Off track 30,000 x Rs 20 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 2. Club memberships 500 members x Rs 2 lakhs = Rs 1000 lakhs 300 outstation x Rs 75,000 = Rs 225 lakhs 3. Monthly dues + usage 300 x Rs 1000 = Rs 3.0 lakhs 300 x Rs 400 = Rs 1.2 lakhs 4. Company sponsored boxes 10 x Rs 5 lakhs/ year = Rs 50 lakhs 5. F&B concessions 45 days x 5 concessions x Rs5000 = Rs 11.25 lakhs 6. Programme sales 1 programme per 4 attendees xRs 10 = Rs 2.6 lakhs 7. Programme advertising @ Rs 1 lakh a programme x 45 = Rs 45 lakhs 8. Race charges 15 races x 8 horses x Rs 5000 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 9. Share of tote 5% of 105K attendees x Rs 200 per = Rs 105 lakhs Plus royalties for live telecasts. Costs - Ongoing 1. Race purses/ prizes – At least 2 prizes per meet can be sponsored by Corporate Houses. 2. Personnel – This includes a. Tote supervisors/ tellers/ gate entrance/ horsemen’s book keeper b. Racing secretariat/ starter/ announcer/ stewards/ paddock judge. Some of these can be voluntary positions c. Club house personnel d. Track maintenance/ security 3. Equipment maintenance. This can be outsourced 4. Insurance 5. Utilities 6. Track Maintenance 7. Advertising. Programme printing Funding recommendation The requirement is Rs 40-50 crores plus cost of land. The entire project should be tendered to the Private Sector. There are a variety of ways this can be managed from JV to fixed leases to profit/ revenue sharing. Project 8 Amusement Park Attracting tourists en route to Himachal Pradesh Up to less than ten years ago, given the state of the highways and the quality of cars, most tourists driving from Delhi to the Himachal destinations of Shimla and Kullu- Manali required up to 6 hours to reach the Chandigarh environments. For many, especially those on their way to Kullu-Manali or those traveling with young children, a stop-over in Chandigarh was very convenient. Today, the distance is covered in 4 hours or less and Chandigarh is now accessed before lunch. Given that the average person can comfortably drive 400 Km or 6 hours a day, they can easily reach Shimla. Also given the fact that car ownership is increasing at over 18% a year and that domestic tourism is increasing at 5% a year, traffic to Himachal out of Delhi will only increase over the next decade. The increased tourism promotion activity of Uttaranchal will also spur the HP Government to promote tourism more actively. Therefore, it is imperative that some portion of the transit traffic to Kullu-Manali is attracted to overnight in Chandigarh. The logical segment to attract is those traveling with children as children tire of long car trips. In short, the attraction should be oriented to children. Therefore, we propose an amusement cum water park. The water park would be a major attraction as most movement to the hills is in the Summer months. This need not be on the scale of a Disney World, but the rides and facilities of Appu Ghar but with quality equipment would suffice. This would also be a facility for the local population of Chandigarh, providing reasonably priced family entertainment, currently available in very limited scope. The ideal location for this facility would be in the Kishangarh area, adjacent to the current leisure areas of Sukhna Lake, the Golf course and the Rock Garden. This has already been identified by Chandigarh Town Planning. The park should be marketed to the specific segment of families with small children traveling to Kulu/ Manali. Possible facilities in an amusement park are listed below. While weekend usage will be high, it is necessary to balance the products to drive traffic throughout the week and throughout the day. The analysis below attempts this. Weekday usage Invest Direct Indirect Attraction AM PM Night ment jobs jobs Amusement Park - Ferris Wheel, slides, rides, dodgem cars Med Hi Hi Animal rides Med Hi Lo Bowling Med Hi Hi Casino/ Slot Machines Lo Med Hi Cultural Centre - Dilli Haat style to showcase the State Hi Hi Hi Fairground stalls - games of chance and skill Med Med Hi Food Court - Vishala/ Chowkidana Lo Lo Hi Go-karting Lo Lo Hi Kiddies play centre - Primeplay, Softlands Hi Hi Med Mini-golf - Putt Putt Med Med Hi Science Centre- Eg. Panorama in Kurukshetra Hi Hi Lo Shopping mall - designer shops a la Santushti, factory outlets, discount clubs Hi Hi Med Roller Skating rink Lo Med Hi Swimming Pool - heated(?) Hi Hi Hi Water Park Lo Med Hi Mini - Zoo Hi Hi Med Name of Park Area in Annual Entrance fees excluding video acres Visitors games and some selected rides. lakhs Child below 1 metre free. Essel World, Gorai 64 18–20 Child Rs.200/ Adult Rs 250 Water Kingdom, Gorai 24 12-14 Child Rs225/ Adult Rs 275 Nicco Park, Kolkata 40 12-13 Kishi Kintha, Chennai 10 VGP Universal, M’puram 8 Appu Garh, Delhi 6-7 MGM, Chennai 5-6 Fun city, Chandigarh 4 Child Rs140/ Adult Rs 140 Fun & Food Village, Delhi 12 5 Nicco Bhubhaneswar 15 2-2.5 Nicco Jamshedpur 8 2-2.5 Great Escapes, Nagpur 2 Visitor numbers Given that Fun City, with its less than prime location, attracts around 5 lakh visitors a year, and that the recommended location can easily attract highway traffic to Himachal, it is not unreasonable to base visitor numbers at 5 lakhs a year going up to 7 over 3-4 years. Visitor spends Factoring in student discounts and free children, Essel World/ Water Kingdom average Rs 175 per visitor. In Chandigarh, the average will probably be around Rs 150. In addition, visitors spend on parking, F&B and souvenirs as also on specialized rides and video games. An average visitor spend on items other than entrance is taken at Rs 50 per visitor. Therefore revenues can be assumed to be 5 lakhs x Rs 150 = Rs 7.5 crores on entrance fees and a further 5 lakhs x Rs 50 = Rs 2.5 crores on other items. Total revenues Rs 10 crores Costs It costs roughly Rs 1.0 crore an acre to create an amusement park. The investment in Chandigarh will be in the region of Rs 15 crores. Funding It is recommended that Chandigarh Tourism tenders the entire project to private sector. There a variety of ways this can be done from JV to various types of leases. Marketing This will be done by the amusement park operator. Project 9 Linking the sightseeing Chandigarh Tourism has recently introduced the Hop-on Hop-off bus linking the sightseeing of Chandigarh in an extremely user-friendly manner. This works very well for attractions that are fairly wide spread from each other where customers are willing to wait the 15 minutes to half an hour for the next lift. However, when attractions are relatively close together, waiting for the bus versus walking to the next attraction becomes a dilemma and an irritant. The main case in point is the 1 km distance between the Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake, both ‘must see’ attractions of Chandigarh. The walk versus the wait for the bus, specially with children, are both unattractive options! The other alternative option is to pay a hefty fare to the auto rickshaws It is understood that Chandigarh Town Planning has proposed leisure activities in the area beyond the Lake and between the existing Golf Course and Kishangarh. These are A sports complex Health resort/ picnic huts Amusement park This, along with the activities already existing in the Sukhna Lake area, make this area a hub of leisure activities, visited by all Chandigarh tourists and most Chandigarh residents. There are several possible solutions to ease this situation for the Chandigarh tourist. Regulate the auto rickshaws to charge the official fares o Auto rickshaws will probably boycott the stand as the potential fare is the minimum drop of flag amount. o It is probably not economically viable to increase the number of buses that would be required to increase frequency over the entire circuit. Introduce a shuttle bus between the two places o This would require one more bus to shuttle every 10 minutes o Customers may not be willing to pay any amount over and above the basic Hop-on Hop-off fare for a bus service that is seen to be part of the same system. Introduce a novel form of cheap transport between the two locations. Some alternatives o Animal drawn buggies o An elevated monorail/ rail system It has been indicated that a 2 Km elevated track would be extremely costly. The monorail is necessarily electric o A conventional rail track with ‘antique’ engines and coaches in miniature. This would be like the narrow gauge railway to Matheran/ Darjeeling. The engine would be a diesel/ electric engine and could be designed like the ‘Fairy Queen’. This would be an attraction in it’s own right. A diesel/ electric train can be run very cost-efficiently. Pollution versus a steam train is minimal Recommendation It is recommended that a narrow gauge track and rake be commissioned to the private sector. Revenues From ticket sales The Rock Garden receives an average of 3,000 – 5,000 visitors a day. All visitors to the Rock Garden also go to Sukhna Lake. With the development of the Recreational Area, the Sports complex, the Tourist & Healht Resort and the Amusement park, the number of visitors can only increase. If 35 -40% of the visitors use the transport, which is an attraction in itself, this is roughly 1500 passengers a day @ Rs 5/ passenger = Rs 2.25 lakhs/ month. If running/ maintenance costs are 50%, net profits are Rs 1 lakh a month for a 70 month breakeven. If the Amusement Park and Tourist Health and Sports Centre are developed in Kishangarh, the numbers will rise dramatically. In addition, there will be opportunity of generating revenues from advertising on the train. Costs The estimated cost for setting down 2 Km of track is Rs 20 lakhs and the cost of the train, 4 coaches with 50 passenger capacity is Rs 20 lakhs. The engine is Rs 30 lakhs for a total project cost of Rs 70 lakhs Sources of funds It is recommended that this project be funded by Chandigarh Tourism. The Indian railways may be approached to set up a mini rail museum in this area. Marketing There is no marketing and promotion necessary and hence no specific marketing costs. Project 10 Conference Centre for Business Travel Businessmen travel to Meet buyers Meet suppliers Visit Home/ branch offices Incentive travel – where the travel is an incentive reward for better performance Attend conferences – own company and business associations The first three reasons for travel cannot be influenced by third parties. Business travel however can be generated to particular destinations through incentive travel and through conferences, conventions and exhibitions. Apart from road, rail and air access which is a common essential to develop these activities, and which is adequate in Chandigarh, each of the above also has its own requirements. Incentive Travel Incentive destinations are typically not those with cultural attractions but those with a wide range of leisure activities and nightlife. The participants of an incentive group are all prize winners of performance awards and are looking for a fun time in a place that ordinarily would be out of reach of their pockets or regular family holiday destinations. Chandigarh is not suited for incentive travel. Meetings, Conventions and Exhibitions Meetings and conferences These are traditionally organized by companies for their own staff, distribution chain and, occasionally, suppliers. They are company need-based to communicate messages that require some interaction to a medium sized audience. The size of the company in terms of number of people and the spread of distribution are the prime drivers of meetings and conferences. Apart from companies headquartered in Chandigarh, those headquartered in the surrounding districts of the Punjab and Haryana are also candidates for holding meetings and conferences in Chandigarh. A listing of such companies is attached. Conventions and Seminars These are meetings held for multiple organizations interested in the same topic. They are usually organized by industry associations, professional associations, management associations, universities and NGOs to discuss topics of common interest. Among the more common conventions are various medical disciplines, religious, environmental subjects etc. However, the local chapter of the association needs to drive the organization of conventions and seminars. Typically, a bid document is put up to the national body that then may make an inspection trip to view facilities. The bid is normally submitted with comprehensive back-up documentation which apart from the core expertise is exhibited, the documentation covers extra-curricular activities during the day for spouses and evening and night entertainment, accommodation facilities, transportation etc. The local chapter must also organize the convention/ seminar. This can be fairly complicated and many organizations do not have in-house expertise. Successful conventions require that organizers are educated in meetings management. Cities that have evolved as convention destinations generally have a dedicated ‘Convention Visitors Bureau’ that works with local organizations to generate conventions. The Bureau has full time employees and a committee made up of representatives from the local tourism, hospitality, transport facilities as well as Associations. The attachment gives some organizations that can generate conventions in Chandigarh. Exhibitions Exhibitions are held to display products. These may be organized by Companies – A launch of new products is usually accompanied by an exhibition Associations – Manufacturing associations, agricultural associations and other industry associations including travel, automobile, job fairs all require exhibition area. Exhibition halls, typically being unfurnished have multi usage potential such as marriages, concerts and other social events. It appears that there is scope for a meetings facility in Chandigarh. Given that hotel capacities, both current and in the future, will be contained by town planning, the conference facility should not be too large. Chandigarh Town Planning has already identified a 7 acre plot in Sector 31, next to the CII Northern region Headquarters. Recommendation It is suggested that this offers A venue for General Body meetings of 600-800 persons (Approx 600-800 sq.mtr). This would be auditorium seating 3-4 break-out rooms. These are not with any fixed seating but should have capacities ranging from 50 to 150 persons theatre style.( Approx 400 sq.mts) Exhibition area of approximately 1500 sq.mtr Business center facilities Restaurant and snack Bar Parking Visitor numbers Typically, utilization of convention and exhibition area space is taken at 25% of capacity, even though it is possible to use spaces more than once a day. Exhibition area space may be better utilised as it has multi-functionality for social occasions. A 600 seat auditorium with break out rooms should see a throughput of roughly 55,000 persons a year. The exhibition space will have utilization for both exhibits and social functions. These are mutually exclusive. If the space is used 25% for exhibitions - 90 days a year including set up and knock down times – in other words exhibits available for 60-65 days, throughput of visitors will be 60-65,000. Of the 270 days available for social functions, we can take a utilization of 40% or 100 days with an average marriage attendance of 500 pax, this will be 50,000 pax. Visitor revenues Revenues from conference hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000/event x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F&B on attendance of 55,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 110 lakhs Revenues from exhibition hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000 x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F& B on attendance of 60,000 x Rs 25 = Rs 15 lakhs Revenues on Social functions Attendance 50,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 100 lakhs Total = Rs 261 lakhs Cost The total cost of construction of approximately 3000 sq.mtrs convention center will be in the region of Rs 8-10 crores. Landscaping 7 acres with parking will be around Rs 15 Lakhs. Profitability of rental income is around 80% - Rs 29 lakhs - and F&B income around 50% - Rs 112 lakhs for a total profitability of Rs 140 lakhs approx. Project viability break even in 5 –7 years. Funding Sources Part of the cost of construction can be de-frayed by Corporates paying to have some of the break-out rooms and possibly the main auditorium named after their company/ founder. ASSOCHAM has done this successfully with their HQ in Delhi. Marketing A convention promotion bureau should be set up. Potential clients for conferences and conventions both in India and abroad are easily identified from ICCA and other association lists. The convention bureau will need to work with their India Chapters to prepare attractive bid documents. Project 11 Energising the City Centre Sector 17 is the City Centre of Chandigarh. While most sectors have their own markets for daily essentials, Sector 17 is where aspirational ‘Lifestyle’ products are retailed. The market has been designed with vast pedestrian spaces and is eminently suitable to be developed as a social and entertainment hub. Apart from the months of May & June, Chandigarh weather is suitable for outdoor activities Evenings - Mid March to end April, July to November During the Day - December to mid March A social and entertainment hub would require Shopping for aspirational items. This trend already exists in Sector 17. Opening hours should allow for late shopping. Night market stalls of handicraft items should be allowed Special Sales periods/ Shopping Carnivals should be announced in advance Range of F&B outlets. There is a reasonable range of outlets. These should be encouraged. Liquor licences should be made more easily available and extension of service should be allowed till 1am. Entertainment Movie Halls/ multiplexes/ open air movies and documentaries Video parlours/ Bowling alleys/ slot machines Street entertainment. Local performing artists and those performing at Kalagram, All the Chandigarh festivals could be moved to Sector 17 – April Fools Day, Mango Festival, Indo-Pak Mushaira, Chrysanthamum Show Administration Energising the City Centre would require the active involvement of the Sector 17 shop keepers who have the most to gain from this initiative. They should be brought into the very initial planning stages. These activities do not require large funding, but coordination is crucial for success. Committees comprised of shop keepers and Chandigarh Administration should be formed for various types of activities. Funding As noted, large funds are not required. It should be possible to levy a small cess on shop turnover to fund activities. Marketing This is aimed to provide a focal point for Chandigarh residents. Communicating events will not require more than posters in Sector 17 and other sector markets. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Prioritisation of selected projects Activity Short term Medium Long term 1-5 years term 5-10 10-20 years years Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Job creation Potential of Projects Activity Total Project Direct jobs Indirect cost created jobs created Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Nil Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs 50 50 Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use per year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept Nil 5 20 “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops Nil 5 20 and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs 350 1000 Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs40 –50 1000 4600 crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores 1000 4000 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs 100 400 10. Conference center to attract business travelers Rs 10 crores 300 1200 11. Developing the City Centre Nil ? 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil - Funding of Projects Activity Total Cost to Other project cost Govt funding sources Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs/ Rs 10 lakhs/ Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use yr year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new Nil Nil concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of Negligible Neglibible shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 Lakhs Rs 75 lakhs Corporate Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Variable Pvt Sector crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores Variable Pvt Sector 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 70 lakhs Lease 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 crores Rs 10 crores Some travelers Corporate 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil Economic impact of short term projects Activity Total Potential Multiplier Project Ongoing Effect Cost Revenues Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs Rs 42 lakhs Rs85 lakhs Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil Rs 33 lakhs Rs70 lakhs 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Rs 3.13 Rs 6.5 crores crores crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 Rs 10 Rs 20 crores crores crores 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 27 lakhs Rs 55 lakhs 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 Rs 2.6 Rs 5.5 travelers crores crores crores 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Cultural/ Tourist centres Project Funding-Rs lakhs 75 Funding Yrs 1-5 75 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 42.4 44.52 46.75 49.08 51.54 54.11 56.82 59.66 62.64 Operational Costs 5% 24 25.2 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 Operating profits 18.4 19.32 20.29 21.3 22.37 23.48 24.66 25.89 27.19 Traditional Cuisine Project Funding-Rs lakhs Nil Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 45000 47250 49613 52093 54698 57433 60304 63320 66485 69810 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 60/ 5% 27.02 28.37 29.79 31.28 32.85 34.49 36.21 38.02 39.92 41.92 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 6.75 7.09 7.44 7.81 8.20 8.61 9.05 9.50 9.97 10.47 Total Revenues 33.77 35.46 37.23 39.1 41.05 43.1 45.26 47.52 49.9 52.39 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 24 25.20 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 37.23 Operational Profits 9.77 10.26 10.77 11.31 11.88 12.47 13.10 13.75 14.44 15.16 Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Horse Race Track & Club Project Funding-Rs lakhs 5,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 4,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 1,000 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues- Rs lakhs Visitor numbers 000's 5% 105.0 110.3 115.8 121.6 127.6 134.0 140.7 Club Memberships 25/yr 600 625 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Monthly dues 5% 4.2 4.41 4.63 4.86 5.11 5.36 5.63 Corporate Boxes 5% 50 52.50 55.13 57.88 60.78 63.81 67.00 Programme 5% 47.6 49.98 52.48 55.10 57.86 60.75 63.79 Share of tote/ Race charges 5% 111 116.55 122.38 128.50 134.92 141.67 148.75 Gate money-Rs.lakhs 5% 43.5 45.68 47.96 50.36 52.87 55.52 58.29 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 11.25 11.81 12.4 13.02 13.67 14.36 15.08 Total Revenues 600 625 317.6 330.9 345 359.7 375.2 391.5 408.5 Amusement Park Project Funding-Rs lakhs 3,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 3,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 500 525 551.3 578.8 607.8 638.1 670 703.6 738.7 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Total Revenues 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Note : These two projects should be tendered out. The above spreadsheets give Operational revenues and visitor numbers for decision making purposes Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Linking the sightseeing Project Funding-Rs lakhs 70 Funding Yrs 1-5 70 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 550 5% 550 577.5 606.4 636.7 668.5 702 737.1 773.9 812.6 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs5/ 10% 27.5 31.76 33.35 35.02 36.77 38.61 40.54 42.56 44.69 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 15 15.75 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 Operational Profits 12.5 16.01 16.81 17.65 18.54 19.46 20.44 21.46 22.53 Conference Centre Project Funding-Rs lakhs 1,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 1,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Conference visitors 000s 5% 55 57.75 60.64 63.67 66.85 70.2 73.71 77.39 81.26 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 110 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 170.6 Rentals -Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Exhibition visitors 000s 5% 60000 63000 66150 69458 72930 76577 80406 84426 88647 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 25/ 5% 15 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 23.27 Rentals- Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Social function visitors 000s 5% 50000 52500 55125 57881 60775 63814 67005 70355 73873 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 10% 100 115.5 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 Total Revenues 261 291.1 305.7 321 337 353.8 371.5 390.1 409.6 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 112 117.6 123.5 129.7 136.1 142.9 150.1 157.6 165.5 Operational Profits 149 173.5 182.2 191.3 200.9 210.9 221.5 232.5 244.1 https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/andaman-and-nicobar-island-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Andaman and Nicobar island tourism policy Tourism policy GOVERNMENT OF INDIA MINISTRY OF TOURISM AND CULTURE DEPARTMENT OF TOURISM MARKET RESEARCH DIVISION Final Report On 20 YEAR PERSPECTIVE PLAN FOR SUSTAINABLE TOURISM DEVLOPMENT IN UNION TERRITORY OF CHANDIGARH March 2003 Submitted by India Tourism Development Corporation TLC Marketing Pvt. Ltd. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Contents for the 20 Year perspective Tourism Master Plan 1. Executive Summary 1 2. The approach a. Guidelines for developing 20 year perspective Master Plans as issued by the Department of Tourism, Government of India 6 b. Background of Consortium partners 11 i. ITDC ii. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu iii. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd c. Approach 15 d. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessment 19 3. Background on the State 21 a. History b. Physical features, Flora and Fauna c. Current infrastructure i. Access – Road, Rail, Air ii. Water & Sewage iii. Power – Electricity iv. Industrial Estates – list of major corporates d. Demographics versus other Northern States District Profiles e. Chandigarh Headquartered Corporate Houses 4. Current Tourism scenario in the State 38 a. Current Chandigarh Tourism Policy b. Inventory of Accommodation c. Current Tourism Statistics 1 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh i. By city ii. Comparative with other Indian States – employment, project spends d. Taxes on Tourism activities e. Fairs & Festivals f. Roles of relevant bodies i. State Tourism Development ii. Urban Development & Town Planning iii. Industrial Development g. Tourism activities of contiguous States 5. Assessment of Tourism Attractions of the State 65 a. How other “City States” have developed tourism b. Inventory of attractions i. Versus criteria ii. By type of tourist and linkages c. Current State Tourism Policy versus National Tourism Policy d. Potential markets and market segments for the State e. Shortlisted projects f. Approach to Environmental Impact Assessments 6. Marketing State Tourism. Case studies of Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal 79 7. Implementation of shortlisted projects 90 a. Setting up a system for coordination of Departments b. Assessing the economic impact of tourism 2 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh c. Setting up Police outposts d. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transporters e. Creating a Tourist/ Cultural Centre f. Promoting traditional cuisine g. Horse race track & Club h. Amusement park i. Linking the sightseeing j. Conference Centre k. Adventure Tourism and Wildlife Tourism 8. Attracting the Private Sector investments in Tourism 126 9. Summary Tables 147 a. Prioritisation of projects b. Job creation c. Funding of projects d. Visitor numbers e. Economic impact 3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY This 20 year perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attempts to identify short, medium and long term tourism projects for the Union Territory of Chandigarh using the National Tourism Policy as a guideline. However, all existing and planned projects of Chandigarh Tourism have also been addressed. In these cases, thoughts that complement/ supplement the current thinking have also been listed. We have examined the success of several other “City States” and how they have positioned themselves. Very few, like the Vatican, have the benefit of historical attractions. Some like the Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have natural attractions like beaches. Some traditional trading centers like Hong Kong, Singapore and Dubai have developed as financial hubs. In nearly all cases, however, city states have developed man made attractions with an emphasis on world class recreation and leisure. Gambling – Macau, Monaco & Sun City Horse Racing in Hong Kong & Dubai Sporting events – Singapore, Hong Kong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City Entertainment events – in all the above, Seychelles etc. Interestingly, most do not rely on immediate neighbouring countries as source markets. Several suggested projects do not have any precedent in India. As such, projections of usage and hence revenues are difficult to make. However, these projects have been endorsed by knowledgeable individuals in the Travel & Tourism industry based on their personal experiences. The Plan makes some observations on current practice. Several specific actions and projects have been recommended. These have been divided into those projects to develop and sustain tourism infrastructure and those that generate visitors. These are summarized in the following pages. In all cases, the involvement of the private sector has been examined. The Plan shortlists the following projects Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission approach” on the lines of Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development a. Coordination between Chandigarh Tourism/ Chandigarh Hotels/ Town Planning/ PWD (B&R)/ PHD/ Police/ Trade Associations/ NHAI/ Indian Railways b. The Mission should have a mission statement, a manageable number of objectives and specific activity milestones for effective review. 2. Assessing the Economic Impact of Tourism in Chandigarh. Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless it can demonstrate the economic and social benefits it generates. a. We have suggested annual surveys and the use of multipliers to measure the impact of tourism investments and of tourist spendings 3. Tourism Police outposts. Safety and security are a major concern of travelers. a. We have suggested Tourism Police outposts be set up in the proposed “Tourist Centres” in Chandigarh. The list of locations can be expanded over the Plan period. 4. Accreditisation of Shops and transporters. These are two areas where most tourists feel most insecure in terms of being cheated. a. For shops, we have suggested accreditising shops that have price tagged items and a reasonable return/ refund policy. Shops will carry a Chandigarh Tourism plaque and be advertised in an official map. For Taxis/ auto rickshaws. Must be metered and carry tariff cards. These will be identified with a plaque 5. Cultural/ Tourism Information Centre. This should showcase Chandigarh and be a cross between Dilli Haat and The National Crafts Museum. This center should provide information and reservation capabilities for potential tourists to Chandigarh and neighbouring States. These will provide employment to artisans/ performing artists a. We recommend arts/ crafts, State cuisine and performing arts be showcased b. We recommend some permanent stalls backed by open spaces for stall for celebrating State festivals c. Incorporated into “Recreation & Leisure Centres” in Kishangarh 6. Promoting Traditional Cuisines. Chandigarh has eight neighbouring States each with a rich cultural tradition. We propose that food and cultural festivals be held on a regular basis. We further propose that the existing facility of Kalagram, which has held successful festivals in the past, be utilised. 7. Horse Race Track & Club. There is no good Horse Race track in North India. North India is also home to about 10 stud farms. Hotels in cities like Pune and Bangalore have their week end occupancies boosted by punters from major metros. The Race Club can have other facilities to attract a permanent membership. 8. Amusement park. The Rock Garden/ Sukhna Lake/ Golf Course area is already one hub of tourist activity. An area for an amusement park, for a Sports Complex and a Tourist Health Resort have already been ear-marked in the Chandigarh Master Plan. We propose the Amusement Park be marketed to families traveling Delhi- Shimla with young children to encourage an overnight break. 9. Linking the sightseeing. The distance between the Rock Garden and the area identified for the Amusement park is a long walk but a short auto-rickshaw ride. We propose a vintage narrow gauge railway be set up to link all the points in this Recreation & Entertainment area. 10. Conference Center to attract Business Travellers. Chandigarh Tourism has already identified a plot in Sector 31 next to the CII Regional HQ. We believe that this can cement Chandigarh as the commercial center of North India. 11. Developing the City Centre – Sector 17 – as a social and cultural hub. There is already a trend in this direction. We recommend a partnership between the Sector 17 shop owners and Chandigarh Tourism to develop a calendar of events. We also recommend a relaxation in Excise rules in terms of bar licence costs and hours of operation. 12. Adventure Tourism & Wildlife Tourism. We do not recommend any additional activity in this area other than the ongoing levels. 13. Attracting the Private Sector. We have recommended a package of incentives to attract the Private Sector to invest in tourism related projects in Chandigarh. In all visitor generating projects we have recommended roles for the private sector As a “City State”, Chandigarh does not have the scope – or the space - to develop new projects over a 20 year time span. There is no particular need either in terms of funds or manpower to spread the suggested projects. Guidelines of Dept. of Tourism for 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plans 1. Year wise phasing of investments required having regard to resources available 2. Plan should indicate short term & long term plans, targets and ground realities. 3. Plan should indicate all activities by agency with timeframes 4. Assess the existing tourism scenario in the state/UT with respect to existing traffic levels and inventory of - Natural resources - Heritage & other socio-cultural assets - Quantitative/ demographic factors - Services & infrastructure available 5. Plan should review the status of existing development/ investment for the development of tourism in the region 6. List and evaluate existing potential tourist destinations and centers and categorise them on the basis of - inventory of attractions - infrastructure available - degree of popularity - volume of traffic flow 7. Plan should analyse and categorise existing destinations and centers as - stand alone - part of a circuit - niche attractions for special interests 8. Plan should assess the existing infrastructure levels at identified destinations/ centers in terms of - quality of roads/ transportation facilities - civic amenities - en route transit facilities - boarding and lodging facilities 9. Plan should assess traffic flow for assessment of infrastructure requirements based on - Past growth - Suggested links and integration - Future expected developments - Likely investments from State - Investment climate/ incentive for private sector 10. Plan should attempt indicative cost configuration of likely investment on infrastructure under different heads and prioritise investment needs over 20 years 11. Plan should identify existing as well as new tourism projects including - expansion/ augmentation, - upgradation of services/ facilities - Destinations & centers 12. Plan should undertake product conceptualization cum feasibility for identified projects covering - locational evaluation - schematic product planning - quantification of individual product parameters - assessment of investment levels - project viability 13. Action plan for implementation of identified projects along with development of infrastructure in conformity with - State/ Central policy objectives & guidelines - National development and funding agencies - WTO’s Bali declaration 14. Project wise potential for employment generation including for women 15. Projection of domestic and foreign tourist arrivals for each proposed tourist place 16. Prioritise schemes based on employment potential and tourist arrivals 17. Prepare inventory of existing accommodation including paying guest and proposed needs split by various providers including various State Govt depts 18. Each project to be scutinised and finalized with a view to suggesting State Tourism projects to foreign funding agencies 19. Explore sources of funding such as FIs, TFCI. - Suggest incentives for private sector 20. Suggest institutional machinery in the State to oversee/ supervise the development of Tourism infrastructure 21. Build in facilities for performance of local artistes, cultural troupes 22. Cultural complexes to be suggested with the financial help of the State Dept of culture 23. Handicraft shops to be suggested. These can be run by women 24. Include development of potential health resorts. 25. Plan should have an Executive summary 26. Plan should include attractive packages/ schemes to attract private sector investments 27. Environmental issues shouls be dealt with in sufficient detail and EIA made in respect of new projects 28. Plans should include - carrying capacities - instruments of spatial and land use planning - instruments for architectural controls - strategy for local community participation & protection of cultural identity - Awareness programmes for local 29. Measures for mitigating adverse environmental impact and rehabilitation 30. Strategy for privatisation of State and State Tourism Corp owned tourism related properties 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan THE CONSORTIUM We believe that 20-year Tourism Master Plans require detailed knowledge in several domains. To address this need we have formed a consortium of experts. The consortium comprises of India Tourism Development Corporation – ITDC – Consultancy Division with relevant past experience in Master Plans, Technical Consultancy and project execution. TLC Marketing Pvt.Ltd, a marketing consultancy empanelled by The World Tourism Organisation (WTO), Madrid for various aspects of Tourism Development. TLC Marketing will ensure a balanced tourism plan that is marketable to both developers and the Tourist industry Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, an international firm of Chartered Accountants and consultants with a wide range of experience in perspective planning in various industries. Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu also have access to their global expertise in the area of Tourism Master Planning. RELEVANT EXPERIENCE India Tourism Development Corporation ITDC was established in 1966 with the objective of developing tourism infrastructure and promoting India as a tourism destination. ITDC has a Consultancy Division which has completed many projects. ITDC has the capability of conducting Techno-Economic feasibility studies, providing Engineering and Technical Services, Mangement Consultancy and Advisory services, consultancy for Adventure Tourism. Assignments already completed by ITDC include Feasibility Reports for hotel projects in Baroda, Calicut, Cochin, Kanpur, Kohlapur, Lucknow, Nagpur, Nainital, Pine, Rishikesh, Varanasi, Raipur, New Delhi, Calcutta, Bangalore and Agartala 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Tourism Master Plans for Assam, Nagaland, Orissa, Pondicherry, Sikkim, Punjab and Tripura. Technical consultancy for multiple hotels, youth hostels, forest lodges and restaurants Special projects for Rail Yatri Niwas, Indian Railways Catering, College of Combat, Institute of Water Sports at Goa. Project consultancy/ Execution – 28 hotels, the IITTM in Gwalior. TLC Marketing Pvt Ltd. The Directors of TLC Marketing have been involved with Tourism Development for almost 30 years and have had exposure to Tourism Planning in Egypt, Mexico and India. This has been mainly from the project developer’s aspect and are familiar with the requirements of the parties that invest in Tourism Development. They are also familiar with all aspects of tourism including resorts, cruises, timeshare, charters, conferences etc. Some relevant projects undertaken by the directors of TLC Marketing include Study for the India Convention Promotion Bureau on promoting conferences of various sizes to India Assignment with The Planning Commission for Tourism Development Plans for Uttaranchal and Uttar Pradesh. This included the development of a “tourist train” concept Review of Hotel classification norms covering Heritage and Resort hotels for the Govt. of India, Department of Tourism Feasibility studies for business and leisure hotels at over 40 destinations all India. Entry strategy for a hotel company into India looking at mid level hotels. This involves studying business destinations across India Strategy for a chain of Ayurvedic Spas, initially in the North of India Entry strategy into Timeshare for both mid-market and Luxury Resorts Launch of an Outbound Adventure Tour Operator 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India Private Limited Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu believes that for achieving a client’s business objectives, a variety of knowledge and skills are required. Our national coverage and international experience allows access to professionals in the industry and other areas of specialisations. Our clients include government bodies, non-government organisations, public sector organisations, private companies and international agencies. Brief details of some of our assignments in the hospitality, tourism and entertainment sectors is set out below: International assignments in hospitality and the tourism sector are detailed below: • Privatisation of Hungary Hotels, which comprises some 45 hotels and over 250 restaurants, in association with the Swiss Bank Corporation and Cazenove & Co. Our UK offices worked with our Budapest office on this extensive assignment. • Business valuation of Astir Hotel Company. We assisted the National Bank of Greece on the proposed sales as part of the Government’s privatisation programme. • Advised the public enterprises reform and divestiture secretariat of the Ministry of Finance, Government of Uganda, on the divestiture of Government owned hotels. • Valuation of four state-owned hotels in Morocco prior to their intended privatisation and sale for the Government of Morocco. In conjunction with the Deloitte & Touche Corporate Finance Group, investment memoranda were subsequently prepared to assist in the privatisation process. Indian assignments in Hospitality and Tourism Sector • Strategic advice to Quality Inns Private Limited. • Business plan for a holiday resort based in Kerala. This is under implementation. • Advisory services provided to an international chain of hotels • Business advisory services for Resort Condominiums International • Business advisory services for Singapore based company, for setting up operations in India in the area of serviced apartments and estate development. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan • Business valuation and due diligence review for Landbase India Limited, • Business advisory services for The Radisson Hotel. • Entry strategy, valuation, negotiations and joint venture identification for Keystone and Venkys. • Trade survey for travel agents and tour operators for a large multinational company. • Review of project parameters and returns compiled for the airport expansion planned for Chennai by the Airports Authority of India. • Economic Feasibility study for setting up a permanent Trade Fair Venue, Madras International Exposition Limited, under the aegis of Federation of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO). Privatisation/ Disinvestment experience • Bharat Heavy Plates & Vessels Ltd., Visakhapatnam • RBL Limited, Calcutta • Tractors Corporation Limited • Bharat Goldmines Limited • Lamps Division of HMT Limited • Paradeep Phosphates Limited Ongoing disinvestments assignments include • IDCOL Cement Limited • The Fertiliser and Chemicals Travancore Limited • Instrumentation Limited • Braithewaite & Co. Limited • Bharat Heavy Plate limited 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan APPROACH Our approach is as follows 1. Review existing Tourism Policy a. This is reviewed in conjunction with stated National Tourism Policy as State Tourism activities should be in synch with National Policy b. Thisis also reviewed in terms of “Best Practice” of other Indian States and some Internationally successful players. 2. Validate Proposed projects a. Plans still to be implemented were reviewed to validate their broad feasibility 3. Suggest new Tourism Products a. This is done with costs, revenues, timelines and responsibilities. b. A broad Economic Impact assessment is made for each suggested product for both primary and secondary effects. Objective Our objective is to develop 20-year Perspective Tourism Master Plans that encourage sustainable tourism by achieving a balance between the growth of tourism on one hand and the impact on natural, heritage and cultural resources on the other. Criteria The Critical Criteria would be that the Plan should be viable. In other words, it should be attractive and marketable to all agencies involved – The traveler, the Travel industry, State and Government agencies, Financial Institutions, Tourism project developers and last but not least to the local population. The Plan will Clearly indicate short term and long term projects and targets Identify agencies involved and the actions required to be taken by each 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Ensure that each action will have a time frame and an indicative cost Ensure each project will also indicate possible developers and possible sources of funding. Financial structuring arrangements, where relevant will also be indicated. Endeavour to involve the private sector in the development of the plans. This will ensure a buy-in to the finished product. Be based on secondary data – published data, supplied by the State and information obtained in discussions with informed individuals. METHODOLOGY Conduct Inventories Identify existing and potential - attractions - Infrastructure - Access - Environmental impact - Human factors Identify Specific projects Develop balanced Tourist products around each identified attraction Detailed Project analysis Identify each element, the possible developers, sources of funds, incentives etc Final Recommendations Shortlist projects, prioritise over 20 years. - Tourist projections - Employment and other economic benefits Identifying the attractions – the reasons for visiting. 1. The first step would be to make an inventory of all possible visitor attractions both current and potential. These would be studied under a. Long stay – natural and activity resorts such as hill/ beach/ health & fitness/ sports/ wildlife/ shopping and other activities 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan b. Short Stay destination – Business visitors, conferences, weekend stays, pilgrimage c. Short stay itinerary – where the attraction is part of an itinerary and dependent on other links 2. Each attraction will be assessed for “Carrying capacity” using absolute numbers as well as indices such as Tourists/ sq.km, Tourists/ 1000 population. This assessment will use international benchmarks and Best Practices. 3. The Environmental sensitivities will be addressed by a strategy to measure the impact on a. Air quality b. Water and water bodies c. Nature, both flora and fauna d. And on the attraction itself. 4. Based on the above, an assessment of the present and future needs of infrastructural services will be undertaken to cover a. Water b. Electricity c. Sewage and waste disposal d. Communications 5. Based on the potential markets for visiting the attraction, an assessment of the present and future requirements for access will be identified by a. Road b. Rail c. Air d. Water transport 6. There are Human Factors that will also be addressed. These will cover a. Employment b. Inflationary impact c. Cultural impact d. Alienation of locals/ Displacement 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan Identifying and Conceptualising Specific Tourism Products Having assessed the attractions available and the broad feasibility of each, the Plan will e develop a balanced Tourist product around each attraction. The Tourist product consists of the following 1. The attraction – the reason for the visit 2. Accommodation – requirements at each level a. Propose incentives for balanced development 3. Recreational facilities – to supplement the attraction. Eg. a hill resort could have rock climbing, paragliding, river & lake fishing, golf, entertainment and shopping 4. Local transportation a. Airport/ station transfers, shuttles, city sightseeing, public transportation 5. Information a. Signage, guides, brochures, photo ops 6. Wayside amenities a. Rest stops, service stations 7. Safety & Security a. Accreditisation of shops etc b. Tourism police Detailed Analysis and Final Recommendations After identifying the Tourism Products to be developed, the Plan will prioritise them over the 20-year perspective, each project will be analysed to detail The key agencies/ organizations involved in developing the product The investment required Identify possible investors and sources of funds and the processes to access these Possible incentives for the development Identify environmentally threatened places and buildings for restoration. Projection of tourist numbers – domestic and international Employment potential – occupations and income levels Other economic, social and cultural benefits Suggestions on marketing the products Environmental Impact Assessment Studies Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies are complex exercises. They are also dependent on the specific projects. For example, projects next to water bodies would require a much deeper assessment of impact on water than other projects that would confine the study to the impact on ground water resources. In the Technical Bid for this project, the Consortium had clearly stated that we are not competent to undertake EIA and would not include them in the final report. However, we are listing out the essential aspects of EIAs. Each attribute must be monitored on a regular basis. Frequency of monitoring may vary from daily for some air samples to annually for soil characteristics. EIAs are best undertaken by specialist organizations like TERI, TARA etc. Attribute Parameters Ambient air quality SPM, RPM, SO2, NO2, CO, CO2, HC etc. Usually 24 hour samples twice a week. Meteorology Surface wind speed and direction, temperatures, relative humidity, rainfall Water quality Physical, Chemical and bacteriological parameters of surface and ground water Ecology Existing flora and fauna. For environmentally sensitive projects, inventory and state of health Noise levels Noise levels in DB(A) Light Lighting levels and impact on fauna, insects Soil Characteristics Parameters relating to agriculture and afforestation potential Land use Trends in land use change for different categories Socio Economic aspects Socio-economic characteristics, labour force characteristics, population statistics and existing amenities, current inflation Geology and mining Geological history, minerals details Hydrology Drainage area and pattern, nature of streams, acquifier characteristics of the area 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh HISTORY India attained Independence in 1947; but in the process the territory of British India was partitioned to form India and Pakistan. The large and prosperous Province of Punjab, was divided and Lahore, its capital, fell within the borders of Pakistan, leaving Indian Punjab without a capital. Those who had been compelled to migrate to India keenly felt the loss of Lahore, a city much loved by its inhabitants. Though there was a temporary secretariat at Shimla in Himachal Pradesh, the political leadership decided on the construction of a modern and accessible capital. In March 1948, the Government of Punjab in consultation with the Government of India approved a 114.59 sq. km tract of land at the foot of the Shivalik Hills in Ropar district as the site of the new capital. The city was named after the Mother Goddess Chandi, (Chandi - Goddess of Power + garh - fortress). The temple of the Goddess is on Chandigarh-Kalka Road. The temple is known by the name of Chandi Mandir. Prior to the construction of Chandigarh, the present site was a typical rural tract, with a rainfed subsistence agricultural economy. It was dotted with 24 village settlements, surrounded by cultivated land parcelled into consolidated irregular, small fields. Each settlement had a number of mango groves remnants of which are still visible in parts of the city. There were banyan or pipal trees within the settlements or near village ponds. The majority of houses were kutcha or partially pucca. Among the physical features, the choes, with their broad, shallow, and dry sandy beds, constituted an important element of landscape. These represented undulations in an otherwise level topography. Hills and mountains provided a panoramic background. The new city was needed not only to serve as a capital but also to resettle thousands of refugees who had been uprooted from West Punjab. India’s first Prime Minister, Jawaharlal Nehru enthusiastically supported the project and took sustained interest in its 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh execution. When he visited the project on April 2, 1952, he declared: “Let this be a new town symbolic of the freedom of India, unfettered by the traditions of the past, an expression of the nation’s faith in the future.... The new capital of Punjab will be christened as Chandigarh-a name symbolic of the valiant spirit of the Punjabis. Chandigarh is rightly associated with the name of Goddess Chandi — Shakti, or power.” The responsibility for the design was given to the French architect Le Corbusier or the Crow. With the help of his cousin Pierre Jeanneret, and that of the English couple Maxwell Fry and Jane Drew (alongwith a number of Indian architects prominent amongst them Chief planner Narinder S. Lamba & Chief Engineer J.C. Verma) Chandigarh, the present capital, came into existence at the foothills of the Shivaliks. Profile of People It was built in 1953 and serves as the capital of two states, i.e. Punjab and Haryana. It is administered by the Central Government and is hence classified as an Union Territory. Since 1986 there has been much talk about officially handling it to Punjab on the basis of demography. The issue however continues to be a matter of discussion with many political disputes. Chandigarh had to be a city of migrants as it was built on the land acquired and cleared of existing settlements. One of its objectives was to rehabilitate persons displaced from Pakistan in 1947. Early settlers in the city were government officials transferred from Shimla, the temporary capital of Punjab after partition and displaced persons from Pakistan in search of a new home. According to 1991 census data, around two-third of the city's population were migrants, the remaining one-third were locally born. About one-third of the migrants hail from Punjab, Uttar Pradesh comes next, having contributed one-fifth of them. Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Delhi are other important contributors of migrants. The city has 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh attracted migrants from distant states, such as Bihar, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal and Maharashtra. The number of migrants from Nepal is also considerable. Over one-half of migrants to Chandigarh came from other urban places; the rest had a rural base. An urban origin was more typical of migrants from nearby states, such as Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, and Jammu and Kashmir. Migrants from relatively distant states, such as Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, and Tamil Nadu, mostly had a rural origin. According 1991 census the Pakistan-born displaced persons reduced to about 4% of all in-migrants. In the early sixties, they accounted for nearly 40% of the total population. PHYSICAL FEATURES Location Chandigarh is located in the Northern part of India and bound by two states, Chandigarh has Punjab to its north and west and Haryana to its south and east. Chandigarh lies at 30o 44'N latitude, 76o 53"E longitude. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Map 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh ROAD MAP Road Transportation The Union Territory of Chandigarh is well served with by an excellent network of roads. The National Highway 21 ( Ambala – Simla) and 22 ( Chandigarh – Manali) link Chandigarh to rest of the country Buses of seven State Road Corporations connect Chandigarh with many cities and towns of neighboring states. The important cities that are connected by buses with Chandigarh are Delhi, Dehradoon, Simla, Manali, Jammu and major Towns of Punjab and Haryana. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh National Highway Development Project – Golden Quadrilateral & North South East West Corridors Note: Red Line: North South East West Corridors Blue Line: Golden Quadrilateral 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Rail Network : Rail Transportation Chandigarh is well connected on the rail network. The main railway routes passing through Haryana are: Kalka-Delhi, Chandigarh-Delhi, Kalka-Amritsar, Kalka-Jodhpur,Kalka-Hawrah,Amritsar-Hawrah, Kalka- Sir Ganganagar (Rajasthan). 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Air Network: Air Transportation Chandigarh Airport is 12 kms. from City Centre, Indian Airlines and Jet Airways connect Chandigarh with Delhi, Leh and Amritsar. Jet has daily flights Delhi – Chandigarh – Delhi. Indian Airlines has a weekly flight Leh – Chandigarh – Leh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Physical Features The geographical area of the U.T. Chandigarh is 114 sq. km. and another 25.42 sq. km. of the hilly area, which has now been declared as 'Sukhna Wildlife Sanctuary' was acquired for soil conservation works. Chandigarh lies at 280 feet above sea level, with an average altitude of 362m (m.s.l.). The location of Chandigarh is unique as it lies in the foot hill region and is also adjacent to the plains of north India. As such it contains the vegetation of the foot hills and the north Indian plains.Chandigarh has 27 villages in its jurisdiction and two satellite towns, Sahibzada Ajit Singh Nagar, conveniently shortened to SAS Nagar, now Mohali, in the Punjab territory and Panchkula in the Haryana territory. Climate Four seasons are noticeable as (i) the rainy season (late-June to mid-September); (ii) the post monsoon or transition season (mid September to mid-November); (iii) the winter of cold season (mid November to mid-March) and (iv) summer or hot season (mid-March to Mid-June). Southwest monsoons commence in late June and usually continue up to mid-September when there are high intensity showers and the weather is hot and humid. May and June are the hottest months of the year with mean daily maximum temperature being about 40oC and mean daily minimum temperature being about 25oC.January is the coldest month with a mean maximum being around 24oC and a mean minimum being around 1.8oC. Fauna In the small and large water bodies there are about a dozen types of fishes, of which Mahseer , Thail and Rohu are more well known. The common frog is Rana tigrina (Indian Tiger Frog) but the other ones are Indian Rice Frog and Indian Burrowing Frog. Two types of tortoise are found. Three four types of lizards are found in buildings, lawns, hedges, etc. and one of these attracts the attention by its brilliant vermilion colour during mating season. Snakes are of quite a many types as Russels Viper, Cobra, Blind Snake, Indian Python, Sand Cobra, Rat Snake etc. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh has numerous types and the permanent population of birds, which may consist of over 100 different kinds. There are also migratory birds visiting during winter from as far off a region as Siberia. It is estimated that about 100 to 200 types of birds primarily visit Sukhna Lake. The number of migratory birds varies from year to year. The common mammals are Grey Musk, Shrew Monkey, Langur, Flying Fox, Tickellis Bat, Stripped Squirrel, Indian Rat, Common Rat, House Mouse, Porcupine, Indian Hare, Common Mongoose, Stripped Hyena, Jackal, Indian Fox, Nilgai, Blackbuck and Chital. Flora The flora of Chandigarh area is in fact very rich, existence of 860 species of flowering plants in Chandigarh and its neighborhood. This excludes the ornamentals species whose number is anybody's guess because amongst the residents of Chandigarh and neighboring areas garden culture and love for ornamental herbs and shrubs is fast growing. Chandigarh region is home to number of plant species with Medicinal importance. Areas like Shivalik Reserve Forests, Sukhna Catchment area, Rock Garden, Rose Garden, adjoining villages, are among the various places where different kinds of Medicinal plants and few to endangered species of the same can be found. The most fascinating feature of the City's landscaping is perhaps the Tree Plantation along avenues, open spaces, green belts and around building complexes. The total forest cover in Chandigarh is 32.42 sq. km., which forms 23.5% of the total area. The green spaces like Parks, Gardens, Green belts, Leisure valley and Road avenues etc. are in addition to the forest cover of 23.5 %. Thus the green cover in the city is more than 33 % with 26 types of flowering trees and 33 types of evergreen trees in Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh DEMOGRAPHIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Chandi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh garh Sq.Km. 1982 44212 55673 222236 443446 50362 342239 294411 1483 114 3287263 Share in India Percent 1982 1.34 1.69 6.76 13.49 1.53 10.41 8.96 0.05 0 100 Population Million 1991 16.46 5.17 7.72 66.18 20.28 44 139.11 9.42 0.64 846.3 Share in India Percent 1991 1.94 0.61 0.91 7.82 2.4 5.2 16.44 1.11 0.08 100 Population Density Per sq.km. 1991 372 93.0 76.0 149.0 403.0 129.0 473.0 6352.0 5632.0 274.0 Avg Annual Growth in Percent 1981-91 2.42 1.89 2.54 2.38 1.89 2.5 2.27 4.15 3.54 2.14 Population (1981-91) Population (Projection) Million 2001 20.1 6.8 10.1 81.2 23.8 54.5 174.3 14.4 0.8 1012.4 Urban Population (Projection) Million 2001 27.5 - - 26.9 31.9 25.4 22.7 - - 28.8 Sex Ratio Females/ 1991 865 976 923 931 882 910 879 827 790 927 1000males Urbanisation Ratio Percent 1991 24.6 8.7 25.5 23.2 29.5 23.0 19.8 90.0 89.7 27.0 Urban Density Per sq.km. 1991 5309 2114 3132 6054 4997 2238 4364 14313 8433 4092 Death Rate Per '000 1996 8.1 8 - 11.1 7.5 8.9 10.2 6.05 4.1 9 Live Birth Rate Per '000 1996 28.2 23 - 32.4 23.5 32.3 34 24.6 16.9 27.5 Work Participation Rate Percent 1991 31 42.83 NA 42.82 30.88 38.87 32.20 31.64 34.94 37.46 Male Percent 1991 48.51 50.64 NA 52.26 54.22 49.30 49.68 51.72 54.34 51.55 Female Percent 1911 10.76 34.81 NA 32.68 4.40 27.40 12.32 7.36 10.39 22.25 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MACRO ECONOMIC INDICATORS Unit Year Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi All India Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Net State Domestic Product (NSDP) at Factor Cost*: - At current prices Rs. Million 1998-89 383990 49310 58120 610187.8 342900 **586500 1527260 365040 8755940 - At 1980-81 prices Rs. Million 1997-98 75450 $14,190 #17540 147480 101420 @116480 273650 *75740 323820 - At 1993-94 prices Rs. Million 1998-99 254090 NA NA NA NA **379720 971390 251650 NA NSDP Growth 1980-81 prices Percent 1997-98 1.1 NA NA 3.1 2 @0.4 2.2 3.3 87.3 Gross State Domestric Product Rs. Million 1997-98 374270 65040 72930 708320 503580 678050 1299770 445100 NA Per Capita Income at 1993-94 Rs. 1998-99 13084 8864 6658 7350 15504 7694 5890 19091 9739 Prices* 2.00 Sectoral Shares: - Agriculture Percent 1997-98 39 27.6 43 41.4 44 **34.2 37 1 31 - Industry Percent 1997-98 21 32.3 8 26.3 15 **24.088 20 83 28 - Services Percent 1997-98 40 40.1 49 32.3 41 **41.72 43 16 41 Sectoral Growth Rates: - Agriculture Percent 1995-96 -6 9 4 -2 0 -6 2 -40 -1 - Forestry & Logging Percent 1995-96 7 10 5 -12 1 2 -25 - -1 - Fishing Percent 1995-96 16 10 14 15 8 -12 6 3 5 - Mining & Quarrying Percent 1995-96 1 14 10 5 16 -18 1 -58 7 - Manufacturing Percent 1995-96 9 13 3 11 10 6 4 13 14 Per Capita Consumption Rs. 1995 5127 4347 7080 3442 5750 4503 3852 NA NA Expenditure * Note: Owing 10 differences in source material used, figures for different States are not strictly comparable. $: 1995-96 #: 1996-97 @: 1998-99 **: 1999-2000 Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh MINIMUM MONTHLY WAGES OF WORKMEN Haryana Himachal Jammu & Madhya Punjab Rajasthan Uttar Delhi Pradesh Kashmir Pardesh Pradesh Chandigarh With effect from Jul-00 Jan-99 Mar-93 Mar-00 Nov.99 Feb-00 Jan-96 UNSKILLED 1914.86 1530 NA 825 1796.5 1560 1920 2419 1350 SEMI UNSKILLED A 1964.86 1695 NA 928 1941.55 928 2220 2585 1495 SEMI UNSKILLED B 1989.86 NA NA NA 1875.45 NA NA NA NA SKILLED A 2039.86 1950 NA 1032 2104.55 1032 2660 2843 1657 SKILLED B 2064.86 NA NA NA 1983.45 NA NA NA NA HIGHLY SKILLED 2114.86 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES SCENARIO Recognised Educational Institutions in Northern Region (1998 - 99) State University Professional Colleges for High Middle / Sr.Basic Primary/Jr. * Education general Education School/Jr. School Basic College School HARYANA 5.00 45.00 169.00 3785.00 1788.00 10269.00 HIMACHAL PRADESH 3.00 6.00 557.00 1525.00 1189.00 7732.00 JAMMU & KASHMIR 3.00 12.00 38.00 1351.00 3104.00 10483.00 MADHYA PRADESH 17.00 70.00 413.00 8341.00 21108.00 86858.00 PUNJAB 5.00 64.00 193.00 3325.00 2527.00 12633.00 RAJASTHAN 10.00 70.00 267.00 5633.00 14807.00 35077.00 UTTAR PRADESH 28.00 174.00 676.00 8339.00 20675.00 94476.00 DELHI 11.00 24.00 64.00 1459.00 601.00 2676.00 CHANDIGARH 2.00 7.00 12.00 107.00 34.00 48.00 NORTHERN REGION 84.00 472.00 2389.00 33865.00 65833.00 260252.00 % TO ALL INDIA 35.44 22.17 31.88 30.12 34.62 41.52 INDIA 237.00 2129.00 7494.00 112438.00 190166.00 626737.00 * Includes Deemed Universities and Institutes off National Importance Source: PHD Chambers of Commerce. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh WATER SUPPLY Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 No. of Water Works Nos. NA 5 5 5 (Cums.) No. of Metered Connection Nos. 74892 82184 84294 120000 No. of Un-metered Nos. 9360 23464 23656 20241 Connection WATER CONSUMPTION (A) Domestic Kiloliters 67933 5227262 5334897 5943761 (B) Commercial / Industrial Kiloliters 7992 1833205 1881295 4940444 Per Capita Consumption Kiloliters 97 70 67 95 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POWER Items Unit Period 1990-91 1998-99 1999-2K 2000 - 01 1 2 3 4 5 6 Electricity Consumed Lakh KWH 5240.80 8401.89 8491.04 8715.36 Per capita Consumption KWH 816 988 964 955 Agricultural Consumption Lakh KWH 12.71 25.58 26.59 23.02 Industrial Consumption Lakh KWH 2005.16 1792.34 1865.46 1916.35 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 Persons 900914 92118 808796 Census Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population Growth Absolute 258899 25932 232967 1991 - 2001 %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population Sex PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Ratio No.of females per 1000 773 621 792 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of Total 12.13 15.21 11.78 Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Corporates Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh POPULATION DATA 2001 - CENSUS (P) Population Total Rural Urban Population as per 2001 900914 92118 808796 Census Persons Males 508224 56837 451387 Females 392690 35281 357409 Decennial Population 258899 25932 232967 Growth 1991 - 2001 Absolute %age +40.33 +39.18 +40.46 Density of Population PerSq.Kms 7903 2658 10194 Sex Ratio No.of females 773 621 792 per 1000 Males Population of 0-6 years* (I) Absolute 109293 14007 95286 Persons Males 59238 7562 51676 Females 50055 6445 43610 (II) Percentage of 12.13 15.21 11.78 Total Population Persons Males 11.66 13.30 11.45 Females 12.75 18.27 12.20 Literacy : (I) Absolute 647208 59547 587661 Persons Males 384563 40178 344385 Females 262645 19369 243276 (II) Literacy Rate 81.76 76.23 82.36 Persons Males 85.65 81.54 86.16 Females 76.65 67.17 77.53 * 6 years means completed 6 years as on 01.03.2001 Name of the Organisation State Amrit Banaspati Co. Ltd. Chandigarh Bank of Punjab Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Industires Limited Chandigarh Bhushan Steel & Strips Ltd Chandigarh Chandigarh Distillers & Bottlers Ltd. Chandigarh Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Chandigarh Control & Switch Gear Company Ltd. Chandigarh Dhillon Kool Drinks & Beverages Chandigarh Golden Laminates Limited Chandigarh Gorz-Beckert Asia Ltd Chandigarh Guru Nanak Paper Mills Ltd. Chandigarh IPF - Vikram India Ltd. Chandigarh Indian Acrylics Limited Chandigarh Indo - Swift Limited Chandigarh Industrial Cables India Limited Chandigarh JC Coach Builders Limited Chandigarh Kamla Dials & Devices Ltd. Chandigarh Khandelia Oil & General Limited Chandigarh Metro Expoters Limited Chandigarh Modern Steel Limited Chandigarh Mohan Meaken Limited Mohangram (Chandigarh) Munak Chemicals Limited Chandigarh PCP International Ltd. Chandigarh Punjab Alkalies & Chemicals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd Chandigarh Punjab State Civil Supplies Corpn. Ltd Chandigarh The Punjab State Co-oop Milk Producer's Federations Ltd Chandigarh Rana Polycot Limited Chandigarh Shivalik Agro Poly Product Limited Chandigarh Singhania & Co. Chandigarh Surya Medicare Limited Chandigarh Variendera Agro Chemicals Limited Chandigarh Winsome Textiles Industries Ltd Chandigarh 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism Policy Chandigarh Tourism has declared the following vision “ Tourism as a major industry in Chandigarh is to be developed by Providing leadership, organizational and strategic direction, Improving the quality of tourism products, Developing places of tourist interest, Providing necessary facilities for all categories of tourist and Marketing Chandigarh’s Tourism products internationally and domestically So as to provide employment and economic, environmental, social and cultural benefits to the citizens of the city beautiful – Chandigarh” In the new economic scenario, Chandigarh Tourism has recognized the need to involve the private sector in the development of tourism infrastructure in conjunction with the Government. The following activities are included in the ‘Tourism Industry’ Accommodation facilities Restaurants and fast food facilities Transportation facilities Tourist entertainment Souvenirs With this background, the objectives have developed as 1. Employment generation. Tourism generates both direct and indirect employment 2. Attract private investment 3. Preserve heritage and tradition. As Chandigarh is a new city, the traditions are related with gardens and festivals 4. Preserve the environment 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh 5. Diversification of the Tourism product into adventure sports, entertainment, leisure etc. 6. To provide adequate publicity both domestic and international 7. Create accommodation facilities – renovate and upgrade existing facilities 8. Develop human resources for Hospitality and Tourism. The following strategic projects have been suggested to implement these objectives 1. Develop Chandigarh as a convention city – attract the MICE segment 2. Eco- tourism wildlife park around the Sukhna Bird sanctuary 3. Sound & Light show at the Rock Garden 4. Further development of Tourist amenities at Sukhna Lake 5. Amusement park 6. Translites and signeages for the convenience of tourists 7. Tourist information center to house other State Tourism offices as well as railways, airlines and trade associations 8. Promotion of Rail Tourism – in particular on the Kalka-Shimla line 9. Promotion of Kalagram as a showcase for the Northern States 10. Development of innovative tourism packages o Buddhist places o Pilgrimages - Hindu and Sikh o Holiday packages to Hill stations o Heritage packages o Adventure packages o NRI packages 11. Promotion of off-season tourism 12. Special Tourism packages for NRIs 13. Development of Chandigarh as a Film City 14. Integrate the police to safeguard the interests of tourists 15. Promotion of week end golf packages 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Another major initiative has been an attempt to integrate Tourism Development in the Northern States of Punjab, Haryana, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu & Kashmir via a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’. The Board would have the Tourism Secretaries of the participating states as members, the Chairmanship rotating between the States. The Board would also have prominent persons from the Tourism industry as members. The primary role is seen as Working out a strategy for integrated approach for promotion of tourism in the region Promotion of interstate Tourism via programmes such as Tourism Trade fairs & Exhibitions Setting up joint information centers Organising interstate package tours Collaboration on Tourism promotion schemes Joint participation in Traevl Industry Trade fairs Joint cultural festivals Linkages of websites Part of this initiative would be to declare a Special Tourism Area for a radius of 100 Km around Chandigarh with the prime objective of allowing the free movement of designated tourism vehicles. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh FAIRS & FESTIVALS Chandigarh citizens celebrate several festivals that are uniquely their own. The Festival of Gardens This is a three-day extravaganza organized in the last week of February; included on the national calendar of festivals. Initially called the Rose Festival it intended to encourage people to stroll through the Rose Garden and enjoy the sight of the blooms. Each year the festival grew: now it includes performances of music and dance, both classical and folk, flower shows, events for children, exhibitions by local artists, photographers and craftsman and a wide range of amusements. Since 1997 it is known as the Festival of Gardens. The city pulls out all the stops for this celebration, reminiscent of ancient India's Vasant Utsav in honor of spring. April Fools' Day (April 1) On this day poets from all over the country gather at Chandigarh to recite verses in a jocular vein. Even those who do not ordinarily enjoy poetry look forward to the Maha Moorkh Sammelan, or Conclave of Colossal Fools. No other city in India hosts such a gathering. Baisakhi Baisakhi is the first day of the new year in the traditional Vikrami calendar, it celebrates the wheat harvest, and it is one of the high points of the year for Sikhs as it is anniversary of the founding of Khalsa. As the capital of two basically agrarian states, Punjab and Haryana, this day sees festivities organized by both the state governments as well as the Administration of the UT, and of course many institutions in the city. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh The Mango festival This festival is held in June. Mango-growers from all over India are invited to enter their prize fruits in the various competitions. Visitors to the fair can see and taste all the traditional varieties of the fruit as well as the latest hybrids from the agricultural universities. It is also an occasion for agro-industries, and food industries processing mango into jams, pickles and canned fruit to display their wares. TEEJ Teej is a traditional holiday celebrated by women in the middle of the monsoon season-generally around the first week of August. The Rock Garden with its swings and pavilions is the festival venue and the day is basically a grand picnic with songs and dances, purchase of new bangles, painting the hands with mehndi. The Indo-Pak Mushaira This gathering in December brings together poets from India and Pakistan. The significance of this event is felt especially by the older generation whose memories go back to the years before the partition of India. For the younger generation it brings home the deep commonalties of language and culture that unite the people of two nations. The Chrysanthemum Show - in December turns the Terraces Flower Garden in the city's Sector 33 into a multi-coloured wall-to-wall carpet of chrysanthemums. Hundreds of varieties of the flower are on display and city gardeners vie for coveted honours in the competitions. The Plaza Carnival 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh This Carnival is on every-Saturday-night is held on an open-air stage set up in Sector 17's central piazza. The weekly three-hour programme draws a large crowd and provides an opportunity for talented local singers, dancers, magicians, comedians, actors and acrobats to do their stuff. The Chandigarh Carnival This carnival is a three-day event celebrated in the second week of November shortly before or after Nehru's birth anniversary on November 14,otherwise known as Children's Day. The carnival opens with a colourful procession, which everyone is encouraged to join. The carnival is a time for students to show their talent (or simply have fun) and elders too participate in a number of competitions and exhibits. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Roles of relevant bodies in Tourism The main bodies that generate and cater to leisure and business travel to the State are 1. CITCO – Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Corporation 2. Urban Development and Town Planning Chandigarh Tourism. The Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO) was set up in 1974 for construction and allotment of industrial sheds and for supply of iron & steel to the industries in Chandigarh. Its original name was Chandigarh Small Industries and Development Corporation Limited (CSIDC). The Chandigarh Administration transferred Hotel Mountview and other cafeterias to the Corporation in 1982. It's name was first changed to Chandigarh Industrial & General Development Corporation Limited (CIGDC) and finally to Chandigarh Industrial & Tourism Development Corporation Limited (CITCO). In terms of Tourism responsibilities, Chandigarh Tourism plays both developmental and operational roles. Its prime areas of responsibility are 1. Promotion of Chandigarh and its attractions as destinations 2. Creation of tourism related infrastructure 3. Development of accommodation and restaurants 4. Activities pertaining to the preservation of art, culture, history and heritage of the State 5. Establishment of recreation and leisure facilities 6. Tourism related human resource development 7. Promotion of package tours 8. Information and signage 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Chandigarh Tourism is a profitable venture. A short overview of its performance over various activities is given below Unit Hotel Mountview 1997-98 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 824.55 215.71 1998-99 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 891.57 266.84 1999-00 Rs. - Lacs Sale Profit 1093.08 323.97 Hotel Shivalikview Hotel Parkview Chef Lakeview 677.08 127.68 111.28 145.49 9.98 16.04 651.46 121.22 117.20 81.74 -47.61 12.43 673.31 124.21 160.69 91.11 -4.60 39.98 Chef Bus Stand Rock Garden Canteen Canteens Tours & Travels 41.56 5.44 9.50 10.47 -14.55 -3.00 -18.59 -15.48 38.50 6.61 17.41 9.80 -10.07 0.14 -23.02 -15.24 36.89 1.24 16.88 7.96 -10.84 -0.54 -23.03 -13.54 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh URBAN PLANNING The Department is headed by the Chief Architect who is the Ex-officio Secretary, Urban Planning. The Department consists of two wings. Architectural Wing Town planning Wing Architectural Wing This wing has five basic duties: • To design buildings for the Chandigarh Administration and work entrusted to it by various departments of the Central and State governments and autonomous bodies • To Co-ordinate with the various wings of the Engineering Department both in the planning and construction phases and to incorporate structural designs and other engineering services into the buildings. • Architectural supervision during the course of construction of works designed by the deptt. • To scrutinize building plans submitted to the Estate Office for approval of the Administration and to inspect commercial buildings for issuance of completion certificates by the Estate Office. The Chief Architect's jurisdiction encompasses the entire Union Territory. Town Planning Unit The Town Planning Unit consist of Senior Town Planner with supporting team of Divisional Town Planner, asstt, Town Planners and other draftsmen in different grades. The Senior Town Planner is responsible for implementing the Chandigarh Master Plan proposals. He prepares project reports dealing with different aspects of the development of the city and its surrounding area. He plans 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Industrial Development As this, along with Chandigarh Tourism, is part of CITCO, there is complete coordination within their roles and no overlaps. The Corporation was set-up in 1974 primarily for supplying raw-material to the small scale industries and for construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Some more activities were added subsequently. The details of the industrial activities in chronological order are as under: Year Activity 1974 Construction and allotment of industrial sheds. Supply of iron and steel to the SSI Units. 1978 Industrial Development and Facility Centre ( IDFC ). This Centre was setup with the assistance of Industries Department . 1979 Emporium as marketing outlet for the products of SSI units. 1992 Supply of Petroleum products- Agents for IPCL (Indian Petro Chemical Limited) 2000 Consignment Agency of Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh the Phase-II and II sectors and the left out pockets of Phase I and II with the aim of bring areas under intensive utilization. HE scrutinizes building plans and cases concerning construction in areas falling under the Periphery Control Act. He studies Urban trends, which will require plan revisions and plans for changing traffic and transportation needs. Rehabilitation and resettlement of squatters settlements and other rehabilitation housing projects come under his purview and he also outlines the statutory zoning plans in respect of land for commercial/residential/cultural/educational purposes. In accordance with the Estate Officer, the Senior Town Planner releases land for auction and sets plinth levels. He provides guidance to the Chandigarh Housing Board and prepares plan for the development schemes of Manimajra. He is involved in planning for the integrated development of the Chandigarh Inter-State Region. The Senior Town Plan's jurisdiction encompasses the entire area of the Union Territory of Chandigarh. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Activities of contiguous states UTTAR PRADESH After the formation of separate hill state of Uttaranchal, UP doesn’t account for any breath taking topography as is associated with Uttranchal. Its most important physical feature is the River Ganges, which traverses the length of the state and accounts for some of the oldest cities/ regions of the world. Rivers are a significant physical feature and tourism resource. All important tourist destinations of UP have an attractive riverfront that can be developed. UP Government is concentrating on improving river-based experience by way of improving ghats, improving the experience at the ghats, encouraging water sports, river cruise, Better destination management at key tourism centers by way of urban decongestion, traffic management, ghats and river experience improvement and better accommodation facilities at Varanasi ,Allahabad and Agra. Product Innovation and better packaging of existing products a. The Bundelkhand area has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Lack of connectivity, infrastructure and communication facilities makes it difficult to create a tourism experience. Plans are to start a tourism train to provide connectivity, accommodation and basic infrastructure in a single product. It also provides a “theme” that is attractive and marketable. b. Agra as an International convention and events center. Plans to set up a international size convention facility. Agra has the advantage of instant international positive name recognition. It is well connected with Delhi gateway. Agra has numerous monuments besides Taj Mahal and numerous possible excursions extensions. Agra has ample accommodation in different ranges. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh UTTRANCHAL Tourism has been identified to have the potential to become the main stay of Uttranchal’s economy, and needs to be developed in planned and time bound manner. To achieve this objective the state has taken following steps The state has constituted a high-level Tourism Development Board, which will replace the existing tourism directorate. The role of the board will be a. Formation of a policy and strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state c. Establish standards/norms for and forming policy guidelines for various tourism activities d. Strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investments in the private sector. e. Single window Information and assistance center. Outsourcing Expertise The Uttranchal tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. The board identified seven projects and awarded the work to different agencies. These projects are master plans, which dovetail all developments and have a long-term perspective for sustainable tourism products. Destination Management The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh being the key hubs through which pass the maximum number of tourists in the region would require immediate attention. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Plans need to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. The master plan is being prepared for the Char Dham route, and same might be planned for other important destinations mentioned above. New Destinations New tourism destinations have been identified which will develop and marketed as spokes to hubs. These new destinations will also help in decongesting the hubs. Private Sector Participation The areas and opportunities have been identified for the private sector which are development of accommodation facilities for different categories of tourists, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. To make these investment opportunities attractive special incentives and concessions have been planned. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh RAJASTHAN Tourism is a significant contributor to the economy to Rajasthan economy. Rajasthan has adopted the mission approach for tourism sector to accord very high priority and ensure planned and time bound growth and development of tourism industry in the state to make it a truly “people’s industry” in Rajasthan. a. Rajasthan has estimated tourist accommodation of 19000 rooms in 772 hotels and as per assessment of the state tourism department, 20000 additional rooms will be required by year 2005.The state has decided to encourage more private investment. The state will encourage private investment in developing ancient buildings and heritage properties as tourist resorts; this will have dual advantage of preservation of heritage properties and additional accommodation. b. Traditionally Rajasthan has been depending on it heritage to attract tourists. Rajasthan Government is looking at ways and means of enhancing the tourist products. o The State has rich forest reserves and national parks like Sariska, Bharatpur- Ghana and Rathambore. Other areas, which have the potential for Wildlife, will be promoted. o Rajasthan has rich and varied heritage of handicrafts, handlooms and other products, which are appreciated by and purchased by tourists visiting the State. Efforts will be made to improve direct access of tourists to artisans. RTDC will develop shopping arcades in their existing properties and provide space to artisans to display and market their products. Efforts will be made to set up Shilpgrams and a Handicrafts Museum. o Experience has shown that Fairs and festivals have great tourist appeal and promotional value. Some of the fairs and festivals have become internationally popular like the Pushkar and Dessert Festival, 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Jaisalmer. The Government proposes to consolidate the facilities at such places to make these fairs and festivals more attractive. c. Destination Management o In view of possible exploitation of tourists, Government of may enact a suitable legislation for regulating tourism trade. o The Department of tourism will be empowered to license and inspect such establishments as are engaged in providing services of to tourists. Since there is an existing procedure for classification of Hotels, such establishments will not be brought under the purview of the legislation to avoid duplication of regulatory procedures. o Complaints received through tourists may be readdressed through Tourist Assistance Force. o Care will be taken to avoid unrestricted entry of tourists beyond the carrying capacity of National Parks and Sanctuaries. DELHI Delhi has a rich inventory of heritage properties. Delhi is one of the two major gateways to the country. Delhi has done very little to promote tourism in the state. This tourist has to come to Delhi for visiting all the popular tourist destinations in North India. Delhi is planning to set up 6/8 more Delhi Hatt type of facilities in different parts of Delhi. Efforts are being made to rejuvenate Tuglakabad Fort area. PUNJAB Punjab has done very limited to promote tourism in the state. It has limited heritage assets and the same have been neglected. The Golden Temple or Darbar Sahib is the most frequented pilgrimage center of the state. The Patiala Fort houses the National Sports Academy.Lately the Sheesh Mahal has been used as a backdrop to organize music concerts and contests and the area around the property has been improved. 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh CHANDIGARH HOTELS HOTEL SECTOR AMAR 22 A ALANKAR 22 A AROMA 22 C CHANDIGARH 22 C CLASSIC 35 C DIVYADEEP 22 B G.K. INTERNATIONAL 35 C HERITAGE 35 C HIMANI'S 35 C JASMINE 35 C JAMES PLAZA 17 JULLUNDHAR 22 B KAPIL 35 B KC RESIDENCY 35 D KWALITY RESIDENCY 22 A Le CROWN 35 B MAYA PALACE 35 B METRO 35 35 C MONARCH 35 B MOUNTVIEW 10 B PANKAJ 22 A PARK INN 35 PICCADILY 22 B REGENCY 35 B RIKHI 35 B SAMRAT 22 D SHIVALIK VIEW 17 D SOUTHEND 35 C SUNBEAM 22 B CHANDIGARH YATRI 24 B NIWAS PRESIDENT 26 C SOLITAIRE NAC Shivalik Enclave PANCHKULA HOTELS North Park Panchkula - Shimla Road Prabhat Inn *** Panchkula - Shimla Road Oscar Regency Panchkula - Shimla Road Vikrant Panchkula - Shimla Road ZIRAKPUR HOTELS Mark Royal (10 Kms from Panchkula) Bristol (10 Kms from Panchkula) Shagun (10 Kms from Panchkula) Grow Green (10 Kms from Panchkula) NO OF ROOMS 16 12 30 16 14 14 28 14 17 14 N/A 16 13 26 14 16 26 16 14 156 14 26 48 25 16 16 13 57 20 26 30 20 12 50 30+ Info. Not avail. 12 (approx) 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food Sales Tax on softbeverages Sales tax on Liquor Annual Bar licence -Rslakhs Excise onconsumption- BeerRs Excise onconsumption-liquorRs Electricity / unit Elcetricity demandMonthperKVA/ 10 for Andhra Pradesh 5% 300 pub 8% 8% 8% hotel nil nil 4.61 108 Assam 20% all pub 7% nil nil 0.5 1.95+75% 3.75+75% 3.70+ 5% 70 Arunachal nil nil nil nil nil nil 0.5 nil nil 2.15 Bihar 7% 151 act 6+1% 11+1% 25+2% 3 1 6.75 2.92 125 Delhi 10% 500 act 8% 10% 20% 4.5 to 7.5 5.25 to 7.0 Goa 15% 500 pub 15% 20% on foreign 0.6 2.90 to 3.30 110 Gujarat 20% 500 act 12% 0.2 3.5 +45% Haryana nil nil NA 10% 20% 20% 5.75 4.02 Himachal Pradesh 10% 150 pub 8% 33% on out of state 0.7 2.8 Jammu & Kashmir 2% 8% 32% 1 3.18 Karnataka 15% 1,000 pub 10% 10% Indian 10% Foreign 60% 2.08 6.2 Kerala 15% 500 act 9% Local 5% imported 13 2 100% Madhya Pradesh 10% all act 9% 10% nil 2 3.63 122 Maharashtra 10% 1,200 act 20% 20% 20% 1.18 to 3.71 2.64 Orissa nil nil nil 8% Indian nil imported 20% 1.5 3.45 Punjab nil nil nil 9% nil nil 1.2 7.95 88 3.39 120 Indian nil imported Rajasthan 8% 1,200 act 14% 50.6% 1.5 to 6.0 11 31 3.72 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh State Luxury tax on room Qualifying rate -Rs Actual/ Published Sales tax on Food beverages Sales Tax on soft Sales tax on Liquor - Rs lakhs Annual Bar licence Beer - on Rs consumption Excise liquor - on Rs consumption Excise Electricity / unit per KVA/ Month Elcetricity demand Sikkim nil nil nil 8% nil nil 0.06 2.5 Tamil Nadu 20% all Pub 8% 2.2 4 Uttaranchal 5% Uttar Pradesh 5% 1,000 act 8% out of state 32.6% 8 per hotel 8 48 4.13 West Bengal 10% a/c act 17% imported 30% daily 1 to 25 30 to 175 4.88 Chandigarh nil Source : FHRAI 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Transport taxes Token tax/ qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax per month Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce Employment in Hotels & restaurants Own Account Ent Establishments Total Number Employed Number Employed Number Employed Andhra Pradesh 69979 131,082 26504 134,009 96483 265,091 Arunachal 446 823 1029 4,740 1475 5,563 Assam 12005 18,186 14713 56,020 26718 74,206 Bihar 39822 62,201 21599 81,870 61421 144,071 Delhi 10917 14,822 10642 65,402 21559 80,224 Goa 1740 2,578 1189 9,331 2929 11,909 Gujarat 14759 22,622 12945 66,042 27704 88,664 Haryana 11971 15,360 5426 18,682 17397 34,342 Himachal Pradesh 7931 9,937 3214 11,651 11145 21,585 Jammu & Kashmir Karnataka 60093 103,972 34429 160,522 94522 264,494 Kerala 71472 101,290 27483 103,657 98955 204,947 Madhya Pradesh 39248 57,836 24412 96,007 63660 153,843 Maharashtra 47828 73,828 52237 312,763 100065 386,591 Manipur 2174 4,400 794 3,169 2968 7,569 Meghalaya 2222 4,430 3100 11,767 5322 16,197 Mizoram 1010 1,635 619 1,706 1629 3,341 Nagaland 589 1,301 949 4,179 1538 5,480 Orissa 34811 60,779 18007 68,292 52818 129,071 Punjab 10006 13,503 6694 23,984 16700 37,487 Rajasthan 29426 38,606 14820 50,224 44246 88,830 Sikkim 261 593 398 1,809 659 2,402 Tamil Nadu 85563 139,566 36637 167,673 122200 307,239 Uttar Pradesh 73911 103,649 28760 102,230 102671 205,879 West Bengal 68179 92,019 26508 115,903 94687 207,922 Andaman & Nicobar Chandigarh Daman & Diu Dadra & Nagar Haveli Lakshwadeep Pondicherry Source : department of Tourism Transport taxes Token tax/qtr Tax perseat/km Tax per day Tax permonth Tax per week Total permonth All IndiaTouristPermitpermonth Delhi 35 seat coach 1675 560 1600 Ambassador 850 285 Esteem 1300 433 Haryana 35 seat coach a/c 8.53 4000 35 seat coach non a/c 8.31 Ambassador/ Esteem 875 291 Qualis- 9 seats 3175 1058 Punjab 35 seat coach 3175 nil Ambassador/ Esteem 800 267 Qualis- 9 seats 1000 333 UP & Uttaranchal 35 seat coach 14500 485 4835 Ambassador/ Esteem 730 243 Qualis- 9 seats 4350 1450 Gujarat 35 seat coach 9000 36000 Rajasthan 35 seat coach 20610 20610 2025 Ambassador 1000 1000 Qualis- 9 seats 3400 3400 Himachal Pradesh 35 seat coach 12000 4000 4000 Ambassador/ Esteem 386 130 Qualis- 9 seats 3250 1085 Madhya Pradesh 35 seater coach 3400 21600 Qualis/ Ambasador 210 Source : All India Transporters Association/ PHD Chamber of Commerce 20 year Perspective Tourism Master Plan for Chandigarh Approach to Assessment of Attractions Successful tourism products are those developed to meet the demands of existing and potential markets. These market segments have also been analysed. While analyzing the attractions of Chandigarh, we kept in mind both Chandigarh Tourism Policy and the National Tourism Policy. The approach has been 1. Identification of market segments 2. Listing of all attractions in Chandigarh 3. Mapping the relationship between Chandigarh Tourism and National Tourism Policies 4. Study of “Best Practice” in other City States 5. From the above, a shortlisting of projects. 1 Fitness Trail High Court The Open Hand/ Dove – symbol of Chandigarh Rock Garden scuplture Marketing State Tourism Three case studies are attached – Kerala, Rajasthan and Uttaranchal – representing “Best Practice” in the Indian context. Recently, Maharashtra has been very active in promotion. Some pertinent observations are 1. Get the basics in place. In other words set the right conditions for enhancing infrastructure for tourism. Some specific actions taken a. Common approach by all Govt.Departments. Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission and Uttaranchal’s Tourism Development Board ensure that various Govt.Depts and private sector are involved in Tourism plans b. Giving Tourism Industry status. Kerala did this in 1986, Rajasthan in 1989 c. Outsource expertise. Uttaranchal and Rajasthan both utilize professionals for surveys and feasibility studies d. Involve Private sector. Kerala Tourism formed JVs with two major hotel chains to attract investments. It has further set up a Tourism Investment Agency. Rajasthan offered further assistance to develop Heritage hotels. Uttaranchal has earmarked accommodation, restaurants, adventure sports, amusement parks for private development. e. Develop Human resources. Rajasthan and Uttaranchal are encouraging private sector to set up Hotel management and Food craft institutes. There is emphasis on guide training and certification. Uttaranchal plans specialist training facilities for adventure sports. Kerala set up an Institute of Tourism & Travel Studies in 1988 in addition to the IHMCT in Kovalam. f. Emphasis on civic infrastructure. Identified by Uttaranchal as a key area. 2. Enhance the Tourism product. Apart from traditional reasons for visits a. Kerala – Ayurveda and Traditional festivals like Boat races, Elephant March, Nishagandhi Dance festival. Also developing a new Hill Station b. Rajasthan – Direct access to Handicrafts and Handloom artisans, Fairs and festivals, Wildlife. c. Uttaranchal – Adventure sports 3. Concentrate on a few destinations/ activities a. Kerala – Ayurveda, Calicut-Kasargod, Quilon-Alleppey b. Uttaranchal – four hubs of Haridwar, Mussoorie, Nainital and Rishikesh. Adventure sports c. Goa – holidays d. Rajasthan - Heritage 4. Manage Destinations. Involve host population – Rajasthan positions this as a ‘peoples industry’, better connectivity, city decongestion, Safety & Security of tourists – Kerala thinking of an insurance scheme, restricting entry into sensitive areas like National Parks, Registration of establishments catering to tourist needs 5. Product Positioning. Each State needs to develop a USP. a. Kerala – God’s own Country b. Uttaranchal – Every season is the reason c. Goa – 365 days on holiday 6. Promotion to target markets. a. Market segmentation – Relevant market segments, both domestic and international, should be identified geographically and by reason for visit. Eg. Kerala also targets NRIs b. Distribution – Ability to reserve hotels/ tours in source markets c. Sales - Participation in domestic and International trade fairs, familiarization trips for identified agents, sales offices in key markets d. Communications - Focused advertising in trade and travel related media, PR, Interactive websites, e-mail magazines, sweepstake prizes for high profile contests, familiarization trips for identified journalists i. Kerala has hired an agency in the US e. Database maintenance f. Marketing alliances – on-line airlines/ transporters, neighbouring States, destination co-op marketing. How other City States/ small countries position themselves Chandigarh is similar in situation to the city states and small countries around the world. The chart below attempts to analyse some of the more successful city states in terms of their drawing power City State Attractions Singapore Trading - Was a trading post to the Far East – Now a Financial hub – Connectivity to the world Manmade attractions – Jurong Bird Park, Night Safari, Sentosa Island & ropeway, Acquarium – Shopping, night markets – Golf Hongkong – now part of Trading China, but mainly unchanged Shopping Sports – Horse racing, rugby Macau Gambling – Casino/ Jai Alai Formula 1 races Monaco Gambling Casino & entertainment Formula 1 races Dubai Trading – similar to Singapore Shopping Sports – horse racing, power boats, golf, tennis, cricket Events Mauritius/ Bahamas/ Bermuda Beaches Off-shore companies Sun City, South Africa Casino, Golf,water sports, events Very few City States have the benefit of historical attractions such as at the Vatican. Some like Bahamas, Bermuda and Mauritius have the natural attractions of beaches. Most, however, have had to depend on manmade attractions. It is obvious that those city states that have had a history of trading, have managed to develop themselves as World Financial Centers. As part of this development, they have installed infrastructure for communications, in particular, very broadband channels for Internet. Another off shoot of this development is the growth in media. Dubai, in fact, is building a media city. However, the one striking feature in all these cases is the emphasis on world class standard Recreation and Leisure facilities. While facilities have been created for visitors, they are also used by the residents. – Gambling is a major attraction in Macau, Monaco and Sun City. – Horse racing is big in Hongkong and Dubai. – Sporting events attract people to Singapore, Hongkong, Dubai, Monaco and Sun City. – Entertainment Events are held in Sun City, Dubai, Hongkong, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Seychelles etc We believe that Chandigarh does have the potential to become a successful city state based on its own draw. It is interesting to note that city States like Dubai, Singapore, Bahamas, Bermuda, Mauritius etc do not rely on their immediate neighbours. Market segments for Chandigarh Tourism Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions Residents of Chandigarh Recreation and Leisure appear to be the main 1. Multiplex cinema halls demands. However, Chandigarh residents tend to 2. Amusement Park finish their working days relatively early and night 3. Night food bazaar cum entertainment entertainment demand is limited. 4. Horse Racing Neighbouring States Delhi 1. Transit traffic, specially families with small 1. Delhi - Transit Stopover traffic to Shimla or children on their way to Kulu/ Manali. These start 2. Haryana Kulu/ Manali later in the day from Delhi and the children get 3. Punjab - Short breaks restless after 4 to 5 hours. A good reason to stop 4. Himachal Pradesh Haryana would be an Amusement park. - Recreation & Leisure 2. Recreation & leisure. See comments above. None - Shopping of the contiguous states has developed good R&L - Business facilities except possibly the Gurgaon and - Meetings & Conferences Faridabad districts bordering Delhi. Punjab 3. Shopping. While Jalandhar and Ludhiana have now - Recreation & Leisure got good shopping facilities, they are still behind - Shopping the range offered by Sector 17. If this is combined - Business with R&L, it makes a powerful attraction. - Meetings & conferences 4. Business. This is normally connected with Himachal Pradesh Government. - Recreation & Leisure 5. Meetings and conferences. Chandigarh being the - Shopping State Capital of Haryana and the Punjab as well as - Medical the Northern Region HQ for several trade bodies, can satisfy this need 6. Medical. Medical facilities at the PGI are excellent. The new Fortis Hospital in Mohalli can also contribute to Chandigarh room occupancies Market Segment Potential demand Potential Solutions The Rest of India Apart from transit to HP, and a very small market No strong offer to attract this segment interested in architecture, the tourism demands from the rest of India are not met by Chandigarh NRIs – Also those of Chandigarh is the Gateway to the Punjab NRI’s could be encouraged to expose their children, many Punjab origin NRI Marriages of whom are negative to India, to the modern city beautiful - Chandigarh Other Foreign No real demand State Tourism Policy > Improving the Developing vs. National Tourism quality of places of Policy tourism tourist vvvv products interest Place Tourism on the Concurrent list Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments Safety & Security of Accreditisation Tourists of Shops, transporters Tourism Accounting System Computerisation Concentrate on one major project as State USP World Heritage sites as opportunity to expand cultural Tourism Themed Cultural Sound & Light Attractions at Rock Garden Providing necessary facilities for tourists Effective signages Have police posts at Tourism Information centres Provide a central reservation facility. Provide linkage between Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake and planned amusement park Other Chandigarh has already declared Tourism as an industry in 1994. However, incentives and concessions need to be reviewed Constitute a State Tourism Board/ Tourism Advisory Council Initiate a system for tracking tourism spends Secretariat & High Court complex?? Develop a documentary on the planning and development of Chandigarh State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Capitalise on Run regular Food traditional cuisines Festivals featuring foods from other States. Actively promote village tourism Exploit the potential of Sukhna Bird Create wildlife sanctuaries sanctuary awareness of the fauna Develop Adventure Improve the Development tourism with safety tourist amenities of the Sports standards at Sukhna lake. center at Kishangarh Recreation & leisure Develop a Dinner Develop an Multiplex Explore the are a vital component cruise on Sukhna amusement possibility of a of the local & regional Lake park. Race Track. This domestic tourism will help week market end occupancies in the hotels MICE to be developed Develop a for tourism, trade and convention commerce centre Develop Eco-tourism Create Develop the through grassroots, environmental Botanical community based consciousness garden movement through gardens Capitalise on the growing awareness of India’s holistic healing traditions Development of Incorporate shopping centers for traditional arts traditional crafts and and crafts with information on them Kalagram State Tourism Policy Improving the Developing Providing Other > quality of places of necessary vs. National Tourism tourism tourist facilities for Policy products interest tourists vvvv Promote the events, The quality of the A daily night fairs and festivals both Saturday Sector market can be locally and in the main 17 entertainment developed markets needs to be reviewed Provide the Convention infrastructure for center Business travel The following projects have been shortlisted Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism 13. Attracting the Private Sector Project 1 Effective linkages and close coordination between Departments There is a need to set up a system in Chandigarh to coordinate with other departments whose work has a bearing on Tourism. 1) Currently the following Government agencies have a direct impact on tourism products a) CITCO. Here, both Industrial development and Tourism come under the same department. b) Town Planning c) PWD (B&R) d) PHD for water, sewage & sanitation e) Police 2) Private bodies that are directly involved in tourism are the local chapters of a) FHRAI/ HAI b) TAAI/ IATO c) Transporters association 3) Indirect involvement by private sector corporations for business travel requirements and their related associations i) FICCI/ ASSOCHAM/ PHDCC etc. ii) Informed and committed individuals with current or potential interest in the State 4) Some Central Government agencies are also involved. These are a) NHAI b) Indian railways Two related approaches have been used by other Indian States Rajasthan has used a ‘mission’ approach whereby they have set up the Rajiv Gandhi Tourism Mission. This has the commitment from all State Ministries of giving tourism priority treatment. Uttaranchal is the first State to constitute a ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ with participation of both the Government and private sector The roles in planning and identification of projects, problems and solutions are similar. They vary in that the ‘Tourism Advisory Board’ is a body constituted under an Act with broad powers. The ‘Mission Approach’ is not a legal body and is probably easier to implement in states where tourism is not a major industry. Rajasthan - The Mission Approach This is exemplified by Rajasthan’s Rajiv Gandhi Mission on Tourism Development. While not a legal entity, the mission has A nodal agency in the Dept of Tourism, Art and Culture Collaborating agencies o RTDC o Dept of Urban Development o Dept of Archaeology & Museums o PWD o General Administration & Civil Aviation o Forest & Environment o Industries Dept o Devasthan Dept o West Zone Cultural Centre o Khadi & Village Industry Board o Archaeological Survey of India The Mission is structured with a Chairman – Chief Minister Empowered committee chaired by the Chief Secretary Mission Director – Secretary Tourism, Art & Culture District level Sub-Mission – Chairman is District Collector Site/ Local – mini mission A Mission Statement has been defined. Ten Mission objectives have been identifies and a 12 point strategy developed to implement the objectives. The mission statement seeks “To make Tourism the peoples industry”. The objectives and strategy were developed with the help of task forces that surfaced problems and solutions on a variety of subjects including Policy needs. 10 Milestones have been defined and for each milestone specific activity and deadlines detailed. The mission Director coordinates with other departments as well as professionals. The Directorate has the following Advisors Advisor Heritage Advisor Handicrafts Advisor Economist Advisor Media & Marketing Advisor Human Resource Development Advisor Research & Development Advisor Ecology/ Sociology As well as consultants from the private sector 1. Uttaranchal - Constitution of a Tourism Development Board A high level Tourism Development Board has replaced the Tourism Directorate. The responsibilities of this board are a. Formulation and Strategy for development of tourism in Uttranchal b. Preparation of plans and guidelines for developing and strengthening tourism related infrastructure in the state. c. Preparation of plans for various tourist segments and activities, identification and development of projects and ensuring their timely implementation. d. Establishment of standard / norms and framing of policy guidelines for various tourism activities. e. Formulation of a strategy for mobilizing private sector participation and investment in the tourism sector. f. A single window solution to all tourism related information, sanction for projects, escort services for obtaining clearances and approvals from other departments. 2. Identifying Key Projects - Based on the present tourist interest and the future potential in each destination. 3. Outsourcing Expertise - The tourism board empanelled more than hundred experts/ agencies to seek services of specialists and consultancy agencies. 4. Destination Management - The existing tourism centers need destination management plans to maintain and improve their effectiveness. Plans to be made for better connectivity, city decongestion, improvements of accommodation etc. 5. New Destinations - New tourism destinations have been identified which will developed and marketed as spokes to hubs to help in decongesting the hubs. 6. Private Sector Participation - The areas of accommodation facilities, tourist resorts, specialized food restaurants, facilities for adventure sports, amusement parks etc. Special incentives and concessions have been planned. 7. Human Resource Development - Plans to upgrade existing institutes and set up new institutes for diploma and degree training programmes. a) Specialist training for activities like adventure sports etc. b) Self-employment opportunities for local residents to encourage maximum participation of the host community. 8. Infrastructure Development Establishment of world class infrastructure facilities will be the highest priority of Uttranchal government. In order to do this, special efforts are being made to mobilize institutional resources and private sector investment and participation. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh start with a mission approach. This would require the backing of the Governor and the Chief Secretary to make it successful. The mission approach provides the coordination required and gives tourism a better profile with other departments. Project 2 Tourism Accounting System Tourism will not get the attention it deserves unless the positive impacts can be demonstrated. Several measures of the changes in economic activity can be generated. The most common are Changes in Sales or spending - The spending of visitors within the local area becomes sales or receipts for local businesses Changes in regional incomes - This is the sum of wages & salaries accruing to workers in these businesses and owners income and profits Changes in employment - Number of jobs supported by the given level of Sales. What is required to be measured for an impact analysis is the changes that occur with the introduction or closing down of facilities. In simple terms, the economic impact is Economic impact= change in # of visitors * average spend/visitor* Multiplier A visitor is defined by someone who lives outside the region so only ‘new’ spendings are measured. The overall impact is normally arrived at by c) Measuring distinct visitor segments eg. Day trips, transit, stayover, business travel, Government expenditure on tourism related activities including museums, cultural activities, recreational parks etc. d) Measuring spending in distinct categories – lodging, restaurants, meals, petrol etc. e) Allocating spending to receiving sectors and applying ratios and multipliers The first two measure primary effects. Secondary effects are of two types a) Indirect effects are changes in spending, income and jobs within the region in sectors that supply goods and services to the tourism sector. This requires an input-output matrix. b) Induced effects are the increased spends by residents from the incomes earned in tourism and the supporting sectors. Multipliers are required to capture the secondary effects and are generally sxpressed as a ratio to direct effects. These can be sales, income and employment multipliers. The World Bank has estimated that for every Rs 10 lakhs invested in India, the following number of direct jobs are created In Tourism projects 47.5 jobs In Hotels and restaurants 89.0 jobs In agriculture 44.7 jobs In Manufacturing 12.7 jobs Tata Consultancy Service has also estimated that for every direct job created in tourism, 4.62 indirect jobs are created in ancillary areas. The World Travel & Tourism Council uses a ‘Direct Revenue Multiplier’ in tourism of 2.07. While the intention of the Ministry of Tourism is to get a better understanding of the positive effects of tourism, at this stage the mechanism is not in place to collect the details in all sectors. Recommendation We suggest that Chandigarh Tourism puts in place a mechanism to collect data on direct effects. This may initially be in the form of annual surveys extrapolated to cover the State and calculated using the multipliers above. This will give Chandigarh Tourism the hard data required to substantiate the benefits of Tourism. Project 3 SAFETY & SECURITY SPECIAL TOURISM POLICE The National Tourism policy states that “There is a need for the creation of a special tourism police force for deployment at major tourist destinations. This will provide travelers security through a spirit of courtesy and hospitality.” While the creation of a special force at State level may not be feasible, the spirit of providing a sense of security to travelers is an important aspect. At the very least, all Tourist information centers – see note on the concept – should have a police outpost which can deal with crimes against tourists. The awareness of these police outposts should be widely created with hotels, restaurants and shopping centers in the relevant districts. There is no cost involved in this activity PROJECT 4. ACCREDITISATION OF SHOPS AND TRANSPORT AGENCIES Two other areas where most tourists feel insecure in the sense of being cheated are Tourist shops and transportation. It is suggested that Chandigarh Tourism institute a system of accrediting these establishments. For shops, the requirements are simple All items will be price tagged All sales will be subject to return in undamaged condition Shops will carry the accreditisation plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency For transport, again requirements can be kept simple Taxis/ rickshaws will be metered or carry a tariff sheet No fare will be refused if the taxi/ rickshaw is at a stand Participating transport will carry a plaque/ sticker with the number of the monitoring agency Participating transport drivers may be asked to wear a uniform In both cases, complaints will be taken up with the offending shop/ vehicle owner. A repeat complaint will bar the shop/ vehicle from carrying the plaque/ sticker. Recommendation We recommend that Chandigarh Tourism issue a tourist-cum-shopping guide – preferably in the form of a Chandigarh map - listing accredited shops and transporters. Maps should be given free at hotels, Sukhna Lake, Rock Garden and Sector 17 market. The cost of the guide can be recovered by advertising and sale of guides. PROJECT 6 PROMOTING TRADITIONAL CUISINES Indian cuisine is not just a trend internationally – no longer represented by just Tandoori Chicken – but within the country there is a growing interest in regional cuisine. Kerala vegetarian and non-vegetarian restaurants are thriving. Gujarati, Konkan, Chettinad and Punjabi outlets are being well patronized in the metros. In the past, extremely successful food festivals have been held at Kala Gram. Kalagram is an ideal venue between Chandigarh and Panchkula. It is suggested that State Tourism departments be contacted to conduct food festivals on an ongoing basis. Some arrangement will need to be worked out with the North Region Cultural Centre, but as this is a win-win situation for both parties – and the general public, this should be possible. Kalagram may require additional parking facilities. The neighbouring States of Himachal, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, Uttaranchal, Haryana, Rajasthan, Jammu & Kashmir and Delhi can all be approached to hold festivals in Chandigarh. Chandigarh Tourism is also looking at promoting outbound traffic to adjoining States, and they may wish to use this platform more often. If the months of May to July are excluded, it should be possible to organize a festival every month, thereby giving Chandigarh residents and visitors an additional area of recreation and leisure. The festivals should be accompanied with performing arts and display the State handicrafts. Recommendation We recommend food festivals of various states be held at Kala Gram on an ongoing basis. This activity does not require much additional infrastructure and is in fact a revenue generating activity. Visitor numbers Past food festivals at Kalagram have generated 4-5000 visitors per festival over a 3-4 day festival period. If festivals are held monthly at a fixed period, say second weekend of the month or the full moon nights, the numbers can be sustained. 9 festivals x 5,000 visitors per festival = 45,000 visitors Revenues Revenues to Chandigarh Tourism/ Kalagram will be generated by entrance tickets and stall rentals. Stall owners – handicrafts/ F&B – will have direct sales revenues. Assume expenditure @ Rs 50 per visitor for handicrafts/ F&B/ parking 9 Food & Cultural Festivals/ annum Entrance fees = Rs 10 x 45,000 Stall rentals @ Rs5000 x 9 festival x 15 stalls Revenues to stall owners 45,000 x Rs 50 Costs = Rs 4.5 lakhs = Rs 6.75 lakhs = Rs 22.5 lakhs Venue costs are minimal as infrastructure exists. There will be promotional costs Project 12 Wildlife Tourism The Government of India, Department of Tourism has identified the development of wildlife sanctuaries as a priority item. Specific suggestions are to improve the quality of tourist facilities including Visitor information/ interpretation centers. Chandigarh has the Sukhna Bird sanctuary. As a reserved forest, people are not allowed without permission. This area should not be developed further. However, Chandigarh also has a wealth of flora. While the gardens attempt to highlight this, it is not generally known that there are over 1000 variety of trees in Chandigarh. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure other than that normally budgeted for this activity. Project 12 A Adventure Tourism Chandigarh has limited scope for adventure tourism. Apart from promoting serious boating – rowing, sculls, sailing, regattas - in Sukhna Lake, the area is not conducive to pursuing adventure tourism. Recommendation We do not recommend any additional expenditure on this activity other than that normally budgeted. Upgrading the facilities for the above can be taken up by the private sector. Project 5 Concept for Cultural / Tourism Information Centres These should be part of the City ‘Recreation and Leisure’ complex, and are envisioned as centers to showcase the State – a cross between Dilli Haat and National Crafts Museum. At the very least they should have 1. Tourist office with all information on the State 2. Central reservation capabilities for hotel and tour packages. a. These can be manned/ funded by the State Hotel Association & State Travel agent associations b. Space can also be rented to airlines, railways and travel trade associations. 3. A permanent live exhibition of the State’s traditional lifestyle, arts and crafts. This can be modeled on the National Crafts Museum. a. Artisans sell their goods directly and/ or through a central shop. The center provides a platform for the artisan on a revenue share or straight lease. b. State produce can also be sold e.g Basmati rice 4. A permanent restaurant featuring the State cuisine. a. This should be leased with stipulations on the menu and service standards b. The area can also carry periodic photo exhibits/ art exhibits. 5. Some permanent shops can be incorporated and leased out. a. Factory outlets of manufacturers based in the State is one example. 6. An open air amphitheatre to showcase the State’s performing arts a. This should also have screening facilities for documentaries b. This can be leased for private functions including marriages, film shooting 7. Open spaces for putting up stalls for celebrating State festivals a. These can be handicrafts and food stalls leased to private parties. 8. Space should also be allotted to other State Tourism bodies 9. A police outpost where problems faced by tourists can be addressed. Estimated costs for construction of this cultural centers are Activity Budget Tourist office building with space for State tourist offices, Central 50 lakhs reservations office, restaurant and police outpost, other offices Live exhibition of State’s arts and crafts, permanent shops 10-15 lakhs Open air amphitheatre – 750-100 persons 10 lakhs Space for temporary stalls for State festivals 2 lakhs Recommendation This should be set up in the amusement park area planned near Sukhna lake. Visitor numbers The objective of this facility is to provide service, not generate additional visitors, though there will be an indirect effect. Revenues Office rentals 10 offices x Rs10,000/ month Restaurant rental @ Rs 20,000/ month Shop rentals 10 shops x Rs 20,000/ month Amphitheatre rentals 20 functions @ Rs 20,000 Costs = Rs 12.0 lakhs = Rs 2.4 lakhs = Rs 24.0 lakhs = Rs 4.0 lakhs Ongoing costs are for maintenance and common utilities @ Rs 24 lakhs/ year. Funding The initial capital required is Rs 70-75 lakhs. Breakeven is achieved in 4-5 years and thereafter, it is a profitable operation. Attracting the Private Sector While there appears to be no requirement to incentivise the building of hotels, there are other tourism related activities that would need incentives to attract the private sector. We recommend that Chandigarh Government consider the following to develop a package of incentives.. INCENTIVES FOR TRAVEL & LEISURE INDUSTRY 1. Assistance on project report preparation 2. Concessional land for specified projects 3. Entertainment tax exemption for 5 years 4. Capital investment subsidy of 20% subject to a maximum of Rs 20 lakhs 5. Recommendation of loans to Financial Institutions 6. Interest subsidy on loans from approved financial institutions 7. Energy subsidy 8. Concessions on stamp duties/ reimbursement – urban areas, rural areas 9. Concessions on Change in land use fees 10. Excise licence fees concessions 11. Concession on Transport taxes on vehicles used for this activity. INVOLVING THE NON TRAVEL & LEISURE SECTOR IN TOURISM ACTIVITIES Chandigarh has over 25 corporates and PSUs with turnovers of over Rs 100 crores. These all have some commitment to Chandigarh and can be approached for sponsoring various activities that can improve the tourist experience. Greening of the environment – road dividers, green belts, parks Cleaning of the environment – garbage bins and collection Sponsorships of o signage o projects such as handicraft villages o events such as local festivals o information kiosks o tourist literature The companies may be compensated in terms of exposure available. It is also common to have directional signs to the company premises. Project 7 Horse Race Course Horse racing is an activity that draws week end traffic. In India, the main race tracks are in Mumbai and Kolkata. These depend largely on the local population with free income. However, Pune and Bangalore both have successful race tracks where the attendance is from outside the city. The race season in these two cities fills hotels over the normally low weekends. Revenue sources for Race Clubs are Club memberships Sponsorship of Corporate boxes Club house activities F&B concessions/ sales Gate money from attendees. Sponsorship of races. Programme sales Programme advertising Horses pay to race/ stable Share of tote Off-season revenues are buoyed by off track betting. Race tracks around the country pay for live telecasts via satellite. o This brings in viewership of about 2 lakh people Race tracks are also labour intensive, both for the track and for anciliary activities like stud farms, training paddocks, stables and for manning the accommodations for staff, trainers jockeys etc. A quality race course with a 2000 meter track requires an area of about 200 acres depending on the shape of the plot. On clear grounds, a race track can be laid in 100 acres. The area around Chandigarh and Delhi have the best stud farms in the country. Many are owned by political figures. There are at least 10 stud farms in the North where horses are bought for racing across the country. Owners of stud farms currently need to travel to other race tracks to promote their products. The Delhi Race Course does not cater to quality horse races. Setting up a race track is complicated. Tracks like Hongkong, Singapore, Malaysia, Kentucky etc all have their own systems and one suitable for Chandigarh will need to be worked out in conjunction with stud farms, race horse owners, authorities etc. The modern tote systems are totally electronic and cost upto Rs 2 crores. They are backed by broadband access to allow off track betting and satellite broadcast/ reception. The indicated expense of setting up an entire race course with track, club house, stabling, accommodation, tote machines etc is in the region of Rs 40-50 crores minus cost of land. The facility is usually given on long lease. Note Mr. Narendra Lagad from Pune is an acknowledged authority on setting up race courses. He has set up one in Kandy, Sri Lanka. (Contacts are 020-6879495/ 6870217/ 098220-28285 e-mail : narendralagad@hotmail.com ) Recommendation Chandigarh further examine the feasibility of including a Race Course in the Master Plan. The Club can have other sports facilities to attract memberships. Accommodation for out of town visitors should also be examined. The entire project should be in th private sector. Visitor numbers Race attendees 15 race days x 5000 attendees = 75,000 30 off track x 1000 attendees = 30,000 Club Members Permanent members = 500 Out station members = 300 Revenues 1. Gate money Race days 75,000 x Rs50 = Rs 37.5 lakhs Off track 30,000 x Rs 20 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 2. Club memberships 500 members x Rs 2 lakhs = Rs 1000 lakhs 300 outstation x Rs 75,000 = Rs 225 lakhs 3. Monthly dues + usage 300 x Rs 1000 = Rs 3.0 lakhs 300 x Rs 400 = Rs 1.2 lakhs 4. Company sponsored boxes 10 x Rs 5 lakhs/ year = Rs 50 lakhs 5. F&B concessions 45 days x 5 concessions x Rs5000 = Rs 11.25 lakhs 6. Programme sales 1 programme per 4 attendees xRs 10 = Rs 2.6 lakhs 7. Programme advertising @ Rs 1 lakh a programme x 45 = Rs 45 lakhs 8. Race charges 15 races x 8 horses x Rs 5000 = Rs 6.0 lakhs 9. Share of tote 5% of 105K attendees x Rs 200 per = Rs 105 lakhs Plus royalties for live telecasts. Costs - Ongoing 1. Race purses/ prizes – At least 2 prizes per meet can be sponsored by Corporate Houses. 2. Personnel – This includes a. Tote supervisors/ tellers/ gate entrance/ horsemen’s book keeper b. Racing secretariat/ starter/ announcer/ stewards/ paddock judge. Some of these can be voluntary positions c. Club house personnel d. Track maintenance/ security 3. Equipment maintenance. This can be outsourced 4. Insurance 5. Utilities 6. Track Maintenance 7. Advertising. Programme printing Funding recommendation The requirement is Rs 40-50 crores plus cost of land. The entire project should be tendered to the Private Sector. There are a variety of ways this can be managed from JV to fixed leases to profit/ revenue sharing. Project 8 Amusement Park Attracting tourists en route to Himachal Pradesh Up to less than ten years ago, given the state of the highways and the quality of cars, most tourists driving from Delhi to the Himachal destinations of Shimla and Kullu- Manali required up to 6 hours to reach the Chandigarh environments. For many, especially those on their way to Kullu-Manali or those traveling with young children, a stop-over in Chandigarh was very convenient. Today, the distance is covered in 4 hours or less and Chandigarh is now accessed before lunch. Given that the average person can comfortably drive 400 Km or 6 hours a day, they can easily reach Shimla. Also given the fact that car ownership is increasing at over 18% a year and that domestic tourism is increasing at 5% a year, traffic to Himachal out of Delhi will only increase over the next decade. The increased tourism promotion activity of Uttaranchal will also spur the HP Government to promote tourism more actively. Therefore, it is imperative that some portion of the transit traffic to Kullu-Manali is attracted to overnight in Chandigarh. The logical segment to attract is those traveling with children as children tire of long car trips. In short, the attraction should be oriented to children. Therefore, we propose an amusement cum water park. The water park would be a major attraction as most movement to the hills is in the Summer months. This need not be on the scale of a Disney World, but the rides and facilities of Appu Ghar but with quality equipment would suffice. This would also be a facility for the local population of Chandigarh, providing reasonably priced family entertainment, currently available in very limited scope. The ideal location for this facility would be in the Kishangarh area, adjacent to the current leisure areas of Sukhna Lake, the Golf course and the Rock Garden. This has already been identified by Chandigarh Town Planning. The park should be marketed to the specific segment of families with small children traveling to Kulu/ Manali. Possible facilities in an amusement park are listed below. While weekend usage will be high, it is necessary to balance the products to drive traffic throughout the week and throughout the day. The analysis below attempts this. Weekday usage Invest Direct Indirect Attraction AM PM Night ment jobs jobs Amusement Park - Ferris Wheel, slides, rides, dodgem cars Med Hi Hi Animal rides Med Hi Lo Bowling Med Hi Hi Casino/ Slot Machines Lo Med Hi Cultural Centre - Dilli Haat style to showcase the State Hi Hi Hi Fairground stalls - games of chance and skill Med Med Hi Food Court - Vishala/ Chowkidana Lo Lo Hi Go-karting Lo Lo Hi Kiddies play centre - Primeplay, Softlands Hi Hi Med Mini-golf - Putt Putt Med Med Hi Science Centre- Eg. Panorama in Kurukshetra Hi Hi Lo Shopping mall - designer shops a la Santushti, factory outlets, discount clubs Hi Hi Med Roller Skating rink Lo Med Hi Swimming Pool - heated(?) Hi Hi Hi Water Park Lo Med Hi Mini - Zoo Hi Hi Med Name of Park Area in Annual Entrance fees excluding video acres Visitors games and some selected rides. lakhs Child below 1 metre free. Essel World, Gorai 64 18–20 Child Rs.200/ Adult Rs 250 Water Kingdom, Gorai 24 12-14 Child Rs225/ Adult Rs 275 Nicco Park, Kolkata 40 12-13 Kishi Kintha, Chennai 10 VGP Universal, M’puram 8 Appu Garh, Delhi 6-7 MGM, Chennai 5-6 Fun city, Chandigarh 4 Child Rs140/ Adult Rs 140 Fun & Food Village, Delhi 12 5 Nicco Bhubhaneswar 15 2-2.5 Nicco Jamshedpur 8 2-2.5 Great Escapes, Nagpur 2 Visitor numbers Given that Fun City, with its less than prime location, attracts around 5 lakh visitors a year, and that the recommended location can easily attract highway traffic to Himachal, it is not unreasonable to base visitor numbers at 5 lakhs a year going up to 7 over 3-4 years. Visitor spends Factoring in student discounts and free children, Essel World/ Water Kingdom average Rs 175 per visitor. In Chandigarh, the average will probably be around Rs 150. In addition, visitors spend on parking, F&B and souvenirs as also on specialized rides and video games. An average visitor spend on items other than entrance is taken at Rs 50 per visitor. Therefore revenues can be assumed to be 5 lakhs x Rs 150 = Rs 7.5 crores on entrance fees and a further 5 lakhs x Rs 50 = Rs 2.5 crores on other items. Total revenues Rs 10 crores Costs It costs roughly Rs 1.0 crore an acre to create an amusement park. The investment in Chandigarh will be in the region of Rs 15 crores. Funding It is recommended that Chandigarh Tourism tenders the entire project to private sector. There a variety of ways this can be done from JV to various types of leases. Marketing This will be done by the amusement park operator. Project 9 Linking the sightseeing Chandigarh Tourism has recently introduced the Hop-on Hop-off bus linking the sightseeing of Chandigarh in an extremely user-friendly manner. This works very well for attractions that are fairly wide spread from each other where customers are willing to wait the 15 minutes to half an hour for the next lift. However, when attractions are relatively close together, waiting for the bus versus walking to the next attraction becomes a dilemma and an irritant. The main case in point is the 1 km distance between the Rock Garden and Sukhna Lake, both ‘must see’ attractions of Chandigarh. The walk versus the wait for the bus, specially with children, are both unattractive options! The other alternative option is to pay a hefty fare to the auto rickshaws It is understood that Chandigarh Town Planning has proposed leisure activities in the area beyond the Lake and between the existing Golf Course and Kishangarh. These are A sports complex Health resort/ picnic huts Amusement park This, along with the activities already existing in the Sukhna Lake area, make this area a hub of leisure activities, visited by all Chandigarh tourists and most Chandigarh residents. There are several possible solutions to ease this situation for the Chandigarh tourist. Regulate the auto rickshaws to charge the official fares o Auto rickshaws will probably boycott the stand as the potential fare is the minimum drop of flag amount. o It is probably not economically viable to increase the number of buses that would be required to increase frequency over the entire circuit. Introduce a shuttle bus between the two places o This would require one more bus to shuttle every 10 minutes o Customers may not be willing to pay any amount over and above the basic Hop-on Hop-off fare for a bus service that is seen to be part of the same system. Introduce a novel form of cheap transport between the two locations. Some alternatives o Animal drawn buggies o An elevated monorail/ rail system It has been indicated that a 2 Km elevated track would be extremely costly. The monorail is necessarily electric o A conventional rail track with ‘antique’ engines and coaches in miniature. This would be like the narrow gauge railway to Matheran/ Darjeeling. The engine would be a diesel/ electric engine and could be designed like the ‘Fairy Queen’. This would be an attraction in it’s own right. A diesel/ electric train can be run very cost-efficiently. Pollution versus a steam train is minimal Recommendation It is recommended that a narrow gauge track and rake be commissioned to the private sector. Revenues From ticket sales The Rock Garden receives an average of 3,000 – 5,000 visitors a day. All visitors to the Rock Garden also go to Sukhna Lake. With the development of the Recreational Area, the Sports complex, the Tourist & Healht Resort and the Amusement park, the number of visitors can only increase. If 35 -40% of the visitors use the transport, which is an attraction in itself, this is roughly 1500 passengers a day @ Rs 5/ passenger = Rs 2.25 lakhs/ month. If running/ maintenance costs are 50%, net profits are Rs 1 lakh a month for a 70 month breakeven. If the Amusement Park and Tourist Health and Sports Centre are developed in Kishangarh, the numbers will rise dramatically. In addition, there will be opportunity of generating revenues from advertising on the train. Costs The estimated cost for setting down 2 Km of track is Rs 20 lakhs and the cost of the train, 4 coaches with 50 passenger capacity is Rs 20 lakhs. The engine is Rs 30 lakhs for a total project cost of Rs 70 lakhs Sources of funds It is recommended that this project be funded by Chandigarh Tourism. The Indian railways may be approached to set up a mini rail museum in this area. Marketing There is no marketing and promotion necessary and hence no specific marketing costs. Project 10 Conference Centre for Business Travel Businessmen travel to Meet buyers Meet suppliers Visit Home/ branch offices Incentive travel – where the travel is an incentive reward for better performance Attend conferences – own company and business associations The first three reasons for travel cannot be influenced by third parties. Business travel however can be generated to particular destinations through incentive travel and through conferences, conventions and exhibitions. Apart from road, rail and air access which is a common essential to develop these activities, and which is adequate in Chandigarh, each of the above also has its own requirements. Incentive Travel Incentive destinations are typically not those with cultural attractions but those with a wide range of leisure activities and nightlife. The participants of an incentive group are all prize winners of performance awards and are looking for a fun time in a place that ordinarily would be out of reach of their pockets or regular family holiday destinations. Chandigarh is not suited for incentive travel. Meetings, Conventions and Exhibitions Meetings and conferences These are traditionally organized by companies for their own staff, distribution chain and, occasionally, suppliers. They are company need-based to communicate messages that require some interaction to a medium sized audience. The size of the company in terms of number of people and the spread of distribution are the prime drivers of meetings and conferences. Apart from companies headquartered in Chandigarh, those headquartered in the surrounding districts of the Punjab and Haryana are also candidates for holding meetings and conferences in Chandigarh. A listing of such companies is attached. Conventions and Seminars These are meetings held for multiple organizations interested in the same topic. They are usually organized by industry associations, professional associations, management associations, universities and NGOs to discuss topics of common interest. Among the more common conventions are various medical disciplines, religious, environmental subjects etc. However, the local chapter of the association needs to drive the organization of conventions and seminars. Typically, a bid document is put up to the national body that then may make an inspection trip to view facilities. The bid is normally submitted with comprehensive back-up documentation which apart from the core expertise is exhibited, the documentation covers extra-curricular activities during the day for spouses and evening and night entertainment, accommodation facilities, transportation etc. The local chapter must also organize the convention/ seminar. This can be fairly complicated and many organizations do not have in-house expertise. Successful conventions require that organizers are educated in meetings management. Cities that have evolved as convention destinations generally have a dedicated ‘Convention Visitors Bureau’ that works with local organizations to generate conventions. The Bureau has full time employees and a committee made up of representatives from the local tourism, hospitality, transport facilities as well as Associations. The attachment gives some organizations that can generate conventions in Chandigarh. Exhibitions Exhibitions are held to display products. These may be organized by Companies – A launch of new products is usually accompanied by an exhibition Associations – Manufacturing associations, agricultural associations and other industry associations including travel, automobile, job fairs all require exhibition area. Exhibition halls, typically being unfurnished have multi usage potential such as marriages, concerts and other social events. It appears that there is scope for a meetings facility in Chandigarh. Given that hotel capacities, both current and in the future, will be contained by town planning, the conference facility should not be too large. Chandigarh Town Planning has already identified a 7 acre plot in Sector 31, next to the CII Northern region Headquarters. Recommendation It is suggested that this offers A venue for General Body meetings of 600-800 persons (Approx 600-800 sq.mtr). This would be auditorium seating 3-4 break-out rooms. These are not with any fixed seating but should have capacities ranging from 50 to 150 persons theatre style.( Approx 400 sq.mts) Exhibition area of approximately 1500 sq.mtr Business center facilities Restaurant and snack Bar Parking Visitor numbers Typically, utilization of convention and exhibition area space is taken at 25% of capacity, even though it is possible to use spaces more than once a day. Exhibition area space may be better utilised as it has multi-functionality for social occasions. A 600 seat auditorium with break out rooms should see a throughput of roughly 55,000 persons a year. The exhibition space will have utilization for both exhibits and social functions. These are mutually exclusive. If the space is used 25% for exhibitions - 90 days a year including set up and knock down times – in other words exhibits available for 60-65 days, throughput of visitors will be 60-65,000. Of the 270 days available for social functions, we can take a utilization of 40% or 100 days with an average marriage attendance of 500 pax, this will be 50,000 pax. Visitor revenues Revenues from conference hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000/event x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F&B on attendance of 55,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 110 lakhs Revenues from exhibition hall Rentals per event @ Rs 20,000 x 90 days = Rs 18 lakhs F& B on attendance of 60,000 x Rs 25 = Rs 15 lakhs Revenues on Social functions Attendance 50,000 x Rs 200 = Rs 100 lakhs Total = Rs 261 lakhs Cost The total cost of construction of approximately 3000 sq.mtrs convention center will be in the region of Rs 8-10 crores. Landscaping 7 acres with parking will be around Rs 15 Lakhs. Profitability of rental income is around 80% - Rs 29 lakhs - and F&B income around 50% - Rs 112 lakhs for a total profitability of Rs 140 lakhs approx. Project viability break even in 5 –7 years. Funding Sources Part of the cost of construction can be de-frayed by Corporates paying to have some of the break-out rooms and possibly the main auditorium named after their company/ founder. ASSOCHAM has done this successfully with their HQ in Delhi. Marketing A convention promotion bureau should be set up. Potential clients for conferences and conventions both in India and abroad are easily identified from ICCA and other association lists. The convention bureau will need to work with their India Chapters to prepare attractive bid documents. Project 11 Energising the City Centre Sector 17 is the City Centre of Chandigarh. While most sectors have their own markets for daily essentials, Sector 17 is where aspirational ‘Lifestyle’ products are retailed. The market has been designed with vast pedestrian spaces and is eminently suitable to be developed as a social and entertainment hub. Apart from the months of May & June, Chandigarh weather is suitable for outdoor activities Evenings - Mid March to end April, July to November During the Day - December to mid March A social and entertainment hub would require Shopping for aspirational items. This trend already exists in Sector 17. Opening hours should allow for late shopping. Night market stalls of handicraft items should be allowed Special Sales periods/ Shopping Carnivals should be announced in advance Range of F&B outlets. There is a reasonable range of outlets. These should be encouraged. Liquor licences should be made more easily available and extension of service should be allowed till 1am. Entertainment Movie Halls/ multiplexes/ open air movies and documentaries Video parlours/ Bowling alleys/ slot machines Street entertainment. Local performing artists and those performing at Kalagram, All the Chandigarh festivals could be moved to Sector 17 – April Fools Day, Mango Festival, Indo-Pak Mushaira, Chrysanthamum Show Administration Energising the City Centre would require the active involvement of the Sector 17 shop keepers who have the most to gain from this initiative. They should be brought into the very initial planning stages. These activities do not require large funding, but coordination is crucial for success. Committees comprised of shop keepers and Chandigarh Administration should be formed for various types of activities. Funding As noted, large funds are not required. It should be possible to levy a small cess on shop turnover to fund activities. Marketing This is aimed to provide a focal point for Chandigarh residents. Communicating events will not require more than posters in Sector 17 and other sector markets. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Attracting Private Sector Investment In Tourism Sector 1. Taxes 1.1 Rationalisation of taxes Expenditure tax is imposed by National Government while Luxury tax by State Governments. With the Expenditure tax, which is being levied at 10% where room charges are Rs. 3000 or more, being discontinued from 1 June 2003 as per the Union Budget 2003 and no Luxury tax levied, Chandigarh has an advantage over its neighbouring States. Incase in future Expenditure tax or any other tax is levied, then it is preferable to review the effect of total tax while calculating the taxes to be levied on the hotel industry. Moreover these taxes may be charged on the actual room tariff rather on published tariff rate card. 1.2 Other taxes In addition Service tax by Center and Entertainment tax by UT are also being imposed on the hotels. In the Union Budget 2003 services provided by the Hotels are exempted from Service tax. The rates of these taxes, together with expenditure tax and luxury tax, may be decided considering the composite tax (indirect taxes) rate for the hotel industry. The composite tax on hotel industry in India vis-à-vis neighbouring countries is presented in the table below: Composite Tax on Country Hotel Industry (%) India 30* Indonesia 21 Thailand 17 Malaysia 15 Singapore 14 Source: PHDCCI * Estimation includes 10% expenditure tax. 1.3 Sales Tax The Sales tax on beverages and liquor is 12% in the UT, which is moderately higher, compared to other states like Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Delhi, etc. Keeping in view the tax structure of other States and especially neighbouring States, Chandigarh may reconsider the sales tax rates for these. 1.4 Transport tax Chandiragh has no transport tax while its neighbouring states Punjab and Haryana are charging the same. A single point tax collection system may be implemented in order to simplify the procedure and ensure smooth movement of tourist inter-states. Further, the tax rate per quarter levied on air-conditioned and non air-conditioned tourist vehicles may be limited by an overall cap amount for the country. 1.5 Power The cost of electricity is a major component in the overall cost structure for a hotel and hence may need to be maintained in line with other comparative States. 1.6 Foreign exchange earnings The UT may consider requesting the Centre for the extension of the time frame of income tax exemption on export earning under section 80HHD of the Income Tax Act 1961. The tourism sector may be granted this extension as like other exporters they too export their services and earn foreign exchange for the country. However, we may mention that it is unlikely that Centre will agree to this request as it has announced phasing out of such incentives. 1.7 Income Tax The UT may also request Centre for providing investments in hotels as well as other industry in the tourism sector with Tax Holiday for a pre-determined period which can be decided in consultation with the various departments and the private sector participants. In order to promote new investments in a particular industry, request for tax holiday for about 5 years for new investments, applicable for 2 year from the current financial year, may be sought. This may likely create positive interest among private sector to invest in these industries with in 2 years to avail the tax holiday. Here too, we may like to mention that the Centre providing such benefits is very unlikely. 2. Investment 2.1 Land rates The Government may consider providing land at concessional rates for construction of hotels and other infrastructure for tourism by private investor. Alternatively, Government may provide land free of cost and acquire stake in the new project constructed on it by private sector through a join venture. The Government has draft a joint venture policy for attracting private sector, a review of which is also incorporated in this report. 2.2 Stamp duty Chandigarh may consider reducing the stamp duty levied especially in the area related to pilgrimages, rural area, etc. 2.3 One window clearance Chandigarh may provide one window clearance to the prospective private sector willing to invest in the UT. This will ensure speedy and efficient investment procedure for the private sector thereby attracting necessary investments. 3. Administrative Structure 3.1 Tourism Advisory Board The UT may strive towards constituting a board or a council comprising members from Tourism Development Corporation, Investment Promotion Board, Industrial Development Corporation, National Tourism Corporation/Department, etc. which will be primarily responsible for co-ordination and monitoring of tourism related activities and projects to ensure proper implementation of Tourism Policy. A detailed suggestion is set out in this report earlier. 3.2 Tourism Development Fund The UT may implement Targeted Funding approach by creating Tourism Development Fund (TDF) which will be recipient of all revenues generated from tourism and tourism related businesses. The Fund will be created by raising low interest loans from multilateral agencies that are actively involved in providing financial assistance to public/private sectors for infrastructure development. A Special Purpose Vehicle may be created where all the funds raised will be parked and a deployed in developing infrastructure to enhance tourism sector. The identification of infrastructure for the development can be done in consultation with other administrative bodies, which are also responsible in developing infrastructure of the state to ensure proper co-ordination between all such bodies. 4. Infrastructure The Government may try to identify areas of strategic importance and involve private sectors in non-strategic areas. Further it may try to segregate core and non-core activities involved in the areas of strategic importance e.g. maintenance of railway platform, maintenance of bus station, etc. and allow private sectors in these activities. Such activities may be provided on a license basis, lease basis, etc. as decided after a proper study of the same. The funds raised by disinvesting of these non-core activities can be utilised in developing infrastructure of the UT. 5. Promotion Chandigarh may plan for an advertising strategy, which will attract tourist from the desired regions and thus benefiting the tourism industry in the UT. This will increase the interest of the private sector in investing in the tourism sector in the UT. The advertising strategy may include amongst others: Shopping festivals, Fun and Fair festivals, Rural art and handicraft festivals, etc. Options for Attracting Private Sector Participation The projects in tourism, like infrastructure projects, too have long gestation period and requires huge capital investment initially. Further, the feasibility of tourism related projects are contingent on development and quality of infrastructure of the region like power, road, railway, water and communications. No single individual agency either the private sector or the Government could finance the sector all alone as the investment required are large and the risk too is relatively higher. Hence part of the load of development of tourism sector may be shared by the inclusion of private sector There are primarily two ways of sharing the responsibility with the private sector: Attracting Private Sector for new projects on all alone basis, Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects, Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies, and Privatisation of existing projects to private sector. A brief note on each method of involving private sector is set out below: 1. Attracting Private Sector for new projects: The private sector may be attracted towards new projects related to tourism like Leisure centers, entertainment parks, theatres, health spa, hotels, etc. by providing incentives for such investments. The list of incentives, applicable period, industry, investment amount, etc may be decided once the type of industry in the tourism sector is identified where Government would like the private sector to accept the responsibility. 2. Creating Public Private Partnership for new projects: The strategy to encourage Public Private Partnership include creating a Tourism Development Finance Company and developing alternative options for partnerships. 2.1 Tourism Development Finance Company A TDFC may be formed with the investment from various state as well as centre owned financial institutions and inviting private sector and international agencies too may be considered. The main role of TDFC will to promote investment in tourism sector by providing long term debt and equity for the same. 2.2 Alternative Models The alternative models for Public Private Partnership for new projects is set out below: Build Operate Transfer (BOO) The private participant invest, executes the project, runs the business and transfer the property to the Government after the agreed span of period is over. Build Operate Lease Transfer (BOLT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on completion of agreed span of time. After the hand over of the assets to the Government the private participant will get fixed income by way of lease, which is agreed during the inception. Build Own Operate and Transfer (BOOT) The private sector will invest, execute the project, own the assets created, operate the business and then transfer the assets to the Government on recovery of investments made at a designated rate of return. Until such time the hand over of the assets to the Government is completed, the private participant is responsible for maintenance and operation of the assets. 3. Creating Public Private Partnership for existing projects owned by Government bodies: The private sector may be interested in few existing projects owned by the Government, which the latter may like to share the responsibility of day-today-operation of the business but at the same time would also like to retain stake in the assets. We may like to mention that such properties may be spun-off as a separate entity and private sector may be invited to run the business in following two ways: Formation of Joint Venture by inclusion of a private strategic partner: The private participant will invest funds in the new entity (existing project spun-off) and in return the Government will provide stake in the entity. While the private participant will be primarily be responsible for operating and strategic management decisions, approval of key decisions will required an concurrence from the Government. Issuing license for management control to private parties and retaining ownership with the Government: The private participant neither provides any fund to the Government nor invests funds in the existing project. The ownership of the entity lies with the Government whereas the day-to-day operations are carried out by the private participant for a fixed fee or a revenue sharing model as agreed upon. 4. Privatisation of existing projects to private sector: The step wise strategy for privatisation of the tourism related properties is set out below: 4.1 Setting up a Commission The UT/Center may initiate the process of privatisation by setting up a Privatisation Commission (or Disinvestment Commission) for the purpose of privatisation of Government owned Tourism related properties. The commission will be primarily responsible for reviewing all properties with respect to the Funding Of Tourism Projects Type of Funds The funds required to be raised for projects can be categorised broadly under three heads: Equity, Quasi equity, and Loans. The mix of funding will depend upon the nature of project undertaken, the risk involved, the cash flows envisaged in future, creation of physical assets in order to leverage the project, etc. Source of Fund Most of the Financial Institutes provide all kinds of plain vanilla funds, which are set out above. In addition, they also provide funds such as syndicate loans, Interest rate hedging/swaps, currency hedging loans, etc. in order to match the requirements of the projects. An indicative list of Financials Institutions who may be approached for assistance in investments in Tourism sector are set out below: 1. Domestic Financial Institutes Tourism Finance Corporation of India Infrastructure Leasing Finance of India Industrial Development Bank of India Industrial Finance Corporation of India ICICI Limited Industrial Development Finance Corporation Limited Investment Institutes Life Insurance Corporation of India General Insurance Corporation of India United Trust of India financial status of the properties, priority of privatisation, the strategic importance of the property, etc. 4.2 Identification of Tourism Properties Subsequently, the commission will identify the Government owned properties related to tourism to be disinvested and the approach in which the privatisation process will be adopted. The various strategies, which may be considered for the privatisation, are set out below: a. The related properties may be clubbed together and privatised, b. Create chain of hotels, chain of restaurants, chain of dhabas, etc and privatise each chain, c. Sell certain properties on stand alone basis, etc. d. Create a trail and sell the trail, etc. We may mention that the Government may appoint an advisor at this stage to assist in the process of formulation of detailed property-wise strategy, implementation of the strategy, structuring of the deals in terms of creation of Special Purpose Vehicles, spun-off of units, regulatory requirements, etc. marketing of the transactions and advise Government in the process till the transactions are completed. A detailed scope of work for the advisor may be drafted once the list of properties to be privatised in prepared. State Financial Institutes Haryana State Industrial Development Corporation Haryana Financial Corporation 2. International Financial Institutes International Monetary Fund World Bank Asian Development Bank International Finance Corporation(only to private sector) KFW Line of Credit International Bank of Reconstruction Overseas Private Investment Corporation Application for Fund There is no standard application form for financing a project as it varies from one Financial Institution to another. A company or entrepreneur, foreign or domestic, seeking to establish a new venture can approach the FI by submitting an Investment Proposal. The proposal submitted to FI for consideration should include the preliminary information as set out in Annexure A. Terms and conditions of Funding Terms A list of terms, which are usually a part of any funding agreement, is set out below: Currencies The currency of the loan/fund to be disbursed by the Lender, payment of interest and repayment of the principal amount to the Lender is specified under this head. Lending Rate Lending rate can be broadly of three types: Floating rate: 6-month London Interbank offered rate (LIBOR) for the US dollar and Japanese Yen and 6-month euro interbank offered rate (EURIBOR) for the euro plus a lending spread. Fixed rate : The cost of Bank’s fixed rate borrowing of US dollars, Japenese yen or Swiss francs plus a lending spread. Resetter : Its is similar to fixed rate loans for the initial period which is tailored to the borrower’s need after a specified period. It is charged as a % per annum on progressive amount of undisbursed loan Commitment Fee balance. Its is a flat percentage fee of the loan amount Front-End Fee As may be determined based on project needs and could comprise of a Maturity grace period and a repayment period with final maturity. Following conversion options would be available subject to the Bank’s Loan Conversion conversion procedures as may be applicable at the time of conversion. Options Transaction Fees Disbursement schedule Prepayment Cancellation Repayment Lending Rate Reset / Payment Dates Currency Conversion: The undisbursed amounts/disbursed amounts in whole or part of the undisbursed balance/disbursed amount of the loan may be converted into the three offered currencies. Interest Rate Conversion: The floating lending rate on the whole or part of the disbursed balance may be converted into a fixed-rate at the prevailing market rate or vice versa for whole or part of the loan's residual maturity. Interest Rate Caps and Collars: A cap or collar on the floating lending rate may be purchased for up to the entire disbursed amount, for the whole or part of the residual maturity. A transaction fees may be charged pertaining to the above referred loan conversion. Amount and timing of loan disbursement are structured as per the project needs. All or part of the disbursed and outstanding loans may be prepaid. Floating rate loans could be prepaid on an interest payment due date without a prepayment premium. Prepayment of floating rate loans on a date other than the interest payment due date will attract payment of a premium based on the difference, if any, between the rate at which the proceeds from the prepayment could be reinvested and Bank’s funding cost for the prepaid amount. Prepayment of fixed rate loans or floating rate loans that involve conversion and a corresponding hedge requiring termination will attract payment of hedge unwinding costs, if any. Borrower may cancel all or a part of the undisbursed balance at any time. Equal principal or annuity repayments. Lending rate for floating rate loans are generally reset every six months on an interest payment date. Interest payment are generally due either on the 1st or 15th day of a calendar month and semiannually thereafter. Conditions The primary objective of introducing conditions while providing loan/funds is to ensure that the proceeds of the loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted and with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency. Thus, the Lender’s loan documents (e.g., loan agreement, guarantee agreement, where relevant project agreement, etc.) stipulate the loan covenants that are considered necessary to ensure the efficient implementation of, and the full realisation of benefits from, projects financed by Lender. The loan covenants can be divided broadly into two categories: general covenants and special covenants: (i) General Covenants General covenants are standard assurances and undertakings that the Lender requires from all borrowers, guarantors, if any, and executing agencies for projects financed by the loans regardless of the special features of a particular project. General covenants include obligations on the part of the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency: to carry out the project with diligence and efficiency; to repay the loan; to procure goods and services and engage consultants in accordance with specified procedures; to maintain project records and accounts; to provide local currency funds, facilities, and other resources required for carrying out the project; to submit financial statements/ progress reports; and to establish and maintain adequate auditing arrangements with the provision that the Lender will retain the option to communicate directly with the auditors. (ii) Special Covenants Special covenants are those assurances and undertakings which the Lender considers necessary or desirable to obtain from the borrower, guarantor, if any, and the executing agency for each project, having regard to the special features, identified difficulties, and reference points for monitoring of each project. Special covenants are an important part of the loan documents and are so designed that compliance with these covenants will further ensure the successful implementation of the project, sustainable operation of the facilities, and full realization of its benefits. They also provide a basis for the Lender to monitor project implementation and performance. To facilitate monitoring of compliance, special covenants should indicate, wherever possible, the dates by which compliance is expected of various items therein, on the basis of a realistic assessment of project-specific requirements and the related government policy and procedure. Where special circumstances so warrant, special covenants may be used to require the borrower, if any, or the executing agency/guarantor to undertake necessary action even after completion of project implementation so as to ensure sustainability of project benefits. Compatibility of Loan Covenants with Local Laws Covenants are generally compatible with local laws, administrative practices and procedures, sectoral/subsectoral requirements, and socioeconomic conditions of developing member countries. Interventions required Sr Suggestions Agencies Involved 1 Taxation Rationalisation, reduction and SEB, Finance Department tax holidays. and Government of India 2 Land rates Concession CITCO 3 One window Creation of a body for one stop CITCO and SEB clearance processing 4 Structure Creation of a Tourism Advisory Government of Chandigarh Body Creation of Tourism Finance Deparment and Development Fund CITCO 5 Infrastructure Development of infrastructure CITCO, PWD, Finance and involvement of private Department. sector 6 Marketing Promotion of Chandigarh CITCO Tourism 7 Attracting Private Providing incentives SEB, Ministry of Finance and Sector Participation Government of India, L&DO New Joint Ventures (PSP) CITCO, Finance Department Joint Ventures for existing CITCO projects Privatisation CITCO and Finance Department Annexure A IN\DICATIVE INVESTMENT PROPOSAL OUTLINE There is no standard form for applications. This is an indicative framework providing key heads to be covered in an Investment Proposal to be submitted for funding. 1. Executive Summary Summarise all the important points of the proposal. 2. Lender’s role Propose an equity, debt, or cofinancing arrangement. 3. Background to the project Brief introduction and history of the borrower State the need to undertake the project. Briefly describe the project, including the implementation and operation philosophy. Specify the support obtained from government, lending institutions and investors for the project. State the need for the assistance required from the Lender. 4. The Market Describe the market and marketing arrangements. Include all the following: Basic market orientation: local, national, regional, or export. Projected production volumes, unit prices, sales objectives, and market share of proposed venture. Potential users of products and distribution channels to be used. Present sources of supply for products. Future competition and possibility that market may be satisfied by substitute products. Tariff protection or import restrictions affecting products. price sensitivity market risks Critical factors that determine market potential. 5. Feasibility Study Present a feasibility study establishing the technical, financial, economic, and environmental viability of the project, prepared by a reputable consultant. 5.1Technical feasibility, manpower, resources, and environment: Brief description of the process. Availability of manpower and of infrastructure facilities (transport and communications, power, water, etc.). Breakdown of projected operating costs by major categories of expenditures. Proposed location in relation to markets, infrastructure and manpower. Proposed capacity in comparison with other known competitors. Potential environmental issues and how these issues are addressed. 5.2 Cost Estimates Provide cost estimates for the project, analyzed two ways: major cost category local and foreign currency cost. 5.3 Investment requirements, project financing, and returns: Estimate of total project cost, broken down into land, construction, installed equipment, and working capital, indicating foreign exchange component. Proposed financial structure of venture, indicating expected sources and terms of equity and debt financing. Type of financing (loan, equity, quasi-equity, a combination of financial products, etc.) and amount required from the Lender. Projected financial statement, information on profitability, and return on investment. Critical factors determining profitability. 5.4 Financial and Economic Evaluation Calculate the economic and financial rates of return as well as return on the equity investment. 5.5 Analysis Analyze the risks in implementing and operating the project with the accompanying mitigating measures showing which party will bear the risk and/or pay for the mitigating measures. The risk analysis should be accompanied by a list of proposed insurance coverages for both implementation and operation of the project. 6. Ownership of the project Describe the proposed ownership and management structure of the project. 7. Government support and regulations: Project in context of government economic development and investment program. Specific government incentives and support available to project. Expected contribution of project to economic development. Outline of government regulations on exchange controls and conditions of capital entry and repatriation. 8. Environmental Aspects Provide a site-specific environmental impact assessment report, highlighting environmental impacts and mitigating measures, prepared by an acceptable consulting firm in accordance with Lender’s guidelines. 9. Permitting and Licensing List all permits and clearances required for implementing and operating the project, the issuing authority, and the date of issue or expected issue. 10. Implementation Arrangements Explain the implementation and contractual arrangements for the project, including the construction and supervision methodology. Make sure the followings are included: a bar chart showing major scheduled achievements and completion for each of the major components of the project draft construction contracts sources of possible cost increases and delays Detailed description of liquidated damage provisions and performance bond requirements. Prioritisation of selected projects Activity Short term Medium Long term 1-5 years term 5-10 10-20 years years Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine 7. Horse Race track 8. Amusement Park 9. Linking the sightseeing 10. Conference center to attract business travelers 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Job creation Potential of Projects Activity Total Project Direct jobs Indirect cost created jobs created Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Nil Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs 50 50 Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use per year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept Nil 5 20 “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops Nil 5 20 and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs 350 1000 Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs40 –50 1000 4600 crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores 1000 4000 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs 100 400 10. Conference center to attract business travelers Rs 10 crores 300 1200 11. Developing the City Centre Nil ? 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil - Funding of Projects Activity Total Cost to Other project cost Govt funding sources Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Rs 10 lakhs/ Rs 10 lakhs/ Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use yr year of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new Nil Nil concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of Negligible Neglibible shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 Lakhs Rs 75 lakhs Corporate Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Variable Pvt Sector crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 crores Variable Pvt Sector 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 70 lakhs Lease 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 crores Rs 10 crores Some travelers Corporate 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Nil Economic impact of short term projects Activity Total Potential Multiplier Project Ongoing Effect Cost Revenues Basic Tourism Infrastructure Projects 1. Setting up a system of coordination between Departments through a “Mission Approach” 2. Assessing the economic impact of tourism in Chandigarh through annual surveys and the use of multipliers 3. Setting up police outposts in the new concept “Cultural/ Tourism Centre” 4. Setting up a system for accreditisation of shops and transportation 5. Creating Tourist/ Cultural center Rs 75 lakhs Rs 42 lakhs Rs85 lakhs Visitor generating projects 6. Promoting traditional cuisine Nil Rs 33 lakhs Rs70 lakhs 7. Horse Race track Rs 40-50 Rs 3.13 Rs 6.5 crores crores crores 8. Amusement Park Rs 30 Rs 10 Rs 20 crores crores crores 9. Linking the sightseeing Rs 70 lakhs Rs 27 lakhs Rs 55 lakhs 10. Conference center to attract business Rs 10 Rs 2.6 Rs 5.5 travelers crores crores crores 11. Developing the City Centre 12. Adventure tourism & Wildlife Tourism Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Cultural/ Tourist centres Project Funding-Rs lakhs 75 Funding Yrs 1-5 75 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 42.4 44.52 46.75 49.08 51.54 54.11 56.82 59.66 62.64 Operational Costs 5% 24 25.2 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 Operating profits 18.4 19.32 20.29 21.3 22.37 23.48 24.66 25.89 27.19 Traditional Cuisine Project Funding-Rs lakhs Nil Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 45000 47250 49613 52093 54698 57433 60304 63320 66485 69810 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 60/ 5% 27.02 28.37 29.79 31.28 32.85 34.49 36.21 38.02 39.92 41.92 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 6.75 7.09 7.44 7.81 8.20 8.61 9.05 9.50 9.97 10.47 Total Revenues 33.77 35.46 37.23 39.1 41.05 43.1 45.26 47.52 49.9 52.39 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 24 25.20 26.46 27.78 29.17 30.63 32.16 33.77 35.46 37.23 Operational Profits 9.77 10.26 10.77 11.31 11.88 12.47 13.10 13.75 14.44 15.16 Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Horse Race Track & Club Project Funding-Rs lakhs 5,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 4,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 1,000 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues- Rs lakhs Visitor numbers 000's 5% 105.0 110.3 115.8 121.6 127.6 134.0 140.7 Club Memberships 25/yr 600 625 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Monthly dues 5% 4.2 4.41 4.63 4.86 5.11 5.36 5.63 Corporate Boxes 5% 50 52.50 55.13 57.88 60.78 63.81 67.00 Programme 5% 47.6 49.98 52.48 55.10 57.86 60.75 63.79 Share of tote/ Race charges 5% 111 116.55 122.38 128.50 134.92 141.67 148.75 Gate money-Rs.lakhs 5% 43.5 45.68 47.96 50.36 52.87 55.52 58.29 Rental/ lease- Rs.lakhs 5% 11.25 11.81 12.4 13.02 13.67 14.36 15.08 Total Revenues 600 625 317.6 330.9 345 359.7 375.2 391.5 408.5 Amusement Park Project Funding-Rs lakhs 3,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 3,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 5% 500 525 551.3 578.8 607.8 638.1 670 703.6 738.7 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Total Revenues 1000 1050 1103 1158 1216 1276 1340 1407 1477 Note : These two projects should be tendered out. The above spreadsheets give Operational revenues and visitor numbers for decision making purposes Name of AnnualGrowthrate Year Year Year Year Year Project Financial Parameters Rate Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 5 6 7 Year 8 9 10 Linking the sightseeing Project Funding-Rs lakhs 70 Funding Yrs 1-5 70 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Visitor numbers 000's 550 5% 550 577.5 606.4 636.7 668.5 702 737.1 773.9 812.6 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs5/ 10% 27.5 31.76 33.35 35.02 36.77 38.61 40.54 42.56 44.69 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 15 15.75 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 Operational Profits 12.5 16.01 16.81 17.65 18.54 19.46 20.44 21.46 22.53 Conference Centre Project Funding-Rs lakhs 1,000 Funding Yrs 1-5 1,000 Funding Yrs 6-10 Funding Yrs 10-20 Revenues Conference visitors 000s 5% 55 57.75 60.64 63.67 66.85 70.2 73.71 77.39 81.26 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 5% 110 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 170.6 Rentals -Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Exhibition visitors 000s 5% 60000 63000 66150 69458 72930 76577 80406 84426 88647 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs 25/ 5% 15 16.54 17.36 18.23 19.14 20.1 21.11 22.16 23.27 Rentals- Rs lakhs 5% 18 18.9 19.85 20.84 21.88 22.97 24.12 25.33 26.59 Social function visitors 000s 5% 50000 52500 55125 57881 60775 63814 67005 70355 73873 Visitor spends-Rs.lakhs Rs200/ 10% 100 115.5 121.3 127.3 133.7 140.4 147.4 154.8 162.5 Total Revenues 261 291.1 305.7 321 337 353.8 371.5 390.1 409.6 Operational Costs-Rs lakhs 5% 112 117.6 123.5 129.7 136.1 142.9 150.1 157.6 165.5 Operational Profits 149 173.5 182.2 191.3 200.9 210.9 221.5 232.5 244.1

The International Week of the Cosmetic and Pharmaceutical Industry (ICPI WEEK 2020), where visitors can take a look at advanced information on pharmaceutical and cosmetic production and development technology, will take place from April 16 to 19 at KINTEX, Ilsan, Korea. ICPI WEEK 2020, encompassing six elements including raw materials and other materials, research experiments, material processing, packaging manufacturing and logistics technology, will be a perfect place for networking and information exchange over a period of four days with experts from 850 companies in 20 countries. In addition, more than 100 events will be held, including the international conference on AI for the development of new drugs, presentations from the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety and technical seminars. Under the slogan "Commitment, Cooperation and Innovation", a special exhibition will be held that will present bioentrepreneurship companies in order to provide ideas to promote product innovation and reduce cost risks, such as R&D through external cooperation. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/icpi-week/27th-30th-july-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ICPI Week https://www.korealab.org/ The International Week of the Cosmetic and Pharmaceutical Industry (ICPI WEEK 2020), where visitors can take a look at advanced information on pharmaceutical and cosmetic production and development technology, will take place from April 16 to 19 at KINTEX, Ilsan, Korea. ICPI WEEK 2020, encompassing six elements including raw materials and other materials, research experiments, material processing, packaging manufacturing and logistics technology, will be a perfect place for networking and information exchange over a period of four days with experts from 850 companies in 20 countries. In addition, more than 100 events will be held, including the international conference on AI for the development of new drugs, presentations from the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety and technical seminars. Under the slogan "Commitment, Cooperation and Innovation", a special exhibition will be held that will present bioentrepreneurship companies in order to provide ideas to promote product innovation and reduce cost risks, such as R&D through external cooperation.

From February 7 to 9, 2021, BIT - International Travel Exhibition returns to Milan, a historical event organized by Fiera Milano, which since 1980 has attracted tourists and travelers from all over the world to Lombardy. As in 2019, it will be held in the Fieramilanocity and MiCo pavilions, in the center of Milan (click here to see how to get there by public transport). The new formula that you see on the first day, Sunday, February 9, was also confirmed, open to the general public and on February 10 and 11 reserved for professionals in the sector, tour operators and buyers. For more than thirty years, Bit has promoted the meeting between decision makers, industry experts and buyers carefully selected and profiled from the geographical areas with the highest economic growth rate and from all sectors of the chain. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/bit/07th-9th-february-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST BIT https://bit.fieramilano.it From February 7 to 9, 2021, BIT - International Travel Exhibition returns to Milan, a historical event organized by Fiera Milano, which since 1980 has attracted tourists and travelers from all over the world to Lombardy. As in 2019, it will be held in the Fieramilanocity and MiCo pavilions, in the center of Milan (click here to see how to get there by public transport). The new formula that you see on the first day, Sunday, February 9, was also confirmed, open to the general public and on February 10 and 11 reserved for professionals in the sector, tour operators and buyers. For more than thirty years, Bit has promoted the meeting between decision makers, industry experts and buyers carefully selected and profiled from the geographical areas with the highest economic growth rate and from all sectors of the chain.

The Fall Fair is the most important home and gift market of the season. Perfectly timed with the start of the Golden Quarter, the busiest and most profitable shopping season of the year, the Fall Fair provides the ideal platform for vendors to showcase their products and services to thousands of UK and international retailers. Discover exciting new releases including Jewelery, Watches and Fashion (JWF), The Furniture Collection and our evolving Design & Source sector. It is our second year in our new home, the NEC Atrium, and this year will be better than ever. Read on to learn more about the changes we've made, or get in touch today to find a solution for you. Request a stand Download the brochure https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/autumn-fair/5th-08th-september-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST Autumn Fair https://www.autumnfair.com/ The Fall Fair is the most important home and gift market of the season. Perfectly timed with the start of the Golden Quarter, the busiest and most profitable shopping season of the year, the Fall Fair provides the ideal platform for vendors to showcase their products and services to thousands of UK and international retailers. Discover exciting new releases including Jewelery, Watches and Fashion (JWF), The Furniture Collection and our evolving Design & Source sector. It is our second year in our new home, the NEC Atrium, and this year will be better than ever. Read on to learn more about the changes we've made, or get in touch today to find a solution for you. Request a stand Download the brochure

Hungexpo Ltd. is the leading company in organization of exhibitions and conferences in Hungary and the region, which will be completely renewed in the coming years. Founded in 1967 and in operation since October 1990, Hungexpo has been professionally dedicated to organizing trade fairs and exhibitions both in Hungary and abroad. With its extensive network of international relations and representatives, it is now the leading organizer of exhibitions and conferences in Central and Eastern Europe. The other important pillar of the company's operations is the commercial sale of its permanent exhibition space, the Budapest Congress and Exhibition Center. As a result of the revitalization program launched in 2019 and ending in 2021, the Hungarian capital will be enriched with a 21st century conference and exhibition hall that will further strengthen Hungexpo's market leadership both in Hungary and in the region. The privatization of Hungexpo in 2005 opened a new chapter in the life of the company. The new French owner, the GL Events group, has not only committed to developing the area, but has opened the door to major international conferences and exhibitions, such as the Congress of the Union of European Football Associations (UEFA), the assembly annual general. of the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) or the Sirha, one of the most important gastronomic events in the world. Additionally, in 2016, Budapest and Hungexpo hosted the European final of the international chef competition, the Bocuse d'Or, and the line-up will continue for years to come. In 1999, Hungexpo Ltd. won the most prestigious Hungarian award in the service category, the National Quality Award. Gábor Ganczer, CEO, received the Budapest Prize in 2019 in recognition of his innovative leadership in the commercial and tourist life of the capital. The renovated Budapest Congress and Exhibition Center HUNGEXPO offers a European-class environment for exhibitors, conference organizers and visitors. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/utazas/25th-28th-february-2021?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST UTAZAS https://utazas.hungexpo.hu Hungexpo Ltd. is the leading company in organization of exhibitions and conferences in Hungary and the region, which will be completely renewed in the coming years. Founded in 1967 and in operation since October 1990, Hungexpo has been professionally dedicated to organizing trade fairs and exhibitions both in Hungary and abroad. With its extensive network of international relations and representatives, it is now the leading organizer of exhibitions and conferences in Central and Eastern Europe. The other important pillar of the company's operations is the commercial sale of its permanent exhibition space, the Budapest Congress and Exhibition Center. As a result of the revitalization program launched in 2019 and ending in 2021, the Hungarian capital will be enriched with a 21st century conference and exhibition hall that will further strengthen Hungexpo's market leadership both in Hungary and in the region. The privatization of Hungexpo in 2005 opened a new chapter in the life of the company. The new French owner, the GL Events group, has not only committed to developing the area, but has opened the door to major international conferences and exhibitions, such as the Congress of the Union of European Football Associations (UEFA), the assembly annual general. of the International Telecommunications Union (ITU) or the Sirha, one of the most important gastronomic events in the world. Additionally, in 2016, Budapest and Hungexpo hosted the European final of the international chef competition, the Bocuse d'Or, and the line-up will continue for years to come. In 1999, Hungexpo Ltd. won the most prestigious Hungarian award in the service category, the National Quality Award. Gábor Ganczer, CEO, received the Budapest Prize in 2019 in recognition of his innovative leadership in the commercial and tourist life of the capital. The renovated Budapest Congress and Exhibition Center HUNGEXPO offers a European-class environment for exhibitors, conference organizers and visitors.

ITMA is the trend-setting textile and apparel technology platform where the industry converges every four years to explore new ideas, effective solutions and collaborative partnerships for business growth. Organized by ITMA Services, the next ITMA will be held from June 20 to 26, 2019 in Barcelona at Fira De Barcelona, Gran Via. Technological innovation, a staple of industry transformation, is critical to the success of the textile and clothing industry. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/itma/08th-14th-june-2023?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ITMA https://www.itma.com/ ITMA is the trend-setting textile and apparel technology platform where the industry converges every four years to explore new ideas, effective solutions and collaborative partnerships for business growth. Organized by ITMA Services, the next ITMA will be held from June 20 to 26, 2019 in Barcelona at Fira De Barcelona, Gran Via. Technological innovation, a staple of industry transformation, is critical to the success of the textile and clothing industry.

Tourism Policy of Maharashtra -2016 Government of Maharashtra, Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, Government Corrigendum, No.TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, Madam Cama Road, Hutatma Rajguru Chowk, Mantralaya, Mumbai – 400032. Dated: 18th April, 2017. Read: 1) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-1091/C.R.409/Tourism, dated 30th November 1993. 2) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-1097/C.R.852/Tourism, dated 26th November 1997. 3) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-0399/C.R.201/Tourism, dated 7th April 1999. 4) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-0399/C.R.142/Tourism, dated 8th July 1999. 5) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-2000/C.R.242/Tourism, dated 31st July 2000. 6) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-2001/C.R.23/Tourism, dated 16th September 2002. 7) G.R., Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, No.MTC-2005/2/C.R.172/Tourism, dated 16th December, 2006. 8) G.R., Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, No.TDS-2015/11/C.R.1021/Tourism, dated 4th May, 2016. Government Corrigendum: In the Government Resolution, Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, No. TDS 2015/11/C.R. 1021/Tourism, dated 4.5.2016 regarding Tourism Policy, the present words/ version in column-3 of the said Government Resolution may be read as shown below in column-4 against each item :- Sr. Page Number/ Point Present words/ Version Corrected words/ Version No. Number 1 2 3 4 1 Page No. 3 Designate Tourism as a The Tourism Policy 2016 will Highlights of the 2016 priority sector since it holds the designate Tourism as a priority Maharashtra Tourism potential to usher in economic sector since it holds the Policy development and generate potential to usher in economic Point No. 1. high employment opportunities development and generate high in Maharashtra-change-the employment opportunities in policy will establish. Maharashtra. 2 Page No. 24 “Tourism Undertaking” means “Tourism Undertaking” means a Section 5.6.1 a legal entity in the form of a legal entity in the form of a “Tourism Undertaking” registered company under the registered company under the Companies Act, 1956, or a Companies Act, 1956, or a registered company under the registered company under the Companies Act, 2013 or a Companies Act, 2013 or a partnership firm, a Registered limited liability partnership Trust or a legally registered under the Limited Liability co-operative society or an Partnership Act, 2008 or a individual proprietary concern, partnership firm or a Registered engaged in or to be engaged Trust or a legally registered co- in one or more tourism operative society or an projects. individual proprietary concern, engaged in or to be engaged in one or more tourism projects. 3 Page No. 25 A “New Tourism Unit” means a A “New Tourism Unit” means a Section 5.6.3 new tourism project set up for new tourism project set up for In “New Tourism Unit” the first time by a tourism the first time by a tourism 1st two lines undertaking satisfying the undertaking in a particular following conditions : taluka satisfying the following conditions : Page 1 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 4 Page No. 25 Expansion/ diversification of Note : Capacity for the purpose Section 5.6.4 an existing/ new project will of ascertaining expansion of the also be eligible for the unit, will be considered only in incentives under this scheme case of following eligible units :- provided the existing tourism 1) Hotels, Heritage Hotels, unit increases its investment in Resorts and Health Farms, its fixed capital and capacity Health & Wellness spa and by at least 25% of the gross units registered under the Bed fixed capital and capacity at and Breakfast scheme of the end of the last financial MTDC/ DoT. year. 2) Apartment, Hotels/ services Apartments. 5 Page No. 25 Eligibility Certificate shall Eligibility Certificate shall mean Section 5.6.5 mean the certificate issued by the certificate issued by the In “Eligibility Certificate” the Implementing Agency to Implementing Agency to the the Eligible Unit under the Eligible Unit under the Package Package Scheme of Scheme of Incentives, 2013 or Incentives, 2013 or any any modifications thereafter, modifications thereafter, which which indicates the accepted indicates the accepted Fixed Fixed Capital Investment, Capital Investment, Actual Actual Fixed Capital Investment Fixed Capital Investment made, Finished Products/ made, Finished Products and Services and other details along other details along with with Quantum of Incentives, Quantum of Incentives, Period Period of validity for availing of of validity for availing of incentives and the terms and incentives and the terms and conditions to be complied with conditions to be complied with by the concerned Unit in whose by the concerned Unit in favour such certificate is issued. whose favour such certificate is issued. 6 Page No. 26 Subject to the provisions of Subject to the provisions of (1), Section 5.6.8 (a), (b), (C), (d) above (2), (3), (4) above Under the heading “Gross Fixed Capital Investment” and sub title “Provided that :”, point 4, 1st line. 7 Page No. 27 (i.e. Land at ready reckoner i.e. land at actual cost, Land Section 5.6.9 rate, Land development, development, Building, Plant In “Eligible Investment” Building, Plant and Machinery and Machinery etc. 3rd line etc.) Note added : Note : Actual cost means cost of the land mentioned in the land deed. 8 Page No. 27 1. Any investment in any 1. Any investment in any asset, Section 5.6.10 asset, which has a life span of which has a life span of less Title- “Non-eligible less than five years, except than five years, except Tents investment” Tents 2. Investment period- As per the Sr.No. 1 and 2 2. Eligibility period- As per the investment period given in table investment period given in 2 in the section 6.1.1, section table 2 in the section 6.1.1 6.1.2 and 6.1.3 with effect from with effect from the date of the date of eligibility certificate eligibility certificate or such of application to the lesser period as may be implementing agency or such prescribed, provided that the lesser period as may be last date shall not fall after prescribed, provided that the completion of the operative last date shall not fall after period completion of the operative period of the scheme. Page 2 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 9 Page No. 27 The unit falling in areas as The tourism units falling in Section 5.6.13 classified above in A, B, C, areas as classified in Annexure In “Eligible Units” and Special Tourism Zones B and conforming to the list in 1st two lines earmarked by DoT and Annexure A. The unit falling in Special Tourism districts of areas as classified above in A, Sindhudurg Aurangabad and B, C, and Special Tourism Nagpur. Zones earmarked by DoT and Special Tourism districts of Sindhudurg Aurangabad and Nagpur. 10 Page No. 27 For the purpose of registration For the purpose of registration Section 5.6.14 and claiming of incentives, and claiming of incentives In “Implementing agency” under the package scheme of under the Maharashtra Tourism 1st two lines incentives, 2013 or any Policy, 2016 or any modifications thereafter, the modifications thereafter, the Department of Tourism (DoT) Department of Tourism (DoT) is is notified as the Registering notified as the Registering Authority. Authority. 11 Page No. 28 Registration in respect of Registration in respect of Section 5.7.1 company/ co-operative company/ limited liability In “Initial effective steps society/ Trust with the partnership/ co-operative will include :” respective registering society/ Trust with the point 2 authority. In respect of respective registering authority. partnership firm, evidence of In respect of partnership firm, execution of a partnership evidence of execution of a deed and requisite application partnership deed and requisite with the payment of necessary application with the payment of registration fees with the necessary registration fees with Registrar of firms. the Registrar of firms. 12 Page No. 30 Tourism Units with Fixed Tourism Units with Fixed Section 6.1.1 Capital Investments and Capital Investments and In “Mega Project employing direct regular employing direct regular classification persons according to the persons according to the and threshold limits” threshold limits as stated in threshold limits as stated in 2nd paragraph Table 2, will be classified as Table 2, will be classified as Mega/ Ultra-Mega projects. Mega/ Ultra-Mega projects. 13 Page No. 30 Large scale tourism units with Large scale tourism units with Section 6.1.2 investment more than Medium investment more than Medium In “Large tourism units” Services Enterprises as Services Enterprises as defined defined under the MSMED, under the MSMED Act 2006 but Act 2006 but less than Mega less than Mega projects, will be projects, will be classified as classified as large scale tourism large scale tourism units. units. Investment period for these units will be 24 months for all zones. 14 Page No. 30 In accordance with the In accordance with the Section 6.1.3 provision of MSMED, ACT provision of MSMED, ACT In “MSME tourism units” 2006, the MSME tourism units 2006, the MSME tourism units will be classified under service will be classified under service enterprises. enterprises. Investment period for these units will be 18 months for all zones. 15 Page No. 32 Maximum incentive Maximum incentive Section 6.2.1 disbursement i.e. the monetary disbursement i.e. the monetary In “Note” celling per year should be celling per year should be equal point 1 equal to FCI divided by the to FCI divided by the eligibility eligibility period. period provided the difference between the actual sanctioned amount for a given year and the yearly disbursement limit will be carried forward to next year. Page 3 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 16 Page No. 33 Maximum incentive Maximum incentive Section 6.2.1 disbursement i.e. the monetary disbursement i.e. the monetary In “Note” celling per year should be celling per year should be equal point 1 equal to FCI divided by the to FCI divided by the eligibility eligibility period. period provided the difference between the actual sanctioned amount for a given year and the yearly disbursement limit will be carried forward to next year. 17 Page No. 32 -- 5. Stamp duty and Registration Section 6.2.1 charges exemption will be In “Note” point 5 to be add applicable only on the initial investment in the project. 18 Page No. 33 -- 4. Stamp duty and Registration Section 6.2.1 charges exemption will be In “Note” point 4 to be add applicable only on the initial investment in the project. 19 Page No. 34 Base FSI will be 1.00 for all Base FSI will be 1.0 for all Section 6.2.2 mega/ ultra mega tourism units large tourism units. Under the heading “Fiscal Incentives to MSME units” in Table 5 Fiscal incentives to MSME projects, in front of row heading “FSI” 1st line of point-1 20 Page No. 34 Maximum incentive Maximum incentive Section 6.2.2 disbursement i.e. the monetary disbursement i.e. the monetary “Note” celling per year should be celling per year should be equal point 1 equal to FCI divided by the to FCI divided by the eligibility eligibility period. period provided the difference between the actual sanctioned amount for a given year and the yearly disbursement limit will be carried forward to next year. 21 Page No. 34 Base FSI will be 1.0 for all large Section 6.2.3 tourism units. “FSI” This Government Corrigendum of Maharashtra Government is available at the website www.maharashtra.gov.in. Reference no. for this is 201704181501500523. This Corrigendum has been signed digitally. By order and in the name of the Governor of Maharashtra, Lakhote Ravindra Laxmikant Digitally signed by Lakhote Ravindra Laxmikant DN: c=IN, o=Government Of Maharashtra, ou=Desk Officer, postalCode=400032, st=Maharashtra, cn=Lakhote Ravindra Laxmikant Date: 2017.04.18 15:08:01 +05'30' ( R.L.Lakhote ) Desk Officer to Government of Maharashtra To, 1. The Secretary to Governor 2. The Additional Chief Secretary to Chief Minister 3. The Private Secretary to Minister (Finance) 4. The Private Secretary to Minister (Tourism) 5. The Private Secretary-to Minister (Industries) 6. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Tourism) Page 4 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 7. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Energy) 8. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Industries) 9. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Finance) 10. The Chief Secretary 11. All Members of Maharashtra Legislative Assembly, 12. All Members of Maharashtra Legislative Council, 13. All Additional Chief Secretaries /Principal Secretaries in Mantralaya 14. All Divisional Commissioners 15. All Collectors, 16. All Chief Executive Officers of Zilla Parishad. 17. Chairman, Maharashtra State Electricity Board, Mumbai 18. Managing Director, State Industrial and Investment Corporation of Maharashtra (SICOM), Mumbai 19. Managing Director, MTDC Ltd., Mumbai . 20. Managing -Director, MSFC Ltd., Mumbai 21.The Chief Executive Officer, MIDC Ltd., Mumbai 22.All Deptts, of Mantralaya 23. The Accountant General, Maharashtra-I, Mumbai 24. The Accountant General, Maharashtra-II, Nagpur, 25. The Pay & Accounts Officer, Mumbai 26. The Resident Audit Officer, Mumbai. 27. Development Commissioner (Industries), Mumbai 28. The Secretary (Tourism), Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, New Delhi. 29.Hotel & Restaurant Association (Western India), Mumbai 30. Regional Director, Bharat Sarkar Tourist Office, Mumbai 31. Travel Agents of India, Mumbai 32. Tour and Transport Operator`s Association of India, Mumbai 33. Indian Association of Amusement Park and Industries, Mumbai 34. All Public Sector Undertakings, Government of Maharashtra 35. Adventure Tourism Operators Association 36. Indian Association of Tour Operators,(I.A.T.O.) 37. Confederation of Indian Industry (C.I.I.) 38. Federation of Indian Chambers and Commerce and Industries (F.I.C.C.I) 39. ASSOCHAM. Page 5 of 5 https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/maharastra-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Maharastra Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Tourism Policy of Maharashtra -2016 Government of Maharashtra, Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, Government Corrigendum, No.TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, Madam Cama Road, Hutatma Rajguru Chowk, Mantralaya, Mumbai – 400032. Dated: 18th April, 2017. Read: 1) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-1091/C.R.409/Tourism, dated 30th November 1993. 2) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-1097/C.R.852/Tourism, dated 26th November 1997. 3) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-0399/C.R.201/Tourism, dated 7th April 1999. 4) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-0399/C.R.142/Tourism, dated 8th July 1999. 5) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-2000/C.R.242/Tourism, dated 31st July 2000. 6) G.R., H.D.(Tourism) No.MTC-2001/C.R.23/Tourism, dated 16th September 2002. 7) G.R., Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, No.MTC-2005/2/C.R.172/Tourism, dated 16th December, 2006. 8) G.R., Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, No.TDS-2015/11/C.R.1021/Tourism, dated 4th May, 2016. Government Corrigendum: In the Government Resolution, Tourism and Cultural Affairs Department, No. TDS 2015/11/C.R. 1021/Tourism, dated 4.5.2016 regarding Tourism Policy, the present words/ version in column-3 of the said Government Resolution may be read as shown below in column-4 against each item :- Sr. Page Number/ Point Present words/ Version Corrected words/ Version No. Number 1 2 3 4 1 Page No. 3 Designate Tourism as a The Tourism Policy 2016 will Highlights of the 2016 priority sector since it holds the designate Tourism as a priority Maharashtra Tourism potential to usher in economic sector since it holds the Policy development and generate potential to usher in economic Point No. 1. high employment opportunities development and generate high in Maharashtra-change-the employment opportunities in policy will establish. Maharashtra. 2 Page No. 24 “Tourism Undertaking” means “Tourism Undertaking” means a Section 5.6.1 a legal entity in the form of a legal entity in the form of a “Tourism Undertaking” registered company under the registered company under the Companies Act, 1956, or a Companies Act, 1956, or a registered company under the registered company under the Companies Act, 2013 or a Companies Act, 2013 or a partnership firm, a Registered limited liability partnership Trust or a legally registered under the Limited Liability co-operative society or an Partnership Act, 2008 or a individual proprietary concern, partnership firm or a Registered engaged in or to be engaged Trust or a legally registered co- in one or more tourism operative society or an projects. individual proprietary concern, engaged in or to be engaged in one or more tourism projects. 3 Page No. 25 A “New Tourism Unit” means a A “New Tourism Unit” means a Section 5.6.3 new tourism project set up for new tourism project set up for In “New Tourism Unit” the first time by a tourism the first time by a tourism 1st two lines undertaking satisfying the undertaking in a particular following conditions : taluka satisfying the following conditions : Page 1 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 4 Page No. 25 Expansion/ diversification of Note : Capacity for the purpose Section 5.6.4 an existing/ new project will of ascertaining expansion of the also be eligible for the unit, will be considered only in incentives under this scheme case of following eligible units :- provided the existing tourism 1) Hotels, Heritage Hotels, unit increases its investment in Resorts and Health Farms, its fixed capital and capacity Health & Wellness spa and by at least 25% of the gross units registered under the Bed fixed capital and capacity at and Breakfast scheme of the end of the last financial MTDC/ DoT. year. 2) Apartment, Hotels/ services Apartments. 5 Page No. 25 Eligibility Certificate shall Eligibility Certificate shall mean Section 5.6.5 mean the certificate issued by the certificate issued by the In “Eligibility Certificate” the Implementing Agency to Implementing Agency to the the Eligible Unit under the Eligible Unit under the Package Package Scheme of Scheme of Incentives, 2013 or Incentives, 2013 or any any modifications thereafter, modifications thereafter, which which indicates the accepted indicates the accepted Fixed Fixed Capital Investment, Capital Investment, Actual Actual Fixed Capital Investment Fixed Capital Investment made, Finished Products/ made, Finished Products and Services and other details along other details along with with Quantum of Incentives, Quantum of Incentives, Period Period of validity for availing of of validity for availing of incentives and the terms and incentives and the terms and conditions to be complied with conditions to be complied with by the concerned Unit in whose by the concerned Unit in favour such certificate is issued. whose favour such certificate is issued. 6 Page No. 26 Subject to the provisions of Subject to the provisions of (1), Section 5.6.8 (a), (b), (C), (d) above (2), (3), (4) above Under the heading “Gross Fixed Capital Investment” and sub title “Provided that :”, point 4, 1st line. 7 Page No. 27 (i.e. Land at ready reckoner i.e. land at actual cost, Land Section 5.6.9 rate, Land development, development, Building, Plant In “Eligible Investment” Building, Plant and Machinery and Machinery etc. 3rd line etc.) Note added : Note : Actual cost means cost of the land mentioned in the land deed. 8 Page No. 27 1. Any investment in any 1. Any investment in any asset, Section 5.6.10 asset, which has a life span of which has a life span of less Title- “Non-eligible less than five years, except than five years, except Tents investment” Tents 2. Investment period- As per the Sr.No. 1 and 2 2. Eligibility period- As per the investment period given in table investment period given in 2 in the section 6.1.1, section table 2 in the section 6.1.1 6.1.2 and 6.1.3 with effect from with effect from the date of the date of eligibility certificate eligibility certificate or such of application to the lesser period as may be implementing agency or such prescribed, provided that the lesser period as may be last date shall not fall after prescribed, provided that the completion of the operative last date shall not fall after period completion of the operative period of the scheme. Page 2 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 9 Page No. 27 The unit falling in areas as The tourism units falling in Section 5.6.13 classified above in A, B, C, areas as classified in Annexure In “Eligible Units” and Special Tourism Zones B and conforming to the list in 1st two lines earmarked by DoT and Annexure A. The unit falling in Special Tourism districts of areas as classified above in A, Sindhudurg Aurangabad and B, C, and Special Tourism Nagpur. Zones earmarked by DoT and Special Tourism districts of Sindhudurg Aurangabad and Nagpur. 10 Page No. 27 For the purpose of registration For the purpose of registration Section 5.6.14 and claiming of incentives, and claiming of incentives In “Implementing agency” under the package scheme of under the Maharashtra Tourism 1st two lines incentives, 2013 or any Policy, 2016 or any modifications thereafter, the modifications thereafter, the Department of Tourism (DoT) Department of Tourism (DoT) is is notified as the Registering notified as the Registering Authority. Authority. 11 Page No. 28 Registration in respect of Registration in respect of Section 5.7.1 company/ co-operative company/ limited liability In “Initial effective steps society/ Trust with the partnership/ co-operative will include :” respective registering society/ Trust with the point 2 authority. In respect of respective registering authority. partnership firm, evidence of In respect of partnership firm, execution of a partnership evidence of execution of a deed and requisite application partnership deed and requisite with the payment of necessary application with the payment of registration fees with the necessary registration fees with Registrar of firms. the Registrar of firms. 12 Page No. 30 Tourism Units with Fixed Tourism Units with Fixed Section 6.1.1 Capital Investments and Capital Investments and In “Mega Project employing direct regular employing direct regular classification persons according to the persons according to the and threshold limits” threshold limits as stated in threshold limits as stated in 2nd paragraph Table 2, will be classified as Table 2, will be classified as Mega/ Ultra-Mega projects. Mega/ Ultra-Mega projects. 13 Page No. 30 Large scale tourism units with Large scale tourism units with Section 6.1.2 investment more than Medium investment more than Medium In “Large tourism units” Services Enterprises as Services Enterprises as defined defined under the MSMED, under the MSMED Act 2006 but Act 2006 but less than Mega less than Mega projects, will be projects, will be classified as classified as large scale tourism large scale tourism units. units. Investment period for these units will be 24 months for all zones. 14 Page No. 30 In accordance with the In accordance with the Section 6.1.3 provision of MSMED, ACT provision of MSMED, ACT In “MSME tourism units” 2006, the MSME tourism units 2006, the MSME tourism units will be classified under service will be classified under service enterprises. enterprises. Investment period for these units will be 18 months for all zones. 15 Page No. 32 Maximum incentive Maximum incentive Section 6.2.1 disbursement i.e. the monetary disbursement i.e. the monetary In “Note” celling per year should be celling per year should be equal point 1 equal to FCI divided by the to FCI divided by the eligibility eligibility period. period provided the difference between the actual sanctioned amount for a given year and the yearly disbursement limit will be carried forward to next year. Page 3 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 16 Page No. 33 Maximum incentive Maximum incentive Section 6.2.1 disbursement i.e. the monetary disbursement i.e. the monetary In “Note” celling per year should be celling per year should be equal point 1 equal to FCI divided by the to FCI divided by the eligibility eligibility period. period provided the difference between the actual sanctioned amount for a given year and the yearly disbursement limit will be carried forward to next year. 17 Page No. 32 -- 5. Stamp duty and Registration Section 6.2.1 charges exemption will be In “Note” point 5 to be add applicable only on the initial investment in the project. 18 Page No. 33 -- 4. Stamp duty and Registration Section 6.2.1 charges exemption will be In “Note” point 4 to be add applicable only on the initial investment in the project. 19 Page No. 34 Base FSI will be 1.00 for all Base FSI will be 1.0 for all Section 6.2.2 mega/ ultra mega tourism units large tourism units. Under the heading “Fiscal Incentives to MSME units” in Table 5 Fiscal incentives to MSME projects, in front of row heading “FSI” 1st line of point-1 20 Page No. 34 Maximum incentive Maximum incentive Section 6.2.2 disbursement i.e. the monetary disbursement i.e. the monetary “Note” celling per year should be celling per year should be equal point 1 equal to FCI divided by the to FCI divided by the eligibility eligibility period. period provided the difference between the actual sanctioned amount for a given year and the yearly disbursement limit will be carried forward to next year. 21 Page No. 34 Base FSI will be 1.0 for all large Section 6.2.3 tourism units. “FSI” This Government Corrigendum of Maharashtra Government is available at the website www.maharashtra.gov.in . Reference no. for this is 201704181501500523. This Corrigendum has been signed digitally. By order and in the name of the Governor of Maharashtra, Lakhote Ravindra Laxmikant Digitally signed by Lakhote Ravindra Laxmikant DN: c=IN, o=Government Of Maharashtra, ou=Desk Officer, postalCode=400032, st=Maharashtra, cn=Lakhote Ravindra Laxmikant Date: 2017.04.18 15:08:01 +05'30' ( R.L.Lakhote ) Desk Officer to Government of Maharashtra To, 1. The Secretary to Governor 2. The Additional Chief Secretary to Chief Minister 3. The Private Secretary to Minister (Finance) 4. The Private Secretary to Minister (Tourism) 5. The Private Secretary-to Minister (Industries) 6. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Tourism) Page 4 of 5 Government Corrigendum No.: TDS-2017/3/C.R. 240/Tourism, 7. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Energy) 8. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Industries) 9. The Private Secretary to State Minister (Finance) 10. The Chief Secretary 11. All Members of Maharashtra Legislative Assembly, 12. All Members of Maharashtra Legislative Council, 13. All Additional Chief Secretaries /Principal Secretaries in Mantralaya 14. All Divisional Commissioners 15. All Collectors, 16. All Chief Executive Officers of Zilla Parishad. 17. Chairman, Maharashtra State Electricity Board, Mumbai 18. Managing Director, State Industrial and Investment Corporation of Maharashtra (SICOM), Mumbai 19. Managing Director, MTDC Ltd., Mumbai . 20. Managing -Director, MSFC Ltd., Mumbai 21.The Chief Executive Officer, MIDC Ltd., Mumbai 22.All Deptts, of Mantralaya 23. The Accountant General, Maharashtra-I, Mumbai 24. The Accountant General, Maharashtra-II, Nagpur, 25. The Pay & Accounts Officer, Mumbai 26. The Resident Audit Officer, Mumbai. 27. Development Commissioner (Industries), Mumbai 28. The Secretary (Tourism), Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, New Delhi. 29.Hotel & Restaurant Association (Western India), Mumbai 30. Regional Director, Bharat Sarkar Tourist Office, Mumbai 31. Travel Agents of India, Mumbai 32. Tour and Transport Operator`s Association of India, Mumbai 33. Indian Association of Amusement Park and Industries, Mumbai 34. All Public Sector Undertakings, Government of Maharashtra 35. Adventure Tourism Operators Association 36. Indian Association of Tour Operators,(I.A.T.O.) 37. Confederation of Indian Industry (C.I.I.) 38. Federation of Indian Chambers and Commerce and Industries (F.I.C.C.I) 39. ASSOCHAM. Page 5 of 5

ITB Asia is a three-day B2B trade fair and convention held annually for the travel industry; is designed to be the flagship event for the Asia Pacific travel industry, as is its flagship event, ITB Berlin. (See also: About the ITB Global brand) Now in its thirteenth year in Singapore, ITB Asia will take place at Marina Bay Sands. It is organized by Messe Berlin (Singapore) Pte Ltd and is supported by the Singapore Convention and Exhibition Bureau. Today, ITB Asia is the leading meeting place for the tourism industry and a forum for high-quality customer contact and business. This is where international exhibitors from all sectors within the travel value chain trade, major Asia Pacific travel companies, and small and medium-sized startups meet major international buyers from the MICE markets, from leisure and corporate travel. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/itb-asia/21st-23rd-october-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST ITB Asia https://www.itb-asia.com ITB Asia is a three-day B2B trade fair and convention held annually for the travel industry; is designed to be the flagship event for the Asia Pacific travel industry, as is its flagship event, ITB Berlin. (See also: About the ITB Global brand) Now in its thirteenth year in Singapore, ITB Asia will take place at Marina Bay Sands. It is organized by Messe Berlin (Singapore) Pte Ltd and is supported by the Singapore Convention and Exhibition Bureau. Today, ITB Asia is the leading meeting place for the tourism industry and a forum for high-quality customer contact and business. This is where international exhibitors from all sectors within the travel value chain trade, major Asia Pacific travel companies, and small and medium-sized startups meet major international buyers from the MICE markets, from leisure and corporate travel.

GOVERNMENT OF CHHATTISGARH Tourism in Chhattisgarh An assessment report Ms. Nimisha Jha, ICAS Deputy Secretary, SPC 2015 S T A T E P L A N N I N G C O M M I S S I O N Table of Contents No Topic Page No 1 Tourism India-An Overview 3 2 Distinct Features of 5 Chhattisgarh 3 Life of the People-Socio 9 Cultural traditions 4 Tourism in Chhattisgarh- 15 Present Scenario 5 Assessment of Chhattisgarh 21 vis a vis other states 6 Way Forward 24 7 Case Study I 27 8 Case Study II 28 Tourism in India-An Overview India with its composite culture, secular fervor, multitude of ethnic groups and diverse geographical features is in an advantageous position to respond to the upswing in the Tourism and hospitality sector. India with her beautiful blend of religion, spirituality, art and history is at a central position to catch the attention of tourists from across the globe. Tourism is one of the fastest growing industries in the world. The dynamic growth of this industry is evident from the fact that globally tourism accounts for more than 11% of the global GDP and 8% of the world trade employment. Foreign exchange earnings from the tourism sector in India during 1998-99 were estimated at Rs.12,011 crore. Tourism1 has thus become the second largest net foreign exchange earner for the country. Tourism also contributed Rs.24,241 crore during 1998-99 towards the country’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Domestic tourist visits to states/ UTs grew at the rate of 12.5 percent CAGR during 2006 - 2010 period to reach 7,402 lakhs in 2010. Foreign Tourist arrival grew at 11 percent CAGR during the same period and reached 179 lakhs in 2010. 1 Ministry of Tourism(www.gov.in) WTTC Travel and Tourism Economic Impact 2012 Tourism in India has generated 6.4 trillion or 6.6 % of India’s GDP in 2012.It supported 39.5 million jobs or 12.36% of its total employment foreign tourist in India between January to November 2014 were 65.85 lakh with a YoY growth of 7.1% At the National tourism awards 2013-14, President Pranab Mukherjee stated that tourism is an agent of development, engine of growth and employment generation in India. To attract more foreign tourists to India, Government launched a Scheme of “Visa on Arrival” (VOA) for 43 countries in 2014. . There was also an increase in issuance of Visas on Arrival (VoA). In May 2014, 1,833 VoAs were issued as compared to 1,114 VoAs during 2013, marking a growth of 64.5 per cent. Distinct features of Chhattisgarh Chhattisgarh is in central part of India and was part of erstwhile Madhya Pradesh. It was recognized as a separate state in the year 2000 with Raipur as its capital city. The state shares her borders with Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Jharkhand and Utter Pradesh. Blessed with abundance of nature, wildlife arts, culture ,handicraft and a plethora of resources; its virgin beauty is still untouched and unexplored by the common man thus the land being a sure treat to visitors and tourists. This new state is located on the oldest rocks of the Indian subcontinent. Here one can find Archaean granites and gneisses as well as the Gondwana formations dating back to 250-300 million years bearing coal deposits. Popularly known as the rice bowl of India the state is famous for its rich mineral deposits, unexplored tourist circuits , dense forest cover with rich biodiversity habitat covering 80% of the state .It can boast of having 3 national parks,11 wild life sanctuaries and 30 plus significant waterfalls and abundant caves. Unique in nature, its culture dates back to thousands of years. The exact history of the state cannot be outlined but it has been traced that lord Ram stayed here during his exile days and the region was refereed as Dakshin Kosala in the ancient times; the earliest clue from historical era is an Ashokan stone inscription of 257 BC The tribal population makes up the majority of this region and its culture. And some of the oldest tribes still live in the region and each tribe have their own unique customs, traditions and lifestyle. By promising sights and surprises almost enthralling, this comparatively new state of the Indian republic is finding its own identity .Raipur city is the only airport for the state which is an ideal point for travelers who can proceed on their journey to other destinations. In this milieu the tourism sector has to be geared to establish a niche to project the state in the national scenario, thus picking up threads to create space in the international arena with an uncanny ability to create excellence. Zonal Classification of the tourist attractions in the state Zones Major Tourist Destinations Pilgrimage Wildlife Sanctuaries Archeology Raipur  any attractions in the historic city of Raipur Gangrel Dam  hillai Steel Plant  aya Raipur  awardha Palace  hamparan  axman Mandir  ajim  rang  agpura  ongargarh  horamdev  irodpuri(Satnami sect)  amakheda(Majo r centre for Kabir Panthi Barnawapara Sirpur  sect) anekra Bilaspur  adkudweep  atanpur Achanak Marg Tala Malhar   any beautiful dams like Buka Bango,Khutaghat, Kota ,khudiya,Satringa  hivni Narayan handrhasni temple at chandrapur    oal Mines oddess temple at Malhar ower Plant  emples at Pali and Chaiturgud(Korb a) Bastar  Barsoor    Kutumb sur caves  Tirathg arh and Chitrakoot Water falls  Kanker Palace  anteshwari temple emple in jagdalpur  anger valley national park ndrawati Sarguja    ainpat ahamaya ipadhi  temple oriya water falls  ailash caves  annapat  unkurri church  amgad Source-Self compilation through different online materials Life of the people-Socio cultural traditions2 One beautiful aspect which has been a part of the tribal is their love for music and dance. This also displays the deep rooted cultural strength of the tribals. A recreational activity, music and dance makes up their daily lives. It is also a means used to entertain visitors and tourists or any tribal event. Number of tribal groups makes up this region, all with their unique customs, traditions and lifestyle. Music which displays different tunes taking the tune of folk, classic and modern, dance has its features too. And with tribal dance, there are dozens in form. Some of the forms of tribal dance are Panthi, Pandwani, Rawat Nacha, Soowa Nacha and Karma. Musical instruments also play an 2 Booklet by Sampan Media pvt ltd for Chhattisgarh Tourism Board important role in their dance and music. Mandar drum and the Jhanjh are two folk instruments. Panthi and Padwani (a folk ballad) forms of dance are practiced by tribes of the Durg district. Padwani is a form of musical recital. Depending on the story, the leading character takes centre stage. Vedamati and Kapalik are two forms of style to present the Padwani dance. In Vedamati form, a narrator narrates while in Kapalik form, scenes from the selected story are enacted. During festivals and special occasions, the Stananmi community sing and dance before their idol Jaitkham. The Yaduvanshis (clan of Yadu) practise the Rawat Nacha form of dance. In this form, the performance is in praise of Lord Krishna, on Dev Uthani Ekadashi, the eleventh day after Diwali. Another famous form of theatre is Nacha. Popular as the Parrot Dance, the womenfolk dance circling a parrot placed in the middle. One can witness this dance in Bilaspur during the Rawat Nach Mahotsav folk dance festival. The tribes of Gonds, Baigas and Oraons practice the Karma form of dance. In this form of dance, men and women dance following the lead of a singer. With the end of rainy season and the beginning of spring season, the tribals practice this dance. The humorous skits of Nacha incorporate issues of social awareness. Thus Chhattisgarh is blessed with many indigenous performing arts of unique dance style, melodious folk songs and colorful dance dramas. A visit to this beautiful place will only be complete when one can also experience the uniqueness of the region. Folk Songs As part of its rich cultural heritage, Chhattisgarh folk songs hold a prominent place in the state. Tribes like Gond, Kamar, Kanver,Korva perform all festivals and rituals with their folk songs. Sohar Songs at the time of birth of a son. Sua Songs-are very popular in the Bilaspur and Dantewada, Sung specially during Dussera and Diwali celebrations. Khuduwa-Generally sung in native dialect and are part of every festival and celebration that takes place in the state. Pathoni song is also integral, sung during gauna , an auspicious occasion that bids adieu to a newlywed wife. Cher Chera song is a style that celebrates the growth of crops, closely L associated with tribal lifestyle. T Danda Songs composed of simple and poetic expression and enchanting Sadri a melodies reflects rich musical heritage of Chhattisgarh. e most widely used dialects are Surgujia ,Kalanga, Sadri Korwa, Baigani etc. whatever be the language or dialect the script is essentially Devnagari Handicrafts Chhattisgarh nurtures some unique kind of handicrafts that are fundamental aspect of the state. The well known varieties are traditional bell metal, bamboo craft and craft items made of wood. chhatisgarh is also well known for the metal crafts, jewellery, and paintings. Amazing wood carvings, bamboo work/furniture, figures of terracotta, tribal jewellery and clay artifacts are some specialties of the place. Bell Metal Bastar and Raigarh districts of Chhatisgarh are popular for crafting bell metal handicrafts using brass and bronze. Tribes such as Ghadwas of Bastar and Jharas of Raigarh mainly practice this art form called Dokra. This is done with lost wax technique or hollow casting Dokra metal is perhaps the only living tradition of metal image making in eastern India. The technique has managed to survive many centuries and the change of dynasties owing to its modesty of application in everyday lives of traditional lives of traditional tribal people of Bastar, Chhattisgarh. The artifacts prepared from dokra technique use the Cow dung, paddy husk and the red soil in the preparation, beeswax being the most important one. Apart from contouring wax wires are also used for decoration purposes and for giving a finishing touch to artifacts. Iron Craft The ironsmiths or lohars of Kondagaon village in Bastar have been engaged in iron craft for generations together .The iron objects are made by hammering them into shape; they are not cast or molded. The hot iron is beaten repeatedly to the desired shape while the unnecessary portion is cut away and filed to remove the sharp edges. Wood Carving Over the years wood has been used for carving objects and other forms of carpentry. A tribe called Badhais is skilled in this craft. Traditional wood carving in Chhattisgarh is an ancient craft, the skills of which are passed from generation to generation. The craftsmen are rich in experience and make products such as fixtures of houses, pillars, bows and arrows. Clay Pottery and Terracotta This art represents rituals and customs of tribal life in the state and symbolizes their emotions. Votive terracotta figures are found widely in the districts of Bastar, Sarguja. This is the oldest form of art dating back to 7000Bc as the remains of this craft can be traced to Neolithic period. Tumba Craft This is specific of Bastar region , where hollow gourd shells as containers are used by the tribals to store water and salfi.This art form is unique as different lamp shades and exquisite hanging have found expression in this art form Bamboo The well known craftsmen Kamars of Raipur use bamboo in the construction of houses and fences as well as for making bows and arrows ,hunting tools, fish and bird traps. Narayanpur district is acclaimed to have state of the art machinery and artisans working in bamboo under National Bamboo Mission. Painting Traditional wall painting of the state is associated with rituals .Floors and walls are painted with colours and in almost every instance the depiction being associated with some ritual. These painting originated in the tribal area of the central India which is presently in Madhya Pradesh, Paintings are occasion based and done during child birth, marriages etc. Tattooing For the tribals of this place, tattoo lauds for social importance and is done all over the body .This is done at early age of seven and done till the time of marriage. Tatoo are considered as social security codes which remain with women at the time of death when all the ornaments are removed. Tribal Jewellery and Costumes Simple yet maverick the jewellery symbolizes a way of life among these rural folks. Intricately made of beads (bones, seeds, woods) worn as laces, ropes, fillets and collars. Jewellery in Chhattisgarh is crafted in gold , silver ,bronze and mixed metal. Tribal men and women both wear these customary ornaments .Iron, brass and copper wires are worn into armlets, gold is mainly worn in the ear, nose and neck too. Silver worn on the neck as a hoop on the legs as a square-bar anklet. These ornaments can be purchased from local hats or bazaars across Bastar area. The costumes are a display of vibrant colors mainly in linen, silk and cotton fabrics .The technique of fabric making is essentially from Madhya Pradesh which mainly comprises of batik, tie-dye etc. the costumes worn here are like other parts of India, use of color is however central to their attire. Thus the social customs and ways of life of the people of the state speaks volumes of its priceless tradition and moorings revelation to its maverick history and illustrious heritage ,This can be the real USP for the state if marketed and branded as a invaluable souvenir of Indian Civilization. Tourism in Chhattisgarh –Present Scenario The data below is compiled from various sources indicating the inflow of tourists in the state, both Domestic and foreign which gives some indication of the present status of the tourism sector for the state. Growth in total number of tourists visiting Chhattisgarh (2008-14) Tourist Visits (in Lakhs) 2008 2009 2010 Domestic Tourists 4.43 5.12 5.66 Foreign Tourist 0.01 0.01 0.02 Total 4.4 5.13 5.68 Source-India Tourism Statistics, Ministry of Tourism, New Delhi Compared to average growth rate of 12.5 %, the number of tourists in Chhattisgarh has grown by CAGR of 14.35% during the 2011-2014 period. The number of tourists, both foreign and national has increased over the period from 143 lakhs to 244 lakhs. This trend is quite encouraging and has shown a positive reaction in response to the incentives offered by state government. However we still need to orient our tourism efforts in a professional manner under various new incentives Tourist profile of Chhattisgarh The tourists visiting Chhattisgarh are mainly domestic tourists visiting the state. The foreign tourist consist only a tiny miniscule of the total as depicted below. This shows that we really need to have a head on strategy across the globe through serious push factors and creating a credible brand across the continents. This can be done as through the suggestions mentioned in the chapter way forward. The growth in domestic tourists has been gradual over the period 2011 to 2015 , with the growth coming at a sustained CAGR of 14.35%. The growth in International tourists has seen ups and downs and the growth from 2011- 2014 averages to a CAGR of 18.2% with a noticeable drop in 2013 and a 100% jump in 2014. Plan outlays by state Government (2002-17) Seasonality of Tourists3 Weather condition in Chhattisgarh is one of the major determinants of tourist arrival. Ministry of Tourism, Government of India study shows that in case of Domestic Tourists; peak months during 2011-12 for overnight and same day tourist visits were March (6195651), February (6098538) and September (4448552). Overall, lowest arrivals of domestic tourists were measured during the months of May and June. In case of Foreign Tourists; the survey findings suggest that peak months for overnight and same day tourist visits were October (812), November (559) and September (543). 3 Sample survey report by Ministry of Tourism-GOI(2001-12) Overall, lowest arrivals of foreign tourists were measured during the months of July and January. Distribution of state wise domestic tourists Ministry of Tourism, Government of India study shows that Domestic tourists in the state of Chhattisgarh. The survey findings suggests that contribution of Maharashtra state was highest (16.9%) in contribution of domestic tourists for the state of Chhattisgarh, followed by Madhya Pradesh (16.7%), West Bengal (13.9%), Orissa (12.1%), Gujarat (11.3%) and Rajasthan (7.3%). On the other hand, the contribution of Jammu Kashmir in domestic tourists for the state of Chhattisgarh was only 2.1%. Top locations of Domestic and Foreign tourist(2011-12) Rank Domestic Tourist Foreign Tourist 1 Mtribag Bhillai Jal papaat,Chitrakoot 2 Kananpandari ,Bilaspu Bhoramdev Mandir,Kavardha 3 Bambleshwari,ajnandgaon Laxman Mandir, Baudh avadh swastika vihar 4 Mahamaya,Bilasur Hill station baudh temple,mainpat 5 Danteshwari temple, Dantewada Vanyapanti,Achanakmarg 6 ShvrinarayaniTemple,Janjgir Jalkrida,Gangrel 7 Tirthgarh Water fall,Bastar Jalpapaat,goofaqasdi 8 Rajiv Lochan Mandi,Raipur Danteshwari temple, Dantewada 9 Chitakoot,Bastar Ispat Karkhana,Maitribag 10 Laxman Mandir,Sirpur,Raipur Thermal Power Plant,Balco korba Source-Ministry of Tourism-(2011-12) based on sample study done Assessment of Chhattisgarh vis a vis other states In terms of market share (market share being defined as total number of Tourists visiting a state as a percentage of total tourists in the country ), the top 8 states in the country are as depicted in the table below. The top 6 states combined receive over 70 percent of the tourists visiting different states/UTs in India. The market share of tourist in Chhattisgarh is not ascertained presently but is still meager as compared to other top performing states. Growing at 36 percent, the rate of growth in the number of Tourists is highest for Madhya Pradesh, closely followed by Maharashtra at 30 percent. The rate of tourism growth in these 2 states is significantly higher than the other states present in the top 8, with Tamil Nadu having the next base tourism growth of CAGR 18%. Source-India Tourism Statistic (www.tourism.gov.) Evolution of ranking of states during 2007-10 The table below clearly indicates tourist preference being Andhra Pradesh from 2007-10 followed by Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. In the top 5 states three are from South India clearly defining tourist preference is going towards Southern India. Following tables indicates 8 most preferred locations during the 2007-10 Source-India tourism statisticwww.tourism.gov.in) While the above data clearly spells the preference of Domestic tourists and the overall market trend a SWOT analysis of the state as depicted in the flow chart below will evidently focus on the existing potential while bridging the weakness, intensification of the opportunities and exterminating the threats. I Way Forward By focusing on quality tourism, the State Government should essentially focus on promoting sustainable development of tourism and encouraging the private sectors to develop tourism related infrastructure and services without disturbing the ecology and environment. The role of private sector is crucial in this venture and has to act as a catalyst to provide activities and impart dynamism & speed to the process of development as well as conservation. Both the Government and Private sector would be required to safeguard the stability and also the social and economic advancement of the local communities and other issues related to it. Conducive environment for public and private sectors collaboration and investments through facilitation, concessions and incentives and other policy related interventions is the need of the hour. The deep‐rooted symbiotic relationship of tourism culture, traditions, Heritage, natural resources, environment, wildlife & ecology must be fully accepted and provided for improvement and up gradation. Forward and backward linkages must be established and created for an effective and close relationship between various departments and agencies such as Home, Police, Forest, Environment & wildlife, Transport,roads, Culture, Rural Management & Development, Urban Development. The real challenge lies in establishing and strengthening the institution of Network of Stakeholders (INS) which is Government led, private sector driven and community welfare oriented. Government should provide a legislative framework to regulate Tourism Trade and Industry by ensuring safety &security of tourists; providing basic infrastructure and health care facilities of incentives, concessions and conveniences to be provided by the Government. Creating a positive brand image. This needs to be done at a urgent pace as the media report projects the state as a naxal and extremist affected region, thus creating a fear psychosis in the minds of the common citizenry Creating Tourist hubs or zones for Tourism- This will enable tourist to identify the areas catering to the specific needs of the tourists like Wildlife or archeological interest or simple religion specific tourism. Tourism promotional council can cater to these explicit interests. Investment in Infrastructure This essentially can be done through bringing private players in the process and creating more scope of investment by essentially building on a PPP model to develop tourist circuits. This will ensure professionalism and develop tourism at a much faster pace. 365 day tourism circuit a concept of FICCI to promote tourism in India can be showcased for the state by developing a tourism calendar projecting various opportunities at pilgrimage centres during festivals, Wild life tourism at appropriate seasons, Archeology etc Wellness Tourism As the state is uniquely positioned to cater to Herbal and Ayurveda bestowed with her natural resources, pollution free, green and eco‐friendly state, the Wellness tourism can be promoted in its totality with a promising potential to help tourist indulge in a life of serenity away from the hustle bustle of urban living. Eco Tourism Greater emphasis will be laid on eco‐tourism whose parameters will be broader than those of nature tourism alone. It must help in elimination of poverty, ending unemployment, creating new skills, enhancing the status of women, preserving cultural heritage, encouraging tribal and local crafts and in improving overall environment and facilitating growth of a sound and fair social order. A new class of tourists with marked preferences for adventure, distant destinations, caves, forests, wildlife, lakes, nature lovers, educational, research, etc. is emerging. This class is not looking for luxury accommodations but only for simple and clean places to stay. For this the Premium destinations for country side stay, home stay and camping sites will be encouraged and promoted Special thrust will be imparted to Village/Rural tourism, Home Stay and tourism in small settlements, where sizeable assets of our cultural and natural wealth exist. Responsible Tourism aimed at involving local community in the development and management of tourist’s destinations will be the base. Below are two states of India whose tourism model can be imitated striking a balance to create an approach both attainable and sustainable picking up threads of excellence from them. Case Study Madhya Pradesh Madhya Pradesh has emerged as a respectable hub bagging several awards thereby setting an example of the emerging tourism trend in the state. The state has bagged several tourism awards from Ministry of Tourism Government of India and has created an edge for herself in the market. Chhattisgarh state is former Madhya Pradesh and we have all the more reasons to develop this state like her sister to harness the existing potential beyond leaps and bounds. Immaculate development and farsightedness has lead to emergence of Madhya Pradesh as a proper tourist hub due to some of the strategies deployed as under Marketing –A professional agency was hired to create a tourism friendly image across India and the world  Identifying new Sites and developing it to the maximum has helped the state leverage and show case herself in a spectacular manner.  International Investments by creating an environment for worldwide players to play a significant role and leverage on the potential. To boost 17 tourist spots MP government has invested 12.2 million US dollars recently  Converting forts into heritage hotels-This has essentially attracted the foreign tourist and given them the feel of India through its glorious times. They have also created a land bank of 500 hectares and invited private players to develop this zone for tourists.  Regular meeting with various tourism stake holders to create awareness and tie ups for further collaboration in the sector  African model to boost and create wild life tourism out of their degenerated forests  Launch of Air taxi service across different districts making the travel highly convenient. The air travel will be offered to 9 cities within the state and 3 cities in neighboring states which are popular tourist destinations Case Study Kerala Kerala Tourism is having a global presence and with its clear strategy for growth sheer marketing activities, it has gained a lot of tourist from all over the world, especially from UK, USA, France and Australia. Let us see how Kerala is pitching to Foreign and Domestic tourists. The Mission and Vision of Kerala Tourism is to position itself as a global destination for tourism which, based on the advantage of the local resources, thereby attracting investment and resulting into sustainable development for the people of Kerala. Framework of Kerala Tourism- This framework below is as per the National Tourism policy for Kerala State on which the whole strategy is formulated. The implementation of this framework lead to tourism development and the feedback received from domestic and international tourist were that they wanted to revisit the state and what Kerala has done is that it has made tourism a sustainable business venture and developed on a positioning strategy with proper Tourism Marketing Communication Mix. The USP of Kerala lies in its Backwater Tourism, Ayurveda and Spa, Houseboats Tour, Temples, Islands and Tea Gardens. The favorite month for the tourist is between November to January. The STP for Kerala could be defined as Segment-SEC A,B, and C, Age Group between 20-59, Mostly People into Service, Industrialist and Self Employed. Target-More of Corporate and Every class of the Society Positioning-MICE tourism (Meetings Incentives Conventions and Exhibition) combined with Eco tourism for Business tourism, Eco and Heritage tourism internationally and domestically for non business tourism. Tourism Segmented by four objectives – Based on the above segmentation Kerala has the following segment various tourist package as Kerala thus being an example of sustainable tourism has adopted a 360 degree approach harping its advantages and creating an edge for herself in all aspects by caterings to masses beyond their expectations and achieving a surprise element in its deliverables. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/chhattisgarh-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Chhattisgarh Tourism Policy Tourism Policy GOVERNMENT OF CHHATTISGARH Tourism in Chhattisgarh An assessment report Ms. Nimisha Jha, ICAS Deputy Secretary, SPC 2015 S T A T E P L A N N I N G C O M M I S S I O N Table of Contents No Topic Page No 1 Tourism India-An Overview 3 2 Distinct Features of 5 Chhattisgarh 3 Life of the People-Socio 9 Cultural traditions 4 Tourism in Chhattisgarh- 15 Present Scenario 5 Assessment of Chhattisgarh 21 vis a vis other states 6 Way Forward 24 7 Case Study I 27 8 Case Study II 28 Tourism in India-An Overview India with its composite culture, secular fervor, multitude of ethnic groups and diverse geographical features is in an advantageous position to respond to the upswing in the Tourism and hospitality sector. India with her beautiful blend of religion, spirituality, art and history is at a central position to catch the attention of tourists from across the globe. Tourism is one of the fastest growing industries in the world. The dynamic growth of this industry is evident from the fact that globally tourism accounts for more than 11% of the global GDP and 8% of the world trade employment. Foreign exchange earnings from the tourism sector in India during 1998-99 were estimated at Rs.12,011 crore. Tourism1 has thus become the second largest net foreign exchange earner for the country. Tourism also contributed Rs.24,241 crore during 1998-99 towards the country’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) Domestic tourist visits to states/ UTs grew at the rate of 12.5 percent CAGR during 2006 - 2010 period to reach 7,402 lakhs in 2010. Foreign Tourist arrival grew at 11 percent CAGR during the same period and reached 179 lakhs in 2010. 1 Ministry of Tourism(www.gov.in ) WTTC Travel and Tourism Economic Impact 2012 Tourism in India has generated 6.4 trillion or 6.6 % of India’s GDP in 2012.It supported 39.5 million jobs or 12.36% of its total employment foreign tourist in India between January to November 2014 were 65.85 lakh with a YoY growth of 7.1% At the National tourism awards 2013-14, President Pranab Mukherjee stated that tourism is an agent of development, engine of growth and employment generation in India. To attract more foreign tourists to India, Government launched a Scheme of “Visa on Arrival” (VOA) for 43 countries in 2014. . There was also an increase in issuance of Visas on Arrival (VoA). In May 2014, 1,833 VoAs were issued as compared to 1,114 VoAs during 2013, marking a growth of 64.5 per cent. Distinct features of Chhattisgarh Chhattisgarh is in central part of India and was part of erstwhile Madhya Pradesh. It was recognized as a separate state in the year 2000 with Raipur as its capital city. The state shares her borders with Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh, Odisha, Jharkhand and Utter Pradesh. Blessed with abundance of nature, wildlife arts, culture ,handicraft and a plethora of resources; its virgin beauty is still untouched and unexplored by the common man thus the land being a sure treat to visitors and tourists. This new state is located on the oldest rocks of the Indian subcontinent. Here one can find Archaean granites and gneisses as well as the Gondwana formations dating back to 250-300 million years bearing coal deposits. Popularly known as the rice bowl of India the state is famous for its rich mineral deposits, unexplored tourist circuits , dense forest cover with rich biodiversity habitat covering 80% of the state .It can boast of having 3 national parks,11 wild life sanctuaries and 30 plus significant waterfalls and abundant caves. Unique in nature, its culture dates back to thousands of years. The exact history of the state cannot be outlined but it has been traced that lord Ram stayed here during his exile days and the region was refereed as Dakshin Kosala in the ancient times; the earliest clue from historical era is an Ashokan stone inscription of 257 BC The tribal population makes up the majority of this region and its culture. And some of the oldest tribes still live in the region and each tribe have their own unique customs, traditions and lifestyle. By promising sights and surprises almost enthralling, this comparatively new state of the Indian republic is finding its own identity .Raipur city is the only airport for the state which is an ideal point for travelers who can proceed on their journey to other destinations. In this milieu the tourism sector has to be geared to establish a niche to project the state in the national scenario, thus picking up threads to create space in the international arena with an uncanny ability to create excellence. Zonal Classification of the tourist attractions in the state Zones Major Tourist Destinations Pilgrimage Wildlife Sanctuaries Archeology Raipur  any attractions in the historic city of Raipur Gangrel Dam  hillai Steel Plant  aya Raipur  awardha Palace  hamparan  axman Mandir  ajim  rang  agpura  ongargarh  horamdev  irodpuri(Satnami sect)  amakheda(Majo r centre for Kabir Panthi Barnawapara Sirpur  sect) anekra Bilaspur  adkudweep  atanpur Achanak Marg Tala Malhar   any beautiful dams like Buka Bango,Khutaghat, Kota ,khudiya,Satringa  hivni Narayan handrhasni temple at chandrapur    oal Mines oddess temple at Malhar ower Plant  emples at Pali and Chaiturgud(Korb a) Bastar  Barsoor    Kutumb sur caves  Tirathg arh and Chitrakoot Water falls  Kanker Palace  anteshwari temple emple in jagdalpur  anger valley national park ndrawati Sarguja    ainpat ahamaya ipadhi  temple oriya water falls  ailash caves  annapat  unkurri church  amgad Source-Self compilation through different online materials Life of the people-Socio cultural traditions2 One beautiful aspect which has been a part of the tribal is their love for music and dance. This also displays the deep rooted cultural strength of the tribals. A recreational activity, music and dance makes up their daily lives. It is also a means used to entertain visitors and tourists or any tribal event. Number of tribal groups makes up this region, all with their unique customs, traditions and lifestyle. Music which displays different tunes taking the tune of folk, classic and modern, dance has its features too. And with tribal dance, there are dozens in form. Some of the forms of tribal dance are Panthi, Pandwani, Rawat Nacha, Soowa Nacha and Karma. Musical instruments also play an 2 Booklet by Sampan Media pvt ltd for Chhattisgarh Tourism Board important role in their dance and music. Mandar drum and the Jhanjh are two folk instruments. Panthi and Padwani (a folk ballad) forms of dance are practiced by tribes of the Durg district. Padwani is a form of musical recital. Depending on the story, the leading character takes centre stage. Vedamati and Kapalik are two forms of style to present the Padwani dance. In Vedamati form, a narrator narrates while in Kapalik form, scenes from the selected story are enacted. During festivals and special occasions, the Stananmi community sing and dance before their idol Jaitkham. The Yaduvanshis (clan of Yadu) practise the Rawat Nacha form of dance. In this form, the performance is in praise of Lord Krishna, on Dev Uthani Ekadashi, the eleventh day after Diwali. Another famous form of theatre is Nacha. Popular as the Parrot Dance, the womenfolk dance circling a parrot placed in the middle. One can witness this dance in Bilaspur during the Rawat Nach Mahotsav folk dance festival. The tribes of Gonds, Baigas and Oraons practice the Karma form of dance. In this form of dance, men and women dance following the lead of a singer. With the end of rainy season and the beginning of spring season, the tribals practice this dance. The humorous skits of Nacha incorporate issues of social awareness. Thus Chhattisgarh is blessed with many indigenous performing arts of unique dance style, melodious folk songs and colorful dance dramas. A visit to this beautiful place will only be complete when one can also experience the uniqueness of the region. Folk Songs As part of its rich cultural heritage, Chhattisgarh folk songs hold a prominent place in the state. Tribes like Gond, Kamar, Kanver,Korva perform all festivals and rituals with their folk songs. Sohar Songs at the time of birth of a son. Sua Songs-are very popular in the Bilaspur and Dantewada, Sung specially during Dussera and Diwali celebrations. Khuduwa-Generally sung in native dialect and are part of every festival and celebration that takes place in the state. Pathoni song is also integral, sung during gauna , an auspicious occasion that bids adieu to a newlywed wife. Cher Chera song is a style that celebrates the growth of crops, closely L associated with tribal lifestyle. T Danda Songs composed of simple and poetic expression and enchanting Sadri a melodies reflects rich musical heritage of Chhattisgarh. e most widely used dialects are Surgujia ,Kalanga, Sadri Korwa, Baigani etc. whatever be the language or dialect the script is essentially Devnagari Handicrafts Chhattisgarh nurtures some unique kind of handicrafts that are fundamental aspect of the state. The well known varieties are traditional bell metal, bamboo craft and craft items made of wood. chhatisgarh is also well known for the metal crafts, jewellery, and paintings. Amazing wood carvings, bamboo work/furniture, figures of terracotta, tribal jewellery and clay artifacts are some specialties of the place. Bell Metal Bastar and Raigarh districts of Chhatisgarh are popular for crafting bell metal handicrafts using brass and bronze. Tribes such as Ghadwas of Bastar and Jharas of Raigarh mainly practice this art form called Dokra. This is done with lost wax technique or hollow casting Dokra metal is perhaps the only living tradition of metal image making in eastern India. The technique has managed to survive many centuries and the change of dynasties owing to its modesty of application in everyday lives of traditional lives of traditional tribal people of Bastar, Chhattisgarh. The artifacts prepared from dokra technique use the Cow dung, paddy husk and the red soil in the preparation, beeswax being the most important one. Apart from contouring wax wires are also used for decoration purposes and for giving a finishing touch to artifacts. Iron Craft The ironsmiths or lohars of Kondagaon village in Bastar have been engaged in iron craft for generations together .The iron objects are made by hammering them into shape; they are not cast or molded. The hot iron is beaten repeatedly to the desired shape while the unnecessary portion is cut away and filed to remove the sharp edges. Wood Carving Over the years wood has been used for carving objects and other forms of carpentry. A tribe called Badhais is skilled in this craft. Traditional wood carving in Chhattisgarh is an ancient craft, the skills of which are passed from generation to generation. The craftsmen are rich in experience and make products such as fixtures of houses, pillars, bows and arrows. Clay Pottery and Terracotta This art represents rituals and customs of tribal life in the state and symbolizes their emotions. Votive terracotta figures are found widely in the districts of Bastar, Sarguja. This is the oldest form of art dating back to 7000Bc as the remains of this craft can be traced to Neolithic period. Tumba Craft This is specific of Bastar region , where hollow gourd shells as containers are used by the tribals to store water and salfi.This art form is unique as different lamp shades and exquisite hanging have found expression in this art form Bamboo The well known craftsmen Kamars of Raipur use bamboo in the construction of houses and fences as well as for making bows and arrows ,hunting tools, fish and bird traps. Narayanpur district is acclaimed to have state of the art machinery and artisans working in bamboo under National Bamboo Mission. Painting Traditional wall painting of the state is associated with rituals .Floors and walls are painted with colours and in almost every instance the depiction being associated with some ritual. These painting originated in the tribal area of the central India which is presently in Madhya Pradesh, Paintings are occasion based and done during child birth, marriages etc. Tattooing For the tribals of this place, tattoo lauds for social importance and is done all over the body .This is done at early age of seven and done till the time of marriage. Tatoo are considered as social security codes which remain with women at the time of death when all the ornaments are removed. Tribal Jewellery and Costumes Simple yet maverick the jewellery symbolizes a way of life among these rural folks. Intricately made of beads (bones, seeds, woods) worn as laces, ropes, fillets and collars. Jewellery in Chhattisgarh is crafted in gold , silver ,bronze and mixed metal. Tribal men and women both wear these customary ornaments .Iron, brass and copper wires are worn into armlets, gold is mainly worn in the ear, nose and neck too. Silver worn on the neck as a hoop on the legs as a square-bar anklet. These ornaments can be purchased from local hats or bazaars across Bastar area. The costumes are a display of vibrant colors mainly in linen, silk and cotton fabrics .The technique of fabric making is essentially from Madhya Pradesh which mainly comprises of batik, tie-dye etc. the costumes worn here are like other parts of India, use of color is however central to their attire. Thus the social customs and ways of life of the people of the state speaks volumes of its priceless tradition and moorings revelation to its maverick history and illustrious heritage ,This can be the real USP for the state if marketed and branded as a invaluable souvenir of Indian Civilization. Tourism in Chhattisgarh –Present Scenario The data below is compiled from various sources indicating the inflow of tourists in the state, both Domestic and foreign which gives some indication of the present status of the tourism sector for the state. Growth in total number of tourists visiting Chhattisgarh (2008-14) Tourist Visits (in Lakhs) 2008 2009 2010 Domestic Tourists 4.43 5.12 5.66 Foreign Tourist 0.01 0.01 0.02 Total 4.4 5.13 5.68 Source-India Tourism Statistics, Ministry of Tourism, New Delhi Compared to average growth rate of 12.5 %, the number of tourists in Chhattisgarh has grown by CAGR of 14.35% during the 2011-2014 period. The number of tourists, both foreign and national has increased over the period from 143 lakhs to 244 lakhs. This trend is quite encouraging and has shown a positive reaction in response to the incentives offered by state government. However we still need to orient our tourism efforts in a professional manner under various new incentives Tourist profile of Chhattisgarh The tourists visiting Chhattisgarh are mainly domestic tourists visiting the state. The foreign tourist consist only a tiny miniscule of the total as depicted below. This shows that we really need to have a head on strategy across the globe through serious push factors and creating a credible brand across the continents. This can be done as through the suggestions mentioned in the chapter way forward. The growth in domestic tourists has been gradual over the period 2011 to 2015 , with the growth coming at a sustained CAGR of 14.35%. The growth in International tourists has seen ups and downs and the growth from 2011- 2014 averages to a CAGR of 18.2% with a noticeable drop in 2013 and a 100% jump in 2014. Plan outlays by state Government (2002-17) Seasonality of Tourists3 Weather condition in Chhattisgarh is one of the major determinants of tourist arrival. Ministry of Tourism, Government of India study shows that in case of Domestic Tourists; peak months during 2011-12 for overnight and same day tourist visits were March (6195651), February (6098538) and September (4448552). Overall, lowest arrivals of domestic tourists were measured during the months of May and June. In case of Foreign Tourists; the survey findings suggest that peak months for overnight and same day tourist visits were October (812), November (559) and September (543). 3 Sample survey report by Ministry of Tourism-GOI(2001-12) Overall, lowest arrivals of foreign tourists were measured during the months of July and January. Distribution of state wise domestic tourists Ministry of Tourism, Government of India study shows that Domestic tourists in the state of Chhattisgarh. The survey findings suggests that contribution of Maharashtra state was highest (16.9%) in contribution of domestic tourists for the state of Chhattisgarh, followed by Madhya Pradesh (16.7%), West Bengal (13.9%), Orissa (12.1%), Gujarat (11.3%) and Rajasthan (7.3%). On the other hand, the contribution of Jammu Kashmir in domestic tourists for the state of Chhattisgarh was only 2.1%. Top locations of Domestic and Foreign tourist(2011-12) Rank Domestic Tourist Foreign Tourist 1 Mtribag Bhillai Jal papaat,Chitrakoot 2 Kananpandari ,Bilaspu Bhoramdev Mandir,Kavardha 3 Bambleshwari,ajnandgaon Laxman Mandir, Baudh avadh swastika vihar 4 Mahamaya,Bilasur Hill station baudh temple,mainpat 5 Danteshwari temple, Dantewada Vanyapanti,Achanakmarg 6 ShvrinarayaniTemple,Janjgir Jalkrida,Gangrel 7 Tirthgarh Water fall,Bastar Jalpapaat,goofaqasdi 8 Rajiv Lochan Mandi,Raipur Danteshwari temple, Dantewada 9 Chitakoot,Bastar Ispat Karkhana,Maitribag 10 Laxman Mandir,Sirpur,Raipur Thermal Power Plant,Balco korba Source-Ministry of Tourism-(2011-12) based on sample study done Assessment of Chhattisgarh vis a vis other states In terms of market share (market share being defined as total number of Tourists visiting a state as a percentage of total tourists in the country ), the top 8 states in the country are as depicted in the table below. The top 6 states combined receive over 70 percent of the tourists visiting different states/UTs in India. The market share of tourist in Chhattisgarh is not ascertained presently but is still meager as compared to other top performing states. Growing at 36 percent, the rate of growth in the number of Tourists is highest for Madhya Pradesh, closely followed by Maharashtra at 30 percent. The rate of tourism growth in these 2 states is significantly higher than the other states present in the top 8, with Tamil Nadu having the next base tourism growth of CAGR 18%. Source-India Tourism Statistic (www.tourism.gov .) Evolution of ranking of states during 2007-10 The table below clearly indicates tourist preference being Andhra Pradesh from 2007-10 followed by Uttar Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. In the top 5 states three are from South India clearly defining tourist preference is going towards Southern India. Following tables indicates 8 most preferred locations during the 2007-10 Source-India tourism statisticwww.tourism.gov.in ) While the above data clearly spells the preference of Domestic tourists and the overall market trend a SWOT analysis of the state as depicted in the flow chart below will evidently focus on the existing potential while bridging the weakness, intensification of the opportunities and exterminating the threats. I Way Forward By focusing on quality tourism, the State Government should essentially focus on promoting sustainable development of tourism and encouraging the private sectors to develop tourism related infrastructure and services without disturbing the ecology and environment. The role of private sector is crucial in this venture and has to act as a catalyst to provide activities and impart dynamism & speed to the process of development as well as conservation. Both the Government and Private sector would be required to safeguard the stability and also the social and economic advancement of the local communities and other issues related to it. Conducive environment for public and private sectors collaboration and investments through facilitation, concessions and incentives and other policy related interventions is the need of the hour. The deep‐rooted symbiotic relationship of tourism culture, traditions, Heritage, natural resources, environment, wildlife & ecology must be fully accepted and provided for improvement and up gradation. Forward and backward linkages must be established and created for an effective and close relationship between various departments and agencies such as Home, Police, Forest, Environment & wildlife, Transport,roads, Culture, Rural Management & Development, Urban Development. The real challenge lies in establishing and strengthening the institution of Network of Stakeholders (INS) which is Government led, private sector driven and community welfare oriented. Government should provide a legislative framework to regulate Tourism Trade and Industry by ensuring safety &security of tourists; providing basic infrastructure and health care facilities of incentives, concessions and conveniences to be provided by the Government. Creating a positive brand image. This needs to be done at a urgent pace as the media report projects the state as a naxal and extremist affected region, thus creating a fear psychosis in the minds of the common citizenry Creating Tourist hubs or zones for Tourism- This will enable tourist to identify the areas catering to the specific needs of the tourists like Wildlife or archeological interest or simple religion specific tourism. Tourism promotional council can cater to these explicit interests. Investment in Infrastructure This essentially can be done through bringing private players in the process and creating more scope of investment by essentially building on a PPP model to develop tourist circuits. This will ensure professionalism and develop tourism at a much faster pace. 365 day tourism circuit a concept of FICCI to promote tourism in India can be showcased for the state by developing a tourism calendar projecting various opportunities at pilgrimage centres during festivals, Wild life tourism at appropriate seasons, Archeology etc Wellness Tourism As the state is uniquely positioned to cater to Herbal and Ayurveda bestowed with her natural resources, pollution free, green and eco‐friendly state, the Wellness tourism can be promoted in its totality with a promising potential to help tourist indulge in a life of serenity away from the hustle bustle of urban living. Eco Tourism Greater emphasis will be laid on eco‐tourism whose parameters will be broader than those of nature tourism alone. It must help in elimination of poverty, ending unemployment, creating new skills, enhancing the status of women, preserving cultural heritage, encouraging tribal and local crafts and in improving overall environment and facilitating growth of a sound and fair social order. A new class of tourists with marked preferences for adventure, distant destinations, caves, forests, wildlife, lakes, nature lovers, educational, research, etc. is emerging. This class is not looking for luxury accommodations but only for simple and clean places to stay. For this the Premium destinations for country side stay, home stay and camping sites will be encouraged and promoted Special thrust will be imparted to Village/Rural tourism, Home Stay and tourism in small settlements, where sizeable assets of our cultural and natural wealth exist. Responsible Tourism aimed at involving local community in the development and management of tourist’s destinations will be the base. Below are two states of India whose tourism model can be imitated striking a balance to create an approach both attainable and sustainable picking up threads of excellence from them. Case Study Madhya Pradesh Madhya Pradesh has emerged as a respectable hub bagging several awards thereby setting an example of the emerging tourism trend in the state. The state has bagged several tourism awards from Ministry of Tourism Government of India and has created an edge for herself in the market. Chhattisgarh state is former Madhya Pradesh and we have all the more reasons to develop this state like her sister to harness the existing potential beyond leaps and bounds. Immaculate development and farsightedness has lead to emergence of Madhya Pradesh as a proper tourist hub due to some of the strategies deployed as under Marketing –A professional agency was hired to create a tourism friendly image across India and the world  Identifying new Sites and developing it to the maximum has helped the state leverage and show case herself in a spectacular manner.  International Investments by creating an environment for worldwide players to play a significant role and leverage on the potential. To boost 17 tourist spots MP government has invested 12.2 million US dollars recently  Converting forts into heritage hotels-This has essentially attracted the foreign tourist and given them the feel of India through its glorious times. They have also created a land bank of 500 hectares and invited private players to develop this zone for tourists.  Regular meeting with various tourism stake holders to create awareness and tie ups for further collaboration in the sector  African model to boost and create wild life tourism out of their degenerated forests  Launch of Air taxi service across different districts making the travel highly convenient. The air travel will be offered to 9 cities within the state and 3 cities in neighboring states which are popular tourist destinations Case Study Kerala Kerala Tourism is having a global presence and with its clear strategy for growth sheer marketing activities, it has gained a lot of tourist from all over the world, especially from UK, USA, France and Australia. Let us see how Kerala is pitching to Foreign and Domestic tourists. The Mission and Vision of Kerala Tourism is to position itself as a global destination for tourism which, based on the advantage of the local resources, thereby attracting investment and resulting into sustainable development for the people of Kerala. Framework of Kerala Tourism- This framework below is as per the National Tourism policy for Kerala State on which the whole strategy is formulated. The implementation of this framework lead to tourism development and the feedback received from domestic and international tourist were that they wanted to revisit the state and what Kerala has done is that it has made tourism a sustainable business venture and developed on a positioning strategy with proper Tourism Marketing Communication Mix. The USP of Kerala lies in its Backwater Tourism, Ayurveda and Spa, Houseboats Tour, Temples, Islands and Tea Gardens. The favorite month for the tourist is between November to January. The STP for Kerala could be defined as Segment-SEC A,B, and C, Age Group between 20-59, Mostly People into Service, Industrialist and Self Employed. Target-More of Corporate and Every class of the Society Positioning-MICE tourism (Meetings Incentives Conventions and Exhibition) combined with Eco tourism for Business tourism, Eco and Heritage tourism internationally and domestically for non business tourism. Tourism Segmented by four objectives – Based on the above segmentation Kerala has the following segment various tourist package as Kerala thus being an example of sustainable tourism has adopted a 360 degree approach harping its advantages and creating an edge for herself in all aspects by caterings to masses beyond their expectations and achieving a surprise element in its deliverables.

Administration of Union Territory of Daman & Din and Dadra r Nagar Haveli District Izzduatriea Centre, Department of Industries N O T I F I C A T I O N no. ore/mums/ir-zo1a/aoia-1s/ l9 nat«a $ /oz/fora The Administrator of UT Administration of Daman & Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli is pleased to introduce Industrial Policy — 2018 to provide fresh impetus to industrial growth and employment generation in line with new policy initiatives of the Union Government with mission to create Daman 8s Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli region as a valued investment destination with best-in-class infrastructure by providing an investor friendly, efficient and transparent business climate, the right resources and market linkages to make these UTs a preferred investment destination. The Policy enclosed herewith shall come into effect from the date of its notification. This is issued with the approval of the Hon’ble Administrator, Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli vide Diary No. 350607 Dated 14/05/2018. By order and in the name of the Administrator, Daman 8s Din and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli Encl: Industrial Policy — 2018 (Pg. 1 to 25) Copy to:- l) PPS to Administrator, DD & DNH ( Ch i Parekh J General manager (DIC} Department of Industries 2) PA to Advisor to Administrator, DD & DNH 3) All Secretaries, DD & DNH 4) All H.O.s, DD & DNH 5) All Industrial Association, DD & DNH 6) Dy. Secretary (Official Language), DD for translation in Hindi 7) The SIO, NIC, DD & DNH for uploading on website 8) Dy. Director (Printing), DD & DNH for publication in Official Gazette U.T.s of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli Industrial Policy —2018 The UT Administration is committed to the sustainable and inclusive development of the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli. The Government is keen to accelerate the economic and industrial development of these UTs through growth and employment oriented policies and schemes that turn the UTs of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli, into the most preferred investment destination. The UT Administration had adopted the existing Industrial Policy in the year of 2015. However, the need for adopting an updated policy framework, incorporating new schemes and thrust areas, was increasingly being articulated by key stakeholders of the economy - the Government, Industries and the Business Community. This new Industrial Policy is a first step in the direction of making the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli a preferred Industrial and Investment Destination. The policy aims for sustainable industrialization with focus on employment generation, product competitiveness, value addition in products and higher export oriented growth while conserving all aspects of environment. It envisages strong and specific initiatives to ensure timely and hassle-free guidance / clearances to new entrepreneurs. The policy has specific monitoring mechanism with provision for regular assessment of its performance. The new Policy intends to leverage the comparative strengths of the UT and to propel it among the most preferred global business destinations. The new Industrial Policy will be an instrument through which the Administration could achieve the vision of “Prosperous UT o/ Damon & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli” Post 1991 period, the Indian economy has witnessed remarkable economic growth, riding on the strength of huge private investment, infrastructure improvements and regulatory changes. Progressive Page 1 of 25 Thank you for using www.freepdfconvert.com service! Only two pages are converted. Please Sign Up to convert all pages. https://www.freepdfconvert.com/membership https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/dadra-and-nagar-haveli/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Dadra and Nagar Haveli Tourism Policy Administration of Union Territory of Daman & Din and Dadra r Nagar Haveli District Izzduatriea Centre, Department of Industries N O T I F I C A T I O N no. ore/mums/ir-zo1a/aoia-1s/ l9 nat«a $ /oz/fora The Administrator of UT Administration of Daman & Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli is pleased to introduce Industrial Policy — 2018 to provide fresh impetus to industrial growth and employment generation in line with new policy initiatives of the Union Government with mission to create Daman 8s Diu and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli region as a valued investment destination with best-in-class infrastructure by providing an investor friendly, efficient and transparent business climate, the right resources and market linkages to make these UTs a preferred investment destination. The Policy enclosed herewith shall come into effect from the date of its notification. This is issued with the approval of the Hon’ble Administrator, Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli vide Diary No. 350607 Dated 14/05/2018. By order and in the name of the Administrator, Daman 8s Din and Dadra 8s Nagar Haveli Encl: Industrial Policy — 2018 (Pg. 1 to 25) Copy to:- l) PPS to Administrator, DD & DNH ( Ch i Parekh J General manager (DIC} Department of Industries 2) PA to Advisor to Administrator, DD & DNH 3) All Secretaries, DD & DNH 4) All H.O.s, DD & DNH 5) All Industrial Association, DD & DNH 6) Dy. Secretary (Official Language), DD for translation in Hindi 7) The SIO, NIC, DD & DNH for uploading on website 8) Dy. Director (Printing), DD & DNH for publication in Official Gazette U.T.s of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli Industrial Policy —2018 The UT Administration is committed to the sustainable and inclusive development of the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli. The Government is keen to accelerate the economic and industrial development of these UTs through growth and employment oriented policies and schemes that turn the UTs of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli, into the most preferred investment destination. The UT Administration had adopted the existing Industrial Policy in the year of 2015. However, the need for adopting an updated policy framework, incorporating new schemes and thrust areas, was increasingly being articulated by key stakeholders of the economy - the Government, Industries and the Business Community. This new Industrial Policy is a first step in the direction of making the UT of Daman & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli a preferred Industrial and Investment Destination. The policy aims for sustainable industrialization with focus on employment generation, product competitiveness, value addition in products and higher export oriented growth while conserving all aspects of environment. It envisages strong and specific initiatives to ensure timely and hassle-free guidance / clearances to new entrepreneurs. The policy has specific monitoring mechanism with provision for regular assessment of its performance. The new Policy intends to leverage the comparative strengths of the UT and to propel it among the most preferred global business destinations. The new Industrial Policy will be an instrument through which the Administration could achieve the vision of “Prosperous UT o/ Damon & Diu and Dadra & Nagar Haveli” Post 1991 period, the Indian economy has witnessed remarkable economic growth, riding on the strength of huge private investment, infrastructure improvements and regulatory changes. Progressive Page 1 of 25 Thank you for using www.freepdfconvert.com service! Only two pages are converted. Please Sign Up to convert all pages. https://www.freepdfconvert.com/membership

An excellent opportunity for raw material suppliers, fastener production tool and machinery and equipment manufacturers, and product manufacturers to come into closer contact with buyers, specifications, distributors and industry professionals from Myanmar, Kenya, India, Sri Lanka, South Africa, Vietnam. and neighboring countries. https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/events/comexpo-/20th-22th-august-2020?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=false GLAREPOST COMEXPO https://comexpo.in/ An excellent opportunity for raw material suppliers, fastener production tool and machinery and equipment manufacturers, and product manufacturers to come into closer contact with buyers, specifications, distributors and industry professionals from Myanmar, Kenya, India, Sri Lanka, South Africa, Vietnam. and neighboring countries.

Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Government of Rajasthan Department of Tourism Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 November, 2015 INDEX 1. Background 05 2. Definition of a Tourism Unit 06 3. Allotment of Government Land for Tourism Units 08 4. Conversion of Land for Tourism Units 09 5. FAR (Floor Area Ratio) 12 6. Regularisation of Existing Tourism Units 12 7. Fiscal Benefits and Incentives 13 8. Incentives for Skill Development 13 9. Time period of Annual Licenses for Tourism Units 13 10. Constitution of Tourism Advisory Committee 14 11. Nodal Department 14 12. Policy Period 14 13. Implementation of the Policy 14 14. Annexure 15 15. Related Notifications 24 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 1. Background Rajasthan is a leading tourism State in the country. Its glorious heritage, colorful living traditions and vibrant culture are special attractions for both, domestic and foreign tourists. The tangible and intangible tourism products of the State offer immense potential for growth of the tourism industry. Development of tourism resources and increasing both, domestic and foreign tourist arrivals is a high priority area for the Union and State Governments. Therefore, there is a need for expanding tourist centric infrastructural facilities to keep pace with the present trends and for potential tourism growth in the State. Department of Tourism had announced a Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy in 2007. This Policy will now be replaced by Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 in order to extend more support and incentives for establishment of Tourism Units in the State. The new Policy has been framed keeping in view the guidelines under the 'Suraj Sankalp' Policy document, new emerging trends in the tourism sector, representations given by various stakeholders including the tourism and trade organisations and also the suggestions received from other departments. The Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 primarily addresses issues relating to time bound conversion of land for tourism units including new hotels and heritage hotels, time bound approval of building plans, grant of Patta to heritage hotels, allotment of land for tourism units on DLC (District Level Committee) rates, applicability of Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 (RIPS-2014) for tourism units and smooth and speedy implementation of the provisions of related departments like Revenue, Urban Development and Housing (UDH) & Local Self Government (LSG), Panchayati Raj, etc. It is expected that this Policy will strengthen the existing infrastructure, will foster infrastructure development, income and employment generation and increase the much needed availability of hotel rooms for the tourists. By allowing Heritage Hotels in Rural Abadi/Panchayat areas Rural Tourism is likely to increase manifold. The definition of Tourism Unit has been expanded to cover various types of tourism units and activities including budget hotels, heritage hotels, resorts, golf courses, adventure sports, etc. It is expected that these steps will bring speedy investment in the State. 05 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 2. Definition of a Tourism Unit Tourism Unit will mean a tourism project approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and shall include: I. A Hotel including Motel having accommodation of minimum 20 lettable rooms and a minimum investment of Rs.2 crore. The permissible size of the land/plot shall be as per the rules of UDH/Revenue/Panchayati Raj Departments. II. A Heritage Hotel means a hotel run in a fort, a fortress, a palace, a haveli, a castle, hunting lodge or residences with heritage features, built prior to 1.1.1950 and approved by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India or Government of Rajasthan. III. A Budget Hotel having accommodation of minimum 20 lettable rooms and a minimum investment of Rs.2 crore, which provides basic amenities at an affordable & economic rates and those which do not fall in the ambit of Luxury Tax. IV. A Restaurant or cafeteria having an investment of at least Rs.1 crore (excluding land cost) with seating capacity of a minimum of 40 persons/visitors at a time. The unit must have a hygienically maintained kitchen with modern equipment in the premises as well as a separate toilet facility for ladies and gents. V. A Resort which provides sports/recreational facilities, riding, swimming or social amenities with boarding and lodging arrangements for holidaying in cottages/rooms. VI. A Sports Resort such as a Golf Course, Golf Academy or adventure related sports or any other sports activity with or without recreational and accommodation facilities, provided that in respect of a golf course, source of water for the course will substantially be recycled water. VII. A Health Resort Spa is a short-term residential/lodging facility with the purpose of providing spa services such as massages, yoga, meditation and other related treatments for rejuvenating the body. VIII. A Camping Site with furnished tents, accommodation, having at least 10 tents along with dining, bathrooms/toilet facilities. 06 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 IX. An Amusement Park providing various types of rides, games and amusement activities. X. An Animal Safari Park developed with the permission of the Forests Department. XI. A MICE/Convention Centre: A covered pillar-less, air conditioned hall having minimum carpet area of 5000 square feet space that provides place for meetings, conventions/conferences and exhibitions, and can accommodate at least 500 persons at one point of time. XII. Museum: A building in which objects of historical, scientific, artistic or cultural interest are stored and exhibited and is open for general public with or without ticket. XIII. A Ropeway established under the prevailing Act and Rules. XIV. A Tourist Luxury Coach shall mean an air-conditioned coach with push back seats used for the normal transportation of tourists to different tourist destinations and for sightseeing of various tourist places, with a minimum seating capacity of 13 seats. It should be operated by valid All India Permit holder Tourist Transport Operators, recognized by Indian Association of Tour Operators (IATO) and Rajasthan Association of Tour Operators (RATO) and registered in the State of Rajasthan. XV. Caravan: A specially built vehicle registered with any State Transport Department which is used for the purpose of group oriented leisure travel with bed capacity of at least 4 beds. XVI. Cruise Tourism: Any Boat/Yacht with a minimum seating capacity for 4 persons, which is licensed by the Transport Department, Government of Rajasthan and having capacity to operate in lakes/rivers of the State for pay-and-use facilities. Boats/Yachts used by hotels to transport or entertain their guests and/or goods/raw materials will not be covered under this definition. XVII. Hotels and other tourism units classified under the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India guidelines shall also be eligible for obtaining concessions and incentives under this Policy irrespective of number of rooms in it. 07 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Note 1: All concerned departments shall adopt the above definition in their respective Acts/Rules/Regulations. The definition of Tourism Units may be revised and amended from time to time keeping in view the emerging trends in the tourism sector, by the Tourism Department, which will also be incorporated in the relevant Acts/Rules/Regulations. Note 2: Benefits under the Tourism Policy/RIPS can only be availed as per the terms and conditions laid down in prevailing RIPS. 3. Allotment of Government Land for Tourism Units The State Government can make land available for establishment and development of all types of Tourism Units as per prevailing procedure, which is indicated below: I. All Development Authorities (like JDA), UITs, Municipal Bodies, Rajasthan Housing Board, Gram Panchayat, Industry Department and District Collectors would identify suitable land for the establishment of Tourism units. II. Land so identified shall be set apart and reserved for tourism units under intimation to the Tourism Department. Information of such Land Bank would be made available on the website of concerned Local Body/ District Collector/Revenue Department and on Tourism Department website. III. The maximum and minimum land areas to be reserved for tourism units shall be as under: S. No. Category Minimum Land Area Maximum Land Area 1. Budget Hotels and 1 to 3 Star Hotels 1,200 sqm Upto 4,000 sqm 2. 4 Star Hotels 6,000 sqm Upto 12000 sqm 3. 5 Star & above Hotels 18,000 sqm Upto 40,000 sqm 4. Other Tourism Units - As per requirement/ availability 08 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 IV. The allotment of such land shall be made on the prevailing DLC rate of the local area. V. The process of competitive bidding and allotment for such tourism units on DLC rate for the local area shall be as follows: a. The Authority Concerned shall notify to public through national and state level advertisements for allotment of land identified and reserved for tourism units through competitive bidding process. The DLC rate for the local area for allotment of land shall be indicated in the advertisement and this price shall be the base price for allotment of land. b. In case more than one applicant apply for the land within the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made through competitive bidding. In case no other application is received in the specified time period, the allotment of land, shall be made to the single bidder on the prevailing DLC rate for the local area, in keeping with the other provisions of the Tourism Unit Policy. c. Land made available under this Policy cannot be used for any other purpose for at least 30 years. 4. Conversion of Land for Tourism Units No conversion charges shall be payable for land held by tenant for establishment of a tourism unit in urban as well as in rural areas. No development charges shall be payable by Tourism Units. Necessary notification/orders in this regard shall be issued by concerned Departments. In addition to free of cost conversion and development charges for heritage hotels, UDH & LSG, Panchayati Raj, Revenue Department, etc. will also issue conversion orders for existing and operating heritage hotels/buildings. Similar order will also be issued for those who intend to convert heritage buildings in to heritage hotels after issue of this Policy. 09 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 The following additional provisions are being provided for: (A) Fixing of Time limits for Conversion of Land and Approval of Building Plans: I. Conversion of Land in Urban Area: The competent authority shall dispose off an application for conversion of land for tourism unit within 60 days from the date of filing of application which is complete in all respects. In case orders for conversion of land are not issued within prescribed time limit, the land in question will be regarded as deemed converted. II. Approval of Building Plans: The competent Authority to approve the building plan in urban area shall dispose of the application within 60 days of receipt of application complete in all respects. Similarly, time limits are also fixed for construction and operation of tourism units by the investor, which are as under: i. A tourism unit having less than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 3 years after conversion of land. In case there is a requirement for seeking approval of building plan, the above permitted time period for completion of tourism unit will commence from the date of approval of building plans by the concerned authority. ii. A tourism unit having more than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 4 years after conversion of land. In case there is a requirement for seeking approval of building plan, the above permitted time period for completion of tourism unit will commence from the date of approval of building plans by the concerned authority. Provided further that an extension of one more year could be given based on merits of the case by the authorities concerned after which all concessions shall stand withdrawn/ lapsed. III. Conversion of Land in Rural Area: The competent authority shall dispose off an application for conversion of land within 45 days from the date of filing of application complete in all respects. Similarly, time limits are also fixed for construction and operation of tourism units by the investor, which are as under: 10 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 i. A tourism unit having less than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 3 years after conversion of land. ii. A tourism unit having more than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 4 years after conversion of land. An extension of one year could be given based on merits of the case by the authorities concerned after which all concessions shall stand withdrawn/lapsed and the applicant shall have to register again. In case orders for conversion of land are not issued within prescribed time limit, the land in question will be regarded as deemed converted. (B) Conversion of Residential Land and Heritage Properties into Hotels and other Tourism Units No fee for change in land use for conversion of residential land and heritage properties into hotels and other tourism units shall be charged. (C) Heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in urban areas which arrange for a dedicated alternative parking on a 40/60 feet wide road and provide for the park-and- ride system from hotel to parking place, shall be permitted to operate. Similarly heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in Rural and Panchayat/Rural Abadi Areas will be permitted to operate. The same shall be applicable for existing heritage buildings proposed to be used as heritage hotels. (D) Minimum Road Width: New tourism units in rural and Panchayat areas shall be permitted provided there is availability of a 30 feet wide road. (E) Permissible Area for Commercial Use by Heritage Properties: Heritage hotels can commercially convert maximum of 1000 sq meters or 10% of plinth area of the existing heritage building, whichever is less. (F) Issue of Patta for Heritage Properties: Owners of heritage properties who do not have a legal Patta for claiming ownership of those Heritage properties would be given lease/free hold rights by the Municipality in accordance with the Rajasthan Municipalities (surrender of non-agricultural land and grant of freehold lease) Rules, 11 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 2015 issued vide notification no. F8 (G) Rules/2015/7960 dated 15.06.2015 by the LSG Department (refer www.rajasthantourism.gov.in). Panchayati Raj Department will formulate rules for issuance of Patta for heritage properties in Rural Abadi area. (G) Lease Amount: After conversion of land, lease amount for tourism units in urban areas will be charged on rates prescribed for Institutional purposes. (H) Urban Development Tax: For heritage hotels, UD Tax shall be charged on residential rates on the built up area but there will be no UD Tax on open area. For budget and 1 to 3 star hotels, UD Tax shall be charged on residential rates on the built up area. For 4 & 5 star hotels, UD Tax shall be charged on double of residential rates on the built up area. But for open area of these hotels, UD Tax will be charged at the rate of 50% of residential rates. (I) BSUP Charge: Basic Services for Urban Poor (BSUP) charges for heritage hotels would be charged only for the covered area. For all other tourism units, BSUP will be applicable as per existing Urban Development and Housing and LSG Department guidelines. 5. Floor Area Ratio (FAR) Under the Tourism Unit Policy, 2007, double FAR was available for tourism units in newly developed and new township areas. At present, standard FAR is 1.33 without betterment levy, and maximum FAR is 2.25 with Betterment Levy is permissible. Tourism units covered under this Policy shall be allowed double FAR i.e. 4.50, out of which 2.25 shall be without betterment levy. Rate for betterment levy shall be calculated on the basis of residential reserve price of the area. 6. Regularization of Existing Hotel Units (A) There are some heritage properties and residential land and buildings that are running and operating as hotels or other tourism units without permission. If land and buildings are being used as hotels and tourism units without prior permission, the same shall be regularized under Rule 13 of Rajasthan Municipality (Change in Land Use) Rules 2010. Separate orders will be issued in this regard by the UDH & LSG Department. 12 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 (B) Panchayati Raj Department will formulate rules for regularisation of existing heritage hotels in rural (Abadi) areas, and also for other existing heritage buildings which may be used as heritage hotels in future. 7. Fiscal Benefits and Incentives (A) All fiscal benefits as provided in Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 (RIPS- 2014) for the Tourism Sector Enterprises shall be available to the eligible tourism units. (B) The projects approved by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, if eligible under the provision of the Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 (RIPS-2014), shall be allowed to avail the benefits as provided under RIPS-2014. 8. Incentives for Skill Development All Tourism Units registered with the Department of Tourism will be directly eligible to become training partners under the Employment Linked Skill Training Program (ELSTP) subject to availability of infrastructure as per the guidelines of Rajasthan Skill and Livelihoods Development Corporation (RSLDC). If enrolled as a training partner, management of the respective hotels would be required to set up a training center within the hotel premises using existing/additional infrastructure for the selected courses from the approved list of RSLDC, mobilise youth for training, organize training as per syllabus, follow RSLDC guidelines while conducting of skill training programmes, participate in third party assessment and certification process, etc. Moreover, they would also have to ensure that at least 50% of the trained youth is linked to employment in accordance with the norms of Employment Linked Skill Training Programmes (ELSTP). Heritage hotels, on hiring trained youth (certified under RSLDC) would be eligible to get subsidies/incentives as per norms, if available. 9. Time Period of Licenses for Tourism Units All concerned Departments shall issue orders extending duration of annual licenses required to operate hotels and other tourism units for a period of ten years in the first instance itself. 13 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 10. Constitution of Tourism Advisory Committee A Tourism Advisory Committee will be constituted to give suggestions regarding measures that can be taken up for growth of tourism in the State. The Committee will also include representatives from tourism & travel trade. 11. Nodal Department Department of Tourism shall be the nodal department for infrastructural development of tourism units. 12. Policy Period This Policy will remain in force for five years from the date of issue. However, tourism unit projects already approved by the Tourism Department under Tourism Unit Policy, 2007 but are pending for land conversion/approval of building plan/regularisation before the competent authority will not be required to apply afresh. Such units shall receive all incentives and concessions granted under Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 and RIPS-2014. 13. Implementation of the Policy In case concerned Departments require amendments in their respective rules/sub-rules and notifications for implementation of this Policy, the same can be done after obtaining approval of Hon’ble Chief Minister, Rajasthan, who has been authorized in this regard by the Cabinet Order No. 103/2015 dated 18/5/2015. 14 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Annex-1 Relevant Excerpts from Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 In order to promote investment in the State of Rajasthan, and to generate employment opportunities through such investment, the State Government of Rajasthan, in public interest, hereby issues “The Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014” (RIPS-2014) (hereinafter referred to as “the Scheme”). The Scheme shall promote investment made by Enterprise(s) for establishment of new unit and/or investment made by the existing Enterprise(s) for expansion and/or investment made for revival of sick enterprise. 1. Operative Period The Scheme shall come into effect from the date of issuance of this order and shall remain in force up to 31st March 2019. 2. Definitions (xxi) “Manufacturing Enterprise” means an enterprise employing plant and machinery in processing of goods which brings into existence a commercially different and distinct commodity and shall include an enterprise in the tourism sector, but shall not include such processing as may be specified by the State Government by an order; (xxxviii) “Tourism Sector” means: (a) A hotel or motel making minimum investment of rupees five crore and having accommodation of minimum 20 let-able rooms; or (b) A heritage hotel, certified as such by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and/or by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan; or (c) Or any other immovable tourism unit other than a restaurant, defined as such under the Tourism Policy of the State, subject to the condition that it shall be eligible for only such benefits as may be granted to it by the State Empowered Committee. 15 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 3. Applicability of the Scheme Subject to clause 3.3 below, the Scheme shall be applicable to the following classes of enterprise(s) and investment, excluding investment mentioned in Annexure- I, appended to the Scheme: (i) New and existing enterprises making investment for setting up new units; (ii) Existing enterprise making investment for expansion; and (iii) Sick enterprises making investment for its revival: provided that the enterprise shall commence commercial production or operation during the operative period of the Scheme. Notwithstanding anything contained in clause 3.1 above, the State Government, on the recommendation of the State Empowered Committee (SEC), may grant the benefit of the Scheme to the first manufacturing enterprise, investing Rs.250 crore or more in a block notified as a most backward area, provided that the investment is not relating to entry number 1 and 4 of Annexure I, appended to the Scheme. The Scheme shall not be applicable to an enterprise if its commercial production or operation has commenced before the issuance of this order or an entitlement certificate or any order or any customized package has been issued to provide any incentive or benefit under RIPS 2010 or any other scheme or policy or otherwise for such unit. 4. Benefits to Manufacturing Enterprises An eligible manufacturing enterprise shall be granted benefits and incentives as given below: (i) Investment subsidy of 30% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise for seven years. (ii) Employment Generation Subsidy up to 20% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise, for seven years. (iii) Exemption from payment of 50% of Electricity Duty for seven years, provided that for enterprises engaged in tourism sector, it shall be restricted to 25% of the Electricity Duty; 16 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 (iv) Exemption from payment of 50% of Land Tax for seven years; (v) Exemption from payment of 50% of Mandi Fee for seven years; (vi) Exemption from payment of 50% of Stamp Duty on purchase or lease of land and construction or improvement on such land; and (vii) Exemption from payment of 50% of conversion charges payable for change of land use. 5. Benefits to Service Enterprises An eligible service enterprise shall be granted benefits and incentives as given below: (i) Reimbursement of 50% of amount of VAT paid on purchase of plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from date of issuance of the entitlement certificate, provided that for enterprises engaged in providing entertainment, the reimbursement shall be restricted to 25% of such amount of VAT paid; (ii) Exemption from payment of 50% of Entertainment Tax for seven years; (iii) Exemption from payment of 50% of Electricity Duty for seven years, provided that for enterprises engaged in providing entertainment, it shall be restricted to 25% of the Electricity Duty; (iv) Exemption from payment of 50% of Land Tax for seven years; (v) Exemption from payment of 50% of Stamp Duty on purchase or lease of land and construction or improvement on such land; and (vi) Exemption from payment of 50% of conversion charges payable for change of land use. 6. Special Provisions for Women, Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and Persons with Disability Enterprise Eligible Women/Schedule Caste (SC)/Schedule Tribe (ST)/Person with disability (PwD) enterprises shall in addition to the benefits specified in other clauses of the Scheme, be eligible to avail the following additional benefits: (i) A manufacturing enterprise shall get additional Investment subsidy to the extent of 17 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 10% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise; (ii) A service enterprise shall get additional 10% reimbursement of VAT paid on the plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from date of issuance of the entitlement certificate for this purpose. 7. Benefits to Enterprises in Backward and Most Backward Areas An eligible enterprise, other than a cement manufacturing enterprise, making investment in a backward area or a most backward area shall be granted the same benefits as would have been applicable if the enterprise was located elsewhere in the state but the period of benefit, except for interest subsidy, shall be extended to ten years. Provided that the State Government may, on the recommendation of the State Empowered Committee (SEC), grant to a manufacturing enterprise, other than a cement manufacturing enterprise and a service enterprise making an investment in a backward area, such benefits as mentioned in clauses 7.2 and 7.3 respectively, which are applicable for investments in most backward areas, with a view to attract investment in the backward area. A manufacturing enterprise, other than a cement manufacturing enterprise, making investment in a most backward area shall, in addition to benefits under clause 7.1 above, get additional investment subsidy of 20% of the VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise for a period of seven years. 7.3 A service enterprise making investment in a backward area shall, in addition to benefits mentioned in other clauses of the Scheme, get additional 10% reimbursement of VAT paid and a service enterprise making investment in a most backward area shall, in addition to benefits mentioned in other clauses of the Scheme, get additional 20% reimbursement of VAT paid on the plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from the date of issuance of the entitlement certificate for this purpose. 18 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 8. Power to Grant Customized Package Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, the State Government, on the recommendation of State Empowered Committee (SEC), may grant a customized package under section 11 of the Rajasthan Enterprises Single Window Enabling and Clearance Act, 2011, to the following manufacturing enterprises, other than cement manufacturing enterprises: (a) Enterprises investing more than Rs500 crore or providing employment to more than 500 persons; or (b) Enterprises investing more than Rs100 crore and using the mineral mentioned in Annexure-III appended to the Scheme, as raw material. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, the State Government may grant a customized package to the service enterprises investing more than Rs200 crore or providing employment to more than 500 persons. 9. Benefits to Manufacturing Enterprises in Thrust Sectors Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, the State Government may grant a special package of incentives and exemptions, which may be over and above the incentives and exemptions under Clauses 4 to 7 to a manufacturing enterprise in a thrust sector in addition to the thrust sectors mentioned in sub-clauses 9.3 to 9.12 9.2. Manufacturing enterprises in the sectors mentioned hereunder shall be allowed benefits mentioned in this clause, in addition to benefits related to tax exemptions mentioned at (iii) to (vii) of clause 4 and benefits mentioned in clauses 6 and 7, if applicable, subject to conditions, mentioned against the sector: Provided that an enterprise of power loom sector and textile sector may opt for benefits provided in clause 4 to 7, if applicable, in lieu of the benefits mentioned in this clause. Tourism Sector Enterprises of the tourism sector covered under sub-clause (a) and (b) of clause 2 (xxxviii) of the Scheme shall be granted the following benefits: (a) Investment Subsidy of 50% of VAT and CST which have become due and have 19 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 been deposited by the enterprise for seven years; (b) Employment Generation Subsidy up to 10% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise, for seven years; (c) Reimbursement of 25% of amount of VAT paid on purchase of plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from the date of issuance of the entitlement certificate; (d) Exemption from payment of 50% of Entertainment Tax for seven years; (e) Exemption from payment of 100% of Luxury Tax for seven years; (f) Land allotment in urban and rural areas at DLC rates; (g) 25% additional exemption from payment of stamp duty chargeable on the instrument of purchase or lease of more than 100 years old heritage property in the State, for the purpose of hotel development under the Scheme declared by the Tourism Department as provided in notification no. F.12 (20) FD/Tax/2005-219 of 24.03.2005; and (h) 50% additional exemption from payment of conversion charges for heritage property converted into a heritage hotel. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, an enterprise making investment in the tourism sub-sector defined under sub-clause (c) of clause 2 (xxxviii) of the Scheme shall be granted the benefits, as may be provided to it by the State Empowered Committee. 14.8 Terms & Conditions a. Benefits under the Scheme can only be availed if, and as long as there is, and for the period/s, consent to "operate", wherever applicable, from Central/Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board is effective. 20 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 AMENDMENTS IN RIPS-2014 RELATING TO TOURISM SECTOR Amendments in RIPS-2014 vide Finance Department order dated 07.01.2015: Amendment in clause 14.8: In clause 14.8 of the scheme, for the existing expression “consent to “operate” “, the expression “consent to establish and consent to operate” shall be substituted. Amendments in RIPS-2014 vide Finance Department Clarification dated 23.01.2015: 1. Interpretation of clause 2(xxxviii) of the scheme: (b) A heritage hotel, certified as such by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India/ or by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan; It is clarified that, heritage hotels, certified by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and/ or Tourism Department, Government of Rajasthan are covered under the said clause without any minimum investment limit and are eligible to avail benefits under clause 9.12 of the Scheme. 2. Interpretation of clause 2 (xxi) of the Scheme: Since Restaurant are manufacturing cooked food and other eatables, therefore, it is clarified that Restaurants are covered under the Scheme and are eligible to avail benefits under clause 4 of the Scheme. Amendments in RIPS-2014 vide Finance Department order dated 09.03.2015: Amendment of clause 2 In clause 2 of the Scheme, (i) after the existing sub-clause (iv) and before the existing sub-clause (v), of the scheme, the following new sub-clause (iva) shall be inserted, namely: “(iva) “convention centre” means a covered pillar-less air conditioned hall having minimum carpet area of 5000 square feet which provides place for meetings, conventions/conferences, exhibitions and can accommodate at least 500 person at one point of time.” (iii) in sub-clause (xxxviii): (i) the existing sub-clause (a) of the Scheme, shall be substituted by the following, namely: 21 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 “(a) A hotel or motel making minimum investment of rupees two crore and having accommodation of minimum 20 let-able rooms; or” (iv) after the existing sub sub-clause (b) and before the existing sub-clause (c) of the Scheme, the following new sub-clause (bb) shall be inserted, namely: “(bb) a convention centre or a resort making minimum investment of rupees two crore; or”. Amendment in clause 9.12.1 In clause 9.12.1 of the scheme: (I) in sub-clause (g) of the said clause, the existing expression “; and” shall be substituted by the punctuation mark “;”. (ii) the existing sub-clause (h) of the said clause, shall be substituted by the following, namely: “(h) 50% additional exemption from payment of conversion charges; and” (iii) after the existing sub-clause (h) so substituted, the following new sub clause (i) shall be inserted, namely: “(i) 100% exemption from payment of development charges.”. Note: For procedures and other details please refer to website www.finance.rajasthan.gov.in 22 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Annex-2 Special Incentives available for Heritage Hotels in Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 1. Minimum investment limit shall not be applicable to heritage hotels for availing RIPS benefits. 2. Heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in urban areas which arrange for a dedicated alternative parking on a 40/60 feet wide road and provide park-and-ride system from hotel to parking place, shall be permitted to operate on such roads. 3. Similarly, heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in Rural /Rural Abadi areas will be permitted to operate. 4. These provisions shall also be applicable for existing heritage buildings proposed to be used as heritage hotels in future. 5. Concernd Departments will issue conversion orders for existing and operating heritage hotels/building. Similar order will also be issued for those which intend to operate heritage buildings as heritage hotels after issue of this Policy. 6. For Rural (Abadi) areas, Panchayati Raj Department will formulate rules for regularization of existing Heritage Hotels and also other existing Heritage buildings which may be used as heritage hotels in future. 7. Heritage hotels will be allowed to convert a maximum of 1000 square metres or 10% of plinth area, whichever is less for commercial use. 8. Additional exemption of 25% on Stamp Duty will be available for more than 100 years old heritage properties as per the scheme declared by the Department of Tourism as provided in the Finance Department notification No.F.12(20) FD/ Tax/ 2005-2019 dated 24.03.2005. 9. Basic Service for Urban Poor (BSUP) charges shall be levied only on the constructed area of Heritage hotels. 10. Heritage Hotels approved by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India/ Government of Rajasthan shall be eligible for all benefits under RIPS. 23 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 FINANCE DEPARTMENT (TAX DIVISION) ORDER Jaipur, April 10, 2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by clause 16 read with sub-clause (c) of clause 9.12.1 of the Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme - 2014 (hereinafter referred to as ”the Scheme”). The State Government hereby, clarifies that the reimbursement of 25% of amount of VAT paid on purchase of plant and machinery or equipment to a tourism sector enterprise as defined under the scheme shall be allowed on the purchase of goods mentioned in the list given below, in accordance with the provisions of the scheme. LIST S.No. Particulars 1. AC Plants, ACs, Fans & Exhaust Fans, Coolers etc. 2. Pollution control machines for air, water and light 3. Non CFC equipment for refrigeration and air conditioning and other Eco-friendly measures and initiatives. 4. DG Sets 5. Housekeeping machines & equipments. 6. Solar Heaters and Solar Plants/Geysers/Cold & Hot Running water machine 7. Furniture 8. Lifts & Elevators 9. Metal detectors (door frame or hand held) 10. CCTV 11. X-Ray Machine 12. Under belly scanners to screen vehicles 13. Smoke detectors 14. Heating and Cooling systems, machines & plants 15. Safe keeping / in room safe 16. Minibar / Fridge 17. TV 18. Dry-cleaning / laundry related equipment 19. Tea / Coffee making machines, equipments etc. Note: Goods mentioned above shall be allowed one time for initial set up including the goods mentioned at S.No. 15, 16, 17 which shall be allowed one set per room. [F-12(14)FD-Tax-2012-pt-I 5] By order of the Governor (Aditya Pareek) 24 Joint Secretary to the Government Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 REVENUE (GROUP-6) DEPARTMENT No. F.11(4)Rev-6/2014/16 NOTIFICATION Jaipur, Dated: 22 May 2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (xi-A) of sub-section (2) of section 261 read with section 90-A of the Rajasthan Land Revenue Act, 1956 (Act No. 15 of 1956), the State Government hereby makes the following rules further to amend the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, namely:- 1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) (Fifth Amendment) Rules, 2015. (2) They shall come into force at once. 2. Amendment of rule 2.- In sub-rule (1) of rule 2 of the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, hereinafter referred to as the said rules, - (i) In clause (b), for the existing expression “hotel, restaurant”, the expression “hotel other than tourism unit, restaurant other than tourism unit” shall be substituted. (ii) the existing clause (r) shall be substituted by the following, namely:- “(r) ‘Tourism Unit’ means a tourism unit or project as such approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or approved by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India.” 3. Insertion of new rule 6C.- After the existing rule 6B and before the existing rule 7 of the said rules, the following new rule 6C shall be inserted, namely:- “6C. Conversion of Heritage Properties into Heritage Hotels.- Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules if owner of a heritage property, situated on agriculture land, applies on plain paper for conversion of Heritage Property into Heritage Hotel along with recommendation of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan, an order for conversion to this effect may be issued by the prescribed authority within the time limit prescribed under rule 9. No conversion charges shall be payable for conversion under this rule. Land converted under this rule may be used for commercial purpose up to maximum of 1000 sq meters or 10 percent of plinth area of the existing 25 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 heritage building.” 4. Amendment of rule 8.- The existing sub-rule (2) of rule 8 of the said rules shall be substituted by the following, namely: “(2) No conversion charges as prescribed in rule 7, shall be payable for conversion of land held by tenant for establishment of a tourism unit as defined in clause (r) of sub-rule (1) of rule 2.” 5. Amendment of rule 9.- In sub-rule (2) of rule 9 of the said rules, after the existing last proviso, the following new proviso shall be added, namely: “Provided also that in case of heritage hotels, if parking arrangement is made available by the owner in premises or elsewhere, the requirement of width of approach road shall not be applicable.” 6. Amendment of rule 14.- In rule 14 of the said rules,- (i) the existing provision shall be numbered as sub-rule (1). (ii) in sub-rule (1), so numbered, after existing expression “non-agricultural purpose” and before the existing expression “, shall be used”, the expression “other than tourism unit” shall be inserted. (iii) after sub-rule (1), so numbered, the following new sub-rule (2) shall be added, namely: “(2) Any agricultural land converted for tourism unit shall be used for establishment of tourism unit within the time limit specified as under,- (i) three years for a tourism unit having less than 200 rooms. (ii) four years for a tourism unit having more than 200 rooms. Provided that above period may, in appropriate case, further be extended for a period of one year by the prescribed authority. If the land is not used within such extended period, the conversion order and other concessions shall be withdrawn after giving an opportunity of being heard." By order of the Governor, (Anil Kumar Agrawal) Joint Secretary to the Government 26 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 REVENUE (GROUP-6) DEPARTMENT No. F.11(4)Rev-6/2014/17 NOTIFICATION Jaipur, Dated: 22 May 2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by section 100 of the Rajasthan Land Revenue Act, 1956 (Act No. 15 of 1956), the State Government hereby makes the following rules further to amend the Rajasthan Industrial Areas Allotment Rules, 1959, namely: 1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Industrial Areas Allotment (Third Amendment) Rules, 2015. (2) They shall come into force at once. 2. Amendment of rule 1A.- The existing clause (viii) of rule 1A of the Rajasthan Industrial area allotment Allotment, Rules, 1959, hereinafter referred to as the said rules, shall be substituted by the following, namely: “(viii) ‘Tourism Unit’ means a tourism unit or project as defined in the prevailing policy of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or approved by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India.” 3. Amendment of rule 2.- In rule 2 of the said rules,- (i) in clause (a), for the existing expression “Government in the Tourism Department”, the expression “Government in the Revenue Department” shall be substituted. (ii) in sub-clause (i) of clause (b) for the existing expression “Director of Tourism”, the expression “Government in the Revenue Department” shall be substituted. 4. Amendment of rule 3A.- The existing third proviso to rule 3A of the said rules shall be deleted. 5. Insertion of new rule 3B.- After the existing rule 3A and before the existing rule 4 of the said rules, the following new rule 3B shall be inserted, namely: “3B. Allotment of Land for Tourism Units.- (1) For establishment and development of Tourism Units, the District Collector shall identify suitable land for the establishment of tourism units. The land so identified shall be set apart and reserved for tourism units under intimation to the Tourism Department 27 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 and same shall be uploaded on the web-site of the District Collector and Tourism Department. The maximum and minimum land areas to be reserved for tourism units shall be as under: S. No. Category Minimum Land Area Maximum Land Area 1 2 3 4 1. Budget Hotels and 1 to 3 stars hotels 1200 square meters Up to 4000 square meters 2. 4 stars Hotels 6000 square meters Up to 12,000 square meters 3. 5 Stars and above hotels 18000 square meters Up to 40,000 square meters 4. Other Tourism units - As per requirement/ availability (2) The reserve price for allotment of land set apart and reserved for tourism unit shall be equal to the rates recommended for assessment of market value of agriculture land by district level committee under rule 58 of the Rajasthan Stamp Rules, 2004. (3) Allotment of land for tourism units shall be made in the following manner, namely: (a) The Allotting Authority shall invite bids for allotment of land for tourism units set apart and reserved for tourism unit under sub-rule (1) through advertisement published in National and State level news paper. The reserve price for allotment of land shall be mentioned in the advertisement. (b) In case more than one bid received within the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made through competitive bidding. In case only single bid is received in the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made to the single bidder on the prevailing reserve price or the price offered by the bidder, whichever is higher. (c) Land allotted under this rule shall be used for establishment of tourism unit within the time limit specified as under,- (i) three years for a tourism unit having less than 200 rooms. (ii) four years for a tourism unit having more than 200 rooms. Provided that above period may, in appropriate case, further be extended for a period of one year by the prescribed authority. If the land is not used within such extended period, the 28 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 allotment shall be withdrawn after giving an opportunity of being heard. (d) Land allotted under this rule shall be used only for the purpose of tourism unit and not for any other purpose at least for a period of thirty years.” 6. Amendment of rule 7.- In rule 7 of the said rules, for the existing expression "industries", the expression "industries other than tourism unit" shall be substituted. 7. Amendment of Form-B.- In Form-B appended to the said rules,- (i) for the existing expression “Tourism Deptt.”, the expression “Revenue Department” shall be substituted. (ii) for the existing expression “Director, Industries/Tourism”, the expression “Director, Industries/Secretary, Revenue Department” shall be substituted. By order of the Governor, (Anil Kumar Agrawal) Joint Secretary to the Government 29 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 REVENUE (GROUP-6) DEPARTMENT No. F. 11(4) Rev.6/2014/21 Jaipur, Dates: 29.5.2015 Notification In excerise of the powers conferred by clause (xi-A) of sub-section (2) of section 261 read with section 90-A of the Rajasthan Land Revenue Act, 1956 (Act No. 15 of 1956), the State Government hereby makes the following rules further to amend the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, namely: 1. Short title and commencement: (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) (Sixth Amendment) Rules, 2015 (2) They shall come into force at once 2. Amendment of rule 9: After the existing sub-rule (7) of rule 9 of the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, following new sub-rule (8) shall be added, namely: “(8) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3), (4), (5) and (6) if the prescribed authority, fails to dispose off the application of conversion of land for the establishment of tourism unit as defined in clause (r) of sub-rule (1) of rule 2 within 45 days of the receipt of the completed application along with required documents, then such land shall be deemed converted.” By order of the Governor (Anil Kumar Agarwal) Joint Secretary to the Government 30 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT NOTIFICATION F.6(266)/Pari/Tax/Hqrs/2006/8366-79 Jaipur, Dated: 15.5.2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by sub section (1) of section 3 of Rajasthan Motor Vehicles Taxation Act 1951 (Act No.11 of 1951) and in supersession of this department's Notification No. F6(179)/pair/tax/Hqrs/95/5, dated 9.3.2015, the State Government being of the opinion that it is expedient in public interest so to do, hereby exempts fifty percent of Special Road Tax payable under section 4-B of the said Act, on the air conditioned passenger vehicles, except sleeper coach, having seating capacity more than 12 including driver, subject to the following conditions, namely: 1. that the Vehicle shall be registered in the State of Rajasthan in the name of tourist transport operator; 2. that the tourist permit of the vehicle shall be issued by competent authority of State of Rajasthan in the name of recognized tourist operator; and 3. that the tourist transport operator shall be recognized by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India or Tourism Department, Government of Rajasthan, Indian Association of Tour Operators (IATO) and Rajasthan Association of Tour Operators (RATO) and approved as such by the Transport Commissioner. This notification shall have effect from 01.5.2015 and shall remain in force upto 30.4.2018. By Order of the Governor, (Dr. Manisha Arora), Joint Secretary to Government 31 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 uxjh; fodkl foHkkx Øekad % i-18¼1½ufofo@i-bZ-uh-@2015 t;iqj] fnukad% 6-6-2015 i;ZVu foHkkx }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr 2015] tkjh dh tk pqdh gSA vr% bl uhfr ds vUrxZr ifjHkkf"kr leLr i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa ¼Hkfo"; esa i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr esa gksus okys la'kks/kuksa dks lfEefyr djrs gq;s½ dks Hkwfe miyC/k djkus Hkw&:ikUrj.k ;k vU; NwV ,oa lqfo/kk iznku djus gsrq foHkkx }kjk tkjh iwoZ ds leLr ifji=ksa ¼i-10¼61½ufofo@3@06ikVZ fnukad 24-12-2007] 16- 04-2013] 18-03-2014 ,oa 26-03-2014½ dks vf/kØfer djrs gq; fuEukuqlkj vkns'k tkjh fd;s tkrs gS% 1 gksVykas ,oa i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq Hkwfe vkoaVu & ¼i½ jkT; ljdkj }kjk fofHké i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa] ftlesa leLr izdkj ds gksVy lfEefyr gS] dh LFkkiuk o fodkl gsrq Hkwfe dh miyC/krk fuEu izdkj ls dh tk;sxh & ¼v½ t;iqj@tks/kiqj@vtesj fodkl izkf/kdj.k] uxj fodkl U;klksa] uxj ikfydvksa ,oa jktLFkku vkoklu e.My }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ;ka] ftlesa gksVy Hkh lfEefyr gS] dh LFkkiuk gsrq mi;qDr Hkwfe dk p;u dj Hkwfe cSad dh LFkkiuk dh tks;xh] ftlesa fofHké Js.kh ds gksVyksa o i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq Hkwfe dk vkj{k.k fd;k tk;sxk% ¼1½ ctV gksVy ¼1] 2 o 3 flrkjk½ ¼2½ pkj flrkjk gksVy ¼3½ ikap flrkjk gksVy o MhyDl Js.kh ds gksVy ¼4½ vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ ¼c½ bl izdkj LFkkfir Hkwfe cSad dh lwpuk LFkkuh; fudk; ,oa i;ZVu foHkkx dh osc lkbZV ij miyC/k djk;h tk;sxhA ¼l½ fofHké Js.kh dh gksVyksa o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dks vf/kdre@U;wure Hkwfe {ks= dk fu/kkZj.k fuEukuqlkj fd;k tk;sxkA 32 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Øa la gksVy Js.kh U;wure Hkwfe {ks= vf/kdre Hkwfe {ks= 1 ctV gksVy ¼1] 2 o 3 flrkjk½ 4000 oxZehVj rd 2 4 flrkjk 6000 oxZ ehVj rd 12]000 oxZehVj rd 3 5 flrkjk o MhyDl Js.kh 18]000 oxZ ehVj rd 40]000 oxZehVj rd 4 vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ & vko';drk@miyC/krkuqlkj  mijksDrkuqlkj i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq vkoaVu dh nj ml {ks= dh izpfyr Mh-,y-lh- nj gksxhA  i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq vkoaVu rqyukRed fufonk ds vk/kkj ij i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr&2015 esa fn;s x;s izko/kkuksa ds vuq:i fd;k tkosA  bl uhfr ds vUrxZr miyC/k djkbZ xbZ Hkwfe dk mi;ksx vkxkeh 30 o"kksZa rd fu/kkZfjr mi;ksx ls vU;Fkk ugha gks ldsxkA 2- uxjh; {ks=ksa esa —f"k Hkwfe dk :ikUrj.k ¼i½ 'kgjh {ks=ksa esa —f"k Hkwfe dk :ikUrj.k jktLFkku Hkw&jktLo vf/kfu;e] 1956 dh /kkjk 90 ^,^ ds vUrxZr fd;k tk;sxkA lacaf/kr LFkkuh; fudk; ;Fkk t;iqj@tks/kiqj@vtesj fodkl izkf/kdj.k] uxj fodkl U;kl] uxj ikfydk }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr ds rgr /kkjk 90 ^,^ ds vUrxZr —f"k Hkwfe dk v—f"k Hkwfe esa :ikUrj.k djus ij :ikUrj.k 'kqYd rFkk fodkl 'kqYd ¼vkUrfjd fodkl dk;Z Hkw[k.M+/kkjh dks Lo;a djus gksaxs½ ns; ugha gksxkA l{ke vf/kdkjh dks —f"k ls xSj —f"k ¼i;ZVu bdkbZ½ iz;kstukFkZ /kkjk 90 ^,^ ds rgr leLr dk;Zokgh vkosnu izkIr gksus ls 60 fnol dh vof/k esa iw.kZ djuh gksxhA ;fn fu/kkZfjr le; lhek 60 fnol esa :ikUrj.k vkns'k tkjh ugha fd;s tkrs gS] rks iz'uxr Hkwfe Lor% gh :ikUrfjr ekuh tkosxhA i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa@gksVy ds laca/k esa iwoZ esa 90 *ch* ds rgr~ vuqeksfnr izdj.kksa ij Hkh ;s fj;k;rsa ykxw gksaxhA ¼ii½ Pkwafd jkT; ljdkj dh ea'kk gksVy o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dks d`f"k@vkS|ksfxd @vkoklh; Hkwfe ls laifjorZu fd;s tkus gsrq lEiw.kZ NwV fn;s tkus dh gS] vr% bl mn~ns'; dh izkfIr gsrq mDr Vkmuf'ki ikWfylh ,oa uxj lq/kkj U;kl ¼uxjh; Hkwfe 33 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 fu"iknu½ fu;e&1974 jktLFkku uxjh; {ks= ¼Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu½ fu;e] 2010 ds vUrxZr la'kks/ku fd;k tkrk gS fd d`f"k@vkS|ksfxd@vkoklh; Hkwfe ls leLr izdkj ds gksVyksa o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dh LFkkiuk ij pkgs os Vkmuf'ki ;kstuk esa Hkw[k.M gks ;k Lora= IykV gks laifjorZu] fodkl 'kqYd ¼vkUrfjd fodkl dk;Z Hkw[k.M/kkjh dks Lo;a djus gksaxs½ ,oa Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu 'kqYd dks i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr tkjh gksus dh fnukad ls 5 o"kZ rd eqDr fd;k tkrk gSA 3- gSfjVst gksVYl ,oa iqjklEifRr;ksa ds laifjorZu o fu;eu ds laca/k esa% ¼i½ dk;Z'khy gSfjVst gksVYl ,oa iqjklEifRr;ksa ftudks gSfjVst gksVy ;k i;ZVu bdkbZ ds :i esa ifjofrZr fd;k tkuk izLrkfor gS muds fy, i;ZVu foHkkx }kjk izek.k i= tkjh fd;k tk;sxk] ftlds vk/kkj ij lacaf/kr uxjh; fudk; }kjk :ikUrj.k@Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu vkns'k tkjh fd;k tkuk vko';d gksxkA ,sls izdj.kksa esa ekLVj Iyku esa bl Hkwfe dk Hkw&mi;ksx okf.kfT;d ls fHkUu gksus ij Hkh mDr vkns'k tkjh fd;s tk ldsaxsAA ¼ii½ gSfjVst gksVy ds laca/k esa izpfyr Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu fu;e] 2010 esa fu/kkZfjr ekun.M+ksa ds vfrfjDr ,Q-,-vkj-] ÅapkbZ] lSVcSd o Hkw&vkPNknu esa f'kfFkyrk nh tk ldsxhA 4- iqjklEifRr;ksa eas okf.kfT;d xfrfof/k;ksa dh vuqKs;rk% jktLFkku uxjh; {ks= ¼Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu½ fu;e] 2010 esa fu;e 13 esa xSj okf.kfT;d Hkwfe dk okf.kfT;d Hkw&mi;ksx gsrq laifjorZu fd;s tkus ds fy, vkoklh; vkjf{kr nj dh 40 izfr'kr jkf'k Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu ds :i esa olwy dh tkrh gS] ysfdu gSfjVst lEifRr dks gSfjVst gksVy esa ifjofrZr djus dh fLFkfr esa fodkldrkZ dks laifjorZu 'kqqYd ,oa fodkl 'kqYd esa 'kr~ izfr'kr NwV gSA orZeku esa lapkfyr gSfjVst gksVyksa ,oa iqjklEifRr;k¡ tks gSjhVst gksVy ;k vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ esa lEifjofrZr gksuh gS] dks O;ogk;Z ¼Viable½ cukus ds fy;s jkT; ljdkj dh ea'kk ds vuq:i muds vkPNkfnr {ks=Qy ¼Ground Coverage½dk vf/kdre 10 izfr'kr vFkok 1000 oxZehVj tks Hkh de gks esa [kqnjk okf.kfT;d ¼Retail Commercial½ mi;ksx Lor% vuqKs; gksxkAA 5- dk;Z’khy i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dk Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu ,oa fu;eu% dqN gSfjVst iqjklEifÙk;ksa esa gksVy vFkok vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ fcuk vko';d Loh—fr ds 34 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 'kq: dj fn;s x;s gSa vkSj oks dk;Z'khy gSa] rks uohu&uhfr esa ,sls gksVyksa o i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dk Hkw mi;ksx ifjorZu 'kqYd ,oa fodkl 'kqYd ¼vkUrfjd fodkl dk;Z Hkw[k.M+/kkjh dks Lo;a djus gksaxs½ esa iwjh NwV nh tk;sxhA ;fn iwoZ esa fcuk okafNr Lohd`fr ds Hkw[k.M+ksa ,oa Hkouksa dk mi;ksx gksVy o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa ds :i esa fd;k tk jgk gS] ,slh bdkbZ;ksa dk fu;eu jktLFkku uxj ikfydk ¼Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu½ fu;e] 2010 ds fu;e&13 ds vuq:i xq.kkoxq.k ds vk/kkj ij fu;eu 'kqYd dk 25 izfr'kr jkf'k ij fu;eu fd;k tk;sxkA 6- i;ZVu bdkbZ ds Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu] fuekZ.k ,oa vuqKs; ,Q-,-vkj- ds laca/k esa% ¼I½ uxjh; fudk; }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ ds Hkou ekufp= ds izdj.k iw.kZ :i ls vkosnu izkIr gksus ls 60 fnol dh vof/k esa vko';d :i ls vuqeksfnr@fu"ikfnr fd;s tk;saxsA ¼ii½ 200 dejksa rd dh i;ZVu bdkbZ dk fuekZ.k dk;Z Hkwfe :ikUrj.k@vkoaVu dh fnukad ls rhu o"kZ dh vof/k esa iw.kZ djuk gksxkA ;fn Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh vko';drk gks rks 3 o"kZ dh fu/kkZfjr vof/k Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh frfFk ls izkjEHk gksxhA 200 dejksa ls vf/kd dh i;ZVu bdkbZ ds fy, fuekZ.k vof/k 4 o"kZ dh gksxhA ;fn Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh vko';drk gks rks vf/kdre 4 o"kZ dh vof/k Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh fnukad ls izkjEHk gksxhA lacaf/kr izkf/kd`r vf/kdkjh }kjk mijksDr nksuksa izdj.kksa esa xq.kkoxq.k ds vk/kkj ij ,d o"kZ dk le; vfrfjDr iznku fd;k tk ldsxkA 7- ,Q-,-vkj-% i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr ds rgr i;ZVu bdkbZ@gksVy izLrkfor gksus ij orZeku esa ns; vf/kdre ,Q-,-vkj- dk nksxq.kk vFkkZr~ 4-50 ,Q-,-vkj- vuqKs; gksxk] fdUrq 2-25 ,Q-,- vkj- ls vf/kd ,Q-,-vkj- izLrkfor gksus ij csVjesUV ysoh vfrfjDr ,Q-,-vkj- ij vkoklh; vkjf{kr nj ds vk/kkj ij ns; gksxhA 8- ldM+h lM+dksa ij gSfjVst gksVyksa dh vuqKs;rk% okafNr pkSM+kbZ ls de pkSM+kbZ dh lM+dksa ij fLFkr gSfjVst lEifRr;ka ftUgsa gSfjVst gksVy ds :i esa mi;ksx esa fy;k tkuk izLrkfor gks rFkk orZeku esa dk;Z'khy gSfjVst gksVYl tks U;wure okafNr pkSM+kbZ dh lM+dksa ij fLFkr ugha gS] rks ,sls gSfjVst gksVYl }kjk vU;= 40@60 QqV lM+d ij MsMhdsVsM ikfdZax miyC/k djk;s tkus rFkk ikfdZax LFky ls gksVy rd ikdZ ,.M jkbZM O;oLFkk fd;s tkus dh fLFkfr esa 40@60 QhV ls de pkSM+h lM+dksa ij gSfjVst gksVy vuqKs; gksaxsA 35 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 9- ch-,l-;w-ih- 'kSYVj Q.M% gSfjVst gksVy@fjlksVZ@ekWVy@,E;wtesUV ikdZ ds fy, ch-,l-;w-ih- 'kSYVj Q.M dsoy ldy fufeZr {ks=Qy ij ns; gksxkA vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa ;Fkk gksVy@dUosU'ku lsUVj@jsLVksjsUV vFkok dSQsVsfj;k vkfn ds fy, ch-,l-;w-ih- 'kSYVj Q.M izpfyr fu;ekuqlkj fy;k tkosxkA 10- i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq lEifjofrZr ,oa vkoafVr Hkwfe dh yht jkf'k laLFkkfud iz;kstukFkZ fu/kkZfjr vkjf{kr nj ds vk/kkj ij yh tk;sxhA mDr vkns'k jkT; dh i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr tkjh gksus dh fnukad ls jkT; ds lHkh uxjh; fudk;ksa ¼fodkl izkf/kdj.kksa@uxj fodkl U;klksa@jktLFkku vkoklu e.My@LFkkuh; fudk;ksa½ ij ykxw gksxsA mijksDr lHkh uxjh; fudk; vius Lrj ls vU; dksbZ vkns'k tkjh ugha djsxsa ,oa mDr vkns'k dh iw.kZ ikyuk lqfuf'pr djsxsaA i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr] 2007 ds rgr vkosfnr izdj.kksa ds fy, bl uhfr ds rgr iqu% vkosnu djus dh vko';drk ugha gksxhA jkT;iky dh vkKk ls] ¼v’kksd tSu½ vfrfjDr eq[; lfpo 36 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 DEPARTMENT OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND PANCHAYATI RAJ NOTIFICATION No.F.4( )Tourism rules/Legal/PR/2015/486 Jaipur, Dated: 10.7.2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by section 102 of the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Act, 1994 (Act No. 13 of 1994), the State Government hereby makes the following rules, namely: 1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj (Allotment, Change of Use of Land and Regularization of Abadi Land in Panchayat Area for Tourism Units) Rules, 2015. (2) They shall come into force at once. 2. Definition.- (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,- (I) "Act" means the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Act, 1994 (Act No. 13 of 1994); (ii) "Allotting Authority" means an officer or authority, authorised by the State Government for the purpose of allotment, change of use of land and regularization of abadi land in Panchayat area for Tourism Units; (iii) "Authorised Officer" means an officer or authority, authorised by the State Government for the purpose of change of use of land and regularization; (iv) "rules" means the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Rules, 1996; (v) "Tourism Department” means Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan; and (vi) “tourism unit” means a tourism project as such approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. (2) Words and expressions used but not defined in these rules have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the Act and Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Rules, 1996. 3. Allotment of abadi land for tourism units.- (1) For establishment and development of tourism units, the District Collector in consultation with the Panchayati Raj Institution concern, shall identify suitable land in abadi area of a village for the establishment of tourism units and the land so identified 37 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 shall be set apart and reserved for tourism units under intimation to the Tourism Department and same shall be uploaded on the web-site of the District Collector, Zila Parishad, Department of Panchayati Raj and Tourism Department of Government of Rajasthan. The maximum and minimum land areas to be reserved for Tourism Units shall be as under: S. No. Category Minimum Land Area Maximum Land Area 1 2 3 4 1. Budget Hotels and 1 to 3 star hotels 1,200 square meters Up to 4,000 square meters 2. 4 star Hotels 6,000 square meters Up to 12,000 square meters 3. 5 Star and above hotels 18,000 square meters Up to 40,000 square meters 4. Other Tourism units - As per requirement/ availability (2) The reserve price for allotment of land set apart and reserved for Tourism units shall be equal to the rates recommended for assessment of market value of abadi land by district level committee (DLC) under rule 58 of the Rajasthan Stamp Rules, 2004. (3) Allotment of land for tourism units shall be made in the following manner, namely:- (a) The Allotting Authority shall invite bids for allotment of land set-apart and reserved for tourism units under sub-rule (1), through advertisement published in National and State level news paper. The reserve price for allotment of land shall be mentioned in the advertisement. (b) In case of more than one bid received within the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made through competitive bidding. In case only single bid is received in the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made to the single bidder on the prevailing reserve price or the price offered by the bidder, whichever is higher. (c) Land allotted under this rule shall be used for establishment of tourism unit within the time limit specified as under,- (i) three years for a tourism unit having less than 200 rooms; 38 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 (ii) four years for a tourism unit having more than 200 rooms: Provided that above period may, in appropriate case, further be extended for a period up to one year on payment of 0.5% per quarter of the price of the land allotted, by the officer or authority authorized by the State Government. If the land is not used within such extended period, the allotment shall be withdrawn and price paid in lieu of land shall be forfeited after giving an opportunity of being heard. (d) Land allotted under this rule shall be used only for the purpose of tourism unit and not for any other purpose at least for a period of thirty years. 4. Change of use of land of Heritage Properties into Heritage Hotels.- (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Rules, 1996, if a person holding title or any person, who lawfully holding a heritage property, situated on land in abadi area of a village, applies in writing on a plain paper to the Authorised Officer for change of use of land of Heritage Property into a Heritage Hotel along with title document and recommendation of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan, an order for change of use of land may be issued by the Authorised Officer. No charges shall be payable for change of use of land under this rule. The Heritage property allowed to be used as a Heritage Hotel under this rule may be used for commercial purpose up to maximum of 1000 sq. meters or 10 percent of plinth area of the existing heritage building whichever is less. (2) Change of use of land for the purpose of establishment of Hertage Hotel shall be permitted if there is 30 feet wide approach road is available: Provided that in case of Heritage Hotels, if parking arrangement is made available by the owner in premises or elsewhere and arrange for a dedicated alternative parking on a 40/60 feet wide road and provide for the park-and-ride system from hotel to parking place, the requirement of width of approach road shall not be applicable. (3) The person allowed to use for setting up of a Heritage Hotel under sub-rule (1) shall setup that Heritage Hotel within a period of three years: Provided that the said period may be extended by the State Government for a period of one year on the application of the person who was permitted to setup Heritage Hotel. If the said heritage property is not use within such extended period, the order permitting to setup Heritage Hotel shall be withdrawn or revoked by the Authorised Officer. (4) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1), if the Authorised Officer, fails to 39 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 dispose off the application for change of use of land for the establishment of Heritage Hotel within fourty five days from the date of the receipt of the completed application along with required documents, then such change of use of land shall be deemed as allowed. 5. Change of use of land or tourism units.- (1) When any person lawfully holding abadi land in a village intend to use the same for establishment of a tourism unit, he may do so after seeking permission of the Authorised Officer. (2) Change of use of land for the purpose of establishment of tourism units shall be permitted if there is 30 feet wide approach road is available. (3) No charges for change of use of land for Tourism Unit shall be payable. (4) The person allowed to set up a tourism unit under sub-rule (1) shall establish that Tourism Unit within a period of three years: Provided that the said period may be extended by the State Government for a period of one year on the application of the person who was permitted to use the land for Tourism Unit. If the said land is not use within such extended period, the order permitting change of use of land shall be withdrawn or revoked by the Authorised Officer. (5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1), if the Authorised Officer, fails to dispose of the application for change of use of land for the establishment of tourism unit as defined in rule 2 within fourty five days from the date of the receipt of the completed application along with required documents, then such change of use of land shall be deemed as allowed. 6. Regularization of existing heritage Hotels.- If a person holding title or any person, who lawfully holding a heritage property and residential land and building that are running and operating as hotels without permission, situated on abadi area of a village before the commencement of the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj (Amendment) Ordinance, 2015 (Ordinance No. 3 of 2015) and fulfill the requirements as mentioned in rule 4 above, applies on plain paper for regularization of Change of use of land along with title document and recommendation of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan, an order for regularization of change of use of land may be issued by the Authorised Officer. By order of the Governor, (S. K. Solanki) Joint Secretary to the Government 40 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 jktLFkku ljdkj Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx] jkt0 t;iqjA Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@15@12974 fnukad % 14@10@15 vkns’k jkT; ljdkj }kjk jktLFkku uxjikfydk vf/kfu;e] 2009 dh /kkjk 337 ¼1½ }kjk iznr 'kfDr;ksa dk iz;ksx djrs gq;s uxjh; fudk;ksa }kjk gksVy o jsLVksjsUV vkfn ds fy;s Qk;j ,u-vks-lh- ,d o"kZ dh vof/k ds LFkku ij nl o"kZ rd dh vof/k ds fy, tkjh fd;s tkus gsrq ,rn~}kjk Lohd`fr iznku dh tkrh gSA lacaf/kr LFkkuh; fudk; gksVy ,oa jsLVksjsUV ds ekeyksa esa nl o"kZ rd vof/k ds fy, Qk;j ,u-vks-lh- tkjh dj ldsxasA ,u-vks-lh- vof/k ds nkSjku Qk;j laca/kh okafNr fofHkUu ekin.Mksa ds fujh{k.k dh 'kfDr;ka lacaf/kr LFkkuh; fudk; esa fufgr gksxhA vkSj le; le; ij l{ke vf/kdkjh }kjk budk fujh{k.k fd;k tk ldsxkA jkT;iky dh vkKk ls] g- ¼iq:"kksÙke fc;k.kh½ funs’kd ,oa la;qDr 'kklu lfpo Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@15@12975&13355 fnukad % 14@10@15 izfrfyfi lwpukFkZ ,oa vko’;d dk;Zokgh gsrq izsf"kr gS%& 1- futh lfpo] ekuuh; ea=h egksn;] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx jkt0 t;iqjA 2- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx t;iqjA 41 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 3- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] i;ZVu foHkkx] jkt0 t;iqjA 4- ekgikSj@lHkkifr@v/;{k] uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLr jktLFkkuA 5- vk;qDr@vf/k’kk"kh vf/kdkjh uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLRk jktLFkkuA 6- v/kh{kd] jktdh; eqnz.kky;] jkt0 t;iqj dks izsf"kr dj jkti= ds vkxkeh vlk/kkj.k vad esa izdk’ku dj nl izfr;ka miyC/k djkus gsrqA 7- lqjf{kr i=koyhA g- ¼v’kksd dqekj flag½ ofj"B la;qDr fof/k ijke’khZ 42 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 jktLFkku ljdkj funs’kky; LFkkuh; fudk; ,oa Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@14@10838 fnukad % 14@09@15 vkns’k jkT; ljdkj }kjk jktLFkku uxjikfydk vf/kfu;e] 2009 dh /kkjk 337 ¼1½ }kjk iznr 'kfDr;ksa dk iz;ksx djrs gq;s uxjh; fudk;ksa }kjk gksVy o jsLVksjsUV vkfn ds fy;s tks ykbZlsUl ,d o"kZ dh vof/k ds fy, tkjh fd;s tkrs gS] mu leLr ykbZlsUlks dh oS/krk vof/k fu;ekuqlkj 10 o"kZ dk 'kqYd olwy djrs gq, 10 o"kZ rd dh vof/k ds fy;s tkjh fd;s tkus gsrq ,rn~}kjk Lohd`fr iznku dh tkrh gSA jkT;iky dh vkKk ls] g- ¼iq:"kksÙke fc;k.kh½ funs’kd ,oa la;qDr 'kklu lfpo Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@14@10839&11218 fnukad % 14@09@15 izfrfyfi lwpukFkZ ,oa vko’;d dk;Zokgh gsrq izsf"kr gS%& 1- futh lfpo] ekuuh; ea=h egksn;] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx jkt0 t;iqjA 2- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx t;iqjA 3- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] i;ZVu foHkkx] jkt0 t;iqjA 4- ekgikSj@lHkkifr@v/;{k] uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLr jktLFkkuA 5- vk;qDr@vf/k’kk"kh vf/kdkjh uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLRk jktLFkkuA 6- lqjf{kr i=koyhA g- ¼v’kksd dqekj flag½ ofj"B la;qDr fof/k ijke’khZ 43 44 https://brainstormerclasse.wixsite.com/mysite/policy/rajasthan-tourism-policy/tourism-policy?skipRedirect=true&ssrOnly=true&extendedTimeout=true&debug=falsePolicy Rajasthan Tourism Policy Tourism Policy Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Government of Rajasthan Department of Tourism Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 November, 2015 INDEX 1. Background 05 2. Definition of a Tourism Unit 06 3. Allotment of Government Land for Tourism Units 08 4. Conversion of Land for Tourism Units 09 5. FAR (Floor Area Ratio) 12 6. Regularisation of Existing Tourism Units 12 7. Fiscal Benefits and Incentives 13 8. Incentives for Skill Development 13 9. Time period of Annual Licenses for Tourism Units 13 10. Constitution of Tourism Advisory Committee 14 11. Nodal Department 14 12. Policy Period 14 13. Implementation of the Policy 14 14. Annexure 15 15. Related Notifications 24 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 1. Background Rajasthan is a leading tourism State in the country. Its glorious heritage, colorful living traditions and vibrant culture are special attractions for both, domestic and foreign tourists. The tangible and intangible tourism products of the State offer immense potential for growth of the tourism industry. Development of tourism resources and increasing both, domestic and foreign tourist arrivals is a high priority area for the Union and State Governments. Therefore, there is a need for expanding tourist centric infrastructural facilities to keep pace with the present trends and for potential tourism growth in the State. Department of Tourism had announced a Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy in 2007. This Policy will now be replaced by Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 in order to extend more support and incentives for establishment of Tourism Units in the State. The new Policy has been framed keeping in view the guidelines under the 'Suraj Sankalp' Policy document, new emerging trends in the tourism sector, representations given by various stakeholders including the tourism and trade organisations and also the suggestions received from other departments. The Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 primarily addresses issues relating to time bound conversion of land for tourism units including new hotels and heritage hotels, time bound approval of building plans, grant of Patta to heritage hotels, allotment of land for tourism units on DLC (District Level Committee) rates, applicability of Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 (RIPS-2014) for tourism units and smooth and speedy implementation of the provisions of related departments like Revenue, Urban Development and Housing (UDH) & Local Self Government (LSG), Panchayati Raj, etc. It is expected that this Policy will strengthen the existing infrastructure, will foster infrastructure development, income and employment generation and increase the much needed availability of hotel rooms for the tourists. By allowing Heritage Hotels in Rural Abadi/Panchayat areas Rural Tourism is likely to increase manifold. The definition of Tourism Unit has been expanded to cover various types of tourism units and activities including budget hotels, heritage hotels, resorts, golf courses, adventure sports, etc. It is expected that these steps will bring speedy investment in the State. 05 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 2. Definition of a Tourism Unit Tourism Unit will mean a tourism project approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and shall include: I. A Hotel including Motel having accommodation of minimum 20 lettable rooms and a minimum investment of Rs.2 crore. The permissible size of the land/plot shall be as per the rules of UDH/Revenue/Panchayati Raj Departments. II. A Heritage Hotel means a hotel run in a fort, a fortress, a palace, a haveli, a castle, hunting lodge or residences with heritage features, built prior to 1.1.1950 and approved by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India or Government of Rajasthan. III. A Budget Hotel having accommodation of minimum 20 lettable rooms and a minimum investment of Rs.2 crore, which provides basic amenities at an affordable & economic rates and those which do not fall in the ambit of Luxury Tax. IV. A Restaurant or cafeteria having an investment of at least Rs.1 crore (excluding land cost) with seating capacity of a minimum of 40 persons/visitors at a time. The unit must have a hygienically maintained kitchen with modern equipment in the premises as well as a separate toilet facility for ladies and gents. V. A Resort which provides sports/recreational facilities, riding, swimming or social amenities with boarding and lodging arrangements for holidaying in cottages/rooms. VI. A Sports Resort such as a Golf Course, Golf Academy or adventure related sports or any other sports activity with or without recreational and accommodation facilities, provided that in respect of a golf course, source of water for the course will substantially be recycled water. VII. A Health Resort Spa is a short-term residential/lodging facility with the purpose of providing spa services such as massages, yoga, meditation and other related treatments for rejuvenating the body. VIII. A Camping Site with furnished tents, accommodation, having at least 10 tents along with dining, bathrooms/toilet facilities. 06 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 IX. An Amusement Park providing various types of rides, games and amusement activities. X. An Animal Safari Park developed with the permission of the Forests Department. XI. A MICE/Convention Centre: A covered pillar-less, air conditioned hall having minimum carpet area of 5000 square feet space that provides place for meetings, conventions/conferences and exhibitions, and can accommodate at least 500 persons at one point of time. XII. Museum: A building in which objects of historical, scientific, artistic or cultural interest are stored and exhibited and is open for general public with or without ticket. XIII. A Ropeway established under the prevailing Act and Rules. XIV. A Tourist Luxury Coach shall mean an air-conditioned coach with push back seats used for the normal transportation of tourists to different tourist destinations and for sightseeing of various tourist places, with a minimum seating capacity of 13 seats. It should be operated by valid All India Permit holder Tourist Transport Operators, recognized by Indian Association of Tour Operators (IATO) and Rajasthan Association of Tour Operators (RATO) and registered in the State of Rajasthan. XV. Caravan: A specially built vehicle registered with any State Transport Department which is used for the purpose of group oriented leisure travel with bed capacity of at least 4 beds. XVI. Cruise Tourism: Any Boat/Yacht with a minimum seating capacity for 4 persons, which is licensed by the Transport Department, Government of Rajasthan and having capacity to operate in lakes/rivers of the State for pay-and-use facilities. Boats/Yachts used by hotels to transport or entertain their guests and/or goods/raw materials will not be covered under this definition. XVII. Hotels and other tourism units classified under the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India guidelines shall also be eligible for obtaining concessions and incentives under this Policy irrespective of number of rooms in it. 07 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Note 1: All concerned departments shall adopt the above definition in their respective Acts/Rules/Regulations. The definition of Tourism Units may be revised and amended from time to time keeping in view the emerging trends in the tourism sector, by the Tourism Department, which will also be incorporated in the relevant Acts/Rules/Regulations. Note 2: Benefits under the Tourism Policy/RIPS can only be availed as per the terms and conditions laid down in prevailing RIPS. 3. Allotment of Government Land for Tourism Units The State Government can make land available for establishment and development of all types of Tourism Units as per prevailing procedure, which is indicated below: I. All Development Authorities (like JDA), UITs, Municipal Bodies, Rajasthan Housing Board, Gram Panchayat, Industry Department and District Collectors would identify suitable land for the establishment of Tourism units. II. Land so identified shall be set apart and reserved for tourism units under intimation to the Tourism Department. Information of such Land Bank would be made available on the website of concerned Local Body/ District Collector/Revenue Department and on Tourism Department website. III. The maximum and minimum land areas to be reserved for tourism units shall be as under: S. No. Category Minimum Land Area Maximum Land Area 1. Budget Hotels and 1 to 3 Star Hotels 1,200 sqm Upto 4,000 sqm 2. 4 Star Hotels 6,000 sqm Upto 12000 sqm 3. 5 Star & above Hotels 18,000 sqm Upto 40,000 sqm 4. Other Tourism Units - As per requirement/ availability 08 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 IV. The allotment of such land shall be made on the prevailing DLC rate of the local area. V. The process of competitive bidding and allotment for such tourism units on DLC rate for the local area shall be as follows: a. The Authority Concerned shall notify to public through national and state level advertisements for allotment of land identified and reserved for tourism units through competitive bidding process. The DLC rate for the local area for allotment of land shall be indicated in the advertisement and this price shall be the base price for allotment of land. b. In case more than one applicant apply for the land within the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made through competitive bidding. In case no other application is received in the specified time period, the allotment of land, shall be made to the single bidder on the prevailing DLC rate for the local area, in keeping with the other provisions of the Tourism Unit Policy. c. Land made available under this Policy cannot be used for any other purpose for at least 30 years. 4. Conversion of Land for Tourism Units No conversion charges shall be payable for land held by tenant for establishment of a tourism unit in urban as well as in rural areas. No development charges shall be payable by Tourism Units. Necessary notification/orders in this regard shall be issued by concerned Departments. In addition to free of cost conversion and development charges for heritage hotels, UDH & LSG, Panchayati Raj, Revenue Department, etc. will also issue conversion orders for existing and operating heritage hotels/buildings. Similar order will also be issued for those who intend to convert heritage buildings in to heritage hotels after issue of this Policy. 09 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 The following additional provisions are being provided for: (A) Fixing of Time limits for Conversion of Land and Approval of Building Plans: I. Conversion of Land in Urban Area: The competent authority shall dispose off an application for conversion of land for tourism unit within 60 days from the date of filing of application which is complete in all respects. In case orders for conversion of land are not issued within prescribed time limit, the land in question will be regarded as deemed converted. II. Approval of Building Plans: The competent Authority to approve the building plan in urban area shall dispose of the application within 60 days of receipt of application complete in all respects. Similarly, time limits are also fixed for construction and operation of tourism units by the investor, which are as under: i. A tourism unit having less than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 3 years after conversion of land. In case there is a requirement for seeking approval of building plan, the above permitted time period for completion of tourism unit will commence from the date of approval of building plans by the concerned authority. ii. A tourism unit having more than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 4 years after conversion of land. In case there is a requirement for seeking approval of building plan, the above permitted time period for completion of tourism unit will commence from the date of approval of building plans by the concerned authority. Provided further that an extension of one more year could be given based on merits of the case by the authorities concerned after which all concessions shall stand withdrawn/ lapsed. III. Conversion of Land in Rural Area: The competent authority shall dispose off an application for conversion of land within 45 days from the date of filing of application complete in all respects. Similarly, time limits are also fixed for construction and operation of tourism units by the investor, which are as under: 10 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 i. A tourism unit having less than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 3 years after conversion of land. ii. A tourism unit having more than 200 rooms will be required to be completed within 4 years after conversion of land. An extension of one year could be given based on merits of the case by the authorities concerned after which all concessions shall stand withdrawn/lapsed and the applicant shall have to register again. In case orders for conversion of land are not issued within prescribed time limit, the land in question will be regarded as deemed converted. (B) Conversion of Residential Land and Heritage Properties into Hotels and other Tourism Units No fee for change in land use for conversion of residential land and heritage properties into hotels and other tourism units shall be charged. (C) Heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in urban areas which arrange for a dedicated alternative parking on a 40/60 feet wide road and provide for the park-and- ride system from hotel to parking place, shall be permitted to operate. Similarly heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in Rural and Panchayat/Rural Abadi Areas will be permitted to operate. The same shall be applicable for existing heritage buildings proposed to be used as heritage hotels. (D) Minimum Road Width: New tourism units in rural and Panchayat areas shall be permitted provided there is availability of a 30 feet wide road. (E) Permissible Area for Commercial Use by Heritage Properties: Heritage hotels can commercially convert maximum of 1000 sq meters or 10% of plinth area of the existing heritage building, whichever is less. (F) Issue of Patta for Heritage Properties: Owners of heritage properties who do not have a legal Patta for claiming ownership of those Heritage properties would be given lease/free hold rights by the Municipality in accordance with the Rajasthan Municipalities (surrender of non-agricultural land and grant of freehold lease) Rules, 11 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 2015 issued vide notification no. F8 (G) Rules/2015/7960 dated 15.06.2015 by the LSG Department (refer www.rajasthantourism.gov.in ). Panchayati Raj Department will formulate rules for issuance of Patta for heritage properties in Rural Abadi area. (G) Lease Amount: After conversion of land, lease amount for tourism units in urban areas will be charged on rates prescribed for Institutional purposes. (H) Urban Development Tax: For heritage hotels, UD Tax shall be charged on residential rates on the built up area but there will be no UD Tax on open area. For budget and 1 to 3 star hotels, UD Tax shall be charged on residential rates on the built up area. For 4 & 5 star hotels, UD Tax shall be charged on double of residential rates on the built up area. But for open area of these hotels, UD Tax will be charged at the rate of 50% of residential rates. (I) BSUP Charge: Basic Services for Urban Poor (BSUP) charges for heritage hotels would be charged only for the covered area. For all other tourism units, BSUP will be applicable as per existing Urban Development and Housing and LSG Department guidelines. 5. Floor Area Ratio (FAR) Under the Tourism Unit Policy, 2007, double FAR was available for tourism units in newly developed and new township areas. At present, standard FAR is 1.33 without betterment levy, and maximum FAR is 2.25 with Betterment Levy is permissible. Tourism units covered under this Policy shall be allowed double FAR i.e. 4.50, out of which 2.25 shall be without betterment levy. Rate for betterment levy shall be calculated on the basis of residential reserve price of the area. 6. Regularization of Existing Hotel Units (A) There are some heritage properties and residential land and buildings that are running and operating as hotels or other tourism units without permission. If land and buildings are being used as hotels and tourism units without prior permission, the same shall be regularized under Rule 13 of Rajasthan Municipality (Change in Land Use) Rules 2010. Separate orders will be issued in this regard by the UDH & LSG Department. 12 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 (B) Panchayati Raj Department will formulate rules for regularisation of existing heritage hotels in rural (Abadi) areas, and also for other existing heritage buildings which may be used as heritage hotels in future. 7. Fiscal Benefits and Incentives (A) All fiscal benefits as provided in Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 (RIPS- 2014) for the Tourism Sector Enterprises shall be available to the eligible tourism units. (B) The projects approved by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India, if eligible under the provision of the Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 (RIPS-2014), shall be allowed to avail the benefits as provided under RIPS-2014. 8. Incentives for Skill Development All Tourism Units registered with the Department of Tourism will be directly eligible to become training partners under the Employment Linked Skill Training Program (ELSTP) subject to availability of infrastructure as per the guidelines of Rajasthan Skill and Livelihoods Development Corporation (RSLDC). If enrolled as a training partner, management of the respective hotels would be required to set up a training center within the hotel premises using existing/additional infrastructure for the selected courses from the approved list of RSLDC, mobilise youth for training, organize training as per syllabus, follow RSLDC guidelines while conducting of skill training programmes, participate in third party assessment and certification process, etc. Moreover, they would also have to ensure that at least 50% of the trained youth is linked to employment in accordance with the norms of Employment Linked Skill Training Programmes (ELSTP). Heritage hotels, on hiring trained youth (certified under RSLDC) would be eligible to get subsidies/incentives as per norms, if available. 9. Time Period of Licenses for Tourism Units All concerned Departments shall issue orders extending duration of annual licenses required to operate hotels and other tourism units for a period of ten years in the first instance itself. 13 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 10. Constitution of Tourism Advisory Committee A Tourism Advisory Committee will be constituted to give suggestions regarding measures that can be taken up for growth of tourism in the State. The Committee will also include representatives from tourism & travel trade. 11. Nodal Department Department of Tourism shall be the nodal department for infrastructural development of tourism units. 12. Policy Period This Policy will remain in force for five years from the date of issue. However, tourism unit projects already approved by the Tourism Department under Tourism Unit Policy, 2007 but are pending for land conversion/approval of building plan/regularisation before the competent authority will not be required to apply afresh. Such units shall receive all incentives and concessions granted under Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 and RIPS-2014. 13. Implementation of the Policy In case concerned Departments require amendments in their respective rules/sub-rules and notifications for implementation of this Policy, the same can be done after obtaining approval of Hon’ble Chief Minister, Rajasthan, who has been authorized in this regard by the Cabinet Order No. 103/2015 dated 18/5/2015. 14 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Annex-1 Relevant Excerpts from Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014 In order to promote investment in the State of Rajasthan, and to generate employment opportunities through such investment, the State Government of Rajasthan, in public interest, hereby issues “The Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme, 2014” (RIPS-2014) (hereinafter referred to as “the Scheme”). The Scheme shall promote investment made by Enterprise(s) for establishment of new unit and/or investment made by the existing Enterprise(s) for expansion and/or investment made for revival of sick enterprise. 1. Operative Period The Scheme shall come into effect from the date of issuance of this order and shall remain in force up to 31st March 2019. 2. Definitions (xxi) “Manufacturing Enterprise” means an enterprise employing plant and machinery in processing of goods which brings into existence a commercially different and distinct commodity and shall include an enterprise in the tourism sector, but shall not include such processing as may be specified by the State Government by an order; (xxxviii) “Tourism Sector” means: (a) A hotel or motel making minimum investment of rupees five crore and having accommodation of minimum 20 let-able rooms; or (b) A heritage hotel, certified as such by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and/or by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan; or (c) Or any other immovable tourism unit other than a restaurant, defined as such under the Tourism Policy of the State, subject to the condition that it shall be eligible for only such benefits as may be granted to it by the State Empowered Committee. 15 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 3. Applicability of the Scheme Subject to clause 3.3 below, the Scheme shall be applicable to the following classes of enterprise(s) and investment, excluding investment mentioned in Annexure- I, appended to the Scheme: (i) New and existing enterprises making investment for setting up new units; (ii) Existing enterprise making investment for expansion; and (iii) Sick enterprises making investment for its revival: provided that the enterprise shall commence commercial production or operation during the operative period of the Scheme. Notwithstanding anything contained in clause 3.1 above, the State Government, on the recommendation of the State Empowered Committee (SEC), may grant the benefit of the Scheme to the first manufacturing enterprise, investing Rs.250 crore or more in a block notified as a most backward area, provided that the investment is not relating to entry number 1 and 4 of Annexure I, appended to the Scheme. The Scheme shall not be applicable to an enterprise if its commercial production or operation has commenced before the issuance of this order or an entitlement certificate or any order or any customized package has been issued to provide any incentive or benefit under RIPS 2010 or any other scheme or policy or otherwise for such unit. 4. Benefits to Manufacturing Enterprises An eligible manufacturing enterprise shall be granted benefits and incentives as given below: (i) Investment subsidy of 30% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise for seven years. (ii) Employment Generation Subsidy up to 20% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise, for seven years. (iii) Exemption from payment of 50% of Electricity Duty for seven years, provided that for enterprises engaged in tourism sector, it shall be restricted to 25% of the Electricity Duty; 16 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 (iv) Exemption from payment of 50% of Land Tax for seven years; (v) Exemption from payment of 50% of Mandi Fee for seven years; (vi) Exemption from payment of 50% of Stamp Duty on purchase or lease of land and construction or improvement on such land; and (vii) Exemption from payment of 50% of conversion charges payable for change of land use. 5. Benefits to Service Enterprises An eligible service enterprise shall be granted benefits and incentives as given below: (i) Reimbursement of 50% of amount of VAT paid on purchase of plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from date of issuance of the entitlement certificate, provided that for enterprises engaged in providing entertainment, the reimbursement shall be restricted to 25% of such amount of VAT paid; (ii) Exemption from payment of 50% of Entertainment Tax for seven years; (iii) Exemption from payment of 50% of Electricity Duty for seven years, provided that for enterprises engaged in providing entertainment, it shall be restricted to 25% of the Electricity Duty; (iv) Exemption from payment of 50% of Land Tax for seven years; (v) Exemption from payment of 50% of Stamp Duty on purchase or lease of land and construction or improvement on such land; and (vi) Exemption from payment of 50% of conversion charges payable for change of land use. 6. Special Provisions for Women, Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and Persons with Disability Enterprise Eligible Women/Schedule Caste (SC)/Schedule Tribe (ST)/Person with disability (PwD) enterprises shall in addition to the benefits specified in other clauses of the Scheme, be eligible to avail the following additional benefits: (i) A manufacturing enterprise shall get additional Investment subsidy to the extent of 17 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 10% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise; (ii) A service enterprise shall get additional 10% reimbursement of VAT paid on the plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from date of issuance of the entitlement certificate for this purpose. 7. Benefits to Enterprises in Backward and Most Backward Areas An eligible enterprise, other than a cement manufacturing enterprise, making investment in a backward area or a most backward area shall be granted the same benefits as would have been applicable if the enterprise was located elsewhere in the state but the period of benefit, except for interest subsidy, shall be extended to ten years. Provided that the State Government may, on the recommendation of the State Empowered Committee (SEC), grant to a manufacturing enterprise, other than a cement manufacturing enterprise and a service enterprise making an investment in a backward area, such benefits as mentioned in clauses 7.2 and 7.3 respectively, which are applicable for investments in most backward areas, with a view to attract investment in the backward area. A manufacturing enterprise, other than a cement manufacturing enterprise, making investment in a most backward area shall, in addition to benefits under clause 7.1 above, get additional investment subsidy of 20% of the VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise for a period of seven years. 7.3 A service enterprise making investment in a backward area shall, in addition to benefits mentioned in other clauses of the Scheme, get additional 10% reimbursement of VAT paid and a service enterprise making investment in a most backward area shall, in addition to benefits mentioned in other clauses of the Scheme, get additional 20% reimbursement of VAT paid on the plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from the date of issuance of the entitlement certificate for this purpose. 18 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 8. Power to Grant Customized Package Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, the State Government, on the recommendation of State Empowered Committee (SEC), may grant a customized package under section 11 of the Rajasthan Enterprises Single Window Enabling and Clearance Act, 2011, to the following manufacturing enterprises, other than cement manufacturing enterprises: (a) Enterprises investing more than Rs500 crore or providing employment to more than 500 persons; or (b) Enterprises investing more than Rs100 crore and using the mineral mentioned in Annexure-III appended to the Scheme, as raw material. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, the State Government may grant a customized package to the service enterprises investing more than Rs200 crore or providing employment to more than 500 persons. 9. Benefits to Manufacturing Enterprises in Thrust Sectors Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, the State Government may grant a special package of incentives and exemptions, which may be over and above the incentives and exemptions under Clauses 4 to 7 to a manufacturing enterprise in a thrust sector in addition to the thrust sectors mentioned in sub-clauses 9.3 to 9.12 9.2. Manufacturing enterprises in the sectors mentioned hereunder shall be allowed benefits mentioned in this clause, in addition to benefits related to tax exemptions mentioned at (iii) to (vii) of clause 4 and benefits mentioned in clauses 6 and 7, if applicable, subject to conditions, mentioned against the sector: Provided that an enterprise of power loom sector and textile sector may opt for benefits provided in clause 4 to 7, if applicable, in lieu of the benefits mentioned in this clause. Tourism Sector Enterprises of the tourism sector covered under sub-clause (a) and (b) of clause 2 (xxxviii) of the Scheme shall be granted the following benefits: (a) Investment Subsidy of 50% of VAT and CST which have become due and have 19 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 been deposited by the enterprise for seven years; (b) Employment Generation Subsidy up to 10% of VAT and CST which have become due and have been deposited by the enterprise, for seven years; (c) Reimbursement of 25% of amount of VAT paid on purchase of plant and machinery or equipment for a period up to seven years from the date of issuance of the entitlement certificate; (d) Exemption from payment of 50% of Entertainment Tax for seven years; (e) Exemption from payment of 100% of Luxury Tax for seven years; (f) Land allotment in urban and rural areas at DLC rates; (g) 25% additional exemption from payment of stamp duty chargeable on the instrument of purchase or lease of more than 100 years old heritage property in the State, for the purpose of hotel development under the Scheme declared by the Tourism Department as provided in notification no. F.12 (20) FD/Tax/2005-219 of 24.03.2005; and (h) 50% additional exemption from payment of conversion charges for heritage property converted into a heritage hotel. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Scheme, an enterprise making investment in the tourism sub-sector defined under sub-clause (c) of clause 2 (xxxviii) of the Scheme shall be granted the benefits, as may be provided to it by the State Empowered Committee. 14.8 Terms & Conditions a. Benefits under the Scheme can only be availed if, and as long as there is, and for the period/s, consent to "operate", wherever applicable, from Central/Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board is effective. 20 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 AMENDMENTS IN RIPS-2014 RELATING TO TOURISM SECTOR Amendments in RIPS-2014 vide Finance Department order dated 07.01.2015: Amendment in clause 14.8: In clause 14.8 of the scheme, for the existing expression “consent to “operate” “, the expression “consent to establish and consent to operate” shall be substituted. Amendments in RIPS-2014 vide Finance Department Clarification dated 23.01.2015: 1. Interpretation of clause 2(xxxviii) of the scheme: (b) A heritage hotel, certified as such by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India/ or by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan; It is clarified that, heritage hotels, certified by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India and/ or Tourism Department, Government of Rajasthan are covered under the said clause without any minimum investment limit and are eligible to avail benefits under clause 9.12 of the Scheme. 2. Interpretation of clause 2 (xxi) of the Scheme: Since Restaurant are manufacturing cooked food and other eatables, therefore, it is clarified that Restaurants are covered under the Scheme and are eligible to avail benefits under clause 4 of the Scheme. Amendments in RIPS-2014 vide Finance Department order dated 09.03.2015: Amendment of clause 2 In clause 2 of the Scheme, (i) after the existing sub-clause (iv) and before the existing sub-clause (v), of the scheme, the following new sub-clause (iva) shall be inserted, namely: “(iva) “convention centre” means a covered pillar-less air conditioned hall having minimum carpet area of 5000 square feet which provides place for meetings, conventions/conferences, exhibitions and can accommodate at least 500 person at one point of time.” (iii) in sub-clause (xxxviii): (i) the existing sub-clause (a) of the Scheme, shall be substituted by the following, namely: 21 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 “(a) A hotel or motel making minimum investment of rupees two crore and having accommodation of minimum 20 let-able rooms; or” (iv) after the existing sub sub-clause (b) and before the existing sub-clause (c) of the Scheme, the following new sub-clause (bb) shall be inserted, namely: “(bb) a convention centre or a resort making minimum investment of rupees two crore; or”. Amendment in clause 9.12.1 In clause 9.12.1 of the scheme: (I) in sub-clause (g) of the said clause, the existing expression “; and” shall be substituted by the punctuation mark “;”. (ii) the existing sub-clause (h) of the said clause, shall be substituted by the following, namely: “(h) 50% additional exemption from payment of conversion charges; and” (iii) after the existing sub-clause (h) so substituted, the following new sub clause (i) shall be inserted, namely: “(i) 100% exemption from payment of development charges.”. Note: For procedures and other details please refer to website www.finance.rajasthan.gov.in 22 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Annex-2 Special Incentives available for Heritage Hotels in Tourism Unit Policy, 2015 1. Minimum investment limit shall not be applicable to heritage hotels for availing RIPS benefits. 2. Heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in urban areas which arrange for a dedicated alternative parking on a 40/60 feet wide road and provide park-and-ride system from hotel to parking place, shall be permitted to operate on such roads. 3. Similarly, heritage hotels situated on narrow roads in Rural /Rural Abadi areas will be permitted to operate. 4. These provisions shall also be applicable for existing heritage buildings proposed to be used as heritage hotels in future. 5. Concernd Departments will issue conversion orders for existing and operating heritage hotels/building. Similar order will also be issued for those which intend to operate heritage buildings as heritage hotels after issue of this Policy. 6. For Rural (Abadi) areas, Panchayati Raj Department will formulate rules for regularization of existing Heritage Hotels and also other existing Heritage buildings which may be used as heritage hotels in future. 7. Heritage hotels will be allowed to convert a maximum of 1000 square metres or 10% of plinth area, whichever is less for commercial use. 8. Additional exemption of 25% on Stamp Duty will be available for more than 100 years old heritage properties as per the scheme declared by the Department of Tourism as provided in the Finance Department notification No.F.12(20) FD/ Tax/ 2005-2019 dated 24.03.2005. 9. Basic Service for Urban Poor (BSUP) charges shall be levied only on the constructed area of Heritage hotels. 10. Heritage Hotels approved by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India/ Government of Rajasthan shall be eligible for all benefits under RIPS. 23 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 FINANCE DEPARTMENT (TAX DIVISION) ORDER Jaipur, April 10, 2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by clause 16 read with sub-clause (c) of clause 9.12.1 of the Rajasthan Investment Promotion Scheme - 2014 (hereinafter referred to as ”the Scheme”). The State Government hereby, clarifies that the reimbursement of 25% of amount of VAT paid on purchase of plant and machinery or equipment to a tourism sector enterprise as defined under the scheme shall be allowed on the purchase of goods mentioned in the list given below, in accordance with the provisions of the scheme. LIST S.No. Particulars 1. AC Plants, ACs, Fans & Exhaust Fans, Coolers etc. 2. Pollution control machines for air, water and light 3. Non CFC equipment for refrigeration and air conditioning and other Eco-friendly measures and initiatives. 4. DG Sets 5. Housekeeping machines & equipments. 6. Solar Heaters and Solar Plants/Geysers/Cold & Hot Running water machine 7. Furniture 8. Lifts & Elevators 9. Metal detectors (door frame or hand held) 10. CCTV 11. X-Ray Machine 12. Under belly scanners to screen vehicles 13. Smoke detectors 14. Heating and Cooling systems, machines & plants 15. Safe keeping / in room safe 16. Minibar / Fridge 17. TV 18. Dry-cleaning / laundry related equipment 19. Tea / Coffee making machines, equipments etc. Note: Goods mentioned above shall be allowed one time for initial set up including the goods mentioned at S.No. 15, 16, 17 which shall be allowed one set per room. [F-12(14)FD-Tax-2012-pt-I 5] By order of the Governor (Aditya Pareek) 24 Joint Secretary to the Government Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 REVENUE (GROUP-6) DEPARTMENT No. F.11(4)Rev-6/2014/16 NOTIFICATION Jaipur, Dated: 22 May 2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (xi-A) of sub-section (2) of section 261 read with section 90-A of the Rajasthan Land Revenue Act, 1956 (Act No. 15 of 1956), the State Government hereby makes the following rules further to amend the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, namely:- 1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) (Fifth Amendment) Rules, 2015. (2) They shall come into force at once. 2. Amendment of rule 2.- In sub-rule (1) of rule 2 of the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, hereinafter referred to as the said rules, - (i) In clause (b), for the existing expression “hotel, restaurant”, the expression “hotel other than tourism unit, restaurant other than tourism unit” shall be substituted. (ii) the existing clause (r) shall be substituted by the following, namely:- “(r) ‘Tourism Unit’ means a tourism unit or project as such approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or approved by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India.” 3. Insertion of new rule 6C.- After the existing rule 6B and before the existing rule 7 of the said rules, the following new rule 6C shall be inserted, namely:- “6C. Conversion of Heritage Properties into Heritage Hotels.- Notwithstanding anything contained in these rules if owner of a heritage property, situated on agriculture land, applies on plain paper for conversion of Heritage Property into Heritage Hotel along with recommendation of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan, an order for conversion to this effect may be issued by the prescribed authority within the time limit prescribed under rule 9. No conversion charges shall be payable for conversion under this rule. Land converted under this rule may be used for commercial purpose up to maximum of 1000 sq meters or 10 percent of plinth area of the existing 25 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 heritage building.” 4. Amendment of rule 8.- The existing sub-rule (2) of rule 8 of the said rules shall be substituted by the following, namely: “(2) No conversion charges as prescribed in rule 7, shall be payable for conversion of land held by tenant for establishment of a tourism unit as defined in clause (r) of sub-rule (1) of rule 2.” 5. Amendment of rule 9.- In sub-rule (2) of rule 9 of the said rules, after the existing last proviso, the following new proviso shall be added, namely: “Provided also that in case of heritage hotels, if parking arrangement is made available by the owner in premises or elsewhere, the requirement of width of approach road shall not be applicable.” 6. Amendment of rule 14.- In rule 14 of the said rules,- (i) the existing provision shall be numbered as sub-rule (1). (ii) in sub-rule (1), so numbered, after existing expression “non-agricultural purpose” and before the existing expression “, shall be used”, the expression “other than tourism unit” shall be inserted. (iii) after sub-rule (1), so numbered, the following new sub-rule (2) shall be added, namely: “(2) Any agricultural land converted for tourism unit shall be used for establishment of tourism unit within the time limit specified as under,- (i) three years for a tourism unit having less than 200 rooms. (ii) four years for a tourism unit having more than 200 rooms. Provided that above period may, in appropriate case, further be extended for a period of one year by the prescribed authority. If the land is not used within such extended period, the conversion order and other concessions shall be withdrawn after giving an opportunity of being heard." By order of the Governor, (Anil Kumar Agrawal) Joint Secretary to the Government 26 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 REVENUE (GROUP-6) DEPARTMENT No. F.11(4)Rev-6/2014/17 NOTIFICATION Jaipur, Dated: 22 May 2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by section 100 of the Rajasthan Land Revenue Act, 1956 (Act No. 15 of 1956), the State Government hereby makes the following rules further to amend the Rajasthan Industrial Areas Allotment Rules, 1959, namely: 1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Industrial Areas Allotment (Third Amendment) Rules, 2015. (2) They shall come into force at once. 2. Amendment of rule 1A.- The existing clause (viii) of rule 1A of the Rajasthan Industrial area allotment Allotment, Rules, 1959, hereinafter referred to as the said rules, shall be substituted by the following, namely: “(viii) ‘Tourism Unit’ means a tourism unit or project as defined in the prevailing policy of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or approved by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India.” 3. Amendment of rule 2.- In rule 2 of the said rules,- (i) in clause (a), for the existing expression “Government in the Tourism Department”, the expression “Government in the Revenue Department” shall be substituted. (ii) in sub-clause (i) of clause (b) for the existing expression “Director of Tourism”, the expression “Government in the Revenue Department” shall be substituted. 4. Amendment of rule 3A.- The existing third proviso to rule 3A of the said rules shall be deleted. 5. Insertion of new rule 3B.- After the existing rule 3A and before the existing rule 4 of the said rules, the following new rule 3B shall be inserted, namely: “3B. Allotment of Land for Tourism Units.- (1) For establishment and development of Tourism Units, the District Collector shall identify suitable land for the establishment of tourism units. The land so identified shall be set apart and reserved for tourism units under intimation to the Tourism Department 27 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 and same shall be uploaded on the web-site of the District Collector and Tourism Department. The maximum and minimum land areas to be reserved for tourism units shall be as under: S. No. Category Minimum Land Area Maximum Land Area 1 2 3 4 1. Budget Hotels and 1 to 3 stars hotels 1200 square meters Up to 4000 square meters 2. 4 stars Hotels 6000 square meters Up to 12,000 square meters 3. 5 Stars and above hotels 18000 square meters Up to 40,000 square meters 4. Other Tourism units - As per requirement/ availability (2) The reserve price for allotment of land set apart and reserved for tourism unit shall be equal to the rates recommended for assessment of market value of agriculture land by district level committee under rule 58 of the Rajasthan Stamp Rules, 2004. (3) Allotment of land for tourism units shall be made in the following manner, namely: (a) The Allotting Authority shall invite bids for allotment of land for tourism units set apart and reserved for tourism unit under sub-rule (1) through advertisement published in National and State level news paper. The reserve price for allotment of land shall be mentioned in the advertisement. (b) In case more than one bid received within the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made through competitive bidding. In case only single bid is received in the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made to the single bidder on the prevailing reserve price or the price offered by the bidder, whichever is higher. (c) Land allotted under this rule shall be used for establishment of tourism unit within the time limit specified as under,- (i) three years for a tourism unit having less than 200 rooms. (ii) four years for a tourism unit having more than 200 rooms. Provided that above period may, in appropriate case, further be extended for a period of one year by the prescribed authority. If the land is not used within such extended period, the 28 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 allotment shall be withdrawn after giving an opportunity of being heard. (d) Land allotted under this rule shall be used only for the purpose of tourism unit and not for any other purpose at least for a period of thirty years.” 6. Amendment of rule 7.- In rule 7 of the said rules, for the existing expression "industries", the expression "industries other than tourism unit" shall be substituted. 7. Amendment of Form-B.- In Form-B appended to the said rules,- (i) for the existing expression “Tourism Deptt.”, the expression “Revenue Department” shall be substituted. (ii) for the existing expression “Director, Industries/Tourism”, the expression “Director, Industries/Secretary, Revenue Department” shall be substituted. By order of the Governor, (Anil Kumar Agrawal) Joint Secretary to the Government 29 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 REVENUE (GROUP-6) DEPARTMENT No. F. 11(4) Rev.6/2014/21 Jaipur, Dates: 29.5.2015 Notification In excerise of the powers conferred by clause (xi-A) of sub-section (2) of section 261 read with section 90-A of the Rajasthan Land Revenue Act, 1956 (Act No. 15 of 1956), the State Government hereby makes the following rules further to amend the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, namely: 1. Short title and commencement: (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) (Sixth Amendment) Rules, 2015 (2) They shall come into force at once 2. Amendment of rule 9: After the existing sub-rule (7) of rule 9 of the Rajasthan Land Revenue (Conversion of agricultural land for non-agricultural purposes in rural areas) Rules, 2007, following new sub-rule (8) shall be added, namely: “(8) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (3), (4), (5) and (6) if the prescribed authority, fails to dispose off the application of conversion of land for the establishment of tourism unit as defined in clause (r) of sub-rule (1) of rule 2 within 45 days of the receipt of the completed application along with required documents, then such land shall be deemed converted.” By order of the Governor (Anil Kumar Agarwal) Joint Secretary to the Government 30 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT NOTIFICATION F.6(266)/Pari/Tax/Hqrs/2006/8366-79 Jaipur, Dated: 15.5.2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by sub section (1) of section 3 of Rajasthan Motor Vehicles Taxation Act 1951 (Act No.11 of 1951) and in supersession of this department's Notification No. F6(179)/pair/tax/Hqrs/95/5, dated 9.3.2015, the State Government being of the opinion that it is expedient in public interest so to do, hereby exempts fifty percent of Special Road Tax payable under section 4-B of the said Act, on the air conditioned passenger vehicles, except sleeper coach, having seating capacity more than 12 including driver, subject to the following conditions, namely: 1. that the Vehicle shall be registered in the State of Rajasthan in the name of tourist transport operator; 2. that the tourist permit of the vehicle shall be issued by competent authority of State of Rajasthan in the name of recognized tourist operator; and 3. that the tourist transport operator shall be recognized by Ministry of Tourism, Government of India or Tourism Department, Government of Rajasthan, Indian Association of Tour Operators (IATO) and Rajasthan Association of Tour Operators (RATO) and approved as such by the Transport Commissioner. This notification shall have effect from 01.5.2015 and shall remain in force upto 30.4.2018. By Order of the Governor, (Dr. Manisha Arora), Joint Secretary to Government 31 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 uxjh; fodkl foHkkx Øekad % i-18¼1½ufofo@i-bZ-uh-@2015 t;iqj] fnukad% 6-6-2015 i;ZVu foHkkx }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr 2015] tkjh dh tk pqdh gSA vr% bl uhfr ds vUrxZr ifjHkkf"kr leLr i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa ¼Hkfo"; esa i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr esa gksus okys la'kks/kuksa dks lfEefyr djrs gq;s½ dks Hkwfe miyC/k djkus Hkw&:ikUrj.k ;k vU; NwV ,oa lqfo/kk iznku djus gsrq foHkkx }kjk tkjh iwoZ ds leLr ifji=ksa ¼i-10¼61½ufofo@3@06ikVZ fnukad 24-12-2007] 16- 04-2013] 18-03-2014 ,oa 26-03-2014½ dks vf/kØfer djrs gq; fuEukuqlkj vkns'k tkjh fd;s tkrs gS% 1 gksVykas ,oa i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq Hkwfe vkoaVu & ¼i½ jkT; ljdkj }kjk fofHké i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa] ftlesa leLr izdkj ds gksVy lfEefyr gS] dh LFkkiuk o fodkl gsrq Hkwfe dh miyC/krk fuEu izdkj ls dh tk;sxh & ¼v½ t;iqj@tks/kiqj@vtesj fodkl izkf/kdj.k] uxj fodkl U;klksa] uxj ikfydvksa ,oa jktLFkku vkoklu e.My }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ;ka] ftlesa gksVy Hkh lfEefyr gS] dh LFkkiuk gsrq mi;qDr Hkwfe dk p;u dj Hkwfe cSad dh LFkkiuk dh tks;xh] ftlesa fofHké Js.kh ds gksVyksa o i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq Hkwfe dk vkj{k.k fd;k tk;sxk% ¼1½ ctV gksVy ¼1] 2 o 3 flrkjk½ ¼2½ pkj flrkjk gksVy ¼3½ ikap flrkjk gksVy o MhyDl Js.kh ds gksVy ¼4½ vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ ¼c½ bl izdkj LFkkfir Hkwfe cSad dh lwpuk LFkkuh; fudk; ,oa i;ZVu foHkkx dh osc lkbZV ij miyC/k djk;h tk;sxhA ¼l½ fofHké Js.kh dh gksVyksa o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dks vf/kdre@U;wure Hkwfe {ks= dk fu/kkZj.k fuEukuqlkj fd;k tk;sxkA 32 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 Øa la gksVy Js.kh U;wure Hkwfe {ks= vf/kdre Hkwfe {ks= 1 ctV gksVy ¼1] 2 o 3 flrkjk½ 4000 oxZehVj rd 2 4 flrkjk 6000 oxZ ehVj rd 12]000 oxZehVj rd 3 5 flrkjk o MhyDl Js.kh 18]000 oxZ ehVj rd 40]000 oxZehVj rd 4 vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ & vko';drk@miyC/krkuqlkj  mijksDrkuqlkj i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq vkoaVu dh nj ml {ks= dh izpfyr Mh-,y-lh- nj gksxhA  i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq vkoaVu rqyukRed fufonk ds vk/kkj ij i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr&2015 esa fn;s x;s izko/kkuksa ds vuq:i fd;k tkosA  bl uhfr ds vUrxZr miyC/k djkbZ xbZ Hkwfe dk mi;ksx vkxkeh 30 o"kksZa rd fu/kkZfjr mi;ksx ls vU;Fkk ugha gks ldsxkA 2- uxjh; {ks=ksa esa —f"k Hkwfe dk :ikUrj.k ¼i½ 'kgjh {ks=ksa esa —f"k Hkwfe dk :ikUrj.k jktLFkku Hkw&jktLo vf/kfu;e] 1956 dh /kkjk 90 ^,^ ds vUrxZr fd;k tk;sxkA lacaf/kr LFkkuh; fudk; ;Fkk t;iqj@tks/kiqj@vtesj fodkl izkf/kdj.k] uxj fodkl U;kl] uxj ikfydk }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr ds rgr /kkjk 90 ^,^ ds vUrxZr —f"k Hkwfe dk v—f"k Hkwfe esa :ikUrj.k djus ij :ikUrj.k 'kqYd rFkk fodkl 'kqYd ¼vkUrfjd fodkl dk;Z Hkw[k.M+/kkjh dks Lo;a djus gksaxs½ ns; ugha gksxkA l{ke vf/kdkjh dks —f"k ls xSj —f"k ¼i;ZVu bdkbZ½ iz;kstukFkZ /kkjk 90 ^,^ ds rgr leLr dk;Zokgh vkosnu izkIr gksus ls 60 fnol dh vof/k esa iw.kZ djuh gksxhA ;fn fu/kkZfjr le; lhek 60 fnol esa :ikUrj.k vkns'k tkjh ugha fd;s tkrs gS] rks iz'uxr Hkwfe Lor% gh :ikUrfjr ekuh tkosxhA i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa@gksVy ds laca/k esa iwoZ esa 90 *ch* ds rgr~ vuqeksfnr izdj.kksa ij Hkh ;s fj;k;rsa ykxw gksaxhA ¼ii½ Pkwafd jkT; ljdkj dh ea'kk gksVy o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dks d`f"k@vkS|ksfxd @vkoklh; Hkwfe ls laifjorZu fd;s tkus gsrq lEiw.kZ NwV fn;s tkus dh gS] vr% bl mn~ns'; dh izkfIr gsrq mDr Vkmuf'ki ikWfylh ,oa uxj lq/kkj U;kl ¼uxjh; Hkwfe 33 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 fu"iknu½ fu;e&1974 jktLFkku uxjh; {ks= ¼Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu½ fu;e] 2010 ds vUrxZr la'kks/ku fd;k tkrk gS fd d`f"k@vkS|ksfxd@vkoklh; Hkwfe ls leLr izdkj ds gksVyksa o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dh LFkkiuk ij pkgs os Vkmuf'ki ;kstuk esa Hkw[k.M gks ;k Lora= IykV gks laifjorZu] fodkl 'kqYd ¼vkUrfjd fodkl dk;Z Hkw[k.M/kkjh dks Lo;a djus gksaxs½ ,oa Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu 'kqYd dks i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr tkjh gksus dh fnukad ls 5 o"kZ rd eqDr fd;k tkrk gSA 3- gSfjVst gksVYl ,oa iqjklEifRr;ksa ds laifjorZu o fu;eu ds laca/k esa% ¼i½ dk;Z'khy gSfjVst gksVYl ,oa iqjklEifRr;ksa ftudks gSfjVst gksVy ;k i;ZVu bdkbZ ds :i esa ifjofrZr fd;k tkuk izLrkfor gS muds fy, i;ZVu foHkkx }kjk izek.k i= tkjh fd;k tk;sxk] ftlds vk/kkj ij lacaf/kr uxjh; fudk; }kjk :ikUrj.k@Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu vkns'k tkjh fd;k tkuk vko';d gksxkA ,sls izdj.kksa esa ekLVj Iyku esa bl Hkwfe dk Hkw&mi;ksx okf.kfT;d ls fHkUu gksus ij Hkh mDr vkns'k tkjh fd;s tk ldsaxsAA ¼ii½ gSfjVst gksVy ds laca/k esa izpfyr Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu fu;e] 2010 esa fu/kkZfjr ekun.M+ksa ds vfrfjDr ,Q-,-vkj-] ÅapkbZ] lSVcSd o Hkw&vkPNknu esa f'kfFkyrk nh tk ldsxhA 4- iqjklEifRr;ksa eas okf.kfT;d xfrfof/k;ksa dh vuqKs;rk% jktLFkku uxjh; {ks= ¼Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu½ fu;e] 2010 esa fu;e 13 esa xSj okf.kfT;d Hkwfe dk okf.kfT;d Hkw&mi;ksx gsrq laifjorZu fd;s tkus ds fy, vkoklh; vkjf{kr nj dh 40 izfr'kr jkf'k Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu ds :i esa olwy dh tkrh gS] ysfdu gSfjVst lEifRr dks gSfjVst gksVy esa ifjofrZr djus dh fLFkfr esa fodkldrkZ dks laifjorZu 'kqqYd ,oa fodkl 'kqYd esa 'kr~ izfr'kr NwV gSA orZeku esa lapkfyr gSfjVst gksVyksa ,oa iqjklEifRr;k¡ tks gSjhVst gksVy ;k vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ esa lEifjofrZr gksuh gS] dks O;ogk;Z ¼Viable½ cukus ds fy;s jkT; ljdkj dh ea'kk ds vuq:i muds vkPNkfnr {ks=Qy ¼Ground Coverage½dk vf/kdre 10 izfr'kr vFkok 1000 oxZehVj tks Hkh de gks esa [kqnjk okf.kfT;d ¼Retail Commercial½ mi;ksx Lor% vuqKs; gksxkAA 5- dk;Z’khy i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dk Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu ,oa fu;eu% dqN gSfjVst iqjklEifÙk;ksa esa gksVy vFkok vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ fcuk vko';d Loh—fr ds 34 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 'kq: dj fn;s x;s gSa vkSj oks dk;Z'khy gSa] rks uohu&uhfr esa ,sls gksVyksa o i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa dk Hkw mi;ksx ifjorZu 'kqYd ,oa fodkl 'kqYd ¼vkUrfjd fodkl dk;Z Hkw[k.M+/kkjh dks Lo;a djus gksaxs½ esa iwjh NwV nh tk;sxhA ;fn iwoZ esa fcuk okafNr Lohd`fr ds Hkw[k.M+ksa ,oa Hkouksa dk mi;ksx gksVy o vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa ds :i esa fd;k tk jgk gS] ,slh bdkbZ;ksa dk fu;eu jktLFkku uxj ikfydk ¼Hkw&mi;ksx ifjorZu½ fu;e] 2010 ds fu;e&13 ds vuq:i xq.kkoxq.k ds vk/kkj ij fu;eu 'kqYd dk 25 izfr'kr jkf'k ij fu;eu fd;k tk;sxkA 6- i;ZVu bdkbZ ds Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu] fuekZ.k ,oa vuqKs; ,Q-,-vkj- ds laca/k esa% ¼I½ uxjh; fudk; }kjk i;ZVu bdkbZ ds Hkou ekufp= ds izdj.k iw.kZ :i ls vkosnu izkIr gksus ls 60 fnol dh vof/k esa vko';d :i ls vuqeksfnr@fu"ikfnr fd;s tk;saxsA ¼ii½ 200 dejksa rd dh i;ZVu bdkbZ dk fuekZ.k dk;Z Hkwfe :ikUrj.k@vkoaVu dh fnukad ls rhu o"kZ dh vof/k esa iw.kZ djuk gksxkA ;fn Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh vko';drk gks rks 3 o"kZ dh fu/kkZfjr vof/k Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh frfFk ls izkjEHk gksxhA 200 dejksa ls vf/kd dh i;ZVu bdkbZ ds fy, fuekZ.k vof/k 4 o"kZ dh gksxhA ;fn Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh vko';drk gks rks vf/kdre 4 o"kZ dh vof/k Hkou ekufp= vuqeksnu dh fnukad ls izkjEHk gksxhA lacaf/kr izkf/kd`r vf/kdkjh }kjk mijksDr nksuksa izdj.kksa esa xq.kkoxq.k ds vk/kkj ij ,d o"kZ dk le; vfrfjDr iznku fd;k tk ldsxkA 7- ,Q-,-vkj-% i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr ds rgr i;ZVu bdkbZ@gksVy izLrkfor gksus ij orZeku esa ns; vf/kdre ,Q-,-vkj- dk nksxq.kk vFkkZr~ 4-50 ,Q-,-vkj- vuqKs; gksxk] fdUrq 2-25 ,Q-,- vkj- ls vf/kd ,Q-,-vkj- izLrkfor gksus ij csVjesUV ysoh vfrfjDr ,Q-,-vkj- ij vkoklh; vkjf{kr nj ds vk/kkj ij ns; gksxhA 8- ldM+h lM+dksa ij gSfjVst gksVyksa dh vuqKs;rk% okafNr pkSM+kbZ ls de pkSM+kbZ dh lM+dksa ij fLFkr gSfjVst lEifRr;ka ftUgsa gSfjVst gksVy ds :i esa mi;ksx esa fy;k tkuk izLrkfor gks rFkk orZeku esa dk;Z'khy gSfjVst gksVYl tks U;wure okafNr pkSM+kbZ dh lM+dksa ij fLFkr ugha gS] rks ,sls gSfjVst gksVYl }kjk vU;= 40@60 QqV lM+d ij MsMhdsVsM ikfdZax miyC/k djk;s tkus rFkk ikfdZax LFky ls gksVy rd ikdZ ,.M jkbZM O;oLFkk fd;s tkus dh fLFkfr esa 40@60 QhV ls de pkSM+h lM+dksa ij gSfjVst gksVy vuqKs; gksaxsA 35 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 9- ch-,l-;w-ih- 'kSYVj Q.M% gSfjVst gksVy@fjlksVZ@ekWVy@,E;wtesUV ikdZ ds fy, ch-,l-;w-ih- 'kSYVj Q.M dsoy ldy fufeZr {ks=Qy ij ns; gksxkA vU; i;ZVu bdkbZ;ksa ;Fkk gksVy@dUosU'ku lsUVj@jsLVksjsUV vFkok dSQsVsfj;k vkfn ds fy, ch-,l-;w-ih- 'kSYVj Q.M izpfyr fu;ekuqlkj fy;k tkosxkA 10- i;ZVu bdkbZ gsrq lEifjofrZr ,oa vkoafVr Hkwfe dh yht jkf'k laLFkkfud iz;kstukFkZ fu/kkZfjr vkjf{kr nj ds vk/kkj ij yh tk;sxhA mDr vkns'k jkT; dh i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr tkjh gksus dh fnukad ls jkT; ds lHkh uxjh; fudk;ksa ¼fodkl izkf/kdj.kksa@uxj fodkl U;klksa@jktLFkku vkoklu e.My@LFkkuh; fudk;ksa½ ij ykxw gksxsA mijksDr lHkh uxjh; fudk; vius Lrj ls vU; dksbZ vkns'k tkjh ugha djsxsa ,oa mDr vkns'k dh iw.kZ ikyuk lqfuf'pr djsxsaA i;ZVu bdkbZ uhfr] 2007 ds rgr vkosfnr izdj.kksa ds fy, bl uhfr ds rgr iqu% vkosnu djus dh vko';drk ugha gksxhA jkT;iky dh vkKk ls] ¼v’kksd tSu½ vfrfjDr eq[; lfpo 36 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 DEPARTMENT OF RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND PANCHAYATI RAJ NOTIFICATION No.F.4( )Tourism rules/Legal/PR/2015/486 Jaipur, Dated: 10.7.2015 In exercise of the powers conferred by section 102 of the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Act, 1994 (Act No. 13 of 1994), the State Government hereby makes the following rules, namely: 1. Short title and commencement.- (1) These rules may be called the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj (Allotment, Change of Use of Land and Regularization of Abadi Land in Panchayat Area for Tourism Units) Rules, 2015. (2) They shall come into force at once. 2. Definition.- (1) In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,- (I) "Act" means the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Act, 1994 (Act No. 13 of 1994); (ii) "Allotting Authority" means an officer or authority, authorised by the State Government for the purpose of allotment, change of use of land and regularization of abadi land in Panchayat area for Tourism Units; (iii) "Authorised Officer" means an officer or authority, authorised by the State Government for the purpose of change of use of land and regularization; (iv) "rules" means the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Rules, 1996; (v) "Tourism Department” means Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan; and (vi) “tourism unit” means a tourism project as such approved by the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan or by the Ministry of Tourism, Government of India. (2) Words and expressions used but not defined in these rules have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the Act and Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Rules, 1996. 3. Allotment of abadi land for tourism units.- (1) For establishment and development of tourism units, the District Collector in consultation with the Panchayati Raj Institution concern, shall identify suitable land in abadi area of a village for the establishment of tourism units and the land so identified 37 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 shall be set apart and reserved for tourism units under intimation to the Tourism Department and same shall be uploaded on the web-site of the District Collector, Zila Parishad, Department of Panchayati Raj and Tourism Department of Government of Rajasthan. The maximum and minimum land areas to be reserved for Tourism Units shall be as under: S. No. Category Minimum Land Area Maximum Land Area 1 2 3 4 1. Budget Hotels and 1 to 3 star hotels 1,200 square meters Up to 4,000 square meters 2. 4 star Hotels 6,000 square meters Up to 12,000 square meters 3. 5 Star and above hotels 18,000 square meters Up to 40,000 square meters 4. Other Tourism units - As per requirement/ availability (2) The reserve price for allotment of land set apart and reserved for Tourism units shall be equal to the rates recommended for assessment of market value of abadi land by district level committee (DLC) under rule 58 of the Rajasthan Stamp Rules, 2004. (3) Allotment of land for tourism units shall be made in the following manner, namely:- (a) The Allotting Authority shall invite bids for allotment of land set-apart and reserved for tourism units under sub-rule (1), through advertisement published in National and State level news paper. The reserve price for allotment of land shall be mentioned in the advertisement. (b) In case of more than one bid received within the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made through competitive bidding. In case only single bid is received in the specified time period, the allotment of land shall be made to the single bidder on the prevailing reserve price or the price offered by the bidder, whichever is higher. (c) Land allotted under this rule shall be used for establishment of tourism unit within the time limit specified as under,- (i) three years for a tourism unit having less than 200 rooms; 38 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 (ii) four years for a tourism unit having more than 200 rooms: Provided that above period may, in appropriate case, further be extended for a period up to one year on payment of 0.5% per quarter of the price of the land allotted, by the officer or authority authorized by the State Government. If the land is not used within such extended period, the allotment shall be withdrawn and price paid in lieu of land shall be forfeited after giving an opportunity of being heard. (d) Land allotted under this rule shall be used only for the purpose of tourism unit and not for any other purpose at least for a period of thirty years. 4. Change of use of land of Heritage Properties into Heritage Hotels.- (1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj Rules, 1996, if a person holding title or any person, who lawfully holding a heritage property, situated on land in abadi area of a village, applies in writing on a plain paper to the Authorised Officer for change of use of land of Heritage Property into a Heritage Hotel along with title document and recommendation of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan, an order for change of use of land may be issued by the Authorised Officer. No charges shall be payable for change of use of land under this rule. The Heritage property allowed to be used as a Heritage Hotel under this rule may be used for commercial purpose up to maximum of 1000 sq. meters or 10 percent of plinth area of the existing heritage building whichever is less. (2) Change of use of land for the purpose of establishment of Hertage Hotel shall be permitted if there is 30 feet wide approach road is available: Provided that in case of Heritage Hotels, if parking arrangement is made available by the owner in premises or elsewhere and arrange for a dedicated alternative parking on a 40/60 feet wide road and provide for the park-and-ride system from hotel to parking place, the requirement of width of approach road shall not be applicable. (3) The person allowed to use for setting up of a Heritage Hotel under sub-rule (1) shall setup that Heritage Hotel within a period of three years: Provided that the said period may be extended by the State Government for a period of one year on the application of the person who was permitted to setup Heritage Hotel. If the said heritage property is not use within such extended period, the order permitting to setup Heritage Hotel shall be withdrawn or revoked by the Authorised Officer. (4) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1), if the Authorised Officer, fails to 39 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 dispose off the application for change of use of land for the establishment of Heritage Hotel within fourty five days from the date of the receipt of the completed application along with required documents, then such change of use of land shall be deemed as allowed. 5. Change of use of land or tourism units.- (1) When any person lawfully holding abadi land in a village intend to use the same for establishment of a tourism unit, he may do so after seeking permission of the Authorised Officer. (2) Change of use of land for the purpose of establishment of tourism units shall be permitted if there is 30 feet wide approach road is available. (3) No charges for change of use of land for Tourism Unit shall be payable. (4) The person allowed to set up a tourism unit under sub-rule (1) shall establish that Tourism Unit within a period of three years: Provided that the said period may be extended by the State Government for a period of one year on the application of the person who was permitted to use the land for Tourism Unit. If the said land is not use within such extended period, the order permitting change of use of land shall be withdrawn or revoked by the Authorised Officer. (5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (1), if the Authorised Officer, fails to dispose of the application for change of use of land for the establishment of tourism unit as defined in rule 2 within fourty five days from the date of the receipt of the completed application along with required documents, then such change of use of land shall be deemed as allowed. 6. Regularization of existing heritage Hotels.- If a person holding title or any person, who lawfully holding a heritage property and residential land and building that are running and operating as hotels without permission, situated on abadi area of a village before the commencement of the Rajasthan Panchayati Raj (Amendment) Ordinance, 2015 (Ordinance No. 3 of 2015) and fulfill the requirements as mentioned in rule 4 above, applies on plain paper for regularization of Change of use of land along with title document and recommendation of the Department of Tourism, Government of Rajasthan, an order for regularization of change of use of land may be issued by the Authorised Officer. By order of the Governor, (S. K. Solanki) Joint Secretary to the Government 40 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 jktLFkku ljdkj Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx] jkt0 t;iqjA Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@15@12974 fnukad % 14@10@15 vkns’k jkT; ljdkj }kjk jktLFkku uxjikfydk vf/kfu;e] 2009 dh /kkjk 337 ¼1½ }kjk iznr 'kfDr;ksa dk iz;ksx djrs gq;s uxjh; fudk;ksa }kjk gksVy o jsLVksjsUV vkfn ds fy;s Qk;j ,u-vks-lh- ,d o"kZ dh vof/k ds LFkku ij nl o"kZ rd dh vof/k ds fy, tkjh fd;s tkus gsrq ,rn~}kjk Lohd`fr iznku dh tkrh gSA lacaf/kr LFkkuh; fudk; gksVy ,oa jsLVksjsUV ds ekeyksa esa nl o"kZ rd vof/k ds fy, Qk;j ,u-vks-lh- tkjh dj ldsxasA ,u-vks-lh- vof/k ds nkSjku Qk;j laca/kh okafNr fofHkUu ekin.Mksa ds fujh{k.k dh 'kfDr;ka lacaf/kr LFkkuh; fudk; esa fufgr gksxhA vkSj le; le; ij l{ke vf/kdkjh }kjk budk fujh{k.k fd;k tk ldsxkA jkT;iky dh vkKk ls] g- ¼iq:"kksÙke fc;k.kh½ funs’kd ,oa la;qDr 'kklu lfpo Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@15@12975&13355 fnukad % 14@10@15 izfrfyfi lwpukFkZ ,oa vko’;d dk;Zokgh gsrq izsf"kr gS%& 1- futh lfpo] ekuuh; ea=h egksn;] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx jkt0 t;iqjA 2- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx t;iqjA 41 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 3- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] i;ZVu foHkkx] jkt0 t;iqjA 4- ekgikSj@lHkkifr@v/;{k] uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLr jktLFkkuA 5- vk;qDr@vf/k’kk"kh vf/kdkjh uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLRk jktLFkkuA 6- v/kh{kd] jktdh; eqnz.kky;] jkt0 t;iqj dks izsf"kr dj jkti= ds vkxkeh vlk/kkj.k vad esa izdk’ku dj nl izfr;ka miyC/k djkus gsrqA 7- lqjf{kr i=koyhA g- ¼v’kksd dqekj flag½ ofj"B la;qDr fof/k ijke’khZ 42 Rajasthan Tourism Unit Policy 2015 jktLFkku ljdkj funs’kky; LFkkuh; fudk; ,oa Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@14@10838 fnukad % 14@09@15 vkns’k jkT; ljdkj }kjk jktLFkku uxjikfydk vf/kfu;e] 2009 dh /kkjk 337 ¼1½ }kjk iznr 'kfDr;ksa dk iz;ksx djrs gq;s uxjh; fudk;ksa }kjk gksVy o jsLVksjsUV vkfn ds fy;s tks ykbZlsUl ,d o"kZ dh vof/k ds fy, tkjh fd;s tkrs gS] mu leLr ykbZlsUlks dh oS/krk vof/k fu;ekuqlkj 10 o"kZ dk 'kqYd olwy djrs gq, 10 o"kZ rd dh vof/k ds fy;s tkjh fd;s tkus gsrq ,rn~}kjk Lohd`fr iznku dh tkrh gSA jkT;iky dh vkKk ls] g- ¼iq:"kksÙke fc;k.kh½ funs’kd ,oa la;qDr 'kklu lfpo Øekad% i-8¼x½ ¼ ½fu;e@Mh,ych@14@10839&11218 fnukad % 14@09@15 izfrfyfi lwpukFkZ ,oa vko’;d dk;Zokgh gsrq izsf"kr gS%& 1- futh lfpo] ekuuh; ea=h egksn;] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx jkt0 t;iqjA 2- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] Lok;Ùk 'kklu foHkkx t;iqjA 3- futh lfpo] izeq[k 'kklu lfpo] i;ZVu foHkkx] jkt0 t;iqjA 4- ekgikSj@lHkkifr@v/;{k] uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLr jktLFkkuA 5- vk;qDr@vf/k’kk"kh vf/kdkjh uxj fuxe@ifj"kn@ikfydk,a] leLRk jktLFkkuA 6- lqjf{kr i=koyhA g- ¼v’kksd dqekj flag½ ofj"B la;qDr fof/k ijke’khZ 43 44